OWNER'S MANUAL - Hyundai

OOWWNNEERR''SS MMAANNUUAALLOOppeerraattiioonnMMaaiinntteennaanncceeSSppeecciiffiiccaattiioonnss

All information in this Owner's Manual is current at the time of publica-tion. However, HYUNDAI reserves the right to make changes at any timeso that our policy of continual product improvement may be carried out.

This manual applies to all models of this vehicle and includes descrip-tions and explanations of optional as well as standard equipment.As a result, you may find material in this manual that does not apply toyour specific vehicle.

Please note that some models are equipped with Right-Hand Drive(RHD). The explanations and illustrations for some operations in RHDmodels are opposite of those written in this manual.

F2

Your HYUNDAI should not be modified in any way. Such modifications may adversely affectthe performance, safety or durability of your HYUNDAI and may, in addition, violate condi-tions of the limited warranties covering the vehicle. Certain modifications may also be in vio-lation of regulations established by the Department of Transportation and other governmentagencies in your country.

Your vehicle is equipped with electronic fuel injection and other electronic components. It ispossible for an improperly installed/adjusted two-way radio or cellular telephone to adverselyaffect electronic systems. For this reason, we recommend that you carefully follow the radiomanufacturer's instructions or consult your HYUNDAI dealer for precautionary measures orspecial instructions if you choose to install one of these devices.

CAUTION: MODIFICATIONS TO YOUR HYUNDAI

TWO-WAY RADIO OR CELLULAR TELEPHONE INSTALLATION

F3

This manual includes information titled as DANGER, WARNING, CAUTION and NOTICE.These titles indicate the following:

SAFETY AND VEHICLE DAMAGE WARNING

DANGER indicates a hazardous situa-tion which, if not avoided, will resultin death or serious injury.

DANGER

WARNING indicates a hazardous situ-ation which, if not avoided, couldresult in death or serious injury.

CAUTION indicates a hazardous situa-tion which, if not avoided, could resultin minor or moderate injury.

CAUTION

NOTICE indicates a situation which, if notavoided, could result in vehicle damage.

NOTICEWARNING

F4

FOREWORD

Congratulations, and thank you for choosing HYUNDAI.We are pleased to welcome you to the growing number of dis-tinguished people who drive HYUNDAIS.We are very proud of the advanced engineering and high-quality construc-tion of each HYUNDAI we build.Your Owner’s Manual will introduce you to the features and operation of your new HYUNDAI. To become familiar withyour new HYUNDAI, so that you can fully enjoy it, read this Owner’s Manual carefully before driving your new vehicle.This manual contains important safety information and instructions intended to familiarize you with your vehicle’s con-trols and safety features so you can safely operate your vehicle.This manual also contains information on maintenance designed to enhance safe operation of the vehicle. It is rec-ommended that all service and maintenance on your car be performed by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. HYUNDAIdealers are prepared to provide high-quality service, maintenance and any other assistance that may be required.This Owner’s Manual should be considered a permanent part of your vehicle, and should be kept in the vehicle soyou can refer to it at any time. The manual should stay with the vehicle if you sell it to provide the next owner withimportant operating, safety and maintenance information.

HYUNDAI MOTOR COMPANY

Copyright 2018 HYUNDAI Motor Company. All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, storedin any retrieval system or transmitted in any form or by any means without the prior written permission of HYUNDAIMotor Company.

Severe engine and transmission damage may result from the use of poor quality fuels and lubricants thatdo not meet HYUNDAI specifications. You must always use high quality fuels and lubricants that meet thespecifications listed on Page 8-7 in the Vehicle Specifications section of the Owner's Manual.

CAUTION

We want to help you get the greatestpossible driving pleasure from yourvehicle. Your Owner’s Manual canassist you in many ways. We strong-ly recommend that you read theentire manual. In order to minimizethe chance of death or injury, youmust read the WARNING and CAU-TION sections in the manual.Illustrations complement the wordsin this manual to best explain how toenjoy your vehicle. By reading yourmanual, you will learn about fea-tures, important safety information,and driving tips under various roadconditions.The general layout of the manual isprovided in the Table of Contents.Use the index when looking for aspecific area or subject; it has analphabetical listing of all informationin your manual.Sections: This manual has eightchapters plus an index. Each chapterbegins with a brief list of contents soyou can tell at a glance if that sectionhas the information you want.

Your safety, and the safety of others,is very important. This Owner'sManual provides you with many safe-ty precautions and operating proce-dures. This information alerts you topotential hazards that may hurt youor others, as well as damage to yourvehicle.Safety messages found on vehiclelabels and in this manual describethese hazards and what to do toavoid or reduce the risks.Warnings and instructions containedin this manual are for your safety.Failure to follow safety warnings andinstructions can lead to serious injuryor death.

Throughout this manual DANGER,WARNING, CAUTION, NOTICE andthe SAFETY ALERT SYMBOL willbe used.

This is the safety alert sym-bol. It is used to alert you topotential physical injury haz-ards. Obey all safety mes-sages that follow this symbolto avoid possible injury ordeath. The safety alert sym-bol precedes the signal wordsDANGER, WARNING andCAUTION.

HHOOWW TTOO UUSSEE TTHHIISS MMAANNUUAALL SSAAFFEETTYY MMEESSSSAAGGEESS

F5

Introduction

DANGER indicates a hazardoussituation which, if not avoided,will result in death or seriousinjury.

DANGER

WARNING indicates a hazardoussituation which, if not avoided,could result in death or seriousinjury.

WARNING

F6

Introduction

NOTICE indicates a situationwhich, if not avoided, could resultin vehicle damage.

Gasoline engine UnleadedFor Europe

For the optimal vehicle performance,we recommend you use unleadedgasoline which has an octane rating ofRON (Research Octane Number) 95 /AKI (Anti Knock Index) 91 or higher.You may use unleaded gasoline withan octane rating of RON 91-94 / AKI87-90 but it may result in slight per-formance reduction of the vehicle. (Donot use methanol blended fuels)

Except Europe

Your new vehicle is designed to useonly unleaded fuel having an OctaneRating of RON (Research OctaneNumber) 91 / AKI (Anti-Knock Index)87 or higher. (Do not use methanolblended fuels)

Your new vehicle is designed toobtain maximum performance withUNLEADED FUEL, as well as mini-mize exhaust emissions and sparkplug fouling.

NOTICE

• Do not "top off" after the noz-zle automatically shuts offwhen refueling.

• Always check that the fuel capis installed securely to pre-vent fuel spillage in the eventof an accident.

WARNING

NEVER USE LEADED FUEL.Theuse of leaded fuel is detrimentalto the catalytic converter andwill damage the engine controlsystem’s oxygen sensor andaffect emission control.Never add any fuel systemcleaning agents to the fuel tankother than what has been speci-fied (We recommend that youconsult an authorized HYUNDAIdealer for details.)

CAUTION

CAUTION indicates a hazardoussituation which, if not avoided,could result in minor or moder-ate injury.

CAUTION

FFUUEELL RREEQQUUIIRREEMMEENNTTSS

Leaded (if equipped)For some countries, your vehicle isdesigned to use leaded gasoline.When you are going to use leadedgasoline, we recommend that youask an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.Octane rating of leaded gasoline issame with unleaded one.

Gasoline containing alcohol andmethanolGasohol, a mixture of gasoline andethanol (also known as grain alco-hol), and gasoline or gasohol con-taining methanol (also known aswood alcohol) are being marketedalong with or instead of leaded orunleaded gasoline.Do not use gasohol containing morethan 10% ethanol, and do not usegasoline or gasohol containing anymethanol. Either of these fuels maycause drivability problems and dam-age to the fuel system, engine controlsystem and emission control system.Discontinue using gasohol of anykind if drivability problems occur.

Vehicle damage or driveability prob-lems may not be covered by themanufacturer’s warranty if they resultfrom the use of:1. Gasohol containing more than

10% ethanol.2. Gasoline or gasohol containing

methanol.3. Leaded fuel or leaded gasohol.

F7

Introduction

Never use gasohol which con-tains methanol. Discontinueuse of any gasohol productwhich impairs drivability.

CAUTION

F8

Introduction

Other fuelsUsing fuel additives such as:- Silicone fuel additive- MMT (Magnanese, Mn) fuel additive- Ferrocene (iron-based) fuel additive- Other metallic-based fuel additives

may result in cylinder misfire, pooracceleration, engine stalling, dam-age to the catalyst, or abnormal cor-rosion, and may cause damage tothe engine resulting in a reduction inthe overall life of the powertrain.

Damage to the fuel system or per-formance problem caused by theuse of these fuels may not be cov-ered by your New Vehicle LimitedWarranty.

Use of MTBEHYUNDAI recommends avoidingfuels containing MTBE (MethylTertiary Butyl Ether) over 15.0% vol.(Oxygen Content 2.7% weight) inyour vehicle.Fuel containing MTBE over 15.0%vol. (Oxygen Content 2.7% weight)may reduce vehicle performance andproduce vapor lock or hard starting.

Do not use methanolFuels containing methanol (woodalcohol) should not be used in yourvehicle. This type of fuel can reducevehicle performance and damagecomponents of the fuel system, enginecontrol system and emission controlsystem.

NOTICE

Your New Vehicle LimitedWarranty may not cover dam-age to the fuel system and anyperformance problems that arecaused by the use of fuels con-taining methanol or fuels con-taining MTBE (Methyl TertiaryButyl Ether) over 15.0% vol.(Oxygen Content 2.7% weight.)

CAUTION

F9

Introduction

Fuel AdditivesHYUNDAI recommends that you useunleaded gasoline which has anoctane rating of RON (ResearchOctane Number) 95 / AKI (Anti KnockIndex) 91 or higher (for Europe) orOctane Rating of RON (ResearchOctane Number) 91 / AKI (Anti-KnockIndex) 87 or higher (except Europe).For customers who do not use goodquality gasolines including fuel addi-tives regularly, and have problemsstarting or the engine does not runsmoothly, one bottle of additiveadded to the fuel tank according tothe maintenance schedule is recom-mended (refer to chapter 7, “NormalMaintenance Schedule”). Additivesare available from your authorizedHYUNDAI dealer along with informa-tion on how to use them. Do not mixother additives.

Operation in foreign countriesIf you are going to drive your vehiclein another country, be sure to:• Observe all regulations regarding

registration and insurance.• Determine that acceptable fuel is

available.

Diesel engineDiesel fuelDiesel engine must be operated onlyon commercially available diesel fuelthat complies with EN 590 or compa-rable standard. (EN stands for"European Norm"). Do not usemarine diesel fuel, heating oils, ornon-approved fuel additives, as thiswill increase wear and cause dam-age to the engine and fuel system.The use of non-approved fuels and /or fuel additives will result in a limita-tion of your warranty rights.Diesel fuel of above cetane 51 isused in your vehicle. If two types ofdiesel fuel are available, use summeror winter fuel properly according tothe following temperature conditions.• Above -5°C (23°F) ... Summer type

diesel fuel.• Below -5°C (23°F) ... Winter type

diesel fuel.

Watch the fuel level in the tank verycarefully : If the engine stops throughfuel failure, the circuits must be com-pletely purged to permit restarting.

F10

Introduction

VVEEHHIICCLLEE MMOODDIIFFIICCAATTIIOONNSS Biodiesel Commercially supplied Diesel blendsof no more than 7% biodiesel, com-monly known as "B7 Diesel" may beused in your vehicle if Biodiesel meetsEN 14214 or equivalent specifications.(EN stands for "European Norm").Theuse of biofuels exceeding 7% madefrom rapeseed methyl ester (RME),fatty acid methyl ester (FAME), veg-etable oil methyl ester (VME) etc. ormixing diesel exceeding 7% withbiodiesel will cause increased wear ordamage to the engine and fuel sys-tem. Repair or replacement of worn ordamaged components due to the useof non approved fuels will not be cov-ered by the manufactures warranty.

• This vehicle should not be modi-fied. Modification of your vehiclecould affect its performance, safetyor durability and may even violategovernmental safety and emis-sions regulations.In addition, damage or perform-ance problems resulting from anymodification may not be coveredunder warranty.

• If you use unauthorized electronicdevices, it may cause the vehicle tooperate abnormally, wire damage,battery discharge and fire. For yoursafety, do not use unauthorizedelectronic devices.

Do not let any gasoline or waterenter the tank. This would makeit necessary to drain it out andto bleed the lines to avoid jam-ming the injection pump anddamaging the engine.

CAUTION

It is recommended to use theregulated automotive dieselfuel for diesel vehicle equippedwith the DPF system.If you use diesel fuel includinghigh sulfur (more than 50 ppmsulfur) and unspecified addi-tives, it can cause the DPF sys-tem to be damaged and whitesmoke can be emitted.

CAUTION

• Never use any fuel, whetherdiesel, B7 biodiesel or other-wise, that fails to meet the lat-est petroleum industry speci-fication.

• Never use any fuel additivesor treatments that are not rec-ommended or approved bythe vehicle manufacturer.

CAUTION

F11

Introduction

By following a few simple precautionsfor the first 1,000 km (600 miles) youmay add to the performance, econo-my and life of your vehicle.• Do not race the engine.• While driving, keep your engine

speed (rpm, or revolutions perminute) between 2,000 rpm and4,000 rpm.

• Do not maintain a single speed forlong periods of time, either fast orslow.Varying engine speed is need-ed to properly break-in the engine.

• Avoid hard stops, except in emer-gencies, to allow the brakes to seatproperly.

• Don't tow a trailer during the first2,000 km (1,200 miles) of operation.

HYUNDAI promotes an environmen-tally sound treatment for end of lifevehicles and offers to take back yourHYUNDAI end of life vehicles inaccordance with the European Union(EU) End of Life Vehicles Directive.

You can get detailed informationfrom your national HYUNDAI home-page.

VVEEHHIICCLLEE BBRREEAAKK--IINNPPRROOCCEESSSS

RREETTUURRNNIINNGG UUSSEEDD VVEEHHIICCLLEESS((FFOORR EEUURROOPPEE))

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

I

Your vehicle at a glance

Safety system of your vehicle

Convenient features of your vehicle

Multimedia System

Driving your vehicle

What to do in an emergency

Maintenance

Specifications & Consumer information

Index

TABLE OF CONTENTS


1


1Exterior overview (I) .............................................1-2Exterior overview (II) ............................................1-3Interior overview (I) ..............................................1-4Interior overview (II) .............................................1-5Instrument panel overview (I)..............................1-6Instrument panel overview (II).............................1-7Engine compartment .............................................1-8

1-2

EEXXTTEERRIIOORR OOVVEERRVVIIEEWW ((II))


1. Hood .......................................................3-31

2. Head lamp.....................................3-83, 7-80

3. DRL (Daytime Running Light) ................7-80

4. Turn signal lamp .....................................7-80

5. Tires and wheels ............................ 7-50, 8-4

6. Outside rearview mirror ..........................3-20

7. Sunroof ...................................................3-27

8. Front windshield wiper blades ................3-95

9. Windows .................................................3-23

OOS017001

■ Front view

The actual shape may differ from the illustration.

1-3


EEXXTTEERRIIOORR OOVVEERRVVIIEEWW ((IIII))

1

1. Door........................................................3-11

2. Fuel filler door.........................................3-34

3. Rear combination lamp ..........................7-90

4. Turn signal lamp, Rear fog lamp, Back-up lamp..........................................7-90

5. Tailgate ...................................................3-32

6. High mounted stop lamp ........................7-92

7. Defroster...............................................3-107

8. Rearview monitor....................................3-99

9. Antenna ....................................................4-2

OOS017002

■ Rear view


1-4


IINNTTEERRIIOORR OOVVEERRVVIIEEWW ((II))

1. Inside door handle ............................3-12

2. Outside rearview mirror folding ........3-22

3. Outside rearview mirror control ........3-21

4. Central door lock switch ....................3-13

5. Power window lock switch ................3-26

6. Power window switches ....................3-23

7. Headlight leveling device ..................3-91

8. Instrument panel illuminationcontrol switch ....................................3-38

9. Blind-spot Collision Warning (BCW) system ..............................................5-63

10. Head-up display button....................3-81

11. Lane keeping assist (LKA) system..5-84

12. ESC OFF button..............................5-41

13. Hood release lever ........................3-31

14. Steering wheel tilt/telescopic lever ..3-17

15. Steering wheel ................................3-17

16. Seat ..................................................2-4

[A] : Type A, [B] : Type B

OOS017003


■ Left-Hand drive type

1-5


IINNTTEERRIIOORR OOVVEERRVVIIEEWW ((IIII))

1

1. Inside door handle ............................3-12

2. Outside rearview mirror folding ........3-22

3. Outside rearview mirror control ........3-21

4. Central door lock switch ....................3-13

5. Power window lock switch ................3-26

6. Power window switches ....................3-23

7. Headlight leveling device ..................3-91

8. Instrument panel illuminationcontrol switch ....................................3-38

9. Blind-spot Collision Warning (BCW) system ..............................................5-63

10. Head-up display button....................3-81

11. Lane keeping assist (LKA) system..5-84

12. ESC OFF button..............................5-41

13. Hood release lever ........................3-31

14. Ignition switch ....................................5-6

15. Steering wheel tilt/telescopic lever ..3-17

16. Steering wheel ................................3-17

17. Seat ..................................................2-5


OOS017003R


■ Right-Hand drive type

1-6


IINNSSTTRRUUMMEENNTT PPAANNEELL OOVVEERRVVIIEEWW ((II))1. Instrument cluster ........................................3-372. Horn ..............................................................3-193. Driver’s front air bag......................................2-504. Key ignition switch/ ........................................5-6

Engine Start/Stop button ..............................5-105. Light control/Turn signals ..............................3-836. Wiper/Washer................................................3-957. Audio system/ ................................................4-7

Navigation system ..........................................4-48. Hazard warning flasher switch........................6-39. Manual climate control system/ ..................3-108

Automatic climate control system ..............3-11610. Passenger’s front air bag ............................2-4811. Glove box ..................................................3-12812. Power outlet ..............................................3-13213. Manual transmission shift lever/

Dual clutch transmission shift lever ..5-18, 5-2714. Drive mode button ......................................5-6115. Heated steering wheel ................................3-1816. Idle stop and go (ISG) OFF button ............5-5517. Seat warmer................................................2-1918. Seat warmer/Air ventilation seat ................2-2119. 4WD lock button..........................................5-4920. DBC button ................................................5-4621. Parking Distance Warning

(Reverse/Forward) button ........................3-10422. Cup holder ................................................3-13123. Steering wheel audio controls/ ....................4-3

Bluetooth® wireless technology hands-free controls ......................................4-4

24. Speed limiter controls/ ................................5-96Cruise controls/ ..........................................5-98

[A-F] : Type A ~ Type FThe actual shape may differ from the illustration.

OOS017004


1-7


IINNSSTTRRUUMMEENNTT PPAANNEELL OOVVEERRVVIIEEWW ((IIII))

11. Instrument cluster ........................................3-372. Horn ..............................................................3-193. Driver’s front air bag......................................2-484. Engine Start/Stop button ..............................5-105. Light control/Turn signals ..............................3-836. Wiper/Washer................................................3-957. Audio system/ ................................................4-7

Navigation system ..........................................4-48. Hazard warning flasher switch........................6-39. Manual climate control system/ ..................3-108

Automatic climate control system ..............3-11610. Passenger’s front air bag ............................2-5011. Glove box ..................................................3-12812. Power outlet ..............................................3-13213. Manual transmission shift lever/

Dual clutch transmission shift lever ..5-18, 5-2714. 4WD lock button..........................................5-4915. DBC button ................................................5-4616. Parking Distance Warning (Reverse/Forward)

button ........................................................3-10417. Seat warmer................................................2-1918. Seat warmer/Air ventilation seat ................2-2119. Drive mode button ......................................5-6120. Heated steering wheel ...............................3-1821. Idle stop and go (ISG) OFF button ............5-5522. Cup holder ................................................3-13123. Steering wheel audio controls/ ....................4-3

Bluetooth® wireless technologyhands-free controls ......................................4-4

24. Speed limiter controls/ ................................5-96Cruise controls ..........................................5-98

[A-F] : Type A ~ Type FThe actual shape may differ from the illustration.

OOS017004E


EENNGGIINNEE CCOOMMPPAARRTTMMEENNTT

OOS077070L/OOS077001

■■ Gasoline Engine (Kappa 1.0 T-GDI)

■■ Gasoline Engine (Gamma 1.6 T-GDI)

The actual engine compartment in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.


1-8

1. Engine coolant reservoir/....................7-37Engine coolant cap.............................7-38

2. Fuse box.............................................7-62

3. Battery ...............................................7-46

4. Brake/clutch fluid reservoir .................7-40

5. Air cleaner .........................................7-42

6. Engine oil dipstick.............................. 7-34

7. Engine oil filler cap .............................7-35

8. Windshield washer fluid reservoir.......7-44

1-9


1

1. Engine coolant reservoir....................7-37

2. Engine coolant cap ...........................7-38

3. Fuse box............................................7-62

4. Battery ...............................................7-46

5. Brake/clutch fluid reservoir.................7-40

6. Air cleaner .........................................7-42

7. Engine oil dipstick..............................7-34

8. Engine oil filler cap ............................7-35

9. Windshield washer fluid reservoir......7-44

OOS078071L

■■ Gasoline Engine (Nu 2.0 MPI)

The actual engine compartment in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.

1. Engine coolant reservoir/....................7-37Engine coolant cap.............................7-38

2. Fuse box.............................................7-62

3. Battery ...............................................7-46

4. Brake/clutch fluid reservoir .................7-40

5. Air cleaner .........................................7-42

6. Engine oil dipstick.............................. 7-34

7. Engine oil filler cap .............................7-35

8. Windshield washer fluid reservoir.......7-44

OOS078100The actual compartment room in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.


1-10

■■ Diesel Engine (Smartstream D1.6)


2Important safety precautions .............................2-2

Always wear your seat belt ..........................................2-2Restrain all children .........................................................2-2Air bag hazards ................................................................2-2Driver distraction .............................................................2-2Control your speed ..........................................................2-3Keep your vehicle in safe condition ............................2-3

Seats ........................................................................2-4Safety precautions ..........................................................2-6Front seats..........................................................................2-7Rear seats .........................................................................2-12Headrest ...........................................................................2-15Seat warmers and air ventilation seats.....................2-19

Seat belts .............................................................2-22Seat belt safety precautions ......................................2-22Seat belt warning light .................................................2-23Seat belt restraint system ...........................................2-25Additional seat belt safety precautions ...................2-30Care of seat belts ..........................................................2-32

Child restraint system (CRS) .............................2-33Our recommendation:Children always in the rear..2-33Selecting a Child Restraint System (CRS) ................2-34Installing a Child Restraint System (CRS)..................2-36

Air bag - supplemental restraint system ........2-47Where are the air bags? ..............................................2-50How does the air bags system operate? .................2-55What to expect after an air bag inflates ................2-59Why didn't my air bag go off in a collision? ...........2-60SRS care ...........................................................................2-65Additional safety precautions .....................................2-66Air bag warning labels ..................................................2-66

This chapter provides you with important information about how to protect yourself and your passengers.It explains how to properly use your seats and seat belts, and how your air bags work.Additionally, this chapter explains how to properly restrain infants and children in your vehicle.

2-2

You will find many safety precautionsand recommendations throughoutthis section, and throughout this man-ual.The safety precautions in this sec-tion are among the most important.

Always wear your seat belt A seat belt is your best protection inall types of accidents. Air bags aredesigned to supplement seat belts,not replace them. So even thoughyour vehicle is equipped with air bags,ALWAYS make sure you and yourpassengers wear your seat belts, andwear them properly.

Restrain all children All children under age 13 should ridein your vehicle properly restrained ina rear seat, not the front seat. Infantsand small children should berestrained in an appropriate ChildRestraint System. Larger childrenshould use a booster seat with thelap/shoulder belt until they can usethe seat belt properly without abooster seat.

Air bag hazards While air bags can save lives, theycan also cause serious or fatalinjuries to occupants who sit tooclose to them, or who are not prop-erly restrained. Infants, young chil-dren, and short adults are at thegreatest risk of being injured by aninflating air bag. Follow all instruc-tions and warnings in this manual.

Driver distraction Driver distraction presents a seriousand potentially deadly danger, espe-cially for inexperienced drivers. Safetyshould be the first concern whenbehind the wheel and drivers need tobe aware of the wide array of potentialdistractions, such as drowsiness,reaching for objects, eating, personalgrooming, other passengers, andusing cellular phones.Drivers can become distracted whenthey take their eyes and attention offthe road or their hands off the wheelto focus on activities other than driv-ing. To reduce your risk of distractionand an accident:• ALWAYS set up your mobile devices

(i.e., MP3 players, phones, naviga-tion units, etc.) when your vehicle isparked or safely stopped.

• ONLY use your mobile device whenallowed by laws and conditions per-mit safe use. NEVER text or emailwhile driving. Most countries havelaws prohibiting drivers from texting.Some countries and cities also pro-hibit drivers from using handheldphones.

IIMMPPOORRTTAANNTT SSAAFFEETTYY PPRREECCAAUUTTIIOONNSS


2-3


• NEVER let the use of a mobile devicedistract you from driving. You have aresponsibility to your passengers andothers on the road to always drivesafely, with your hands on the wheelas well as your eyes and attention onthe road.

Control your speed Excessive speed is a major factor incrash injuries and deaths. Generally,the higher the speed, the greater therisk, but serious injuries can alsooccur at lower speeds. Never drivefaster than is safe for current condi-tions, regardless of the maximumspeed posted.

Keep your vehicle in safe condi-tion Having a tire blowout or a mechanicalfailure can be extremely hazardous. Toreduce the possibility of such prob-lems, check your tire pressures andcondition frequently, and perform allregularly scheduled maintenance.

2

2-4

SSEEAATTSS


OOS037073

Front seat(1) Forward and backward

(2) Seatback angle

(3) Seat cushion height *

(4) Lumbar support (Driver’s seat)*

(5) Seat warmer*/Air ventilation seat*

(6) Headrest

Rear seat(7) Armrest*

(8) Seatback folding

(9) Headrest

* : if equipped

[A] : Driver’s Side, [B] : Rear seat


2-5


2

OOS037001R

Front seat(1) Forward and backward

(2) Seatback angle

(3) Seat cushion height *

(4) Lumbar support (Driver’s seat)*

(5) Seat warmer*/Air ventilation seat*

(6) Headrest

Rear seat(7) Armrest*

(8) Seatback folding

(9) Headrest

* : if equipped

[A] : Driver’s Side, [B] : Rear seat


2-6


Safety precautions Adjusting the seats so that you are sit-ting in a safe, comfortable positionplays an important role in driver andpassenger safety, together with seatbelts and air bags, in an accident.

Air bags You can take steps to reduce the riskof being injured by an inflating airbag. Sitting too close to an air baggreatly increases the risk of injury inthe event the air bag inflates. Moveyour seat as far back as possiblefrom front air bags, while still main-taining control of the vehicle.

Seat beltsAlways fasten your seat belt beforestarting any trip. At all times, passen-gers should sit upright and be prop-erly restrained. Infants and smallchildren must be restrained in appro-priate Child Restraint Systems.Children who have outgrown abooster seat and adults must berestrained using the seat belts.

Do not use a cushion that reducesfriction between the seat and thepassenger.The passenger's hipsmay slide under the lap portionof the seat belt during an acci-dent or a sudden stop.Serious or fatal internal injuriescould result because the seatbelt cannot operate properly.

WARNING

To reduce the risk of seriousinjury or death from an inflatingair bag, take the following pre-cautions:• Adjust the driver’s seat as far

to the rear as possible main-taining the ability to control thevehicle.

• Adjust the front passenger seatas far to the rear as possible.

• Hold the steering wheel by therim with hands at the 9 o’clockand 3 o’clock positions to min-imize the risk of injuries toyour hands and arms.

• NEVER place anything or any-one between you and the airbag.

• Do not allow the front passen-ger to place feet or legs on thedashboard to minimize the riskof leg injuries.

WARNING

Take the following precautionswhen adjusting your seat belt:• NEVER use one seat belt for

more than one occupant.• Always position the seatback

upright with the lap portion ofthe seat belt snug and lowacross the hips.

• NEVER allow children or smallinfants to ride on a passenger’slap.

• Do not route the seat beltacross your neck, across sharpedges, or reroute the shoulderstrap away from your body.

• Do not allow the seat belt tobecome caught or jammed.

WARNING

2-7


2

Front seatsThe front seat can be adjusted byusing the control lever (or knob) orswitches located on the outside of theseat cushion. Before driving, adjustthe seat to the proper position so thatyou can easily control the steeringwheel, foot pedals and controls on theinstrument panel.

Manual adjustment

Forward and rearward adjustment

To move the seat forward or rearward:1. Pull up the seat slide adjustment

lever and hold it.2. Slide the seat to the position you

desire.3. Release the lever and make sure

the seat is locked in place. Moveforward and rearward without usingthe lever. If the seat moves, it is notlocked properly.

To prevent injury:

• Do not adjust your seat whilewearing your seat belt.Moving the seat cushion for-ward may cause strong pres-sure on your abdomen.

• Do not allow your hands orfingers to get caught in theseat mechanisms while theseat is moving.

CAUTION

Take the following precautionswhen adjusting your seat:• NEVER attempt to adjust the

seat while the vehicle is mov-ing. The seat could respondwith unexpected movementand may cause loss of vehiclecontrol resulting in an accident.

• Do not place anything underthe front seats. Loose objectsin the driver’s foot area couldinterfere with the operation ofthe foot pedals, causing anaccident.

• Do not allow anything to inter-fere with the normal positionand proper locking of the seat-back.

WARNING

• Do not place a cigarette lighteron the floor or seat. When youoperate the seat, gas may exitout of the lighter causing a fire.

• Use extreme caution whenpicking up small objectstrapped under the seats orbetween the seat and the centerconsole. Your hands might becut or injured by the sharpedges of the seat mechanism.

• If there are occupants in therear seats, be careful whileadjusting the front seat posi-tion.

OOS037002

2-8


Seatback angle

To recline the seatback:1. Lean forward slightly and lift up the

seatback lever.2. Carefully lean back on the seat

and adjust the seatback to theposition you desire.

3. Release the knob and make surethe seatback is locked in place.

Reclining seatback Sitting in a reclined position whenthe vehicle is in motion can be dan-gerous. Even when buckled up, theprotections of your restraint system(seat belts and/or air bags) is greatlyreduced by reclining your seatback.

Seat belts must be snug against yourhips and chest to work properly.When the seatback is reclined, theshoulder belt cannot do its jobbecause it will not be snug againstyour chest. Instead, it will be in frontof you. During an accident, you couldbe thrown into the seat belt, causingneck or other injuries.The more the seatback is reclined,the greater chance the passenger’ships will slide under the lap belt orthe passenger’s neck will strike theshoulder belt.

Seat cushion height (if equipped)

To change the height of the seatcushion:• Push down the lever several times,

to lower the seat cushion.• Pull up the lever several times, to

raise the seat cushion.

OOS037003

NEVER ride with a reclined seat-back when the vehicle is moving.Riding with a reclined seatbackincreases your chance of seri-ous or fatal injuries in the eventof a collision or sudden stop.Drivers and passengers shouldALWAYS sit well back in theirseats, properly belted, and withthe seatbacks upright.

WARNING

OOS037004

2-9


2

Power adjustment

To prevent damage to the seats:• Always stop adjusting the seats

when the seat has been adjust-ed as far forward or rearward aspossible.

• Do not adjust the seats longerthan necessary when the engineis turned off. This may result inunnecessary battery drain.

• Do not operate two or more seatsat the same time. This may resultin an electrical malfunction.

Forward and rearward adjustment

To move the seat forward or rearward:1. Push the control switch forward or

rearward.2. Release the switch once the seat

reaches the desired position.

Seatback angle

To recline the seatback:1. Push the control switch forward or

rearward.2. Release the switch once the seat-

back reaches the desired position.

NOTICE

NEVER allow children in thevehicle unattended. The powerseats are operable when theengine is turned off.

WARNING

OOS037005 OOS037006

2-10


Reclining seatback Sitting in a reclined position whenthe vehicle is in motion can be dan-gerous. Even when buckled up, theprotections of your restraint system(seat belts and air bags) is greatlyreduced by reclining your seatback.

Seat belts must be snug against yourhips and chest to work properly.When the seatback is reclined, theshoulder belt cannot do its jobbecause it will not be snug againstyour chest. Instead, it will be in frontof you. During an accident, you couldbe thrown into the seat belt, causingneck or other injuries.The more the seatback is reclined,the greater chance the passenger’ships will slide under the lap belt orthe passenger’s neck will strike theshoulder belt.

Seat cushion height (if equipped)

To change the height of the seat cush-ion:1. • Push the front portion of the con-

trol switch up to raise or down tolower the front part of the seatcushion.

• Push the rear portion of the con-trol switch up to raise or down tolower the height of the seat cush-ion.

2. Release the switch once the seatreaches the desired position.

NEVER ride with a reclined seat-back when the vehicle is moving.Riding with a reclined seatbackincreases your chance of seriousor fatal injuries in the event of acollision or sudden stop.Driver and passengers shouldALWAYS sit well back in theirseats, properly belted, and withthe seatbacks upright.

WARNING

OOS037007

2-11


2

Lumbar support (for driver’s seat, if equipped)

• The lumbar support can be adjust-ed by pressing the lumbar supportswitch.

• Press the front portion of the switch(1) to increase support or the rearportion of the switch (2) to decreasesupport.

Seatback pocket (if equipped)

The seatback pocket is provided onthe back of the front seatbacks.

OOS037008

■ Type B

OOS037074

■ Type A

OOS037075

Do not put heavy or sharpobjects in the seatback pockets.In an accident they could comeloose from the pocket andinjure occupants.

CAUTION

2-12

Safety system of your vehicleSafety system of your vehicle

Rear seats

Folding the rear seat The rear seatbacks can be folded tofacilitate carrying long items or toincrease the luggage capacity of thevehicle.

To fold down the rear seatback:1. Set the front seatback to the upright

position and if necessary, slide thefront seat forward.

2. Lower the rear headrests to thelowest position.

3.Locate the seatbelt toward the out-board position before folding downthe seatback to avoid the seatbeltsystem interfering with the seat-back.

• Never allow passengers to siton top of the folded downseatback while the vehicle ismoving. This is not a properseating position and no seatbelts are available for use.This could result in seriousinjury or death in case of anaccident or sudden stop.

• Objects carried on the foldeddown seatback should notextend higher than the top ofthe front seatbacks.This couldallow cargo to slide forwardand cause injury or damageduring sudden stops.

WARNING

OOS037019 OOS037020

2-13


2

4. Put out the belt from guide (1) andpull up the seatback folding lever(2), then fold the seat toward thefront of the vehicle.

5.To use the rear seat, lift and pushthe seatback rearward.Push the seatback firmly until itclicks into place. Make sure theseatback is locked in place.Insert the belt in the guide.

OOS037022OOS037021

OOS037023

When returning the rear seat-back from a folded to an uprightposition, hold the seatback andreturn it slowly. Ensure that theseatback is completely lockedinto its upright position bypushing on the top of the seat-back. In an accident or suddenstop, the unlocked seatbackcould allow cargo to move for-ward with great force and enterthe passenger compartment,which could result in seriousinjury or death.

WARNING

2-14


Armrest (if equipped)

The armrest is located in the centerof the rear seat. Pull the armrestdown from the seatback to use it.

Do not place objects in the rearseats, since they cannot beproperly secured and may hitvehicle occupants in a collisioncausing serious injury or death.

WARNING

Make sure the engine is off, theshift lever is in P (Park), and theparking brake is securely appliedwhenever loading or unloadingcargo. Failure to take these stepsmay allow the vehicle to move ifthe shift lever is inadvertentlymoved to another position.

WARNING

OOS037024

Cargo should always be securedto prevent it from being thrownabout the vehicle in a collisionand causing injury to the vehicleoccupants. Do not place objectsin the rear seats, since they can-not be properly secured and mayhit the front seat occupants in acollision.

WARNING

• Be careful when loading cargothrough the rear passengerseats to prevent damage tothe vehicle interior.

• When cargo is loaded throughthe rear passenger seats,ensure the cargo is properlysecured to prevent it frommoving while driving.

CAUTION

2-15


2

Headrest The vehicle’s front and rear seats haveadjustable headrests. The headrestsprovide comfort for passengers, butmore importantly they are designed tohelp protect passengers from whiplashand other neck and spinal injuries dur-ing an accident, especially in a rearimpact collision.

To prevent damage, NEVER hit orpull on the headrests.

NOTICE

To reduce the risk of seriousinjury or death in an accident,take the following precautionswhen adjusting your headrests:• Always properly adjust the

headrests for all passengersBEFORE starting the vehicle.

• NEVER let anyone ride in a seatwith the headrest removed.

•

Adjust the headrests so themiddle of the headrest is at thesame height as the height ofthe top of the eyes.

• NEVER adjust the headrestposition of the driver’s seatwhen the vehicle is in motion.

• Adjust the headrest as closeto the passenger’s head aspossible. Do not use a seatcushion that holds the bodyaway from the seatback.

• Make sure the headrest locksinto position after adjusting it.

WARNING

OLF034072N

When there is no occupant inthe rear seats, adjust the heightof the headrest to the lowestposition. The rear seat headrestcan reduce the visibility of therear area.

CAUTION

2-16


Front seat headrests

The driver’s and front passenger’sseats are equipped with adjustableheadrests for the passengers safetyand comfort.

Adjusting the height up and down

To raise the headrest:1. Pull it up to the desired position

(1).

To lower the headrest:1. Push and hold the release button

(2) on the headrest support.2. Lower the headrest to the desired

position (3).

Forward and rearward adjustment(if equipped)

The headrest may be adjusted for-ward to 3 different positions bypulling the headrest forward to thedesired detent. To adjust the head-rest to it’s furthest rearwards posi-tion, pull it fully forward to the farthestposition and release it.

OPDE036068

OOS037061 OOS037010

2-17


2

If you recline the seatback towardsthe front with the headrest andseat cushion raised, the headrestmay come in contact with the sun-visor or other parts of the vehicle.

Removal/Reinstall

To remove the headrest:1. Recline the seatback (2) with using

the seatback angle lever or switch(1).

2. Raise the headrest as far as it cango.

3. Press the headrest release button(3) while pulling the headrest up (4).

NOTICE

OOS037011

OOS037012

■ Type A

■ Type B

OLF034015

NEVER allow anyone to travel in aseat with the headrest removed.

WARNING

2-18


To reinstall the headrest :1. Recline the seatback.2. Put the headrest poles (2) into the

holes while pressing the releasebutton (1).

3. Adjust the headrest to the appropri-ate height.

4. Recline the seatback (4) the seat-back angle knob or switch (3).

Rear seat headrests

The rear seats are equipped withheadrests in all the seating positionsfor the passenger’s safety and com-fort.

OPDE036069

Always make sure the headrestlocks into position after rein-stalling and adjusting it properly.

WARNING

OOS037013

OOS037014

■ Type A

■ Type B

2-19


2

Adjusting the height up and down

To raise the headrest:1. Pull it up to the desired position (1).

To lower the headrest:1. Push and hold the release button

(2) on the headrest support.2. Lower the headrest to the desired

position (3).

Seat warmers and air ventila-tion seatsFront seat warmers (if equipped) Seat warmers are provided to warmthe seats during cold weather.

The seat warmers can cause aSERIOUS BURN, even at lowtemperatures and especially ifused for long periods of time.Passengers must be able to feelif the seat is becoming too warmso they can turn it off, if needed.People who cannot detect tem-perature change or pain to theskin should use extreme cau-tion, especially the followingtypes of passengers:• Infants, children, elderly or

disabled persons, or hospitaloutpatients.

• People with sensitive skin orwho burn easily.

• Fatigued individuals.• Intoxicated individuals.

WARNING

OOS037018

• Adjust the headrests so themiddle of the headrest is atthe same height as the heightof the top of the eyes.

• When sitting on the rear seat,do not adjust the height of theheadrest to the lowest.

CAUTION

2-20


To prevent damage to the seatwarmers and seats:• Never use a solvent such as

paint thinner, benzene, alcoholor gasoline to clean the seats.

• Do not place heavy or sharpobjects on seats equipped withseat warmers.

• Do not change the seat cover. Itmay damage the seat warmer.


While the engine is running, pusheither of the switches to warm the dri-ver's seat or front passenger's seat.During mild weather or under condi-tions where the operation of the seatwarmer is not needed, keep theswitches in the OFF position.

• Each time you push the switch, thetemperature setting of the seat ischanged as follows :

• When pressing the switch for morethan 1.5 seconds with the seatwarmer operating, the seat warmerwill turn OFF.

• The seat warmer defaults to theOFF position whenever the ignitionswitch is placed to the ON position.

Information With the seat warmer switch in theON position, the heating system in theseat turns off or on automaticallydepending on the seat temperature.

iNOTICE

OOS037015

OFF HIGH ( )

LOW ( ) MIDDLE ( )

→

→

→

→

• People taking medication thatcan cause drowsiness orsleepiness.

NEVER place anything on theseat that insulates against heatwhen the seat warmer is in oper-ation, such as a blanket or seatcushion. This may cause theseat warmer to overheat, caus-ing a burn or damage to the seat.

WARNING

2-21


2

Front air ventilation seat(if equipped)

The air ventilation seats are providedto cool the front seats by blowing airthrough small vent holes on the sur-face of the seat cushions and seat-backs.When the operation of the air ventila-tion seat is not needed, keep theswitches in the OFF position.While the engine is running, push theswitch to cool the driver's seat or thefront passenger's seat (if equipped).

• Each time you push the switch, theairflow changes as follows:

• When pressing the switch for morethan 1.5 seconds with the air venti-lation seat operating, the operationwill turn OFF.

• The air ventilation seats defaults tothe OFF position whenever theignition switch is placed to the ONposition.

To prevent damage to the air ven-tilation seat:• Use the air ventilation seat ONLY

when the climate control systemis on. Using the air ventilationseat for prolonged periods oftime with the climate control sys-tem off could cause the air venti-lation seat to malfunction.

• Never use a solvent such as paintthinner, benzene, alcohol or gaso-line to clean the seats.

• Avoid spilling liquids on the sur-face of the front seats and seat-backs; this may cause the air ventholes to become blocked and notwork properly.

• Do not place materials such asplastic bags or newspapers underthe seats. They may block the airintake causing the air vents to notwork properly.

• Do not change the seat covers. Itmay damage the air ventilationseat.

• If the air vents do not operate,restart the vehicle. If there is nochange, we recommend that youhave your vehicle inspected byan authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

NOTICE

OFF HIGH ( )

LOW ( ) MIDDLE ( )

→

→

→

→

OOS037016

2-22


This section describes how to use theseat belts properly. It also describessome of the things not to do whenusing seat belts.

Seat belt safety precautions Always fasten your seat belt andmake sure all passengers have fas-tened their seat belts before startingany trip. Air bags are designed tosupplement the seat belt as an addi-tional safety device, but they are not asubstitute. Most countries require alloccupants of a vehicle to wear seatbelts.

SSEEAATT BBEELLTTSS

Seat belts must be used by ALLpassengers whenever the vehi-cle is moving.Take the followingprecautions when adjusting andwearing seat belts:• Children under the age of 13

should be properly restrainedin the rear seats.

• Never allow children to ride inthe front passenger seat, unlessthe air bag is deactivated. If achild is seated in the front pas-senger seat, move the seat asfar back as possible and prop-erly restrain them in the seat.

• NEVER allow an infant or childto be carried on an occupant’slap.

• NEVER ride with the seatbackreclined when the vehicle ismoving.

• Do not allow children to sharea seat or seat belt.

WARNING • Do not wear the shoulder beltunder your arm or behind yourback.

• Never wear a seat belt overfragile objects. If there is a sud-den stop or impact, the seatbelt can damage it.

• Do not use the seat belt if it istwisted. A twisted seat beltwill not protect you properlyin an accident.

• Do not use a seat belt if thewebbing or hardware is dam-aged.

• Do not latch the seat belt intothe buckles of other seats.

• NEVER unfasten the seat beltwhile driving. This may causeloss of vehicle control result-ing in an accident.

• Make sure there is nothing inthe buckle interfering with theseat belt latch mechanism.This may prevent the seat beltfrom fastening securely.

2-23


2

Seat belt warning light Seat belt warning

Driver’s seat belt warning

As a reminder to the driver, the seatbelt warning light will illuminate forapproximately 6 seconds each timeyou turn the ignition switch ONregardless of belt fastening.If the seat belt is not fastened whenthe ignition switch is turned ON or ifit is disconnected after the ignitionswitch is turned ON, the seat beltwarning light will illuminate until thebelt is fastened.

If you start to drive without the seatbelt fastened or you unfasten theseat belt when you drive under20km/h, the corresponding warninglight will continue to illuminate untilyou fasten the seat belt.If you continue to drive without theseat belt fastened or you unfastenthe seat belt when you drive over20km/h, the seat belt warning chimewill sound for approximately 100 sec-onds and the corresponding warninglight will blink.

Damaged seat belts and seatbelt assemblies will not operateproperly. Always replace:• Frayed, contaminated, or dam-

aged webbing.• Damaged hardware.• The entire seat belt assembly

after it has been worn in anaccident, even if damage towebbing or assembly is notapparent.

WARNING

• No modifications or additionsshould be made by the userwhich will either prevent theseat belt adjusting devicesfrom operating to removeslack, or prevent the seat beltassembly from being adjustedto remove slack.

OAM032161L

■ Instrument cluster

2-24


Front passenger’s seat belt warning

As a reminder to the front passenger,the front passenger’s seat belt warn-ing lights will illuminate for approxi-mately 6 seconds each time you turnthe ignition switch ON regardless ofbelt fastening. If the seat belt is notfastened when the ignition switch isturned ON or if it is disconnectedafter the ignition switch is turned ON,the seat belt warning light will illumi-nate until the belt is fastened.If you start to drive without the seatbelt fastened or you unfasten theseat belt when you drive under20km/h, the corresponding warninglight will continue to illuminate untilyou fasten the seat belt.

If you continue to drive without theseat belt fastened or you unfastenthe seat belt when you drive over20km/h, the seat belt warning chimewill sound for approximately 100 sec-onds and the corresponding warninglight will blink.

Information • You can find the front passenger’s

seat belt warning light on the centerfascia panel.

• Although the front passenger seat isnot occupied, the seat belt warninglight will blink or illuminate for 6seconds.

• The front passenger's seat beltwarning may operate when luggageis placed on the front passenger seat.

Rear passenger’s seat belt warning

As a reminder to the rear passen-gers, the rear passenger’s seat beltwarning lights will illuminate forapproximately 6 seconds each timeyou turn the ignition switch ONregardless of belt fastening.And then, the rear correspondingseat belt warning light will illuminatefor approximately 35 seconds, if anyof the following occurs:- You drive over 9km/h when the rear

seat belt is not fastened.- The rear seat belt is disconnected

when driving under 20km/h.

i

Riding in an improper positionadversely affects the front pas-senger's seat belt warning sys-tem. It is important for the driverto instruct the passenger toproperly be seated as instructedin this manual.

WARNING

OOS037025 OOS037026

2-25


2

If the rear seat belt is fastened, thewarning light will turn off immediately.If the rear seat belt is disconnectedwhen you drive over the 20km/h, thecorresponding seat belt warning lightwill blink and warning chime willsound for 35 seconds.But, if the rear passenger's lap/shoul-der belt is/are connected and discon-nected twice within 9 seconds afterthe belt is fastened, the correspondingseat belt warning light will not operate.

Seat belt restraint system Lap/shoulder belt

To fasten your seat belt:

Pull it out of the retractor and insertthe metal tab (1) into the buckle (2).There will be an audible "click" whenthe tab locks into the buckle.

You should place the lap belt (1) por-tion across your hips and the shoul-der belt (2) portion across yourchest.The seat belt automatically adjusts tothe proper length after the lap beltportion is adjusted manually so that itfits snugly around your hips. If youlean forward in a slow, easy motion,the belt will extend and move withyou.If there is a sudden stop or impact,the belt will lock into position. It willalso lock if you try to lean forward tooquickly.

ODH033055

ODH033053

2-26


If you are not able to smoothly pullenough of the seat belt out fromthe retractor, firmly pull the seatbelt out and release it. Afterrelease, you will be able to pull thebelt out smoothly.

Height adjustment

You can adjust the height of theshoulder belt anchor to one of thefour different positions for maximumcomfort and safety.The shoulder portion should beadjusted so it lies across your chestand midway over your shoulder near-est the door, not over your neck.

NOTICE

ODH033056

Improperly positioned seat beltsmay increase the risk of seriousinjury in an accident.Take the fol-lowing precautions when adjust-ing the seat belt:• Position the lap portion of the

seat belt as low as possibleacross your hips, not on yourwaist, so that it fits snugly. Thisallows your strong pelvic bonesto absorb the force of the crash,reducing the chance of internalinjuries.

WARNING

• Position one arm under theshoulder belt and the other overthe belt, as shown in the illus-tration.

• Always position the shoulderbelt anchor into the lockedposition at the appropriateheight.

• Never position the shoulderbelt across your neck or face.

2-27


2

To adjust the height of the seat beltanchor, lower or raise the heightadjuster into an appropriate position.To raise the height adjuster, pull it up(1). To lower it, push it down (3) whilepressing the height adjuster button (2).Release the button to lock the anchorinto position. Try sliding the heightadjuster to make sure that it haslocked into position.

To release your seat belt:

Press the release button (1) in thelocking buckle.When it is released, the belt shouldautomatically draw back into theretractor. If this does not happen,check the belt to be sure it is not twist-ed, then try again.

Rear center seatbelt (3-point rear center seat belt)

1.Insert the tongue plate (1) into thebuckle (2) until an audible “click" isheard, indicating the latch islocked. Make sure the belt is nottwisted.

When using the rear center seat belt,the buckle with the “CENTER” markmust be used.

OOS037060

■ Front seat

ODH033057

OOS037027

Always have the metal tabinserted into the buckle.

WARNING

2-28


Information If you are not able to pull out the safe-ty belt from the retractor, firmly pullthe belt out and release it. Afterrelease, you will be able to pull the beltout smoothly.

Pre-tensioner seat belt

Your vehicle is equipped with driver'sand front passenger's and rear pas-sengers (if equipped) Pre-tensionerSeat Belts (Retractor Pretensioner).The purpose of the pre-tensioner is tomake sure the seat belts fit tightlyagainst the occupant's body in cer-tain frontal or side collision(s). Thepre-tensioner seat belts may be acti-vated in crashes where the frontal orside collision(s) is severe enough,together with the air bags.When the vehicle stops suddenly, orif the occupant tries to lean forwardtoo quickly, the seat belt retractor willlock into position.

In certain frontal collisions, the pre-tensioner will activate and pull theseat belt into tighter contact againstthe occupant's body.If the system senses excessive tensionon the driver or passenger's seat beltwhen the pre-tensioner system acti-vates, the load limiter inside the retrac-tor pre-tensioner will release some ofthe pressure on the affected seat belt.

i

OLMB033039 • Always wear your seat belt andsit properly in your seat.

• Do not use the seat belt if it isloose or twisted. A loose ortwisted seat belt will not pro-tect you properly in an acci-dent.

• Do not place anything near thebuckle. This may adverselyaffect the buckle and cause itto function improperly.

• Always replace your pre-ten-sioners after activation or anaccident.

WARNING

2-29


2

The Pre-Tensioner Seat Belt Systemconsists mainly of the following com-ponents. Their locations are shown inthe illustration above:

(1) SRS air bag warning light(2) Retractor pre-tensioner (3) SRS control module(4) Rear Retractor pre-tensioner

(if equipped)

The sensor that activates the SRScontrol module is connected withthe pre–tensioner seat belts. TheSRS air bag warning light on theinstrument cluster will illuminatefor approximately 6 seconds afterthe ignition switch is placed in theON position, and then it shouldturn off.If the pre-tensioner is not workingproperly, the warning light will illu-minate even if the SRS air bag is notmalfunctioning. If the warning lightdoes not illuminate, stays illuminat-ed or illuminates when the vehicleis being driven, we recommend thepre-tensioner seat belts and/or SRScontrol module be inspected by anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer assoon as possible.

NOTICE

Do not touch the pre-tensionerseat belt assemblies for severalminutes after they have beenactivated. When the pre-ten-sioner seat belt mechanismdeploys during a collision, thepre-tensioner can become hotand can burn you.

WARNING

Body work on the front area ofthe vehicle may damage thepre-tensioner seat belt system.Therefore, we recommend thesystem to be serviced by anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer.

CAUTION

OLMB033040/Q

OPDE037069

• NEVER inspect, service, repairor replace the pre-tensionersyourself. This must be done byan authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

• Do not hit the seat belt assem-blies.

2-30


Information • Both the driver's and front passen-

ger's pre-tensioner seat belts may beactivated in certain frontal or sidecollisions.

• When the pre-tensioner seat beltsare activated, a loud noise may beheard and fine dust, which mayappear to be smoke, may be visiblein the passenger compartment.These are normal operating condi-tions and are not hazardous.

• Although it is non-toxic, the fine dustmay cause skin irritation and shouldnot be inhaled for prolonged periods.Wash all exposed skin areas thor-oughly after an accident in which thepre-tensioner seat belts were activat-ed.

Additional seat belt safety pre-cautions Seat belt use during pregnancy The seat belt should always be usedduring pregnancy. The best way toprotect your unborn child is to protectyourself by always wearing the seatbelt.Pregnant women should always weara lap-shoulder seat belt. Place theshoulder belt across your chest, rout-ed between your breasts and awayfrom your neck. Place the lap beltbelow your belly so that it fits SNUGLYacross your hips and pelvic bone,under the rounded part of the belly.

Seat belt use and children Infant and small children

Most countries have Child RestraintSystem laws which require children totravel in approved Child RestraintSystem devices, including boosterseats.The age at which seat belts canbe used instead of Child RestraintSystem differs among countries, soyou should be aware of the specificrequirements in your country, andwhere you are travelling. Infant andChild Restraint System must be prop-erly placed and installed in a rear seat.For more information refer to the “ChildRestraint Systems” in this chapter.

i

To reduce the risk of seriousinjury or death to an unbornchild during an accident, preg-nant women should NEVERplace the lap portion of the seatbelt above or over the area ofthe abdomen where the unbornchild is located.

WARNING

2-31


2

Small children are best protectedfrom injury in an accident when prop-erly restrained in the rear seat by aChild Restraint System that meetsthe requirements of the SafetyStandards of your country. Beforebuying any Child Restraint System,make sure that it has a label certify-ing that it meets Safety Standard ofyour country.

The Child Restraint System must beappropriate for your child's heightand weight. Check the label on theChild Restraint System for this infor-mation. Refer to “Child RestraintSystems” in this chapter.

Larger children

Children under age 13 and who aretoo large for a booster seat shouldalways occupy the rear seat and usethe available lap/shoulder belts. Aseat belt should lie across the upperthighs and be snug across the shoul-der and chest to restrain the childsafely. Check belt fit periodically. Achild's squirming could put the beltout of position. In the event of an acci-dent, children are afforded the bestsafety restrained by a proper ChildRestraint System in the rear seats.If a larger child over age 13 must beseated in the front seat, the childmust be securely restrained by theavailable lap/shoulder belt and theseat should be placed in the rear-most position.

If the shoulder belt portion slightlytouches the child’s neck or face, tryplacing the child closer to the centerof the vehicle. If the shoulder belt stilltouches their face or neck, they needto be returned to an appropriatebooster seat in the rear seat.

Seat belt use and injured peopleA seat belt should be used when aninjured person is being transported.Consult a physician for specific rec-ommendations.

ALWAYS properly restraininfants and small children in aChild Restraint System appropri-ate for the child’s height andweight.To reduce the risk of seriousinjury or death to a child andother passengers, NEVER hold achild in your lap or arms whenthe vehicle is moving.The violentforces created during an acci-dent will tear the child from yourarms and throw the child againstthe interior of the vehicle.

WARNING

• Always make sure larger chil-dren’s seat belts are worn andproperly adjusted.

• NEVER allow the shoulderbelt to contact the child’sneck or face.

• Do not allow more than onechild to use a single seat belt.

WARNING

2-32


One person per belt Two people (including children) shouldnever attempt to use a single seat belt.This could increase the severity ofinjuries in case of an accident.

Do not lie down Sitting in a reclined position whenthe vehicle is in motion can be dan-gerous. Even when buckled up, theprotections of your restraint system(seat belts and/or air bags) is greatlyreduced by reclining your seatback.Seat belts must be snug against yourhips and chest to work properly.During an accident, you could bethrown into the seat belt, causingneck or other injuries.The more the seat back is reclined,the greater the chance for the pas-senger's hips to slide under the lapbelt or the passenger's neck to strikethe shoulder belt.

Care of seat belts Seat belt systems should never bedisassembled or modified. In addi-tion, care should be taken to assurethat seat belts and belt hardware arenot damaged by seat hinges, doorsor other abuse.

Periodic inspectionAll seat belts should be inspectedperiodically for wear or damage ofany kind. Any damaged parts shouldbe replaced as soon as possible.

Keep belts clean and dry Seat belts should be kept clean anddry. If belts become dirty, they can becleaned by using a mild soap solutionand warm water. Bleach, dye, strongdetergents or abrasives should not beused because they may damage andweaken the fabric.

When to replace seat belts The entire seat belt assembly orassemblies should be replaced if thevehicle has been involved in an acci-dent. This should be done even if nodamage is visible.We recommend thatyou consult an authorized HYUNDAIdealer.

• NEVER ride with a reclinedseatback when the vehicle ismoving.

• Riding with a reclined seatbackincreases your chance of seri-ous or fatal injuries in the eventof a collision or sudden stop.

• Driver and passengers shouldalways sit well back in theirseats, properly belted, and withthe seatbacks upright.

WARNING

2-33


2

CCHHIILLDD RREESSTTRRAAIINNTT SSYYSSTTEEMM ((CCRRSS)) Our recommendation:Children always in the rear

Children under age 13 should alwaysride in the rear seats and mustalways be properly restrained to min-imize the risk of injury in an accident,sudden stop or sudden maneuver.According to accident statistics, chil-dren are safer when properlyrestrained in the rear seats than inthe front seat. Children too large for aChild Restraint System must use theseat belts provided.

Most countries have regulationswhich require children to travel inapproved Child Restraint Systems.The laws governing the age orheight/weight restrictions at whichseat belts can be used instead ofChild Restraint System differsamong countries, so you should beaware of the specific requirements inyour country, and where you are trav-elling.Child Restraint Systems must beproperly installed in the vehicle seat.Always use a commercially availableChild Restraint System that meetsthe requirements of your country.

Child Restraint System (CRS) Infants and younger children must berestrained in an appropriate rearward-facing or forward-facing CRS that hasfirst been properly secured to the seatof the vehicle. Read and comply withthe instructions for installation anduse provided by the manufacturer ofthe Child Restraint System.

Always properly restrain childrenin the vehicle. Children of all agesare safer when riding in the rearseats. Never place a rearward-facing Child Restraint System onthe front passenger seat, unlessthe air bag is deactivated.

WARNING

• Always follow the Child RestraintSystem manufacturer’s instruc-tions for installation and use.

• Always properly restrain yourchild in the Child RestraintSystem.

• Do not use an infant carrier ora child safety seat that “hooks”over a seatback, it may not pro-vide adequate protection in anaccident.

• After an accident, we recom-mend a HYUNDAI dealer tocheck the Child RestraintSystem, seat belts, ISOFIXanchorages and top-tetheranchorages.

WARNING

2-34


Selecting a Child RestraintSystem (CRS) When selecting a Child RestraintSystem for your child, always:• Make sure the Child Restraint

System has a label certifying that itmeets applicable Safety Standardsof your country.A Child Restraint System may onlybe installed if it was approved inaccordance with the requirements ofECE-R44 or ECE-R129.

• Select a Child Restraint Systembased on your child’s height andweight. The required label or theinstructions for use typically pro-vide this information.

• Select a Child Restraint Systemthat fits the vehicle seating positionwhere it will be used.

• Read and comply with the warn-ings and instructions for installationand use provided with the ChildRestraint System.

Child Restraint System types There are three main types of ChildRestraint Systems: rearward-facing,forward-facing and booster ChildRestraint Systems.They are classified according to thechild’s age, height and weight.

Rearward-facing Child RestraintSystem

A rearward-facing Child RestraintSystem provides restraint with theseating surface against the back ofthe child. The harness system holdsthe child in place, and in an accident,acts to keep the child positioned inthe Child Restraint Systems andreduce the stress to the fragile neckand spinal cord.

OOS037028

2-35


2

All children under the age of one yearmust always ride in a rearward-facingChild Restraint System. There are dif-ferent types of rearward-facing ChildRestraint Systems: infant-only ChildRestraint Systems can only be usedrearward-facing. Convertible and 3-in-1 Child Restraint Systems typicallyhave higher height and weight limitsfor the rearward-facing position, allow-ing you to keep your child rearward-facing for a longer period of time.Keep using Child Restraint Systemsin the rearward-facing position as longas children fit within the height andweight limits allowed by the ChildRestraint System's manufacturer.

Forward-facing Child RestraintSystem

A forward-facing Child Restraint Systemprovides restraint for the child’s bodywith a harness. Keep children in a for-ward-facing Child Restraint Systemwith a harness until they reach thetop height or weight limit allowed byyour Child Restraint System’s manu-facturer.Once your child outgrows the forward-facing Child Restraint System, yourchild is ready for a booster seat.

Booster seats

A booster seat is a Child RestraintSystem designed to improve the fit ofthe vehicle’s seat belt system. A boost-er seat positions the seat belt so that itfits properly over the stronger parts ofyour child’s body. Keep your children inbooster seats until they are bigenough to fit in a seat belt properly.For a seat belt to fit properly, the lapbelt must lie comfortable across theupper thighs, not the stomach. Theshoulder belt should lie comfortableacross the shoulder and chest andnot across the neck or face. Childrenunder age 13 must always be proper-ly restrained to minimize the risk ofinjury in an accident, sudden stop orsudden maneuver.

OOS037029

2-36


Installing a Child RestraintSystem (CRS)

After selecting a proper Child RestraintSystem for your child and checkingthat the Child Restraint System fitsproperly on the seating position, thereare three general steps for a properinstallation:• Properly secure the Child Restraint

System to the vehicle. All ChildRestraint Systems must be securedto the vehicle with the lap belt or lappart of a lap/shoulder belt or withthe ISOFIX top-tether and/or ISOFIXanchorage and/or with the supportleg.

• Make sure the Child RestraintSystem is firmly secured. Afterinstalling a Child Restraint Systemto the vehicle, push and pull theseat forward and from side-to-sideto verify that it is securely attachedto the seat. A Child RestraintSystem secured with a seat beltshould be installed as firmly aspossible. However, some side-to-side movement can be expected.

When installing a Child RestraintSystem, adjust the vehicle seat andseatback (up and down, forward andrearward) so that your child fits inthe Child Restraint System in a con-fortable manner.

• Secure the child in the ChildRestraint System. Make sure thechild is properly strapped in theChild Restraint System accordingto the Child Restraint System man-ufacturer’s instructions.

Before installing your ChildRestraint System always:Read and follow the instructionsprovided by the manufacturer ofthe Child Restraint System.Failure to follow all warningsand instructions could increasethe risk of the SERIOUS INJURYor DEATH if an accident occurs.

WARNING

If the vehicle headrest preventsproper installation of a ChildRestraint System, the headrestof the respective seating posi-tion shall be readjusted orentirely removed.

WARNING A Child Restraint System in aclosed vehicle can become veryhot. To prevent burns, check theseating surface and bucklesbefore placing your child in theChild Restraint System.

CAUTION

2-37


2

CRS categoriesSeating positions

Seating position1 2 3 4 5 6

Universal belted CRS - -Yes1)

F, RYes F, R

Yes2)

F, RYesF, R

i-size CRS - - NoYes F, R

NoYes F, R

ISOFIX infant CRS (i.e. CRS for a baby)

ISOFIX ( R1 )

- - No Yes R No Yes R

Carry cot(ISOFIX lateral facing CRS)

ISOFIX ( L1,L2 )

- - No No No No

ISOFIX toddler CRS - small ISOFIX

( F2,F2X, R2X )- - No

Yes F, R

NoYes F, R

ISOFIX toddler CRS – large* (* : not booster seats)

ISOFIX ( F3, R3 )

- - NoYes3)

F, RNo

Yes3)

F, R

Booster Seat – reduced Width ISO CRF : B2 - - No Yes No Yes

Booster Seat – full Width ISO CRF : B3 - - No No No No

Suitability of each seating position for belted & ISOFIX Child Restraint Systems according to UN regu-lations (for Europe) (Information for vehicle users and CRS manufacturers)• Yes : Suitable for fitment of the designated category of CRS • No : Not suitable for fitment of the designated category of CRS• ''-'' : Not applicable • The table is based on LHD vehicle. Except for the front passenger seat, the table is valid for RHD vehicle. For RHD

vehicle front passenger seat, please use information for the seating position number 3.

Seat number Position in the vehicle Seat number Position in the vehicle 1 Front left 4 2nd row left2 Front center 5 2nd row center3 Front right 6 2nd row right

OOSEV038035L

F : Forward facingR : Rearward facing

2-38


Note1) : You should adjust seatback or seat pumping(if equipped) properly.

Note2) : The seating position(number 5) is not suitable for fitment of child restraint system with support leg.

Note3) : For fitment of ISOFIX toddler’s rearward facing large CRS - Driver’s seat : Seat pumping should be adjusted to appropriate height.- Front passenger seat : Seat sliding should be adjusted to appropriate position.

❈ Never place a rearward facing Child Restraint System on the front passenger seat, unless the passenger air bag is deactivat-ed.

❈ For semi-universal or vehicle specific CRS (ISOFIX or belted CRS), please see the vehicle list provided in the manual of CRS.

❈ It is recommended to remove the head restraint, when CRS is unstable due to head restraint

2-39


2Mass group Name Manufacturer Type of Fixation

ECE-R44/R129Approval No.

Group 0+ Cabriofix & Familyfix Maxi Cosi ISOFIX E4 04443907

Group I Duo Plus Britax Römer ISOFIX and top-tether E1 04301133

Group II KidFix II XP Britax Römer ISOFIX and vehicle belt E1 04301323

Group III Junior III Graco Vehicle beltE11 03.44.164E11 03.44.165

CRS Manufacturer information

Maxi Cosi Cabriofix & Familyfix http://www.maxi-cosi.com

Britax Römer http://www.britax.com

Graco http://www.gracobaby.com

Recommended Child Restraint Systems (for Europe)

2-40


CRS categoriesSeating positions

Seating position1 2 3 4 5 6

Universal belted CRS - -Yes1)

F, RYes F, R

Yes2)

F, RYesF, R

i-size CRS - - NoYes F, R

NoYes F, R

ISOFIX infant CRS (i.e. CRS for a baby)

ISOFIX ( R1 )

- - No Yes R No Yes R

Carry cot(ISOFIX lateral facing CRS)

ISOFIX ( L1,L2 )

- - No No No No

ISOFIX toddler CRS - small ISOFIX

( F2,F2X, R2X )- - No

Yes F, R

NoYes F, R

ISOFIX toddler CRS – large* (* : not booster seats)

ISOFIX ( F3, R3 )

- - NoYes3)

F, RNo

Yes3)

F, R

Booster Seat – reduced Width ISO CRF : B2 - - No Yes No Yes

Booster Seat – full Width ISO CRF : B3 - - No No No No

Suitability of each seating position for belted & ISOFIX Child Restraint Systems according to UN regu-lations (except Europe) (Information for vehicle users and CRS manufacturers)• Yes : Suitable for fitment of the designated category of CRS • No : Not suitable for fitment of the designated category of CRS• ''-'' : Not applicable • The table is based on LHD vehicle. Except for the front passenger seat, the table is valid for RHD vehicle. For RHD

vehicle front passenger seat, please use information for the seating position number 3.

OOSEV038035L

F : Forward facingR : Rearward facing

Seat number Position in the vehicle Seat number Position in the vehicle 1 Front left 4 2nd row left2 Front center 5 2nd row center3 Front right 6 2nd row right

2-41


2

Note1) : You should adjust seatback or seat pumping(if equipped) properly.

Note2) : The seating position(number 5) is not suitable for fitment of child restraint system with support leg.

Note3) : For fitment of ISOFIX toddler’s rearward facing large CRS - Driver’s seat : Seat pumping should be adjusted to appropriate height.- Front passenger seat : Seat sliding should be adjusted to appropriate position.

❈ Never place a rearward facing Child Restraint System on the front passenger seat, unless the passenger air bag is deactivated.

❈ For semi-universal or vehicle specific CRS (ISOFIX or belted CRS), please see the vehicle list provided in the manual of CRS.

❈ It is recommended to remove the head restraint, when CRS is unstable due to head restraint

2-42

ISOFIX anchorage and top-teth-er anchorage (ISOFIX anchoragesystem) for children The ISOFIX system holds a ChildRestraint System during driving and inan accident.This system is designed tomake installation of the Child RestraintSystem easier and reduce the possi-bility of improperly installing yourChild Restraint System. The ISOFIXsystem uses anchors in the vehicleand attachments on the ChildRestraint System. The ISOFIX sys-tem eliminates the need to use seatbelts to secure the Child RestraintSystem to the rear seats.ISOFIX anchorages are metal barsbuilt into the vehicle. There are twolower anchors for each ISOFIX seat-ing position that will accommodate aChild Restraint System with lowerattachments.To use the ISOFIX system in your vehi-cle, you must have a Child RestraintSystem with ISOFIX attachments.The Child Restraint System manu-facturer will provide you with instruc-tions on how to use the ChildRestraint System with its attach-ments for the ISOFIX anchorages.

ISOFIX anchorages have been pro-vided in the left and right outboardrear seating positions. Their locationsare shown in the illustration.

[A] : ISOFIX Anchorage Position Indicator,

[B] : ISOFIX Anchorage

ISOFIX anchorages are locatedbetween the seatback and the seatcushion of the rear seat left and rightoutboard seating positions, indicatedby the symbols .

To use the ISOFIX anchorages, pushthe upper portion of the ISOFIXanchorage cover.


OOS037076

Do not attempt to install a ChildRestraint System using ISOFIXanchorages in the rear centerseating position. There are noISOFIX anchorages provided forthis seat. Using the outboard seatanchorages, for the CRS installa-tion on the rear center seatingposition, can damage the anchor-ages.

WARNING

OAE036063

2-43


2

Securing a Child RestraintSystem with the “ISOFIXAnchorage System”To install an i-Size or ISOFIX-compat-ible Child Restraint System in either ofthe rear outboard seating positions:1. Move the seat belt buckle away

from the ISOFIX anchorages.2. Move any other objects away from

the anchorages that could preventa secure connection between theChild Restraint System and theISOFIX anchorages.

3. Place the Child Restraint Systemon the vehicle seat, then attach theseat to the ISOFIX anchoragesaccording to the instructions provid-ed by the Child Restraint Systemmanufacturer.

4. Follow the instructions of the ChildRestraint System's manufacturerfor proper installation and connec-tion of the ISOFIX attachments onthe Child Restraint System to theISOFIX anchorages.

Securing a Child RestraintSystem seat with “Top-tetherAnchorage” system

Top-tether anchorages for ChildRestraint Systems are located on therear of the seatbacks.

Take the following precautionswhen using the ISOFIX system:• Read and follow all installation

instructions provided withyour Child Restraint System.

• To prevent the child from reach-ing and taking hold of unre-tracted seat belts, buckle allunused rear seat belts andretract the seat belt webbingbehind the child. Children canbe strangled if a shoulder beltbecomes wrapped around theirneck and the seat belt tightens.

• NEVER attach more than oneChild Restraint System to asingle anchorage. This couldcause the anchor or attach-ment to come loose or break.

• Always have the ISOFIX sys-tem inspected by your dealerafter an accident. An accidentcan damage the ISOFIX systemand may not properly securethe Child Restraint System.

WARNING

OOS037031

2-44


1. Route the Child Restraint Systemtop-tether strap over the seatback.Placing the top tether strap, pleasefollow the instructions of the ChildRestraint System manufacturer.

2. Connect the top-tether strap to thetop-tether anchorage, then tightenthe top-tether strap according to theinstructions of your Child RestraintSystem's manufacturer to firmlyattach the Child Restraint System tothe seat.

OOS037032

Take the following precautionswhen installing the top-tether:• Read and follow all installation

instructions provided withyour Child Restraint System.

• NEVER attach more than oneChild Restraint System to asingle ISOFIX top-tetheranchorage. This could causethe anchorage or attachmentto come loose or break.

• Do not attach the top-tether toanything other than the cor-rect top-tether anchorage. Itmay not work properly ifattached to something else.

• Child Restraint System anchor-ages are designed to withstandonly those loads imposed bycorrectly fitted Child RestraintSystem.Under no circumstances arethey to be used for adult seatbelts or harnesses or for attach-ing other items or equipment tothe vehicle.

WARNING

2-45


2

Securing a Child RestraintSystem with a lap/shoulder beltWhen not using the ISOFIX system,all Child Restraint Systems must besecured to a rear seat with the lappart of a lap/shoulder belt.

Installing a Child Restraint Systemwith a lap/shoulder belt

To install a Child Restraint Systemon the rear seats, do the following:1. Place the Child Restraint System

on a rear seat and route the lap/shoulder belt around or throughthe Child Restraint System, follow-ing the Child Restraint Systemmanufacturer’s instructions. Makesure the seat belt webbing is nottwisted. Make sure to insert thebelt into the guide(1). 2. Fasten the lap/shoulder belt latch

into the buckle. Listen for the dis-tinct “click” sound.

OLMB033044 OOS037030

ODH033063

2-46


InformationPosition the release button so that it iseasy to access in case of an emergency.

3. Remove as much slack from thebelt as possible by pushing downon the Child Restraint System whilefeeding the shoulder belt back intothe retractor.

4. Push and pull on the Child RestraintSystem to confirm that the seat beltis holding it firmly in place.

If your Child Restraint System manu-facturer recommends the use of atop-tether with the lap/shoulder belt,see page 2-43.To remove the Child Restraint System,press the release button on the buckleand then pull the lap/shoulder belt outof the Child Restraint System andallow the seat belt to retract fully.

i

OLMB033046

2-47


AAIIRR BBAAGG -- SSUUPPPPLLEEMMEENNTTAALL RREESSTTRRAAIINNTT SSYYSSTTEEMM

2

OOS037034/OOS037070LThe actual air bags in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.

1. Driver’s front air bag

2. Passenger’s front air bag

3. Side air bag*

4. Curtain air bag*

5. Front passenger air bag ON/OFFswitch*

* : if equipped


2-48


OOS037034R/OOS037070EThe actual air bags in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.

1. Driver’s front air bag

2. Passenger’s front air bag

3. Side air bag*

4. Curtain air bag*

5. Front passenger air bag ON/OFFswitch*

* : if equipped


2-49


2

The vehicles are equipped with aSupplemental Air Bag System for thedriver’s seat and front passenger’sseats.The front air bags are designed tosupplement the three-point seatbelts. For these air bags to provideprotection, the seat belts must beworn at all times when driving.You can be severely injured or killedin an accident if you are not wearinga seat belt. Air bags are designed tosupplement seat belts, but do notreplace them. Also, air bags are notdesigned to deploy in every collision.In some accidents, the seat belts arethe only restraint protecting you.

AIR BAG SAFETY PRECAUTIONS

ALWAYS use seat belts Child Restraint Systems - every trip, everytime, everyone! Even with air bags, you can be seriously injured orkilled in a collision if you are improperly belted or not wearing yourseat belt when the air bag inflates.NEVER place a child in any Child Restraint System or booster seat inthe front passenger seat, unless the air bag is deactivated.An inflating air bag could forcefully strike the infant or child causingserious or fatal injuries.ABC - Always Buckle Children under age 13 in the back seat. It is thesafest place for children of any age to ride. If a child age 13 or oldermust be seated in the front seat, he or she must be properly beltedand the seat should be moved as far back as possible.All occupants should sit upright with the seatback in an upright posi-tion, centered on the seat cushion with their seat belt on, legs com-fortably extended and their feet on the floor until the vehicle is parkedand the engine is turned off. If an occupant is out of position duringan accident, the rapidly deploying air bag may forcefully contact theoccupant causing serious or fatal injuries.You and your passengers should never sit or lean unnecessarilyclose to the air bags or lean against the door or center console.Move your seat as far back as possible from front air bags, while stillmaintaining control of the vehicle.

WARNING

2-50


Where are the air bags? Driver’s and passenger’s frontair bags

Your vehicle is equipped with aSupplemental Restraint System(SRS) and lap/shoulder belts at boththe driver and passenger seatingpositions.The SRS consists of air bags whichare located in the center of the steer-ing wheel, in the driver’s side lowercrash pad below the steering wheel,and the passenger's side front panelpad above the glove box.The air bags are labeled with the let-ters “AIR BAG” embossed on the padcovers.The purpose of the SRS is to providethe vehicle's driver and front passen-gers with additional protection thanthat offered by the seat belt systemalone in case of a frontal impact ofsufficient severity.

To reduce the risk of seriousinjury or death from inflating frontair bags, take the following pre-cautions:• Seat belts must be worn at all

times to help keep occupantspositioned properly.

• Move your seat as far back aspossible from front air bags,while still maintaining controlof the vehicle.

• Never lean against the door orcenter console.

• Do not allow the front passen-ger to place their feet or legs onthe dashboard.

WARNING

OOS037035

OOS037039

■ Passenger’s front air bag

■ Driver’s front air bag

2-51


2

Passenger’s front air bag ON/OFFswitch (if equipped)

The purpose of the switch is to dis-able the passenger’s front air bag inorder to transport occupants who areat increased risk for air bag-relatedinjury due to age, size, or medicalcondition.

To deactivate the passenger’s frontair bag:Insert the key or a similar rigid deviceinto the passenger’s front air bagON/OFF switch and turn it to theOFF position. The passenger air bagOFF indicator ( ) will illuminate andstay on until the passenger’s front airbag is reactivated.

OOS037071L OOS037038L

• No objects (such as crash padcover, cellular phone holder,cup holder, perfume or stickers)should be placed over or nearthe air bag modules on thesteering wheel, instrumentpanel, windshield glass, andthe front passenger's panelabove the glove box. Suchobjects could cause harm if thevehicle is in a crash severeenough to cause the air bags todeploy.

• Do not attach any objects onthe front windshield and insidemirror.

2-52


To reactivate the passenger’s frontair bag:Insert the key or a similar rigid deviceinto the passenger’s front air bagON/OFF switch and turn it to the ONposition. The passenger air bag ONindicator ( ) will illuminate and stayon for 60 seconds.

Information The passenger’s front air bag ON/OFFindicator illuminates for about 4 sec-onds after the ignition switch is placedin the ON position.

i

Never allow an adult passengerto ride in the front passengerseat when the passenger airbag OFF indicator is illuminat-ed. During a collision, the airbag will not inflate if the indica-tor is illuminated. Turn on thepassenger’s front air bag orhave your passenger move tothe rear seat.

WARNING

If the passenger’s front air bagON/OFF switch malfunctions,the following conditions mayoccur:• The air bag warning light ( )

on the instrument cluster willilluminate.

• The passenger air bag OFFindicator ( ) will not illumi-nate and the ON indicator ( )will come on and go off afterapproximately 60 seconds.The passenger’s front air bagwill inflate in a frontal impacteven though the passenger’sfront air bag ON/OFF switch isset to the OFF position.

• We recommend that an author-ized HYUNDAI dealer inspectthe passenger’s front air bagON/OFF switch and the SRS airbag system as soon as possi-ble.

WARNING

OOS037072L

2-53


2

Side air bags (if equipped) Your vehicle is equipped with a side airbag in each front seat. The purpose ofthe air bag is to provide the vehicle’sdriver and the front passenger withadditional protection than that offeredby the seat belt alone.The side air bags are designed todeploy during certain side impact col-lisions, depending on the crashseverity, angle, speed and point ofimpact.The side air bags on both sides of thevehicle are designed to deploy when arollover is detected by a rollover sen-sor. (if equipped with rollover sensor)The side air bags are not designed todeploy in all side impact or rolloversituations.

• Do not allow passengers tolean their heads or bodies ontodoors, put their arms on thedoors, stretch their arms out ofthe window, or place objectsbetween the doors and seats.

• Hold the steering wheel at the 9o’clock and 3 o’clock positions,to minimize the risk of injuriesto your hands and arms.

• Do not use any accessoryseat covers.This could reduceor prevent the effectivenessof the system.

• Do not hang other objectsexcept clothes. In an accidentit may cause vehicle damageor personal injury especiallywhen air bag is inflated.

• Do not place any objects overthe air bag or between the airbag and yourself. Also, do notattach any objects around thearea the air bag inflates suchas the door, side door glass,front and rear pillar.

To reduce the risk of seriousinjury or death from an inflatingside air bag, take the followingprecautions:• Seat belts must be worn at all

times to help keep occupantspositioned properly.

WARNING

OOS037040

OOS037041

2-54


Curtain air bags (if equipped)

Curtain air bags are located alongboth sides of the roof rails above thefront and rear doors.

They are designed to help protect theheads of the front seat occupantsand the rear outboard seat occupantsin certain side impact collisions.The curtain air bags are designed todeploy during certain side impactcollisions, depending on the crashseverity, angle, speed and impact.The curtain air bags on both sides of thevehicle are designed to deploy when arollover is detected by a rollover sensor.(if equipped with rollover sensor)The curtain air bags are not designedto deploy in all side impact or rolloversituations.

OOS037042

OOS037043

• Do not place any objectsbetween the door and theseat. They may become dan-gerous projectiles if the sideair bag inflates.

• Do not install any accessorieson the side or near the side airbags.

• Do not cause impact to thedoors when the ignition switchis in the ON position as thismay cause the side air bags toinflate.

• If the seat or seat cover isdamaged, we recommend thatthe system be serviced by anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer.

To reduce the risk of seriousinjury or death from an inflatingcurtain air bag, take the follow-ing precautions:• All seat occupants must wear

seat belts at all times to helpkeep occupants positionedproperly.

WARNING

2-55


2

How does the air bags systemoperate?

The SRS consists of the followingcomponents:(1) Driver's front air bag module(2) Passenger's front air bag module(3) Side air bag modules(4) Curtain air bag modules(5) Rear retractor pre-tensioner

(if equipped)(6) Retractor pre-tensioner assem-

blies(7) Air bag warning light

(8) SRS control module (SRSCM)/Rollover sensor

(9) Front impact sensors(10) Side impact sensors(11) Side pressure sensors(12) Passenger’s front air bag OFF

indicator (front passenger's seatonly)

(13) Passenger’s front air bag ON/OFF switch

The SRSCM continually monitors allSRS components while the ignitionswitch is ON to determine if a crashimpact is severe enough to requireair bag deployment or pre-tensionerseat belt deployment.

OOS037063L

• Properly secure Child RestraintSystem as far away from thedoor as possible.

• Do not place any objects overthe air bag. Also, do not attachany objects around the area theair bag inflates such as thedoor, side door glass, front andrear pillar, roof side rail.

• Do not hang other objectsexcept clothes, especiallyhard or breakable objects.In an accident, it may causevehicle damage or personalinjury.

• Do not allow passengers tolean their heads or bodiesonto doors, put their arms onthe doors, stretch their armsout of the window, or placeobjects between the doorsand seats.

• Do not open or repair the sidecurtain air bags.

2-56


SRS warning light

The SRS (Supplemental RestraintSystem) air bag warning light on theinstrument panel displays the air bagsymbol depicted in the illustration.Thesystem checks the air bag electricalsystem for malfunctions.The light indi-cates that there is a potential problemwith your air bag system, which couldinclude your side and/or curtain airbags used for rollover protection (ifequipped with rollover sensor).

During a moderate to severe frontalcollision, sensors will detect the vehi-cle’s rapid deceleration. If the rate ofdeceleration is high enough, the con-trol unit will inflate the front air bags,at the time and with the force needed.The front air bags help protect the driv-er and front passenger by respondingto frontal impacts in which seat beltsalone cannot provide adequaterestraint. When needed, the side airbags help provide protection in theevent of a side impact or rollover bysupporting the side upper body area.• Air bags are activated (able to inflate

if necessary) only when the ignitionswitch is in the ON position.

• Air bags inflate in the event of certainfrontal or side collisions to help pro-tect the occupants from seriousphysical injury.

• There is no single speed at which theair bags will inflate.Generally, air bagsare designed to inflate based uponthe severity of a collision and its direc-tion. These two factors determinewhether the sensors produce an elec-tronic deployment/inflation signal.

If your SRS malfunctions, theair bag may not inflate properlyduring an accident increasingthe risk of serious injury ordeath.If any of the following condi-tions occur, your SRS is mal-functioning:• The light does not turn on for

approximately six secondswhen the ignition switch is inthe ON position.

• The light stays on after illumi-nating for approximately sixseconds.

• The light comes on while thevehicle is in motion.

• The light blinks when theengine is running.

We recommend that an author-ized HYUNDAI dealer inspect theSRS as soon as possible if anyof these conditions occur.

WARNING

2-57


2

• Air bag deployment depends on anumber of factors including vehiclespeed, angles of impact and thedensity and stiffness of the vehiclesor objects which your vehicleimpacts during a collision. Thedetermining factors are not limitedto those mentioned above.

• The front air bags will completelyinflate and deflate in an instant. It isvirtually impossible for you to seethe air bags inflate during an acci-dent. It is much more likely that youwill simply see the deflated air bagshanging out of their storage com-partments after the collision.

• In addition to inflating in seriousside collisions, vehicles equippedwith a rollover sensor, side and/orcurtain air bags will inflate if thesensing system detects a rollover.When a rollover is detected, curtainair bags will remain inflated longerto help provide protection from ejec-tion, especially when used in con-junction with the seat belts. (ifequipped with a rollover sensor)

• To help provide protection, the airbags must inflate rapidly.The speedof air bag inflation is a consequenceof extremely short time in which toinflate the air bag between theoccupant and the vehicle structuresbefore the occupant impacts thosestructures. This speed of inflationreduces the risk of serious or life-threatening injuries and is thus anecessary part of air bag design.However, the rapid air bag inflationcan also cause injuries which caninclude facial abrasions, bruisesand broken bones because theinflation speed also causes the airbags to expand with a great deal offorce.

• There are even circumstancesunder which contact with the airbag can cause fatal injuries, espe-cially if the occupant is positionedexcessively close to the air bag.

You can take steps to reduce the riskof being injured by an inflating airbag. The greatest risk is sitting tooclose to the air bag. An air bag needsspace to inflate. It is recommendedthat drivers sit as far as possiblebetween the center of the steeringwheel and the chest while still main-taining control of the vehicle.

2-58


When the SRSCM detects a suffi-ciently severe impact to the front ofthe vehicle, it will automaticallydeploy the front air bags.

Upon deployment, tear seams mold-ed directly into the pad covers willseparate under pressure from theexpansion of the air bags. Furtheropening of the covers allows fullinflation of the air bags.A fully inflated air bag, in combina-tion with a properly worn seat belt,slows the driver's or the front pas-senger's forward motion, reducingthe risk of head and chest injury.

After complete inflation, the air bagimmediately starts deflating, enablingthe driver to maintain forward visibili-ty and the ability to steer or operateother controls.

OLMB033055

■ Driver’s front air bag (2)

OLMB033056


OLMB033057

■ Passenger’s front air bagOLMB033054


2-59


2

What to expect after an air baginflates After a frontal or side air bag inflates,it will deflate very quickly. Air baginflation will not prevent the driverfrom seeing out of the windshield orbeing able to steer. Curtain air bagsmay remain partially inflated forsome time after they deploy.

Noise and smoke from inflatingair bag When the air bags inflate, they makea loud noise and may produce smokeand powder in the air inside of thevehicle. This is normal and is a resultof the ignition of the air bag inflator.After the air bag inflates, you may feelsubstantial discomfort in breathingbecause of the contact of your chestwith both the seat belt and the airbag, as well as from breathing thesmoke and powder. The powder mayaggravate asthma for some people. Ifyou experience breathing problemsafter an air bag deployment, seekmedical attention immediately.Though the smoke and powder arenontoxic, they may cause irritation tothe skin, eyes, nose, throat, etc. If thisis the case, wash and rinse with coldwater immediately and seek medicalattention if the symptoms persist.

After an air bag inflates, takethe following precautions:• Open your windows and doors

as soon as possible afterimpact to reduce prolongedexposure to the smoke andpowder released by the inflat-ing air bag.

• Do not touch the air bag stor-age area’s internal compo-nents immediately after an airbag has inflated. The partsthat come into contact with aninflating air bag may be veryhot.

• Always wash exposed skinareas thoroughly with coldwater and mild soap.

• We recommend that an author-ized HYUNDAI dealer replacethe air bag immediately afterdeployment. Air bags aredesigned to be used only once.

WARNING

To prevent objects from becom-ing dangerous projectiles whenthe passenger's air bag inflates:• Do not install or place any

objects (drink holder, CD hold-er, stickers, etc.) on the frontpassenger's panel above theglove box where the passen-ger's air bag is located.

• Do not install a container ofliquid air freshener near theinstrument cluster or on theinstrument panel surface.

WARNING

2-60


Do not install a Child RestraintSystem on the front passengerseat

Never install a Child Restraint Systemin the front passenger seat, unless theair bag is deactivated

Why didn't my air bag go off ina collision?There are certain types of accidentsin which the air bag would not beexpected to provide additional protec-tion. These include rear impacts, sec-ond or third collisions in multipleimpact accidents, as well as lowspeed impacts. Damage to the vehicleindicates a collision energy absorp-tion, and is not an indicator of whetheror not an air bag should have inflated.

Air bag collision sensors OYDESA2042

NEVER use a rearward facingChild Restraint on a seat pro-tected by an ACTIVE AIRBAG infront of it, DEATH or SERIOUSINJURY to the CHILD can occur.

WARNING

To reduce the risk of an air bagdeploying unexpectedly andcausing serious injury or death:• Do not hit or allow any objects to

impact the locations where airbags or sensors are installed.

WARNING

• Do not perform maintenanceon or around the air bag sen-sors. If the location or angle ofthe sensors is altered, the airbags may deploy when theyshould not or may not deploywhen they should.

• Do not install bumper guards orreplace the bumper with a non-genuine part.This may adverse-ly affect the collision and airbag deployment performance.

• Place the ignition switch tothe LOCK/OFF or ACC posi-tion, when the vehicle is beingtowed to prevent inadvertentair bag deployment.

• We recommend that all air bagrepairs are conducted by anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer.

2-61


2

1. SRS control module

2. Front impact sensor

3. Side pressure sensor (front)*

4. Side impact sensor (rear)*

* : if equipped

OOS037044/OOS037045/OOS037046/OOS037047/OOS037077

2-62


Air bag inflation conditions

Front air bags

Front air bags are designed to inflatein a frontal collision depending onthe severity, speed or angles ofimpact of the front collision.

Side and curtain air bags

Side and curtain air bags aredesigned to inflate when an impact isdetected by side collision sensorsdepending on the severity, speed orangles of impact resulting from aside impact collision.

Although the driver’s and front pas-senger’s air bags are designed toinflate in frontal collisions, they alsomay inflate in other types of colli-sions if the front impact sensorsdetect a sufficient impact. Side andcurtain air bags are designed toinflate in side impact collisions, butthey may inflate in other collisions ifthe side impact sensors detect a suf-ficient impact.Also, the side and curtain air bags aredesigned to inflate when a rollover isdetected by a rollover sensor. (ifequipped with rollover sensor)If the vehicle chassis is impacted bybumps or objects on unimprovedroads, the air bags may deploy. Drivecarefully on unimproved roads or onsurfaces not designed for vehicletraffic to prevent unintended air bagdeployment.

OOS037050

OOS037041

OOS037049

2-63


2

Air bag non-inflation conditions

In certain low-speed collisions the airbags may not deploy. The air bagsare designed not to deploy in suchcases because they may not providebenefits beyond the protection of theseat belts.

Front air bags are not designed toinflate in rear collisions, becauseoccupants are moved backward bythe force of the impact. In this case,inflated air bags would not provideany additional benefit.

Front air bags may not inflate in sideimpact collisions, because occupantsmove in the direction of the collision,and thus in side impacts, front air bagdeployment would not provide addi-tional occupant protection.However, side and curtain air bagsmay inflate depending on the severity,vehicle speed and angles of impact.

OOS037053

OOS037052

OOS037054

2-64


In an angled collision, the force ofimpact may direct the occupants in adirection where the air bags wouldnot be able to provide any additionalbenefit, and thus the sensors maynot deploy any air bags.

Just before impact, drivers oftenbrake heavily. Such heavy brakinglowers the front portion of the vehiclecausing it to “ride” under a vehiclewith a higher ground clearance. Airbags may not inflate in this "under-ride" situation because decelerationforces that are detected by sensorsmay be significantly reduced by such“underride” collisions.

Front air bags may not inflate inrollover accidents because front airbag deployment would not provideadditional occupant protection.

Information • Vehicles equipped with rollover sensor

The side and curtain air bags mayinflate in a rollover situation, when it isdetected by the rollover sensor.

• Vehicles not equipped with rolloversensor

The side and/or curtain air bags mayinflate when the vehicle is rolled overby a side impact collision, if the vehicleis equipped with side and/or curtainair bags.

i

OTL035069 OOS037055 OTL035068

2-65


2

Air bags may not inflate if the vehiclecollides with objects such as utilitypoles or trees, where the point ofimpact is concentrated and the colli-sion energy is absorbed by the vehi-cle structure.

SRS care The SRS is virtually maintenance-free and there are no parts you cansafely service by yourself. If the SRSair bag warning light does not illumi-nate when the ignition switch is in theON position, or continuously remainson, we recommend that the systembe immediately inspected by anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer.We recommend any work on the SRSsystem, such as removing, installing,repairing, or any work on the steeringwheel, the front passenger's panel,front seats and roof rails be performedby an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.Improper handling of the SRS systemmay result in serious personal injury.

OOS037056

To reduce the risk of seriousinjury or death take the follow-ing precautions:• Do not attempt to modify or

disconnect the SRS compo-nents or wiring, including theaddition of any kind of badgesto the pad covers or modifica-tions to the body structure.

WARNING

• Do not place objects over ornear the air bag modules on thesteering wheel, instrumentpanel, and the front passenger'spanel above the glove box.

• Clean the air bag pad coverswith a soft cloth moistenedwith plain water. Solvents orcleaners could adversely affectthe air bag covers and properdeployment of the system.

• We recommend that inflatedair bags be replaced by anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer.

• If components of the air bagsystem must be discarded, or ifthe vehicle must be scrapped,certain safety precautions mustbe observed. Consult an author-ized HYUNDAI dealer for thenecessary information. Failureto follow these precautionscould increase the risk of per-sonal injury.

Additional safety precautions Passengers should not move out ofor change seats while the vehicle ismoving. A passenger who is notwearing a seat belt during a crash oremergency stop can be thrownagainst the inside of the vehicle,against other occupants, or be ejectedfrom the vehicle.Do not use any accessories on seatbelts. Devices claiming to improveoccupant comfort or reposition theseat belt can reduce the protectionprovided by the seat belt and increasethe chance of serious injury in a crash.Do not modify the front seats.Modification of the front seats couldinterfere with the operation of the sup-plemental restraint system sensingcomponents or side air bags.Do not place items under the frontseats. Placing items under the frontseats could interfere with the opera-tion of the supplemental restraint sys-tem sensing components and wiringharnesses.Do not cause impact to the doors.Impact to the doors when the ignitionswitch is in the ON position may causethe air bags to inflate.

Adding equipment to or modify-ing your air bag equipped vehicleIf you modify your vehicle by changingyour vehicle's frame, bumper system,front end or side sheet metal or rideheight, this may affect the operation ofyour vehicle's air bag system.

Air bag warning labels

Air bag warning labels are attachedto alert the passengers of potentialrisks of the air bag system.Be sure to read all of the informationabout the air bags that are installed onyour vehicle in this Owner’s Manual.


2-66

OOS037079L


3

Accessing your vehicle .........................................3-3Remote key.........................................................................3-3Smart key ............................................................................3-6Immobilizer system .........................................................3-10

Door locks.............................................................3-11Operating door locks from outside the vehicle .....3-11Operating door locks from inside the vehicle ........3-12Deadlocks ..........................................................................3-14Auto door lock/unlock features ................................3-15Child-protector rear door locks..................................3-15

Theft-alarm system.............................................3-16Steering wheel......................................................3-17

Electric power steering (EPS)......................................3-17Tilt steering / Telescopic steering..............................3-17Heated steering wheel...................................................3-18Horn....................................................................................3-19

Mirrors...................................................................3-19Inside rearview mirror....................................................3-19Outside rearview mirror ................................................3-20

Windows ................................................................3-23Power windows................................................................3-23

Sunroof..................................................................3-27Sunroof opening and closing.......................................3-28Sliding the sunroof .........................................................3-28Tilting the sunroof..........................................................3-29

Sunshade...........................................................................3-29Resetting the sunroof....................................................3-30Sunroof open warning...................................................3-30

Exterior features .................................................3-31Hood ...................................................................................3-31Tailgate...............................................................................3-32Fuel filler door .................................................................3-34

Instrument cluster................................................3-37Instrument cluster control ............................................3-38Gauges and meters.........................................................3-38Icy road warning light ..................................................3-41Transmission shift indicator .........................................3-42Warning and indicator lights ........................................3-44LCD display messages ..................................................3-57

LCD display (cluster type B,C) ...........................3-64LCD display control.........................................................3-64LCD display modes..........................................................3-65

Trip computer and service reminder (for cluster type A) .............................................3-72

Trip computer...................................................................3-72Service reminder .............................................................3-75

Trip computer (type B, type C)..........................3-77Trip modes ........................................................................3-77

Head up display (HUD) ......................................3-80

Lighting..................................................................3-83Exterior lights ..................................................................3-83Low Beam Assist-Static light ......................................3-92Welcome system ............................................................3-92Interior lights....................................................................3-93

Wipers and washers ............................................3-95Windshield wipers ..........................................................3-96Windshield washers .......................................................3-97Rear window wiper and washer switch ...................3-98

Driver assist system ............................................3-99Rear view monitor...........................................................3-99Parking Distance Warning (Reverse) system.........3-100Parking Distance Warning (Reverse/Forward) system..............................................................................3-104

Defroster.............................................................3-107Rear window defroster ...............................................3-107

Manual climate control system........................3-108Heating and air conditioning......................................3-109System operation..........................................................3-112System maintenance ....................................................3-114

Automatic climate control system...................3-116Automatic heating and air conditioning..................3-117Manual heating and air conditioning.......................3-117System operation..........................................................3-120System maintenance ....................................................3-122

Windshield defrosting and defogging ............3-124Manual climate control system .................................3-124Automatic climate control system ............................3-125Auto defogging system (only for automatic climate control system) .........3-126

Climate control additional features.................3-127Cluster ionizer................................................................3-127Automatic ventilation ..................................................3-127Sunroof inside air recirculation.................................3-127

Storage compartment........................................3-128Center console storage ...............................................3-128Glove box....................................................................... 3-128Sunglass holder ............................................................3-129Multi box ........................................................................3-129Luggage tray .................................................................3-130

Interior features ...............................................3-131Cup holder.......................................................................3-131Sunvisor...........................................................................3-132Power outlet .................................................................3-132Wireless cellular phone charging system ..............3-133Clock.................................................................................3-135Clothes hanger .............................................................3-135Floor mat anchor(s) ....................................................3-136Luggage net (holder) ...................................................3-136Cargo area cover .........................................................3-137

Exterior features ...............................................3-138Roof rack .......................................................................3-138

3

3-3


3

Remote key (if equipped)

Your HYUNDAI uses a remote key,which you can use to lock or unlocka door (and tailgate) and even startthe engine.1. Door Lock 2. Door Unlock3. Tailgate Unlock

LockingTo lock :1. Close all doors, engine hood and

tailgate.2. Press the Door Lock button (1) on

the remote key.

3. The doors will lock. The hazardwarning lights will blink. Also, theoutside rearview mirror will fold, ifthe outside rearview mirror foldingswitch is in the AUTO position.

4. Make sure the doors are locked bychecking the position of the doorlock button inside the vehicle.

UnlockingTo unlock:1. Press the Door Unlock button (2)

on the remote key.

2. The doors will unlock. The hazardwarning lights will blink two times.Also, the outside rearview mirrorwill unfold, if the outside rearviewmirror folding switch is in theAUTO position.

Information After unlocking the doors, the doorswill lock automatically after 30 sec-onds unless a door is opened.

Tailgate unlockingTo unlock:1. Press the Tailgate Unlock button

(3) on the remote key for morethan one second.

2. The hazard warning lights willblink two times.

Information The word "HOLD" is written on thebutton to inform you that you mustpress and hold the button for morethan one second.

i

i

AACCCCEESSSSIINNGG YYOOUURR VVEEHHIICCLLEE

Do not leave the keys in yourvehicle with unsupervised chil-dren. Unattended childrencould place the key in the igni-tion switch and may operatepower windows or other con-trols, or even make the vehiclemove, which could result inserious injury or death.

WARNING

OPDE046001

3-4


Start-up For detailed information refer to “KeyIgnition Switch” in chapter 5.

To prevent damaging the remotekey:• Keep the remote key away from

water or any liquid and fire. If theinside of the smart key getsdamp (due to drinks or mois-ture), or is heated, internal cir-cuit may malfunction and mayvoid the vehicle warranty.

• Avoid dropping or throwing theremote key.

• Protect the remote key fromextreme temperatures.

Mechanical key

If the remote key does not operatenormally, you can lock or unlock thedoor by using the mechanical key.

To unfold the key, press the releasebutton then the key will unfold auto-matically.To fold the key, fold the key manuallywhile pressing the release button.

Do not fold the key without press-ing the release button. This maydamage the key.

Remote key precautionsThe remote key will not work if any ofthe following occur:• The key is in the ignition switch.• You exceed the operating distance

limit (about 30 m [90 feet]).• The remote key battery is weak.• Other vehicles or objects may be

blocking the signal.• The weather is extremely cold.• The remote key is close to a radio

transmitter such as a radio stationor an airport which can interferewith normal operation of the remotekey.

NOTICE

NOTICE

■ Type A ■ Type B

OED036001A/OFD047002-A

■ Type C

OPDE046003

3-5


3

If the remote key does not work cor-rectly, open and close the door withthe mechanical key. If you have aproblem with the remote key, it is rec-ommended that you contact anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer.If the remote key is in close proximityto your mobile phone, the signal couldbe blocked by your mobile phone’snormal operational signals.This is specifically relevant when thephone is active such as making andreceiving calls, text messaging,and/or sending/receiving emails.Avoid placing the remote key andyour mobile phone in the same loca-tion and always try to maintain anadequate distance between the twodevices.

Information Changes or modifications not express-ly approved by the party responsiblefor compliance could void the user’sauthority to operate the equipment. Ifthe keyless entry system is inoperativedue to changes or modifications notexpressly approved by the partyresponsible for compliance, it will notbe covered by your manufacturer’svehicle warranty.

Keep the remote key away fromelectromagnetic materials thatblock electromagnetic waves tothe key surface.

Battery replacement

If the remote key is not working prop-erly, try replacing the battery with anew one.Battery Type: CR2032To replace the battery:1. Insert a slim tool into the slot and

gently pry open the cover.2. Using a screw driver, remove the

battery cover.

3. Remove the old battery and inserta new battery. Make sure the bat-tery position is correct.

4. Reinstall the battery cover and keycover in the reverse order ofremoval.

If you suspect your remote key mighthave sustained some damage, oryou feel your remote key is not work-ing correctly, it is recommended thatyou contact an authorized HYUNDAIdealer.

Information An inappropriately disposedbattery can be harmful to theenvironment and humanhealth. Dispose of the batteryaccording to your local law(s)or regulations.

i

NOTICE

i OPD046002

3-6


Smart key (if equipped)

Your HYUNDAI uses a Smart Key,which you can use to lock or unlocka door (and tailgate) and even startthe engine.1. Door Lock 2. Door Unlock3. Tailgate Unlock

Locking

To lock :1. Close all doors, engine hood and

tailgate.2. Either press the door handle but-

ton or press the Door Lock button(1) on the smart key.

3. The hazard warning lights will blink.Also, the outside rearview mirrorwill fold, if the outside rearview mir-ror folding switch is in the AUTOposition.

4. Make sure the doors are locked bychecking the position of the doorlock button inside the vehicle.

Information The door handle button will onlyoperate when the smart key is within0.7~1 m (28~40 in.) from the outsidedoor handle.

Even though you press the outsidedoor handle button, the doors will notlock and the chime will sound forthree seconds if any of the followingoccur:• The Smart Key is in the vehicle.• The Engine Start/Stop button is in

ACC or ON position.• Any door except the tailgate is

open.

i

OPDE046044 OOS047001

Do not leave the Smart Key inyour vehicle with unsupervisedchildren. Unattended childrencould press the Engine Start/Stop button and may operatepower windows or other con-trols, or even make the vehiclemove, which could result inserious injury or death.

WARNING

3-7


3

Unlocking

To unlock:1. Carry the Smart Key.2. Either press the door handle but-

ton or press the Door Unlock but-ton (2) on the smart key.

3. The doors will unlock. The hazardwarning lights will blink two times.

Information • The door handle button will only

operate when the smart key is with-in 0.7~1 m (28~40 in.) from the out-side door handle. Other people canalso open the doors without thesmart key in possession.

• After unlocking the doors, the doorswill lock automatically after 30 sec-onds unless a door is opened.

Tailgate unlocking To unlock:1. Carry the smart key.2. Either press the tailgate handle

button or press the Tailgate Unlockbutton (3) on the smart key formore than one second.

3. The hazard warning lights willblink two times.

Information • The Tailgate Unlock button (3) will

only unlock the tailgate. It will notrelease the latch and open the tail-gate automatically. If the TailgateUnlock button is used, someonemust still press the tailgate handlebutton to open the tailgate.

• After unlocking the tailgate, the tail-gate will lock automatically after 30seconds unless the tailgate isopened.

ii

OOS047001

3-8


Start-upYou can start the engine withoutinserting the key. For detailed infor-mation refer to the EngineStart/Stop button in chapter 5.

To prevent damaging the smartkey:• Keep the smart key away from

water or any liquid and fire. If theinside of the smart key getsdamp (due to drinks or moisture),or is heated, internal circuit maymalfunction and may void thevehicle warranty.

• Avoid dropping or throwing thesmart key.

• Protect the smart key fromextreme temperatures.

Mechanical key If the Smart Key does not operatenormally, you can lock or unlock thedoor by using the mechanical key.

Move the release lever in the direc-tion of the arrow (1) and then removethe mechanical key (2). Insert themechanical key into the key hole onthe door.To reinstall the mechanical key, putthe key into the hole and push it untila click sound is heard.

Loss of a smart key A maximum of two smart keys canbe registered to a single vehicle. Ifyou happen to lose your smart key, itis recommended that you shouldimmediately take the vehicle andremaining key to your authorizedHYUNDAI dealer or tow the vehicle,if necessary.

NOTICE

OPD046045

3-9


3

Smart key precautionsThe smart key may not work if any ofthe following occur:• The smart key is close to a radio

transmitter such as a radio stationor an airport which can interferewith normal operation of the trans-mitter.

• The smart key is near a mobile twoway radio system or a cellularphone.

• Another vehicle’s smart key is beingoperated close to your vehicle.

If the smart key does not work cor-rectly, open and close the door withthe mechanical key. If you have aproblem with the smart key, it is rec-ommended that you contact anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer.If the smart key is in close proximity toyour mobile phone, the signal couldbe blocked by your mobile phone’snormal operational signals. This isspecifically relevant when the phoneis active such as making and receiv-ing calls, text messaging, and/orsending/receiving emails.

Avoid placing the smart key and yourmobile phone in the same locationand always try to maintain an ade-quate distance between the twodevices.

Information Changes or modifications not express-ly approved by the party responsiblefor compliance could void the user’sauthority to operate the equipment. Ifthe keyless entry system is inoperativedue to changes or modifications notexpressly approved by the partyresponsible for compliance, it will notbe covered by your manufacturer’svehicle warranty.

Keep the smart key away fromelectromagnetic materials thatblocks electromagnetic waves tothe key surface.

Always have the smart key withyou when leaving the vehicle. Ifthe smart key is left near the vehi-cle, the vehicle battery may be dis-charged.

Battery replacement

If the Smart Key is not working prop-erly, try replacing the battery with anew one.Battery Type: CR2032To replace the battery:1. Remove the mechanical key.2. Use a slim tool to pry open the

rear cover of the smart key.3. Remove the old battery and insert

the new battery. Make sure thebattery position is correct.

4. Reinstall the rear cover of thesmart key.

NOTICE

NOTICE

i

OPDE046046

3-10


If you suspect your smart key mighthave sustained some damage, oryou feel your smart key is not work-ing correctly, it is recommended thatyou contact an authorized HYUNDAIdealer.

Information An inappropriately disposedbattery can be harmful to theenvironment and humanhealth. Dispose of the batteryaccording to your local law(s)or regulations.

Immobilizer system (if equipped)The immobilizer system protects yourvehicle from theft. If an improperlycoded key (or other device) is used,the engine’s fuel system is disabled.When the ignition switch is placed inthe ON position, the immobilizer sys-tem indicator should come on briefly,then go off. If the indicator starts toblink, the system does not recognizethe coding of the key.Place the ignition switch to theLOCK/OFF position, then place theignition switch to the ON positionagain.The system may not recognize yourkey’s coding if another immobilizerkey or other metal object (i.e., keychain) is near the key. The enginemay not start because the metal mayinterrupt the transponder signal fromtransmitting normally.If the system repeatedly does notrecognize the coding of the key, it isrecommended that you contact yourHYUNDAI dealer.

Do not attempt to alter this system oradd other devices to it. Electricalproblems could result that may makeyour vehicle inoperable.

The transponder in your key is animportant part of the immobilizersystem. It is designed to giveyears of trouble-free service, how-ever you should avoid exposure tomoisture, static electricity andrough handling. Immobilizer sys-tem malfunction could occur.

NOTICE

i In order to prevent theft of yourvehicle, do not leave spare keysanywhere in your vehicle. Yourimmobilizer password is a cus-tomer unique password andshould be kept confidential.

WARNING

3-11


3

Operating door locks fromoutside the vehicle Mechanical key

[A] : Lock, [B] : Unlock

Turn the key toward the rear of thevehicle to unlock and toward the frontof the vehicle to lock.If you lock/unlock the driver's door witha key, a driver’s door will lock/unlockautomatically.Once the doors are unlocked, theymay be opened by pulling the doorhandle.When closing the door, push thedoor by hand. Make sure that doorsare closed securely.

Remote key

To lock the doors, press the DoorLock button (1) on the remote key.To unlock the doors, press the DoorUnlock button (2) on the remote key.Once the doors are unlocked, theymay be opened by pulling the doorhandle.When closing the door, push thedoor by hand. Make sure that doorsare closed securely.

Smart key

To lock the doors, press the button onthe outside door handle while carry-ing the smart key with you or pressthe door lock button on the smart key.

DDOOOORR LLOOCCKKSS

OPDE046413

OOS047002

■ Remote key ■ Smart key

OOS047001

OPDE046004

3-12


To unlock the doors, press the buttonon the outside door handle while car-rying the smart key with you or pressthe door unlock button on the smartkey.Once the doors are unlocked, theymay be opened by pulling the doorhandle.When closing the door, push thedoor by hand. Make sure that doorsare closed securely.

Information • In cold and wet climates, door lock

and door mechanisms may not workproperly due to freezing conditions.

• If the door is locked/unlocked multi-ple times in rapid succession witheither the vehicle key or door lockswitch, the system may stop operat-ing temporarily in order to protectthe circuit and prevent damage tosystem components.

Operating door locks frominside the vehicle With the door lock button

• To unlock a door, push the doorlock button (1) to the “Unlock” posi-tion. The red mark (2) on the doorlock button will be visible.

• To lock a door, push the door lockbutton (1) to the “Lock” position. Ifthe door is locked properly, the redmark (2) on the door lock buttonwill not be visible.

• To open a door, pull the door handle(3) outward.

• Front doors cannot be locked if thekey is in the ignition switch and anyfront door is open.

• Doors cannot be locked if thesmart key is in the vehicle and anydoor is open.

Information If a power door lock ever fails to func-tion while you are in the vehicle tryone or more of the following tech-niques to exit:

Operate the door unlock featurerepeatedly (both electronic and manu-al) while simultaneously pulling on thedoor handle.

Operate the other door locks and han-dles.

Lower a front window and use themechanical key to unlock the doorfrom outside.

i

i

OOS047003

3-13


3

With the central doorlock/unlock switch

When pressing the ( ) portion (2)on the switch, all vehicle doors willlock.• If any door is opened, the doors

will not lock even though the lockbutton (2) of the central door lockswitch is pressed.

• If the smart key is in the vehicleand any door is opened, the doorswill not lock even though the lockbutton (2) of the central door lockswitch is pressed.

When pressing the ( ) portion (1) onthe switch, all vehicle doors will unlock.

OOS047004

• The doors should always befully closed and locked whilethe vehicle is in motion. If thedoors are unlocked, the risk ofbeing thrown from the vehiclein a crash is increased.

• Do not pull the inner door han-dle of the driver’s or passen-ger’s door while the vehicle ismoving.

WARNING

Do not leave children or animalsunattended in your vehicle. Anenclosed vehicle can becomeextremely hot, causing death orserious injury to unattendedchildren or animals who cannotescape the vehicle. Childrenmight operate features of thevehicle that could injure them,or they could encounter otherharm, possibly from someonegaining entry to the vehicle.

WARNING

3-14


Deadlocks (if equipped)Some vehicles are equipped with adeadlock system. Deadlocks preventopening of a door from either insideor outside the vehicle once the dead-locks have been activated providingan additional measure of vehiclesecurity.To lock the vehicle using the dead-lock function, the doors must belocked by using the remote key orsmart key. To unlock the vehicle, thetransmitter or smart key must beused again.

Leaving your vehicle unlockedincreases the potential risk toyou or others from someonehiding in your vehicle.To secure your vehicle, whiledepressing the brake, move theshift lever to the P (Park) posi-tion (for dual clutch transmis-sion) or first gear or R (Reverse,for manual transaxle), engagethe parking brake, and place theignition switch in the LOCK/OFFposition, close all windows,lock all doors, and always takethe key with you.

WARNING

Do not lock the doors with theremote key or the smart key withanybody left in the vehicle. Thepassenger in the vehicle cannotunlock the doors with the doorlock button. For example, if thedoor is locked with the remotekey, the passenger in the vehiclecannot unlock the door withoutthe transmitter.

WARNING

Opening a door when somethingis approaching may cause dam-age or injury. Be careful whenopening doors and watch forvehicles, motorcycles, bicyclesor pedestrians approaching thevehicle in the path of the door.

WARNING

If you stay in the vehicle for along time while the weather isvery hot or cold, there are risksof injuries or danger to life. Donot lock the vehicle from the out-side when someone is in thevehicle.

WARNING

3-15


3

Auto door lock/unlock features Impact sensing door unlocksystem (if equipped)All doors will be automaticallyunlocked when an impact causes theair bags to deploy.

Speed sensing door lock system(if equipped)All doors will be automatically lockedwhen vehicle speed exceeds 15km/h (9 mph).

You can activate or deactivate theAuto Door Lock/Unlock features fromthe User Settings mode on the LCDdisplay. For more details, refer to"LCD Display" in this chapter.

Child-protector rear door locks

The child safety lock is provided tohelp prevent children seated in therear from accidentally opening therear doors.The rear door safety locksshould be used whenever childrenare in the vehicle.The child safety lock is located onthe edge of each rear door. When thechild safety lock is in the lock posi-tion, the rear door will not open if theinner door handle is pulled.

To lock the child safety lock, insert asmall flat blade tool (like a screwdriv-er or similar) (1) into the slot and turnit to the lock position as shown.To allow a rear door to be openedfrom inside the vehicle, unlock thechild safety lock.

OOS047005N

If children accidently open therear doors while the vehicle isin motion, they could fall out ofthe vehicle.The rear door safetylocks should always be usedwhenever children are in thevehicle.

WARNING

3-16


This system helps to protect yourvehicle and valuables. The horn willsound and the hazard warning lightswill blink continuously if any of thefollowing occur:- A door is opened without using the

remote key or smart key.- The tailgate is opened without

using the remote key or smart key.- The engine hood is opened.The alarm continues for 30 seconds,then the system resets. To turn offthe alarm, unlock the doors with theremote key or smart key.The Theft Alarm System automati-cally sets 30 seconds after you lockthe doors and the tailgate. For thesystem to activate, you must lock thedoors and the tailgate from outsidethe vehicle with the remote key orsmart key or by pressing the buttonon the outside of the door handleswith the smart key in your posses-sion.The hazard warning lights will blinkand the chime will sound once toindicate the system is armed.

Once the security system is set, open-ing any door, the tailgate, or the hoodwithout using the remote key or smartkey will cause the alarm to activate.The Theft Alarm System will not set ifthe hood, the tailgate, or any door isnot fully closed. If the system will notset, check the hood, the tailgate, orthe doors are fully closed.Do not attempt to alter this system oradd other devices to it.

Information • Do not lock the doors until all pas-

sengers have left the vehicle. If theremaining passenger leaves thevehicle when the system is armed,the alarm will be activated.

• If the vehicle is not disarmed withthe remote key or smart key, openthe doors by using the mechanicalkey and place the ignition switch inthe ON position (for remote key) orstart the engine (for smart key) andwait for 30 seconds.

• When the system is disarmed but adoor or tailgate is not opened within 30seconds, the system will be rearmed.

Information Vehicles equipped with a theft alarmsystem will have a label attached tothe vehicle with the following words:

1. WARNING

2. SECURITY SYSTEM

ii

TTHHEEFFTT--AALLAARRMM SSYYSSTTEEMM

OJC040170

3-17


3

Electric power steering (EPS)The system assists you with steeringthe vehicle. If the engine is off or ifthe power steering system becomesinoperative, the vehicle may still besteered, but it will require increasedsteering effort.Also, the steering effort becomesheavier as the vehicle’s speedincreases and becomes lighter asthe vehicle’s speed decreases forbetter control of the steering wheel.Should you notice any change in theeffort required to steer during normalvehicle operation, we recommendthat the system be checked by anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer.

• If the Electric Power SteeringSystem does not operate nor-mally, the warning light ( ) willilluminate or blink on the instru-ment cluster. The steering wheelmay become difficult to controlor operate. Take your vehicle toan authorized HYUNDAI dealerand have the system checked assoon as possible.

• When abnormality is detected inthe electric power steering sys-tem, to prevent a deadly acci-dent, the steering assist functionwill stop. At this time, the warn-ing light turns on or blinks onthe cluster. The steering wheelmay become difficult to controlor operate. Have your vehiclechecked immediately, after mov-ing the vehicle to a safe zone.

Information The following symptoms may occurduring normal vehicle operation:

• The steering effort may be highimmediately after placing the igni-tion switch in the ON position.

This happens as the system per-forms the EPS system diagnostics.When the diagnostics are complet-ed, the steering wheel will return toits normal condition.

• A click noise may be heard from theEPS relay after the ignition switch isplaced in the ON or LOCK/OFFposition.

• Motor noise may be heard when thevehicle is at a stop or at a low driv-ing speed.

• When you operate the steeringwheel in low temperatures, abnor-mal noise may occur. If the temper-ature rises, the noise will disappear.This is a normal condition.

• When the vehicle is stationary, ifyou turn the steering wheel all theway to the left or right continuously,the steering wheel effort increases.This is not a system malfunction. Astime passes, the steering wheeleffort will return to its normal con-dition.

Tilt steering / Telescopic steering

i

NOTICE

SSTTEEEERRIINNGG WWHHEEEELL

Never adjust the steering wheelwhile driving. You may losesteering control and causesevere personal injury, death oraccidents.

WARNING

3-18


Information After adjustment, sometimes the lock-release lever may not lock the steeringwheel.

It is not a malfunction. This occurswhen two gears are not engaged cor-rectly. In this case, adjust the steeringwheel again and then lock the steeringwheel.

Pull down the lock-release lever (1) onthe steering wheel column and adjustthe steering wheel angle (2) and posi-tion (3). Move the steering wheel, so itpoints toward your chest, not towardyour face.

Make sure you can see the instrumentpanel warning lights and gauges.After adjusting, pull up the lock-release lever (1) to lock the steeringwheel in place. Push the steeringwheel both up and down to be cer-tain it is locked in position. Alwaysadjust the position of the steeringwheel before driving.

Heated steering wheel (if equipped)

When the ignition switch is in the ONposition or when the engine is running,press the heated steering wheel but-ton to warm the steering wheel.

The indicator on the button will illumi-nate.To turn the heated steering wheel off,press the button again. The indicatoron the button will turn off.

Information The heated steering wheel will turn offautomatically approximately 30 min-utes after the heated steering wheel isturned on.

Do not install any cover or acces-sory on the steering wheel. Thiscover or accessory could causedamage to the heated steeringwheel system.

NOTICE

i

i

OOS047006

OOS047007

3-19


3

Horn

To sound the horn, press the areaindicated by the horn symbol on yoursteering wheel. The horn will operateonly when this area is pressed.

Do not strike the horn severely tooperate it, or hit it with your fist.Do not press on the horn with asharp-pointed object.

Inside rearview mirrorBefore you start driving, adjust therearview mirror to the center on theview through the rear window.

When cleaning the mirror, use apaper towel or similar materialdampened with glass cleaner. Donot spray glass cleaner directly onthe mirror as that may cause theliquid cleaner to enter the mirrorhousing.

Day/night rearview mirror (if equipped)

[A] : Day/night lever, [B] : Day, [C] : Night

Make this adjustment before youstart driving and while the day/nightlever is in the day position.

NOTICE

NOTICE

OOS047008

NEVER adjust the mirror whiledriving. This may cause loss ofvehicle control resulting in anaccident.

WARNING

MMIIRRRROORRSS

Make sure your line of sight isnot obstructed. Do not placeobjects in the rear seat, cargoarea, or behind the rear head-rests which could interfere withyour vision through the rearwindow.

WARNING

To prevent serious injury duringan accident or deployment ofthe air bag, do not modify therearview mirror and do notinstall a wide mirror.

WARNING

OOS047009

3-20


Pull the day/night lever towards youto reduce glare from the headlampsof the vehicles behind you duringnight driving.Remember that you lose somerearview clarity in the night position.

Electric Chromic Mirror (ECM) (if equipped)The electric rearview mirror automati-cally controls the glare from the head-lamp of the vehicle behind you innighttime or low light driving condi-tions.When the engine is running, theglare is automatically controlled bythe sensor mounted in the rearviewmirror. The sensor detects the lightlevel around the vehicle, and auto-matically adjusts to control the head-lamp glare from vehicles behind you.

[A] : Indicator

The electric rearview mirror automat-ically controls the glare from theheadlamp of the vehicle behind youin nighttime or low light driving condi-tions. When the engine is running,the glare is automatically controlledby the sensor mounted in therearview mirror. The sensor detectsthe light level around the vehicle, andautomatically adjusts to control theheadlamp glare from vehicles behindyou. Whenever the shift lever isplaced in R (Reverse), the mirror willautomatically go to the brightest set-ting in order to improve the driver’sview behind the vehicle.

When cleaning the mirror, use apaper towel or similar materialdampened with glass cleaner. Donot spray glass cleaner directly onthe mirror as that may cause theliquid cleaner to enter the mirrorhousing.

Outside rearview mirror

Be sure to adjust mirror anglesbefore driving.Your vehicle is equipped with bothleft-hand and right-hand outsiderearview mirrors.

NOTICE

OOS047010L

OOS047012

3-21


3

The mirror can be adjusted remotelywith the remote switch.The mirror heads can be folded toprevent damage during an automaticcar wash or when passing through anarrow street.

• Do not scrape ice off the mirrorface; this may damage the sur-face of the glass.

• If the mirror is jammed with ice,do not adjust the mirror byforce. Use an approved sprayde-icer (not radiator antifreeze)spray, or a sponge or soft clothwith very warm water, or movethe vehicle to a warm place andallow the ice to melt.

Adjusting the rearview mirrors

1. Press either the L (left side) or R(right side) button (1) to select therearview mirror you would like toadjust.

2. Use the mirror adjustment control(2) to position the selected mirrorup, down, left or right.

3. After adjustment, put the buttoninto neutral (center) position toprevent inadvertent adjustment.

NOTICE

• The right outside rearview mir-ror is convex. In some coun-tries, the left outside rearviewmirror is also convex. Objectsseen in the mirror are closerthan they appear.

• Use your interior rearviewmirror or turn your head andlook to determine the actualdistance of following vehicleswhen changing lanes.

WARNING

Do not adjust or fold the outsiderearview mirrors while driving.This may cause loss of vehiclecontrol resulting in an accident.

WARNING

OOS047013

3-22


• The mirrors stop moving whenthey reach the maximum adjust-ing angles, but the motor contin-ues to operate while the switchis pressed. Do not press theswitch longer than necessary,the motor may be damaged.

• Do not attempt to adjust the out-side rearview mirror by handotherwise the motor may bedamaged.

Folding the outside rearviewmirror

Manual type

To fold the outside rearview mirror,grasp the housing of the mirror andthen fold it toward the rear of thevehicle.

Electric type

Left : The mirror will unfold.Right : The mirror will fold.Center (AUTO) : The mirror will foldor unfold automatically as follows:• Without smart key system

- The mirror will fold or unfold whenthe door is locked or unlocked bythe remote key and “Welcomemirror” in the User Setting Modeon the LCD display is activated.

• With smart key system- The mirror will fold or unfold when

the door is locked or unlocked bythe smart key and “Welcome mir-ror” in the User Setting Mode onthe LCD display is activated.

- The mirror will fold or unfold whenthe door is locked or unlocked bythe button on the outside doorhandle and “Welcome mirror” inthe User Setting Mode on theLCD display is activated.

The electric type outside rearviewmirror operates even though theignition switch is in the OFF posi-tion. However, to prevent unnec-essary battery discharge, do notadjust the mirrors longer thannecessary while the engine is notrunning.

Do not fold the electric type out-side rearview mirror by hand. Itcould cause motor failure.

NOTICE

NOTICE

NOTICE

OOS047014

OOS047015

3-23


3

Power windows (if equipped)(1) Driver’s door power window

switch(2) Front passenger’s door power

window switch(3) Rear door (left) power window

switch*(4) Rear door (right) power window

switch*(5) Window opening and closing(6) Automatic power window*(7) Power window lock switch

* : if equipped

The ignition switch must be in the ONposition to be able to raise or lowerthe windows. Each door has a PowerWindow switch to control that door'swindow. The driver has a PowerWindow Lock switch which can blockthe operation of passenger windows.The power windows will operate forapproximately 30 seconds after theignition switch is placed in the ACCor OFF position. However, if the frontdoors are opened, the PowerWindows cannot be operated evenwithin the 30 second period.

WWIINNDDOOWWSS

OOS047017

3-24


Information • In cold and wet climates, power win-

dows may not work properly due tofreezing conditions.

• While driving with the rear windowsdown or with the sunroof (ifequipped) opened (or partiallyopened), your vehicle may demon-strate a wind buffeting or pulsationnoise. This noise is normal and canbe reduced or eliminated by takingthe following actions. If the noiseoccurs with one or both of the rearwindows down, partially lower bothfront windows approximately 2.5 cm.If you experience the noise with thesunroof open, slightly close the sun-roof.

Window opening and closing

To open:Press the window switch down to thefirst detent position (5). Release theswitch when you want the window tostop.

To close:Pull the window switch up to the firstdetent position (5). Release the win-dow switch when you want the win-dow to stop.

Auto down window (if equipped) Pressing the power window switchmomentarily to the second detentposition (6) completely lowers thewindow even when the switch isreleased. To stop the window at thedesired position while the window isin operation, pull up or press downand release the switch.

Auto up/down window (if equipped)Pressing or pulling up the power win-dow switch momentarily to the sec-ond detent position (6) completelylowers or lifts the window even whenthe switch is released. To stop thewindow at the desired position whilethe window is in operation, pull up orpress down and release the switch.

i

To avoid serious injury or death,do not extend your head, armsor body outside the windowswhile driving.

WARNING

OOS047018

3-25


3

To reset the power windowsIf the power windows do not operatenormally, the automatic power win-dow system must be reset as follows:1. Place the ignition switch to the ON

position.2. Close the window and continue

pulling up on the power windowswitch for at least one second.

If the power windows do not operateproperly after resetting, it is recom-mended that the system be checkedby an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

Automatic reverse (if equipped)

If a window senses any obstaclewhile it is closing automatically, it willstop and lower approximately 30 cm(12 inches) to allow the object to becleared.If the window detects the resistancewhile the power window switch ispulled up continuously, the windowwill stop upward movement thenlower approximately 2.5 cm (1 inch).If the power window switch is pulledup continuously again within 5 sec-onds after the window is lowered bythe automatic window reverse fea-ture, the automatic window reversewill not operate.

Information The automatic reverse feature is onlyactive when the “Auto Up” feature isused by fully pulling up the switch tothe second detent.

Do not install any accessories onthe windows. The automaticreverse feature may not operate.

NOTICE

i

OLF044032

The automatic reverse featuredoesn’t activate while resettingpower window system. Makesure body parts or other objectsare safely out of the way beforeclosing the windows to avoidinjuries or vehicle damage.

WARNING

Make sure body parts or otherobjects are safely out of the waybefore closing the windows toavoid injuries or vehicle damage.Objects less than 4 mm (0.16inch) in diameter caught betweenthe window glass and the upperwindow channel may not bedetected by the automatic reversewindow and the window will notstop and reverse direction.

WARNING

3-26


Power window lock switch

The driver can disable the powerwindow switches on the rear passen-gers' doors by pressing the powerwindow lock switch.When the power window lock switchis pressed:• The driver's master control can

operate all the power windows.• The front passenger's control can

operate the front passenger'spower window.

• The rear passenger's control can-not operate the rear passengers'power window.

• To prevent possible damage tothe power window system, donot open or close two windowsor more at the same time. Thiswill also ensure the longevity ofthe fuse.

• Never try to operate the mainswitch on the driver's door andthe individual door windowswitch in opposite directions atthe same time. If this is done, thewindow will stop and cannot beopened or closed.

NOTICE

Do not allow children to playwith the power windows. Keepthe driver’s door power windowlock switch in the LOCK posi-tion. Serious injury or death canresult from unintentional win-dow operation by a child.

WARNING

OOS047019

• NEVER leave the keys in yourvehicle with unsupervisedchildren, when the engine isrunning.

• NEVER leave any child unat-tended in the vehicle. Evenvery young children may inad-vertently cause the vehicle tomove, entangle themselves inthe windows, or otherwiseinjure themselves or others.

• Always double check to makesure all arms, hands, headand other obstructions aresafely out of the way beforeclosing a window.

• Do not allow children to playwith the power windows. Keepthe driver’s door power windowlock switch in the LOCK posi-tion (pressed). Serious injurycan result from unintentionalwindow operation by the child.

• Do not extend your head,arms or body outside the win-dows while driving.

WARNING

3-27


3

If your vehicle is equipped with asunroof, you can slide or tilt yoursunroof with the sunroof controlswitch located on the overhead con-sole.

The sunroof can be opened, closed,or tilted when the ignition switch is inthe ON position.The sunroof can be operated forapproximately 30 seconds after theignition key is removed or turned tothe ACC or LOCK/OFF position.However, if the front door is opened,the sunroof cannot be operated evenwithin 30 seconds.

Information • In cold and wet climates, the sun-

roof may not work properly due tofreezing conditions.

• After the vehicle is washed or in arainstorm, be sure to wipe off anywater that is on the sunroof beforeoperating it.

• Do not continue to move the sun-roof control lever after the sun-roof is fully opened, closed, ortilted. Damage to the motor orsystem components could occur.

• Make sure the sunroof is closedfully when leaving your vehicle.If the sunroof is open, rain orsnow may leak through the sun-roof and wet the interior as wellas allow theft.

NOTICE

iSSUUNNRROOOOFF ((IIFF EEQQUUIIPPPPEEDD))

OOS047021

• Never adjust the sunroof orsunshade while driving. Thiscould result in loss of controland an accident that maycause death, serious injury, orproperty damage.

• Make sure heads, other bodyparts or objects are out of theway before using the sunroof.

• Do not extend your head, armsor body outside the sunroofwhile driving, to avoid seriousinjury.

• Do not leave the engine run-ning and the key in your vehi-cle with unsupervised children.

(Continued)

(Continued)Unattended children couldoperate the sunroof, whichcould result in serious injury.

• Do not sit on the top of thevehicle. It may cause injuries orvehicle damage.

WARNING

3-28


Sunroof opening and closing

To open:Press the sunroof control lever back-ward to the first detent position.Release the switch when you wantthe sunroof to stop.To close:Press the sunroof control lever forwardto the first detent position. Release theswitch when you want the sunroof tostop.

Sliding the sunroofPressing the sunroof control leverbackward or forward momentarily tothe second detent position completelyopens or closes the sunroof evenwhen the switch is released. To stopthe sunroof at the desired positionwhile the sunroof is in operation, pressthe sunroof control lever backward orforward and release the switch.

Information To reduce wind noise while driving, itis recommended that you drive withthe sunroof slightly closed (stop thesunroof about 7 cm before the maxi-mum slide open position).

Automatic reverse (if equipped)

If the sunroof senses any obstaclewhile it is closing automatically, it willreverse direction then stop to allowthe object to be cleared.The auto reverse function does notwork if a small obstacle is betweenthe sliding glass and the sunroofsash.You should always check that all pas-sengers and objects are away fromthe sunroof before closing it.

iOLFC044035CNOOS047022

3-29


3

Tilting the sunroof

Tilt the sunroof open:Push the sunroof control leverupward until the sunroof moves to

the desired position.To close the sunroof:Press the sunroof lever forward untilthe sunroof moves to the desiredposition.

• Periodically remove any dirt thatmay accumulate on the sunroofguide rail or between the sun-roof and roof panel, which canmake a noise.

• Do not try to open the sunroofwhen the temperature is belowfreezing or when the sunroof iscovered with snow or ice, other-wise the motor could be dam-aged. In cold and wet climates, thesunroof may not work properly.

Sunshade

The sunshade will open automatical-ly with the sunroof when the glasspanel moves. If you want it closed,move the sunshade manually.

The sunroof is made to slidetogether with the sunshade. Donot leave the sunshade closedwhile the sunroof is open.

NOTICE

NOTICE

OAD045037

OOS047023

Small objects that can getcaught between the sunroofglass and the front glass chan-nel may not be detected by theautomatic reverse system. Inthis case, the sunroof glass willnot detect the object and will notreverse direction.

WARNING

3-30


Resetting the sunroofThe sunroof may need to be reset ifthe following conditions occur:- The battery is discharged or dis-

connected or the sunroof fuse hasbeen replaced or disconnected

- The sunroof control lever is notoperating correctly

To reset the sunroof, perform the fol-lowing steps:1. Place the ignition switch to the ON

position or start the engine. It isrecommended to reset the sunroofwhile the engine is running.

2. Push the control lever forward.Thesunroof will close completely or tiltdepending on the condition of thesunroof.

3. Release the control lever when thesunroof stops moving.

4. Push the control lever forward forabout 10 seconds.- When the sunroof is in the closed

position :The glass will tilt and slightlymove up and down.

- When the sunroof is in the tiltposition:The glass will slightly move upand down.

Do not release the lever until theoperation is completed.If you release the lever during opera-tion, try again from step 2.

5. Within 3 seconds, push the controllever forward until the sunroofoperates as follows:

Tilt down → Slide Open → SlideClose.

Do not release the lever until theoperation is completed.If you release the lever during opera-tion, try again from step 2.

6. Release the sunroof control leverafter all operation has completed.(The sunroof system has beenreset.)

Information• If the sunroof does not reset when

the vehicle battery is disconnectedor discharged, or related fuse isblown, the sunroof may not operatenormally.

• For more detailed information, werecommend that you contact anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer.

Sunroof open warning(if equipped)• If the driver turns off the engine when

the sunroof is not fully closed, thewarning chime will sound for approx-imately 3 seconds and the open sun-roof warning appear on the LCD dis-play.

• If the driver turns off the engine andopens the door when the sunroof isnot fully closed, the open sunroofwarning will appear on the LCD dis-play until the door is closed or thesunroof is fully closed.

Close the sunroof securely when leav-ing your vehicle.

i

3-31


3

EEXXTTEERRIIOORR FFEEAATTUURREESSHoodOpening the hood

1. Park the vehicle and set the park-ing brake.

2. Pull the release lever to unlatchthe hood. The hood should popopen slightly.

3. Go to the front of the vehicle, raisethe hood slightly, push the second-ary latch up (1) inside of the hoodcenter and lift the hood (2).

4. Pull out the support rod.

5. Hold the hood open with the sup-port rod (1).

Closing the hood1. Before closing the hood, check the

following:• All filler caps in engine compart-

ment must be correctly installed.• Gloves, rags or any other com-

bustible material must be removedfrom the engine compartment.

2. Return the support rod to its clip toprevent it from rattling.

OOS047024

OOS047025

• Grasp the support rod in thearea wrapped in rubber. Therubber will help prevent youfrom being burned by hotmetal when the engine is hot.

• The support rod must beinserted completely into thehole provided whenever youinspect the engine compart-ment. This will prevent thehood from falling and possi-bly injuring you.

WARNING

OOS047026

3-32


3. Lower the hood halfway (liftedapproximately 30cm from theclosed position) and push down tosecurely lock in place. Then doublecheck to be sure the hood is secure.If the hood can be raised slightly, it isnot securely locked. Open it againand close it with more force.

TailgateOpening the tailgate

Make sure the vehicle is in P (Park)and set the parking brake.Then do one of the following:1. Unlock all doors with the Door

Unlock button on your remote key orsmart key. Press the tailgate handlebutton and open the tailgate.

2. Press and hold the Tailgate Unlockbutton on the remote key or smartkey. Press the tailgate handle but-ton and open the tailgate.

3. With the Smart Key in your pos-session, press the tailgate handlebutton and open the tailgate.

Closing the tailgate

Lower the tailgate lid and press downuntil it locks. To be sure the tailgatelid is securely fastened, alwayscheck by trying to pull it up againwithout pressing the tailgate handlebutton.

• Before closing the hood,ensure all obstructions areremoved from around thehood opening.

• Always double check to besure that the hood is firmlylatched before driving away.Check there is no hood openwarning light or message dis-played on the instrument clus-ter. If the hood is not latchedwhile the vehicle is moving, thechime will sound to warn thedriver the hood is not fullylatched. Driving with the hoodopened may cause a total lossof visibility, which might resultin an accident.

• Do not move the vehicle withthe hood in the raised posi-tion, as vision is obstructed,which might result in an acci-dent, and the hood could fallor be damaged.

WARNING

OOS047027

OOS047028

3-33


3

Information To prevent damage to the tailgate liftcylinders and the attached hardware,always close the tailgate before driv-ing.

In cold and wet climates, tailgatelock and tailgate mechanisms maynot work properly due to freezingconditions.

NOTICE

i

Always keep the tailgate lid com-pletely closed while the vehicle isin motion. If it is left open or ajar,poisonous exhaust gases con-taining carbon monoxide (CO)may enter the vehicle and seri-ous illness or death may result.

WARNING

Do not hold the part (gas lifter)that supports the tailgate. Beaware that the deformation of thepart may cause vehicle damageand a risk of injury.

WARNING

OOS047085

• NEVER allow anyone to occu-py the luggage compartment ofthe vehicle at any time. If thetailgate is partially or totallylatched and the person isunable to get out, seriousinjury or death could occur dueto lack of ventilation, exhaustfumes and rapid heat build-up,or because of exposure to coldweather conditions. The lug-gage compartment is also ahighly dangerous location inthe event of a crash because itis not a protected occupantspace but is a part of the vehi-cle’s crush zone.

• Your vehicle should be keptlocked and keys should bekept out of the reach of chil-dren. Parents should teachtheir children about the dan-gers of playing in luggagecompartments.

WARNING

3-34


Emergency tailgate safetyrelease

Your vehicle is equipped with theemergency tailgate safety releaselever located on the bottom of thetailgate. When someone is inadver-tently locked in the luggage compart-ment. The tailgate can be opened bydoing as follows:1. Insert the key into the hole.2. Push the release lever to the right

by a key.3. Push up the tailgate.

Fuel filler doorOpening the fuel filler door

The fuel filler door must be openedfrom inside the vehicle by pulling upon the fuel-filler door opener.1. Turn the engine off.2. To open the fuel filler door, pull the

fuel filler door opener up.

OOS047086OOS047029

• For emergencies, be fully awareof the location of the emer-gency tailgate safety releaselever in the vehicle and how toopen the tailgate if you are acci-dentally locked in the luggagecompartment.

• No one should be allowed tooccupy the luggage compart-ment of the vehicle at any time.The luggage compartment is avery dangerous location in theevent of a crash.

• Use the release lever for emer-gencies only. Use with extremecaution, especially while thevehicle is in motion.

WARNING

3-35


3

3. Pull the fuel filler door (1) out tofully open.

4. To remove the fuel tank cap (2),turn it counterclockwise. You mayhear a hissing noise as the pres-sure inside the tank equalizes.

5. Place the cap on the fuel filler door.

Information If the fuel filler door does not openbecause ice has formed around it, taplightly or push on the door to breakthe ice and release the door. Do notpry on the door. If necessary, sprayaround the door with an approved de-icer fluid (do not use radiator anti-freeze) or move the vehicle to a warmplace and allow the ice to melt.

Closing the fuel filler door1. To install the fuel tank cap, turn it

clockwise until it “clicks” one time.2. Close the fuel filler door until it is

latched securely.

Information The fuel filler door will not close if thedriver's door is locked. If you lock thedriver's door while fueling, unlock itbefore closing the fuel filler door.

i

i

Gasoline is highly flammableand explosive. Failure to followthese guidelines may result inSERIOUS INJURY or DEATH:• Read and follow all warnings

posted at the gas station.

WARNING

OOS047031

■ Gasoline engine

OOS048031

■ Diesel engine

• Before refueling, note thelocation of the EmergencyGasoline Shut-Off, if available,at the gas station.

• Before touching the fuel noz-zle, you should eliminate thepotential build-up of staticelectricity by touching a metalpart of the vehicle, a safe dis-tance away from the fuel fillerneck, nozzle, or other gassource, with your bare hand.

• Do not use cellular phoneswhile refueling. Electric cur-rent and/or electronic interfer-ence from cellular phones canpotentially ignite fuel vaporsand cause a fire.

• Do not get back into a vehicleonce you have begun refuel-ing. You can generate a build-up of static electricity by touch-ing, rubbing or sliding againstany item or fabric capable ofproducing static electricity.Static electricity discharge canignite fuel vapors causing afire. If you must re-enter thevehicle, you should once again

3-36


Information Make sure to refuel your vehicleaccording to the "Fuel Requirements"suggested in the Introduction chapter.

• Do not spill fuel on the exteriorsurfaces of the vehicle. Any typeof fuel spilled on painted sur-faces may damage the paint.

• If the fuel filler cap requiresreplacement, use only a genuineHYUNDAI cap or the equivalentspecified for your vehicle. Anincorrect fuel filler cap canresult in a serious malfunctionof the fuel system or emissioncontrol system.

NOTICE

i

• Use only approved portableplastic fuel containers designedto carry and store gasoline.

• Do not use matches or alighter and do not smoke orleave a lit cigarette in yourvehicle while at a gas station,especially during refueling.

• Do not over-fill or top-off yourvehicle tank, which can causegasoline spillage.

• If a fire breaks out during refu-eling, leave the vicinity of thevehicle, and immediately con-tact the manager of the gasstation and then contact thelocal fire department. Followany safety instructions theyprovide.

• If pressurized fuel sprays out,it can cover your clothes orskin and thus subject you tothe risk of fire and burns.Always remove the fuel capcarefully and slowly. If the capis venting fuel or if you hear ahissing sound, wait until thecondition stops before com-pletely removing the cap.

• Always check that the fuel capis installed securely to preventfuel spillage in the event of anaccident.

eliminate potentially danger-ous static electricity dischargeby touching a metal part of thevehicle, away from the fuel fillerneck, nozzle or other gasolinesource, with your bare hand.

• When refueling, always movethe shift lever to the P (Park)position (for dual clutch trans-mission) or first gear or R(Reverse, for manual transmis-sion), set the parking brake, andplace the ignition switch to theLOCK/OFF position. Sparks pro-duced by electrical componentsrelated to the engine can ignitefuel vapors causing a fire.

• When using an approvedportable fuel container, be sureto place the container on theground prior to refueling. Staticelectricity discharge from thecontainer can ignite fuel vaporscausing a fire. Once refuelinghas begun, contact betweenyour bare hand and the vehicleshould be maintained until thefilling is complete.

3-37


3

1. Tachometer

2. Speedometer

3. Engine coolant temperature gauge

4. Fuel gauge

5. Warning and indicator lights

6. LCD display (including Trip computer)

OOS047100L/OOS047101L/OOS047102L

■■ Type A ■■ Type C

■■ Type B

IINNSSTTRRUUMMEENNTT CCLLUUSSTTEERR

The actual cluster in the vehicle may differ from theillustration.For more details, refer to the "Gauges and Meters" inthis chapter.

3-38


Instrument cluster controlInstrument panel illumination

When the vehicle's position lights orheadlamps are on, press the illumi-nation control button to adjust thebrightness of the instrument panelillumination.When pressing the illumination con-trol button, the interior switch illumi-nation intensity is also adjusted.

• The brightness of the instrumentpanel illumination is displayed.

• If the brightness reaches the maxi-mum or minimum level, an alarmwill sound.

Gauges and metersSpeedometer

The speedometer indicates thespeed of the vehicle and is calibratedin kilometers per hour (km/h) and/ormiles per hour (MPH).

OOS047120

Never adjust the instrumentcluster while driving. This couldresult in loss of control and leadto an accident that may causedeath, serious injury, or vehicledamage.

WARNING

■ Type B, C■ Type A

OGC044138/OPDE046110

OOS047103L/OOS047126

■ MPH, km/h■ km/h

3-39


3

Tachometer

The tachometer indicates theapproximate number of engine revo-lutions per minute (rpm).Use the tachometer to select the cor-rect shift points and to prevent lug-ging and/or over-revving the engine.

Do not operate the engine withinthe tachometer's RED ZONE. Thismay cause severe engine damage.

Engine coolant temperaturegauge

This gauge indicates the tempera-ture of the engine coolant when theignition switch is in the ON position.

If the gauge pointer movesbeyond the normal range areatoward the “130 or H” position, itindicates overheating that maydamage the engine.Do not continue driving with anoverheated engine. If your vehicleoverheats, refer to "If the EngineOverheats" in chapter 6.

Fuel gauge

This gauge indicates the approxi-mate amount of fuel remaining in thefuel tank.

NOTICE

NOTICE

OOS047106/OOS047106L

■ For Europe■ Except Europe Never remove the radiator capwhen the engine is hot. Theengine coolant is under pressureand could cause severe burns.Wait until the engine is coolbefore adding coolant to thereservoir.

WARNING

OOS047107/OOS047107L

■ For Europe■ Except EuropeOOS047104L/OOS047105L

■ Diesel engine■ Gasoline engine

3-40


Information • The fuel tank capacity is given in

chapter 8.

• The fuel gauge is supplemented by alow fuel warning light, which willilluminate when the fuel tank isnearly empty.

• On inclines or curves, the fuel gaugepointer may fluctuate or the low fuelwarning light may come on earlierthan usual due to the movement offuel in the tank.

Avoid driving with an extremelylow fuel level. Running out of fuelcould cause the engine to misfiredamaging the catalytic converter.

Outside temperature gauge

This gauge indicates the current out-side air temperatures either inCelsius (°C) or Fahrenheit.- Temperature range : -40°C ~ 60°C

(-104°F ~ 140°F)The outside temperature on the dis-play may not immediately changelike a general thermometer not todistract the driver.The temperature unit (from °C to °For from °F to °C) can be changed by:- User Settings mode in the Cluster :

You can change the temperatureunit in the “Other Features -Temperature unit” .

- Automatic climate control system :While pressing the OFF button,press the AUTO button for 3 sec-onds or more.

The temperature unit of the instrumentcluster and climate control system willchange at once.

Odometer

The odometer indicates the total dis-tance that the vehicle has been driv-en and should be used to determinewhen periodic maintenance shouldbe performed.

NOTICE

i

Running out of fuel can exposevehicle occupants to danger.You must stop and obtain addi-tional fuel as soon as possibleafter the warning light comeson or when the gauge indicatorcomes close to the “0 orE(Empty)” level.

WARNINGOPDE046140

OPDE046141

3-41


3

Distance to empty

• The distance to empty is the esti-mated distance the vehicle can bedriven with the remaining fuel.

• If the estimated distance is below1 km (1 mi.), the trip computer willdisplay “---” as distance to empty.

Information • If the vehicle is not on level ground

or the battery power has been inter-rupted, the distance to empty func-tion may not operate correctly.

• The distance to empty may differfrom the actual driving distance asit is an estimate of the availabledriving distance.

• The trip computer may not registeradditional fuel if less than 6 liters(1.6 gallons) of fuel are added to thevehicle.

• The distance to empty may vary sig-nificantly based on driving condi-tions, driving habits, and conditionof the vehicle.

Icy road warning light (if equipped)

This warning light is to warn the driverthe road may be icy.

When the temperature on the out-side temperature gauge is approxi-mately below 4°C (40°F), the IcyRoad Warning Light and OutsideTemperature Gauge blinks 10 times,and then illuminates. Also, the warn-ing chime sounds 3 times.

Information If the icy road warning light appearswhile driving, you should drive moreattentively and safely refraining fromover-speeding, rapid acceleration, sud-den braking or sharp turning, etc.

i

i

OPD046138

OTLE045132

3-42


Transmission shift indicatorManual transmission shift indi-cator (if equipped)

This indicator informs which gear isrecommended while driving, to savefuel.• Shifting up : ▲2, ▲3, ▲4, ▲5, ▲6• Shifting down : ▼1, ▼2, ▼3, ▼4, ▼5

For example: Indicates that shifting up to the3rd gear is recommended (cur-rently the shift lever is in the2nd or 1st gear).

: Indicates that shifting down tothe 3rd gear is recommended(currently the shift lever is in the4th, 5th, or 6th gear).

When the system is not working prop-erly, the indicator is not displayed.

Automatic transmission shiftindicator (if equipped)

This indicator displays which shiftlever position is selected.• Park : P• Reverse : R• Neutral : N• Drive : D• Manual shift mode : 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6

Dual clutch transmission shiftindicator (if equipped)

This indicator displays which shiftlever position is selected.• Park : P• Reverse : R• Neutral : N• Drive : D• Manual shift mode : D1, D2, D3, D4,

D5, D6, D7

OPDE046142

OTL045132

OTL045132

3-43


3

Shift Indicator Pop-up (if equipped)

The pop-up that indicates the currentgear position is displayed in the clus-ter for about 2 seconds when shiftinginto other positions (P/R/N/D).

Dual clutch transmission shiftindicator (for Europe, if equipped)

In the manual shift mode, this indica-tor informs which gear is desiredwhile driving to save fuel.• Dual clutch transmission shift indi-

cator- Shifting up :▲2, ▲3, ▲4, ▲5,

▲6 ▲7- Shifting down :▼1, ▼2, ▼3, ▼4,

▼5, ▼6

For example: Indicates that shifting up to the3rd gear is desired (currentlythe shift lever is in the 2nd or1st gear).

: Indicates that shifting down tothe 3rd gear is desired (current-ly the shift lever is in the 4th,5th, or 6th gear).

When the system is not workingproperly, the indicator is not dis-played.

OTL045134

OPDE046142

3-44


Warning and indicator lights

Information Make sure that all warning lights areOFF after starting the engine. If anylight is still ON, this indicates a situa-tion that needs attention.

Air Bag Warning Light

This warning light illuminates:

• When you turn the ignition switchor the Engine Start/Stop button tothe ON position.- It illuminates for approximately 6

seconds and then goes off.• When there is a malfunction with

the SRS.In this case, we recommend thatyou have the vehicle inspected byan authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

Seat Belt Warning Light

This warning light informs the driverthat the seat belt is not fastened.

For more details, refer to “SeatBelts” in chapter 2.

Parking Brake & BrakeFluid Warning Light


• When you set the ignition switch orthe Engine Start/Stop button to theON position.- It illuminates for approximately 3

seconds- It remains on if the parking brake

is applied.• When the parking brake is applied.• When the brake fluid level in the

reservoir is low.- If the warning light illuminates

with the parking brake released, itindicates the brake fluid level inthe reservoir is low.

i

3-45


3

If the brake fluid level in the reser-voir is low:

1. Drive carefully to the nearest safelocation and stop your vehicle.

2. With the engine stopped, check thebrake fluid level immediately andadd fluid as required (For moredetails, refer to “Brake Fluid” inchapter 7). After adding brakefluid, check all brake componentsfor fluid leaks. If a brake fluid leak isfound, or if the warning lightremains on, or if the brakes do notoperate properly, do not drive thevehicle. We recommend that youhave the vehicle inspected by anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer.

Dual-diagonal braking system

Your vehicle is equipped with dual-diagonal braking systems. Thismeans you still have braking on twowheels even if one of the dual sys-tems should fail.With only one of the dual systemsworking, more than normal pedaltravel and greater pedal pressure arerequired to stop the vehicle.

Also, the vehicle will not stop in asshort a distance with only a portionof the brake system working.If the brakes fail while you are driv-ing, shift to a lower gear for addition-al engine braking and stop the vehi-cle as soon as it is safe to do so.

Anti-lock Brake System(ABS) Warning Light




the ABS (The normal braking sys-tem will still be operational withoutthe assistance of the anti-lockbrake system).In this case, we recommend thatyou have the vehicle inspected byan authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

Parking Brake & Brake FluidWarning Light

Driving the vehicle with a warn-ing light ON is dangerous. If theParking Brake & Brake FluidWarning Light illuminates withthe parking brake released, itindicates that the brake fluidlevel is low.In this case, we recommendthat you have the vehicleinspected by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.

WARNING

3-46


Electronic Brake ForceDistribution (EBD)System Warning Light

These two warning lights illuminateat the same time while driving:

• When the ABS and regular brakesystem may not work normally.In this case, we recommend thatyou have the vehicle inspected byan authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

Information - ElectronicBrake Force Distribution(EBD) System Warning Light

When the ABS Warning Light is on orboth ABS and Parking Brake & BrakeFluid Warning Lights are on, thespeedometer, odometer, or tripmetermay not work. Also, the EPS WarningLight may illuminate and the steeringeffort may increase or decrease.

In this case, we recommend you havethe vehicle inspected by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible.

Electric PowerSteering (EPS)Warning Light




the EPS.In this case, we recommend thatyou have the vehicle inspected byan authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

i

Electronic Brake ForceDistribution (EBD) SystemWarning Light

When both ABS and ParkingBrake & Brake Fluid WarningLights are on, the brake systemwill not work normally and youmay experience an unexpectedand dangerous situation duringsudden braking.

In this case, avoid high speeddriving and abrupt braking.We recommend you have thevehicle inspected by an author-ized HYUNDAI dealer as soonas possible.

WARNING

3-47


3

Malfunction IndicatorLamp (MIL)




the emission control system.In this case, we recommend thatyou have the vehicle inspected byan authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

Driving with the Malfunction IndicatorLamp (MIL) on may cause damage tothe emission control system whichcould affect drivability and/or fueleconomy.

- Gasoline EngineIf the Malfunction Indicator Lamp(MIL) illuminates, potential catalyt-ic converter damage is possiblewhich could result in loss ofengine power.In this case, we recommend thatyou have the vehicle inspected byan authorized HYUNDAI dealer assoon as possible.

- Diesel EngineIf the Malfunction Indicator Lamp(MIL) blinks, an error related to theengine control system may haveoccurred which could result inloss of engine power, combustionnoise and poor emission.In this case, we recommend thatyou have the engine control sys-tem inspected by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.

Charging SystemWarning Light


• When there is a malfunction witheither the alternator or electricalcharging system.

If there is a malfunction with eitherthe alternator or electrical chargingsystem:


2. Turn the engine off and check thealternator drive belt for loosenessor breakage.If the belt is adjusted properly,there may be a problem in theelectrical charging system.In this case, we recommend thatyou have the vehicle inspected byan authorized HYUNDAI dealer assoon as possible.

NOTICE

NOTICE

NOTICE

3-48


Engine Oil PressureWarning Light


• When the engine oil pressure is low.

If the engine oil pressure is low:


2. Turn the engine off and check theengine oil level (For more details,refer to “Engine Oil” in chapter 7).If the level is low, add oil as required.If the warning light remains onafter adding oil or if oil is not avail-able, we recommend that youhave the vehicle inspected by anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer assoon as possible.

• If the engine does not stopimmediately after the Engine OilPressure Warning Light is illumi-nated, severe damage couldresult.

• If the warning light stays onwhile the engine is running, itindicates that there may be seri-ous engine damage or malfunc-tion. In this case:1. Stop the vehicle as soon as it

is safe to do so.2. Turn off the engine and check

the oil level. If the oil level islow, fill the engine oil to theproper level.

3. Start the engine again. If thewarning light stays on after theengine is started, turn theengine off immediately. In thiscase, we recommend that youhave the vehicle inspected byan authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

Engine Oil LevelWarning Light(if equipped)

The engine oil level warning light illumi-nates when the engine oil level should bechecked.If the warning light comes on, check theengine oil level as soon as possible andadd engine oil as required.Slowly pour the recommended oil little bylittle into a funnel. (Oil refill capacity :approximately 0.6 ~ 1.0 l)Use only the specified engine oil. (Referto "Recommended lubricants and capac-ities" in chapter 8.)Do not overfill the engine oil. Make surethe oil level is not above F (Full) mark onthe dipstick.

NOTICE

3-49


3

Information • If you travel approximately 50 km

~100 km after the engine warms up,after adding the engine oil, thewarning light will go off.

• Cycle the ignition from OFF to ON 3times within 10 seconds, the warninglight will go off immediately. However,when you turn off the warning lightwithout adding the engine oil, the lightwill come on again after travelingapproximately 50 ~ 100 km after theengine warms up.

If the light comes on continuouslyafter adding the engine oil and trav-elling approximately 50~100 km afterthe engine warms up, we recom-mend that the system be checked byan authorized HYUNDAI dealer.Even if this light doesn't come onafter the engine has started, theengine oil level should be periodi-cally checked and topped up ifrequired.

Low Fuel LevelWarning Light


• When the fuel tank is nearly empty.Add fuel as soon as possible.

Driving with the Low Fuel Levelwarning light on or with the fuellevel below “0” can cause theengine to misfire and damage thecatalytic converter (if equipped).

Overspeed WarningLight (if equipped)

This warning light blinks:

• When you drive the vehicle morethan 120 km/h.- This is to prevent you from driving

your vehicle with overspeed.- The overspeed warning chime

also sound for approximately 5seconds.

Master Warning Light

This indicator light illuminates:

• When there is a malfunction in thebelow systems.- Low washer fluid (if equipped)- Exterior lamp malfunction

(if equipped)- Blind-Spot Collision Warning

(BCW) malfunction (if equipped)- Tire Pressure Monitoring System

(TPMS, if equipped)

To identify the details of the warn-ing, look at the LCD display.

NOTICE

NOTICE

i

120km/h

3-50


Low Tire PressureWarning Light (if equipped)


• When you set the ignition switch orEngine Start/Stop button to the ONposition.- It illuminates for approximately 3

seconds and then goes off.• When one or more of your tires are

significantly underinflated (Thelocation of the underinflated tiresare displayed on the LCD display).

For more details, refer to “Tire Pressure Monitoring System(TPMS)” in chapter 6.

This warning light remains on afterblinking for approximately 60 sec-onds or repeatedly blinks on andoff at approximately 3 second inter-vals:

• When there is a malfunction withthe TPMS.In this case, we recommend thatyou have the vehicle inspected byan authorized HYUNDAI dealer assoon as possible.

For more details, refer to “Tire Pressure Monitoring System(TPMS)” in chapter 6.

Exhaust System (GPF)Warning Light (for gasoline engine,if equipped)


• When there is a malfunction withthe Gasoline Particulate Filter(GPF) system.

When this warning light illuminates, itmay turn off after driving the vehicle:

- At more than 80 km/h (50 mph) forabout 30 minutes (above 3rd gearwith 1500 ~ 4000 engine rpm)

If this warning light blinks in spite ofthe procedure (at this time LCDwarning message will be displayed),we recommend that you have theGPF system checked by an author-ized HYUNDAI dealer.

If you continue to drive with theGPF warning light blinking for along time, the GPF system can bedamaged and fuel consumptioncan worsen.

NOTICE

Safe Stopping

• The TPMS cannot alert you tosevere and sudden tire damagecaused by external factors.

• If you notice any vehicle insta-bility, immediately take yourfoot off the accelerator pedal,apply the brakes gradually withlight force, and slowly move toa safe position off the road.

WARNING

3-51


3

Exhaust System (DPF)Warning Light (for diesel engine,if equipped)


• When there is a malfunction withthe Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF)system.When this warning light illumi-nates, it may turn off after drivingthe vehicle:- at more than 60 km/h (37 mph), orabove 2nd gear with 1500 ~ 2500

engine rpm for a certain time (forabout 25 minutes).

If this warning light blinks in spite ofthe procedure (at this time LCDwarning message will be displayed),we recommend that you have theDPF system checked by an author-ized HYUNDAI dealer.

If you continue to drive with theDPF warning light blinking for along time, the DPF system can bedamaged and fuel consumptioncan worsen.

Fuel Filter WarningLight (for diesel engine)


• When water has accumulatedinside the fuel filter.In this case, remove the water fromthe fuel filter.

For more details, refer to "FuelFilter" in chapter 7.

• When the Fuel Filter WarningLight illuminates, engine power(vehicle speed & idle speed) maydecrease.

• If you keep driving with the warn-ing light on, engine parts (injec-tor, common rail, high pressurefuel pump) may be damaged. Ifthis occurs, we recommend thatyou have the vehicle inspectedby an authorized HYUNDAI deal-er as soon as possible.

Glow Indicator Light(for diesel engine)


• When the engine is being preheat-ed with the ignition switch orEngine Start/Stop button in the ONposition.- The engine can be started after

the glow indicator light goes off.- The illumination time varies

depending on the with the enginecoolant temperature, air tempera-ture, and battery condition.

If the indicator light remains on orblinks after the engine has warmedup or while driving, there may be amalfunction with the engine preheat-ing system.In this case, we recommend that youhave the vehicle inspected by anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer.

NOTICE

NOTICE

3-52


Information If the engine does not start within 10seconds after the preheating is com-pleted, set the ignition switch orEngine Start/Stop Button to theLOCK or OFF position for 10 secondsand then to the ON position in orderto preheat the engine again.

SCR warning light(Diesel Engine,if equipped)


• When the urea solution tank isnearly empty.- If the urea solution tank is nearly

empty:• Refill urea solution as soon as pos-

sible.

For more details, refer to "Lowurea solution warning message"in the chapter 7.

4 Wheel Drive (4WD)Warning Light (if equipped)


• Once you set the ignition switch orEngine Start/Stop Button to the ONposition.- It illuminates for approximately 3


the 4WD system.In this case, we recommend thatyou have the vehicle inspected byan authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

Electronic StabilityControl (ESC) IndicatorLight (if equipped)




the ESC system.In this case, we recommend thatyou have the vehicle inspected byan authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

This indicator light blinks:

• While the ESC is operating.

For more details, refer to “ElectronicStability Control (ESC)”in chapter 5.

i

3-53


3

Electronic StabilityControl (ESC) OFFIndicator Light (if equipped)


• When you set the ignition switch orthe Engine Start/Stop button to theON position.- It illuminates for approximately

3 seconds and then goes off.• When you deactivate the ESC sys-

tem by pressing the ESC OFF but-ton.

For more details, refer to “ElectronicStability Control (ESC)”in chapter 5.

AUTO STOP IndicatorLight (if equipped)


• When the engine enters the IdleStop mode of the ISG (Idle Stop andGo) system.


• When the automatic starting occurs,the AUTO STOP indicator on thecluster will blink for 5 seconds.

For more details, refer to the “ISG(Idle Stop and Go) system” in chap-ter 5.

Information When the engine automatically startsby the ISG system, some warninglights(ABS, ESC, ESC OFF, EPS orParking brake warning light) mayturn on for a few seconds.

This happens because of low batteryvoltage. It does not mean the systemhas malfunctioned.

Immobilizer IndicatorLight (without smart key)(if equipped)


• When the vehicle detects theimmobilizer in the key with the igni-tion switch in the ON position.- At this time, you can start the

engine.- The indicator light goes off after

starting the engine.


• When there is a malfunction withthe immobilizer system.In this case, we recommend thatyou have the vehicle inspected byan authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

i

3-54


Immobilizer IndicatorLight (with smart key) (if equipped)

This indicator light illuminates forup to 30 seconds:

• When the vehicle detects thesmart key in the vehicle with theEngine Start/Stop button in theACC or ON position.- At this time, you can start the

engine.- The indicator light goes off after

starting the engine.

This indicator light blinks for a fewseconds:

• When the smart key is not in thevehicle.- At this time, you cannot start the

engine.

This indicator light illuminates for2 seconds and goes off:

• If the smart key is in the vehicleand the Engine Start/Stop button isON, but the vehicle cannot detectthe smart key.In this case, we recommend thatyou have the vehicle inspected byan authorized HYUNDAI dealer.


• When the battery voltage of thesmart key is low.- At this time, you cannot start the

engine. However, you can startthe engine if you press theEngine Start/Stop button with thesmart key. (For more details,refer to "Starting the Engine"in chapter 5).

• When there is a malfunction withthe immobilizer system.In this case, we recommend thatyou have the vehicle inspected byan authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

Turn Signal IndicatorLight


• When you operate the turn signals.

If any of the following occur, there maybe a malfunction with the turn signalsystem.- The turn signal indicator light illumi-

nates but does not blink- The turn signal indicator light blinks

rapidly- The turn signal indicator light does

not illuminate at allIf any of these conditions occur, werecommend that you have your vehi-cle inspected by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.

Low Beam IndicatorLight (if equipped)


• When the headlamps are on.

3-55


3

High Beam IndicatorLight


• When the headlamps are on and inthe high beam position.

• When the turn signal lever is pulledinto the Flash-to-Pass position.

High Beam Assist(HBA) indicator light (if equipped)


• When the high-beam is on with thelight switch in the AUTO light posi-tion.

• If your vehicle detects oncoming orpreceding vehicles, the High BeamAssist (HBA) system will switch thehigh beam to low beam automati-cally.

For more details, refer to "HighBeam Assist (HBA)" in this chap-ter.

Light ON IndicatorLight


• When the tail lights or headlampsare on.

Front Fog IndicatorLight (if equipped)


• When the front fog lights are on.

Rear Fog IndicatorLight


• When the rear fog lights are on.

LED Headlamp WarningLight (if equipped)


• When you turn the ignition switchor the Engine Start/Stop button tothe ON position.

• When there is a malfunction withthe LED headlamp.

In this case, we recommend that youhave the vehicle inspected by an anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer.


When there is a malfunction with aLED headlamp related part.In this case, we recommend that youhave the vehicle inspected by an anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer.

Continuous driving with the LEDHeadlamp Warning Light on orblinking can reduce LED head-lamp life.

NOTICE

3-56


4 Wheel Drive (4WD)LOCK Indicator Light(if equipped)



seconds and then goes off.• When you select 4WD Lock mode

by pressing the 4WD LOCK button.- The 4WD LOCK mode is to

increase the drive power whendriving on wet pavement, snowcovered roads and/or off-road.

Do not use 4WD LOCK mode ondry paved roads or highway, it cancause noise, vibration or damageof 4WD related parts.

Cruise Indicator Light(if equipped)


• When the cruise control system isenabled.

For more details, refer to "CruiseControl System" in chapter 5.

Cruise SET IndicatorLight (if equipped)


• When the cruise control speed isset.

For more details, refer to "CruiseControl System" in chapter 5.

Speed Limiter IndicatorLight (if equipped)

This indicator light illuminateswhen:

• When the speed limiter is enabled.

For more details, refer to "SpeedLimit Control System" in chapter5.

Downhill Brake Control(DBC) Indicator Light (if equipped)



seconds and then goes off.• When you activate the DBC sys-

tem by pressing the DBC button.


• When the DBC is operating.

NOTICE

3-57


3

This warning light illuminates yellow:

• When there is a malfunction withthe DBC system.In this case, we recommend thatyou have the vehicle inspected byan authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

For more details, refer to “DownhillBrake Control (DBC) System” inchapter 5.

SPORT Mode IndicatorLight (if equipped)

This indicator light illuminates

• When you select "SPORT" modeas drive mode.

For more details, refer to "DriveMode Integrated Control System"in chapter 5.

ECO Mode IndicatorLight (if equipped)

This indicator light illuminates

• When you select "ECO" mode asdrive mode.

For more details, refer to "DriveMode Integrated Control System"in chapter 5.

Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA)system warning light (if equipped)


• When you set the ignition switch orEngine Start/Stop button to the ONposition.- It illuminates for approximately 3


the FCA.In this case, we recommend that youhave the vehicle inspected by anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer.

For more information, refer to"Forward Collision-AvoidanceAssist (FCA) system" in chapter 5.

Lane Keeping Assist(LKA) system indica-tor light (if equipped)


• [Green] When the system operat-ing conditions are satisfied.

• [White] The system operating con-ditions are not satisfied.

• [Yellow] When there is a malfunc-tion with the lane keeping assistsystem.In this case, we recommend thatyou have your vehicle inspected byan authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

For more details, refer to "LaneKeeping Assist (LKA) system" inchapter 5.

3-58


Icy Road Warning Light(if equipped)

This warning light is to warn the driverthe road may be icy.When the temperature on the out-side temperature gauge is approxi-mately below 4°C (40°F), the IcyRoad Warning Light and OutsideTemperature Gauge blinks and thenilluminates. Also, the warning chimesounds 1 time.

Information If the icy road warning light appearswhile driving, you should drive moreattentively and safely, refraining fromover-speeding, rapid acceleration, sud-den braking or sharp turning, etc.

LCD display messages Shift to P (for smart key systemand dual clutch transmission)This warning message is displayed ifyou try to turn off the engine withoutthe shift lever in P (Park) position.At this time, the Engine Start/Stopbutton turns to the ACC position (Ifyou press the Engine Start/Stop but-ton once more, it will turn to the ONposition).

Low Key Battery (for smart key system)This warning message is displayed ifthe battery of the smart key is dis-charged while changing the EngineStart/Stop button to the OFF position.

Press START button while turn-ing wheel (for smart key sys-tem)This warning message is displayed ifthe steering wheel does not unlocknormally when the Engine Start/Stopbutton is pressed.You should press the Engine Start/Stopbutton while turning the steering wheelright and left.

Steering wheel not locked(for smart key system)This warning message is displayed ifthe steering wheel is not locked whilethe Engine Start/Stop button changesto the OFF position.

Check Steering Wheel LockSystem (for smart key system)This warning message is displayed ifthe steering wheel does not lock nor-mally while the Engine Start/Stop but-ton changes to the OFF position.

i

3-59


3

Press brake pedal to start engine(for smart key system and dualclutch transmission)This warning message is displayed ifthe Engine Start/Stop button changesto the ACC position twice by pressingthe button repeatedly without depress-ing the brake pedal.You can start the vehicle by depressingthe brake pedal.

Press clutch pedal to startengine (for smart key systemand manual transmission)This warning message is displayed ifthe Engine Start/Stop button is in theACC position twice by pressing thebutton repeatedly without depressingthe clutch pedal.Depress the clutch pedal to start theengine.

Key not in vehicle(for smart key system)This warning message is displayed ifthe smart key is not in the vehiclewhen you open or close door in theACC position or ON position. Thewarning sound is heard when youclose door without a smart key invehicle.When attempting to start the vehiclealways have the smart key with you.

Key not detected (for smart key system)This warning message is displayed ifthe smart key is not detected when youpress the Engine Start/Stop button.

Press START button with key(for smart key system)This warning message is displayed ifyou press the Engine Start/Stop but-ton while the warning message “Keynot detected” is displayed.At this time, the immobilizer indicatorlight blinks.

Press START button again (for smart key system)This message is displayed if youwere unable to start the vehicle whenthe Engine Start/Stop button waspressed.If this occurs, attempt to start theengine by pressing the EngineStart/Stop button again.If the warning message appearseach time you press the EngineStart/Stop button, we recommendthat you have your vehicle inspectedby an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

Check BRAKE SWITCH fuse (for smart key system and dualclutch transmission)

This warning message is displayed ifthe brake switch fuse is disconnected.You need to replace the fuse with anew one. If that is not possible, youcan start the engine by pressing theEngine Start/Stop button for 10 sec-onds in the ACC position.

3-60


Shift to P or N to start engine (for smart key system and dualclutch transmission)This warning message is displayed ifyou try to start the engine with theshift lever not in the P (Park) or N(Neutral) position.

Information You can start the engine with the shiftlever in the N (Neutral) position. But,for your safety, we recommend thatyou start the engine with the shiftlever in the P (Park) position.

Door, Hood, Tailgate open

This warning is displayed indicatingwhich door, or hood, or tailgate isopen.

Sunroof open (if equipped)

This warning is displayed if you turnoff the engine when the sunroof isopen.Close the sunroof securely whenleaving your vehicle.

i

Before driving the vehicle, youshould confirm that the door/hood/tailgate is fully closed.Also, check there is no door/hood/tailgate open warninglight or message displayed onthe instrument cluster.

CAUTION

OOS047112 OOS047113

3-61


3

Lights mode

This indicator displays which exteriorlight is selected using the lightingcontrol.

Wiper mode

This indicator displays which wiperspeed is selected using the wipercontrol.

Low Pressure (if equipped)

This warning message is displayed ifthe tire pressure is low. The corre-sponding tire on the vehicle will beilluminated.

For more details, refer to "TirePressure Monitoring System (TPMS)"in chapter 6.

OPDE046125/OPDE046126

■ Front ■ Rear

OPDE046120 OOS048142

3-62


Turn on FUSE SWITCH

This warning message is displayed ifthe fuse switch located on the fusebox under the steering wheel is OFF.You should turn the fuse switch on.

For more details, refer to “Fuses”in chapter 7.

Heated Steering Wheel turnedoff (if equipped)This message is displayed if you turnoff the heated steering wheel.

For more details, refer to “HeatedSteering Wheel” in this chapter.

Low washer fluid (if equipped)This warning message is displayedif the washer fluid level in the reser-voir is nearly empty.Have the washer fluid reservoirrefilled.

Low fuelThis warning message is displayed ifthe fuel tank is almost out of fuel.When this message is displayed, thelow fuel level warning light in thecluster will come on.It is recommended to look for thenearest fueling station and refuel assoon as possible.

Engine has overheated (if equipped)This warning message is displayedwhen the engine coolant tempera-ture is above 120°C (248°F). Thismeans that the engine is overheatedand may be damaged.

If your vehicle is overheated, referto “Overheating” in chapter 6.

Check exhaust system (if equipped)This warning message illuminates ifthe DPF or GPF system has a mal-function. at this time, DPF or GPFwarning light also blinks.In this case, we recommend that youhave the DPF or GPF system checkedby an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.DPF : Diesel Particulate FilterGPF : Gasoline Particulate Filter

For more details, refer to "Warninglights" in this chapter.

Low urea (for diesel engine)This warning message illuminates ifthe urea solution level in the ureasolution tank is nearly empty.- When the SCR warning light is illu-

minates.Refill urea solution as soon as possi-ble.


OPDE046119

3-63


3

Check urea system (for diesel engine)This warning message illuminates ifthe urea system has a malfunction.In this case, we recommend that youhave the urea system checked by anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer.


Check headlight (if equipped)

This warning message is displayed ifthe headlamps are not operatingproperly. A headlamp bulb may needto be replaced.

Information Make sure to replace the burned outbulb with a new one of the same wattagerating.

Check High Beam Assist (HBA)system (if equipped)This warning message is displayed ifthere is a problem with the HighBeam Assist (HBA) System. We rec-ommend that you have the vehicleinspected by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.

For more information, refer to“High Beam Assist (HBA) System”in chapter 3.

Check FCA system (if equipped)This warning message is displayed ifthere is a malfunction with theForward Collision-Avoidance Assist(FCA) system. We recommend thatyou have the vehicle inspected by anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer.

For more details, refer to "ForwardCollision-Avoidance Assist (FCA)system" in chapter 5.

Check Driver Attention Warning(DAW) system (if equipped)This warning message is displayed ifthere is a problem with the DriverAttention Warning (DAW) system.Werecommend that you have the vehicleinspected by an authorized HYUNDAIdealer.

For more information, refer to“Driver Attention Warning (DAW)system” in chapter 5.

Check Lane Keeping Assist(LKA) system (if equipped)This warning message is displayed ifthere is a problem with the LaneKeeping Assist (LKA) system. Werecommend that you have the vehicleinspected by an authorized HYUNDAIdealer.

For more information, refer to“Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) sys-tem” in chapter 5.

i

3-64


LCD display controlThe LCD display modes can bechanged by using the control buttons.

(1) : MODE button for changingmodes

(2) , : MOVE switch forchanging items

(3) OK : SELECT/RESET button forsetting or resetting theselected item

LLCCDD DDIISSPPLLAAYY ((CCLLUUSSTTEERR TTYYPPEE BB,,CC))

OOS047038

3-65


3

LCD display modes

Modes Symbol Explanation

Trip Computer This mode displays driving information such as the tripmeter, fuel economy, etc.For more details, refer to "Trip Computer" in this chapter.

Turn By Turn (TBT) This mode displays the state of the navigation.

Assist

This mode displays the state of :- Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) system- Driver Attention Warning (DAW) system- Tire pressure

For more information, refer to "Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) system”, “DriverAttention Warning (DAW) system” in chapter 5 and "Tire Pressure MonitoringSystem (TPMS)" in chapter 6.

User Settings In this mode, you can change settings of the doors, lamps, etc.

Warning This mode displays warning messages related to the Cruise system, etc.

The information provided may differ depending on which functions are applicable to your vehicle.

3-66


Shift to P to edit settings /Engage parking brake to editsettings

This warning message illuminates ifyou try to select an item from theUser Settings mode while driving.- Manual transmission

For your safety, change the UserSettings after engaging the parkingbrake.

- Dual clutch transmissionFor your safety, change the UserSettings after parking the vehicle,applying the parking brake andmoving the shift lever to P (Park).

Quick guide (Help, if equipped)This mode provides quick guides forthe systems in the User Settingsmode.Select an item, press and hold theOK button.

For more details about each sys-tem, refer to this Owner’s Manual.

Trip computer mode

The trip computer mode displaysinformation related to vehicle drivingparameters including fuel economy,tripmeter information and vehiclespeed.

For more information, refer to"Trip Computer" in this chapter.

Turn By Turn (TBT) mode

This mode displays the state of thenavigation.

OPDE046131 OPDE046147

3-67


3

Assist mode

LKA/DAW

This mode displays the state of theLane Keeping Assist (LKA) systemand Driver Attention Warning (DAW)system.

For more information, refer toeach system information in chap-ter 5.

Tire Pressure

This mode displays information relat-ed to Tire Pressure.

For more information, refer to"Tire Pressure Monitoring System(TPMS)" in chapter 6.

Warning message modeIf one of followings occurs, warningmessages will be displayed on theLCD display for several seconds.- Low washer fluid (if equipped)- Exterior lamp malfunction

(if equipped)- Blind-Spot Collision Warning

(BCW) system malfunction (if equipped)

- Tire Pressure Monitoring System(TPMS, if equipped)

- High Beam Assist (HBA) malfunc-tion (if equipped)

- Forward Collision-AvoidanceAssist (FCA) malfunction (if equipped)

OOS047118L

OOS047119L

3-68


User settings modeIn this mode, you can change thesettings of the instrument cluster,doors, lamps, etc.1. Head-up display (if equipped)2. Driver Assistance3. Door4. Lights5. Sound6. Convenience7. Service interval8. Other Features9. Languages10. Reset

The information provided may dif-fer depending on which functionsare applicable to your vehicle.

1. Head Up display (if equipped)• Display Height

- Adjust the height of the HUDimage on the display.

• Rotation- Adjust the angle of the image.

• Brightness- Adjust the intensity of the HUD

illumination.

• Content Select- Turn by Turn- Traffic information- Cruise control- Lane keeping assist (LKA) sys-

tem- Blind-spot Collision Warning

(BCW) system

• Speedometer Size- Choose the speedometer font

size of the HUD. (Large, Medium,Small)

• Speedometer Color- Choose the speedometer font

color of the HUD. (White, Orange,Green)

2. Driver Assistance• Driver Attention Warning (DAW)

system- High Sensitivity/Normal Sensitivity/

Off

To adjust the sensitivity of the DriverAttention Warning (DAW).

For more information, refer to the"Driver Attention Warning (DAW)system " in chapter 5.

• Lane Safety- Lane Departure Warning- Standard LKA- Active LKA

To adjust the Lane Keeping Assist(LKA) function.

For more information, refer to the"Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) sys-tem " in chapter 5.

• Forward Collision-Avoidance AssistTo activate or deactivate the ForwardCollision-Avoidance Assist (FCA).

For more information, refer to the"Forward Collision-AvoidanceAssist (FCA) system" in chapter 5.

3-69


3

• Forward Collision Warning- Late/Normal/Early

To adjust the initial warning alert timefor Forward Collision-AvoidanceAssist (FCA) system.

For more information, refer to"Forward Collision-AvoidanceAssist (FCA) system" in chapter 5.

• Blind-Spot Collision Warning (BCW)sound

To activate or deactivate the Blind-Spot Collision Warning (BCW) sound.

For more information, refer to "Blind-Spot Collision Warning(BCW) system" in chapter 5.

• Blind-Spot Collision Warning (BCW)To activate or deactivate the Blind-Spot Collision Warning (BCW) sys-tem.

For more information, refer to"Blind-Spot Collision Warning(BCW) system" in chapter 5.

3. Door• Auto Lock- Disable: The auto door lock opera-

tion will be canceled.- Enable on Speed: All doors will be

automatically locked when the vehi-cle speed exceeds 15km/h(9.3mph).

- Enable on Shift: All doors will beautomatically locked if the dualclutch transmission shift lever isshifted from the P (Park) position tothe R (Reverse), N (Neutral), or D(Drive) position.

• Auto Unlock- Disable: The auto door unlock oper-

ation will be canceled.- Vehicle Off: All doors will be auto-

matically unlocked when theEngine Star/Stop button is set tothe OFF position. (if equipped withsmart key)

- On Key Out: All doors will be auto-matically unlocked when the igni-tion key is removed from the igni-tion switch. (if equipped with remotekey)

- On Shift to P: All doors will be auto-matically unlocked if the dual clutchtransmission shift lever is shifted tothe P (Park) position.

- Driver Door Unlock: All doors will beautomatically unlocked when thedriver’s door is opened.

• Horn Feedback To activate or deactivate the hornfeedback.If the horn feedback is activated,after locking the door by pressing thelock button on the remote key, andpressing it again within 4 seconds,the horn feedback sound will operateonce to indicate that all doors arelocked. (if equipped with remote key)

3-70


4. Lights• One Touch Turn Signal- Off: The one touch turn signal func-

tion will be deactivated.- 3, 5, 7 Flashes: The turn signal indi-

cator will blink 3, 5, or 7 times whenthe turn signal lever is moved slightly.

For more information, refer to"Light" in this chapter.

• Headlamp DelayTo activate or deactivate the head-lamp delay function.For more information, refer to"Light" in this chapter

5. Sound• Park Assist System Volume- Softer/Louder

To adjust the Park Assist Systemvolume.

• Welcome SoundTo activate or deactivate the wel-come sound.

6. Convenience• Welcome mirrorTo activate or deactivate the wel-come mirror function.When all the doors (and tailgate) areclosed and locked, the outside mirrorwill unfold if any of the below is per-formed.- When the door unlock button is

pressed on the remote key orsmart key.

- When the button of the outsidedoor handle is pressed with thesmart key in possession.

• Wireless Charging SystemTo activate or deactivate the wirelesscharging system in the front seat.For more information, refer to"Wireless Charging System" inthis chapter.

• Wiper/Lights DisplayTo activate or deactivate the Wiper/Light mode.When activated, the LCD displayshows the selected Wiper/Lightmode whenever you changed themode.

• Auto Rear Wiper (reverse)To activate or deactivate the rearwiper while the vehicle is in reversewith the front wiper ON.

• Gear Position Pop-upTo activate or deactivate the gearposition pop-up.When activated, the gear positionwill be displayed on the LCD display.(if equipped with dual clutch trans-mission)

• Icy Road WarningTo activate or deactivate the IcyRoad Warning function.

3-71


3

7. Service Interval• Service IntervalTo activate or deactivate the serviceinterval function.

• Adjust IntervalIf the service interval menu is acti-vated, you may adjust the time anddistance.

Information To use the service interval menu, con-sult an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

If the service interval is activated andthe time and distance is adjusted,messages are displayed in the fol-lowing situations each time the vehi-cle is turned on.- Service in

: Displayed to inform the driver theremaining mileage and days toservice.

- Service required: Displayed when the mileage anddays to service has been reachedor passed.

Information If any of the following conditionsoccur, the mileage and number of daysto service may be incorrect.

- The battery cable is disconnected.

- The fuse switch is turned off.

- The battery is discharged.

8. Other Features• Fuel Economy Auto Reset- Off: The average fuel economy will

not reset automatically wheneverrefueling.

- After Ignition: When the engine hasbeen OFF for 4 hours or longer theaverage fuel economy will resetautomatically.

- After Refueling: The average fueleconomy will reset automaticallyafter adding 6 liters (1.6 gallons) offuel or more and after driving speedexceeds 1 km/h (1 mph).

For more information, refer to"Trip Computer" in this chapter.

• Fuel Economy UnitTo select the fuel economy unit.(km/L, L/100, MPG)

• Temperature UnitTo select the temperature unit.(°C,°F)

• Tire Pressure UnitTo select the tire pressure unit.(psi, kPa, bar)

9. LanguageChoose the language.

10. ResetYou can reset the menus in the UserSettings Mode. All menus in the UserSettings Mode are reset to factorysettings, except language and serv-ice interval.

i

i

3-72

Trip computerThe trip computer is a microcomput-er-controlled driver information sys-tem that displays information relatedto driving.

Information Some driving information stored in thetrip computer (for example AverageVehicle Speed) resets if the battery isdisconnected.

Trip modes

To change the trip mode, press theTRIP button on the steering wheel.

i

TTRRIIPP CCOOMMPPUUTTEERR AANNDD SSEERRVVIICCEE RREEMMIINNDDEERR ((FFOORR CCLLUUSSTTEERR TTYYPPEE AA))


- Distance to empty- Average fuel economy- Instant fuel economy

- Tripmeter A- Driving time- Average vehicle speed

- Tripmeter B- Driving time- Average vehicle speed

Vehicle speed ON/OFF

Urea level (if equipped)

OOS047089L

■ Type A

OOS047090L

■ Type B

3-73


Distance To Empty (1)

• The distance to empty is the esti-mated distance the vehicle can bedriven with the remaining fuel.

• If the estimated distance is below1 km, the trip computer will display"----" as distance to empty.

Information • If the vehicle is not on level ground

or the battery power has been inter-rupted, the distance to empty func-tion may not operate correctly.

• The distance to empty may differfrom the actual driving distance asit is an estimate of the availabledriving distance.

• The trip computer may not registeradditional fuel if less than 6 liters offuel are added to the vehicle.

• The fuel economy and distance toempty may vary significantly basedon driving conditions, driving habits,and condition of the vehicle.

Average Fuel Economy (2)

• The average fuel economy is calcu-lated by the total driving distanceand fuel consumption since the lastaverage fuel economy reset.

• To clear the average fuel economymanually, press the RESET buttonon the steering wheel for morethan 1 second when the averagefuel economy is displayed.

Instant Fuel Economy (3)

• This mode displays the instanta-neous fuel economy while drivingwhen the vehicle speed is greaterthan 10 km/h.

i

3

OOS047128L

3-74

Tripmeter A/B (1)

• The tripmeter is the total drivingdistance since the last tripmeterreset.

• To reset the tripmeter, press theRESET button on the steeringwheel for more than 1 secondwhen the tripmeter is displayed.

Elapsed Time (2)

• The elapsed time is the total driv-ing time since the last elapsed timereset.

• To reset the elapsed time, press theRESET button on the steeringwheel for more than 1 second whenthe elapsed time is displayed.

Information The elapsed time will continue to becounted while the engine is still run-ning (for example, when the vehicle isin traffic or stopped at a stop light.)

Average Vehicle Speed (3)

• The average vehicle speed is cal-culated by the total driving dis-tance and driving time since thelast average vehicle speed reset.

• To reset the average vehicle speed,press the RESET button on thesteering wheel for more than 1 sec-ond when the average vehiclespeed is displayed.

Information • The average vehicle speed is not dis-

played if the driving distance is lessthan 300 meters or the driving time isless than 10 seconds since the ignitionswitch is turned ON.

• The average vehicle speed will con-tinue to be calculated and will startto decrease if the vehicle is stoppedwhile the engine is still running (forexample, when the vehicle is in traf-fic or stopped at a stop light.)

i

i


OOS047129L

3-75


Digital speedometer ON/OFF

The digital speedometer can beturned on and off.To turn on the digital speedometer,press the RESET button on the steer-ing wheel for more than one secondwhen “SPEED OFF” is displayed. Toturn off the digital speedometer, pressthe RESET button for more than onesecond when “SPEED ON” is dis-played.

This message shows the speed of thevehicle when the digital speedometeris turned on.

Service reminder

If the remaining mileage or days isbelow 1,500 km or 30 days, the serv-ice reminder will be displayed with awarning sound for a few secondseach time you turn the ignition switchto the ON position.

InformationTo change or deactivate the serviceinterval, consult an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.

i

3

OAD045180N

OOS047132L

OOS047133LOOS047130L/OOS047131L

3-76

If one of the specified service interval(mileage or days) reaches “0”, theservice symbol ( ) will blink for afew seconds each time you turn ONthe vehicle.

If you exceed the specified serviceinterval, the service symbol ( ) willblink for a few seconds each time youturn ON the vehicle.To reset the service interval, press theRESET button for more than 5 sec-onds and then when the km (miles)and days blink press the RESET but-ton for more than 1 second.If the service interval is not set, theservice symbol ( ) will not be dis-played.

Urea level gauge (for dieselengine, if equipped)This mode displays the amount ofthe remaining urea solution in theurea solution tank.


OOS047134L OOS047135L

3-77


3

The trip computer is a microcomput-er-controlled driver information sys-tem that displays information relatedto driving.

Information Some driving information stored in thetrip computer (for example AverageVehicle Speed) resets if the battery isdisconnected.

Trip modes

To change the trip mode, toggle the“ , ” switch on the steering wheel.

i

TTRRIIPP CCOOMMPPUUTTEERR ((TTYYPPEE BB,, TTYYPPEE CC))

• Tripmeter• Average Fuel Economy• Elapsed Time

Drive Info

• Tripmeter• Average Fuel Economy• Elapsed Time

Accumulated Info

• Average Fuel Economy• Instant Fuel Economy

Fuel Economy

Digital Speedometer

Urea level (if equipped)

OOS047038

3-78


Fuel economy

Average Fuel Economy (1)

• The average fuel economy is calcu-lated by the total driving distanceand fuel consumption since the lastaverage fuel economy reset.

• The average fuel economy can bereset both manually and automati-cally.

Manual resetTo clear the average fuel economymanually, press the [OK] button onthe steering wheel for more than 1second when the average fuel econo-my is displayed.

Automatic resetTo automatically reset the averagefuel economy after refueling, selectthe "Auto Reset" mode in the UserSettings menu on the LCD display.- After Ignition: The average fuel

economy will reset automaticallywhenever it has passed 4 hoursafter turning OFF the engine.

- After Refueling: The average fueleconomy will reset automaticallywhen driving speed exceeds 1km/h, after adding 6 liters (1.6 gal-lons) of fuel or more.

Information The average fuel economy may beinaccurate, when the vehicle drivesshorter than 300 meters (0.19 miles)after turning ON the Engine Start/Stopbutton.

Instant Fuel Economy (2)

• This mode displays the instant fueleconomy during the last few sec-onds when the vehicle speed ismore than 10 km/h (6.2 MPH).

Accumulated Info display

This display shows the accumulatedtrip distance (1), the average fueleconomy (2), and the total drivingtime (3).The information is accumulatedstarting from the last reset.To manually reset the information,press and hold the OK button whenviewing the Accumulated driving info.The trip distance, the average fueleconomy, and total driving time willreset simultaneously.

i

OPDE046131/OPDE046132


OPDE046133/OPDE046134


3-79


3

The accumulated driving informationwill continue to be counted while theengine is still running (for example,when the vehicle is in traffic orstopped at a stop light).

Information The vehicle must be driven for a min-imum of 300 meters (0.19 miles) sincethe last ignition key cycle before theaverage fuel economy will be recalcu-lated.

Drive Info display

This display shows the trip distance(1), the average fuel economy (2),and the total driving time (3).

The information is combined for eachignition cycle. However, when theengine has been OFF for 4 hours orlonger the Drive Info screen will reset.To manually reset the information,press and hold the OK button whenviewing the Drive Info. The trip dis-tance, the average fuel economy, andtotal driving time will reset simultane-ously.The driving information will continueto be counted while the engine is stillrunning (for example, when the vehi-cle is in traffic or stopped at a stoplight.)

Information The vehicle must be driven for a min-imum of 300 meters (0.19 miles) sincethe last ignition key cycle before theaverage fuel economy will be recalcu-lated.

Digital Speedometer

This message shows the speed ofthe vehicle (km/h, MPH).

Urea level gauge (for dieselengine, if equipped)This mode displays the amount ofthe remaining urea solution in theurea solution tank.

i

i

OPDE046135/OPDE046136


OPDE046145/OPDE046146


3-80

HHEEAADD UUPP DDIISSPPLLAAYY ((HHUUDD)) ((IIFF EEQQUUIIPPPPEEDD))


The head up display is a transparentdisplay which projects a shadow ofsome information of the instrumentcluster and navigation on the displaylocated on the crash pad.

Precautions while using thehead up displayIt may be difficult to read informationon the head up display in the follow-ing situations.- The driver is improperly positioned

in the driver’s seat.- The driver wears polarised sun-

glasses.- An object is located above the

head up display cover.- The vehicle is driven on a wet road.- Any improper lighting accessory is

installed inside the vehicle, or thereis incoming light from outside ofthe vehicle.

- The driver wears glasses.- The driver wears contact lenses.When it is difficult to read the headup display information, adjust theimage height of HUD or the head updisplay brightness level in the UserSettings Mode. For more information,refer to "LCD Display" in this chapter.

OOS047079

• Do not attach any stickers oraccessories on the HUD orcrash pad.

• Do not adjust HUD shutter andcombiner directly by hands.

• The image may be invisible dueto finger prints. Also, excessiveforce applied during operationmay damage the display.

• Do not place any objects nearthe HUD. Interference withsuch objects during activationmay influence the operation ordamage the display.

• Do not put any drinks near theHUD. If liquid flows in the HUD,the display may be damaged.

• Do not place any objects on theHUD. Also, attaching some-thing (sticker, etc.) on the com-biner may affect the visibility ofthe image.

WARNING

3-81


Head Up Display ON/OFF

With the engine ON, you can turnON/OFF the HUD by pressing theHUD button on the crash pad.With the engine OFF, the HUD willclose automatically when the door islocked by a remote or smart key.If your vehicle uses a smart key, theHUD will close automatically whenthe door is locked by pressing thebutton on the outside door handle.If the engine is OFF and the door isnot locked, the HUD will close auto-matically after approximately 5 min-utes.

3

• When you open or close theHUD, noise may occur fromthe motor and gears.

• When you adjust the imageheight of the HUD, noise mayoccur from the motor andgears.

* HUD stands for Head UpDisplay.

CAUTION

OOS047080

• Do not let strong light shine onthe combiner. It may damagethe combiner and internal com-ponents.

• Do not place any objects on,inside or near the displaywhether the HUD is opened orclosed. Also, do not attach anyobjects to the system compo-nents or insert anything insidethe system.

• Use a soft cloth to clean theHUD. Do not use organic sol-vent, detergent or polishingcloth.

• For your safety, make sure tostop the vehicle before adjust-ing the settings.

3-82

Head Up Display Information

1. Turn By Turn (TBT) navigationinformation

2. Road signs3. Speedometer4. Cruise setting speed/Speed limit

setting speed (if equipped)5. Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) system

information (if equipped)6. Blind-spot Collision Warning

(BCW) system information (if equipped)

7. Warning lights8. Audio/Video information

Information If you select the Turn By Turn (TBT)navigation information as HUD con-tents, the Turn By Turn (TBT) naviga-tion information will not be displayedon the LCD Display.

Head Up Display SettingOn the LCD display, you can changethe head up display settings as fol-lows.• Display Height• Rotation• Brightness• Content Select• Speedometer Size• Speedometer ColorFor more details, refer to "LCDDisplay" in this chapter.

i


OOS047082L

3-83


3

Exterior lightsLighting control

To operate the lights, turn the knob atthe end of the control lever to one ofthe following positions:(1) O position(2) AUTO light position (if equipped)(3) Position lamp position(4) Headlamp position

AUTO light position (if equipped)

When the light switch is in the AUTOposition, the position lamp and head-lamp will be turned ON or OFF auto-matically depending on the amountof light outside the vehicle.

Even with the AUTO light feature inoperation, it is recommended tomanually turn ON the lamps whendriving at night or in a fog, or whenyou enter dark areas, such as tun-nels and parking facilities.

• Do not cover or spill anything onthe sensor (1) located on theinstrument panel.

• Do not clean the sensor using awindow cleaner, the cleansermay leave a light film whichcould interfere with sensor oper-ation.

• If your vehicle has window tintor other types of metallic coat-ing on the front windshield, theAUTO light system may not workproperly.

NOTICE

LLIIGGHHTTIINNGG

OOS047050L

OPDE046065

3-84


Position lamp position ( )

The position lamp, license plate lampand instrument panel lamp are turnedON.

Headlamp position ( )

The headlamp, position lamp, licenseplate lamp and instrument panel lampare turned ON.

Information The ignition switch must be in the ONposition to turn on the headlamp.

High beam operation

To turn on the high beam headlamp,push the lever away from you. Thelever will return to its original position.The high beam indicator will lightwhen the headlamp high beams areswitched on.To turn off the high beam headlamp,pull the lever towards you. The lowbeams will turn on.

i

OAE046469L OAE046467L

OAE046453L

Do not use high beam when thereare other vehicles approachingyou. Using high beam couldobstruct the other driver's vision.

WARNING

3-85


To flash the high beam headlamp,pull the lever towards you, thenrelease the lever. The high beamswill remain ON as long as you holdthe lever towards you.

High Beam Assist (HBA) system(if equipped)

High Beam Assist (HBA) is a systemthat automatically adjusts the head-lamp range (switches between highbeam and low beam) according tothe brightness of other vehicles androad conditions.

Operating condition

1.Place the light switch in the AUTOposition.

2.Turn on the high beam by pushingthe lever away from you.

3. The High Beam Assist (HBA) ( )indicator will illuminate.

4.The High Beam Assist (HBA) willturn on when vehicle speed isabove 45km/h (25mph).1) If the light switch is pushed away

when the High Beam Assist(HBA) is operating, the HighBeam Assist (HBA) will turn offand the high beam will be oncontinuously.

2) If the light switch is pulledtowards you when the highbeam is off, the high beam willturn on without the High BeamAssist (HBA) canceled. Whenyou let go of the light switch, thelever will move to the middle andthe high beam will turn off.

3) If the light switch is pulledtowards you when the highbeam is on by the High BeamAssist (HBA), the low beam willbe on and the High Beam Assist(HBA) will turn off.

4) If the light switch is placed to theheadlamp position, the HighBeam Assist (HBA) will turn offand the low beam will be oncontinuously.

3

OAE046455L

OPDE046057

3-86

When the High Beam Assist (HBA) isoperating, the high beam switches tolow beam in the following conditions.- When the headlamp of an on-com-

ing vehicle is detected.- When the tail lamp of a vehicle in

front is detected.- When headlamp/tail lamp of bicy-

cle/motorcycle is detected.- When the surroundings are bright

enough high beams are not needed.- When streetlights or other lights

are detected.- When the light switch is not in the

AUTO position.- When the High Beam Assist (HBA)

is off.- When vehicle speed is below 35 km/h

(22mph).

Warning light and message

When the High Beam Assist (HBA) isnot working properly, the warningmessage will come on for a few sec-ond. After the message disappears,the master warning light ( ) will illu-minate.We recommend that you take yourvehicle to an authorized HYUNDAIdealer and have the system checked.


OOS047127L

The system may not operatenormally in the following condi-tions.��When the light from on-com-

ing or vehicle in front is dim• When the in light from the on-

coming or vehicle in front in isnot detected because of lampdamage, hidden from sight,etc.

• When the lamp of the on-com-ing or vehicle in front is cov-ered with dust, snow or water.

• When the vehicle in front’sheadlamps are off but the foglamps on and etc.

CAUTION

3-87


3

��When it is affected by anexternal condition

• When there is a similarshaped lamp with the vehiclefront vehicle’s lamps.

• When the headlamp is notrepaired or replaced at anauthorized dealer.

• When headlamp aiming is notproperly adjusted.

• When driving on a narrowwinding road or rough road.

• When driving downhill oruphill.

• When only part of the vehiclein front is visible on a cross-road or on a corner.

• When there is a traffic light,reflecting sign, flashing signor mirror.

• When the road conditions arebad such as being wet or cov-ered with snow.

• When the vehicle in frontheadlamps are off but the foglamps on.

• When a vehicle suddenlyappears from around a corner.

• When the vehicle is tilted froma flat tire or being towed.

• When the Lane Keeping Assist(LKA) system warning light illu-minates. (if equipped)�� When the front visibility is poor• When the lamp of the on-coming

or vehicle in front is covered withdust, snow or water.

• When the light from the on-com-ing or vehicle in front is notdetected because of exhaustfume, smoke, fog, snow, etc.

• When the front window is cov-ered with foreign matter.

• When it is hard to see because offog, heavy rain or snow etc.

• Do not disassemble a frontview camera temporarily fortinted window or attaching anytypes of coatings and acces-sories. If you disassemble thecamera and assemble it again,we recommend that you takeyour vehicle to an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer and have thesystem checked to need a cali-bration.

• When you replace or reinstallthe windshield glass, frontview camera, we recommendthat you take your vehicle to anauthorized HYUNDAI dealerand have the system checked.

• Be careful that water doesn’tget into the High Beam Assist(HBA) unit and do not removeor damage related parts of theHigh Beam Assist (HBA) sys-tem.

WARNING

3-88


Turn signals and lane changesignals

To signal a turn, push down on thelever for a left turn or up for a rightturn in position (A). To signal a lanechange, move the turn signal leverslightly and hold it in position (B).Thelever will return to the OFF positionwhen released or when the turn iscompleted.If an indicator stays on and does notflash or if it flashes abnormally, one ofthe turn signal bulbs may be burnedout and will require replacement.

One-touch turn signal function

To activate a one-touch turn signalfunction, move the turn signal leverslightly and then release it. The lanechange signals will blink 3, 5 or 7times.You can activate/deactivate the OneTouch Turn Signal function or choosethe number of blinks (3, 5, or 7) fromthe User Settings mode on the LCDdisplay. For more details, refer to"LCD Display" in this chapter.

Front fog lamps (if equipped)

Fog lamps are used to provideimproved visibility when visibility ispoor due to fog, rain or snow, etc.

OPDE046066

OTLE045284

• Do not place objects on thecrash pad that reflect lightsuch as mirrors, white paper,etc. The system may malfunc-tion if sunlight is reflected.

• At times, the High Beam Assist(HBA) may not work properly.The system is for your conven-ience only. It is the responsibil-ity of the driver for safe drivingpractices and always check theroad conditions for your safety.

• When the system does notoperate normally, change thelamp position manuallybetween the high beam andlow beam.

3-89


3

Use the switch next to the headlampswitch to turn the fog lamps ON andOFF.1. Turn on the position lamp.2. Turn the light switch (1) to the front

fog lamp position.3. To turn off the front fog lamp, turn

the light switch to the front foglamp position again or turn off theposition lamp.

When in operation, the fog lampsconsume large amounts of vehicleelectrical power. Only use the foglamps when visibility is poor.

Rear fog lamp

Vehicle with front fog lamps

To turn on the rear fog lamp:Position the light switch in the posi-tion lamp position, turn the lightswitch (1) to the front fog lamps posi-tion, and then turn the light switch (1)to the rear fog lamp position.To turn the rear fog lamps off, do oneof the following:• Turn off the position light switch.• Turn the light switch to the rear fog

lamp position again.• When the light switch is in the posi-

tion lamp position, if you turn offthe front fog lamps, the rear foglamp will also turn off.

Vehicle without front fog lamps

To turn on the rear fog lamp:Position the light switch in the head-lamp position, and then turn the lightswitch (1) to the rear fog lamp position.

To turn the rear fog lamps off, do oneof the following:• Turn off the headlamp switch.• Turn the light switch to the rear fog

lamp position again.

NOTICEOTLE045285

OPDE046064

3-90


Battery saver functionThe purpose of this feature is to pre-vent the battery from being dis-charged. The system automaticallyturns off the position lamp when thedriver turns the engine off and opensthe driver-side door.With this feature, the position lampswill turn off automatically if the driverparks on the side of the road at night.If necessary, to keep the lamps onwhen the engine is turned off, performthe following:1) Open the driver-side door.2) Turn the position lamps OFF and

ON again using the light switch onthe steering column.

Headlamp delay function (if equipped)If you place the ignition switch to theACC or OFF position with the head-lamps ON, the headlamps (and/orposition lamps) remain on for about 5minutes. However, with the engine off ifthe driver’s door is opened and closed,the headlamps (and/or position lamps)are turned off after 15 seconds.The headlamps (and/or positionlamps) can be turned off by pressingthe lock button on the remote key orsmart key twice or turning the lightswitch to the OFF or AUTO position.However, if you turn the light switchto the AUTO position when it is darkoutside, the headlamps will not beturned off.You can activate or deactivate theHeadlamp Delay function from theUser Settings mode on the LCD dis-play. For more details, refer to"LCD Display" in this chapter.

If the driver gets out of the vehiclethrough other doors (except dri-ver's door), the battery saver func-tion does not operate and theheadlamp delay function does notturn off automatically. Therefore, Itcauses the battery to be dis-charged. In this case, make sure toturn off the headlamps before get-ting out of the vehicle.

NOTICE

3-91


3

Daytime running light (DRL) (if equipped)The Daytime Running Lights (DRL)can make it easier for others to seethe front of your vehicle during theday, especially after dawn and beforesunset.The DRL system will turn the dedi-cated lamps OFF when:1. The headlamps or front fog lights

are in the ON position.2. The position light switch is in the

ON position.3. The engine is turned off.

Headlamp leveling device (if equipped)

Manual type

To adjust the headlamp beam levelaccording to the number of the pas-sengers and loading weight in theluggage area, turn the beam levelingswitch.The higher the number on the switchposition, the lower the headlampbeam level. Always keep the head-lamp beam at the proper levelingposition, otherwise headlamps maydazzle other road users.

Listed below are examples of appro-priate switch settings for varyingloads. For loading conditions otherthan those listed, adjust the switchposition to the most similar situation.

OOS047049

Loading conditionSwitch

position

Driver only 0

Driver + Front passenger 0

Full passengers (including driver) 1

Full passengers (including driver)+ Maximum permissible loading

2

Driver + Maximum permissibleloading

3

3-92

Automatic type

It automatically adjusts the head-lamp beam level according to thenumber of passengers and loadingweight in the luggage area.It also adjusts to the appropriate head-lamp beam level for various situations.

Low Beam Assist-Static light (if equipped)While driving a corner, for greatervisibility and safety, either the left orright side Low Beam Assist-Staticlight will turn on automatically. TheLow Beam Assist-Static light will turnon when one of the following condi-tions occur.• Vehicle speed is less than 10 km/h

(6 mph) and steering wheel angleis turned approximately 80 degreeswith the low beam on.

• Vehicle speed is between 10 km/h(6 mph) to 90 km/h (56 mph) andsteering wheel angle is turnedapproximately 35 degrees with thelow beam on.

• When the vehicle is in reverse withone of the conditions above satis-fied, the light opposite to the direc-tion the steering wheel is turnedwill turn on.

Welcome system (if equipped)Interior lampWhen the interior lamp switch is inthe DOOR position and all doors (andtailgate) are closed and locked, theroom lamp will come on for 30 sec-onds if any of the below is performed.• When the door unlock button is

pressed on the remote key orsmart key.

• When the button of the outsidedoor handle is pressed with thesmart key in possession.

At this time, if you press the door lockor unlock button, the room lamp willturn off immediately.


If the function does not workproperly, we recommend thatthe system be inspected by anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer. Donot attempt to inspect orreplace the wiring yourself.

WARNING

3-93


Interior lights

Do not use the interior lights forextended periods when the engineis turned off otherwise the batterywill discharge.

Interior lamp AUTO cutThe interior lamps will automaticallygo off approximately 20 minutes afterthe engine is turned off and thedoors are closed. If a door is opened,the lamp will go off 40 minutes afterthe engine is turned off. If the doorsare locked and the vehicle enters thearmed stage of the theft alarm sys-tem, the lamps will go off five sec-onds later.

Front lamps

Front map lamp (1)

Press the map lamp lens (1) to turnON the map lamp. Re-press the maplamp lens to turn OFF the map lamp.

Front door lamp ( ) (2) :

The room lamp for the front/rearseats is automatically turned ON forapproximately 30 seconds, when adoor is opened.The room lamp for the front/rearseats is automatically turned ON forapproximately 15 seconds, when theremote key (smart key) unlocks thedoors. The room lamp fades out,when the ignition switch is placed tothe ON position in 15 seconds. Theroom lamp remains ON up to 20 min-utes, when a door is opened with theignition switch in the either the ACCor OFF position.

Front room lamp

• (3) :

Press the button to turn ON theroom lamp for the front/rear seats.

• (4) :Press the button to turn OFF theroom lamp for the front/rear seats.

NOTICE

3

Do not use the interior lightswhen driving in the dark.The inte-rior lights may obscure your viewand cause an accident.

WARNING

OOS047051

OOS047052

■ Type A (Without sunglass case)

■ Type B (With sunglass case)

3-94


Rear lamps

Rear room lamp switch :

Press this button to turn the roomlamp on and off.

Do not leave the lamp switches onfor an extended period of timewhen the engine is turned off.

Luggage compartment lamp

The luggage compartment lampcomes on when the tailgate is opened.

The luggage compartment lampcomes on as long as the tailgate isopen. To prevent unnecessarycharging system drain, close thetailgate securely after using thetailgate.

Vanity mirror lamp (if equipped)

Push the switch to turn the light on oroff.• : The lamp will turn on if this

button is pressed.• : The lamp will turn off if this

button is pressed.

Always have the switch in the offposition when the vanity mirrorlamp is not in use. If the sunvisoris closed without the lamp off, itmay discharge the battery or dam-age the sunvisor.

NOTICE

NOTICE

NOTICE

OOS047321

OOS047053

■ Type A

■ Type B

OOS047055

OOS047054

3-95


A : Wiper speed control (front)· / MIST – Single wipe· O / OFF – Off· --- / INT – Intermittent wipe

AUTO* – Auto control wipe· 1 / LO– Low wiper speed· 2 / HI – High wiper speed

B : Intermittent control wipe timeadjustment

C : Wash with brief wipes (front)

D : Rear wiper control*· 2 / HI – High wiper speed· 1 / LO – Low wiper speed · O / OFF – Off

E : Wash with brief wipes (rear)

* : if equipped

WWIIPPEERRSS AANNDD WWAASSHHEERRSS

3

■ Front windshield wiper/washer ■ Rear windshield wiper/washer

OTLE045159/OTLE045161/OTLE045507/OTLE045508

• Type A

• Type B

• Type A

• Type B

3-96


Windshield wipers Operates as follows when the igni-tion switch is turned ON.

/MIST : For a single wiping cycle,move the lever down ( )or up (MIST) and releaseit. The wipers will operatecontinuously if the lever isheld in this position.

O/OFF : Wipers are not in operation ---/INT : Wipers operate intermittently

at the same wiping intervals.Use this mode in light rain ormist. To vary the speed set-ting, turn the speed controlknob.

1/LO : Normal wiper speed 2/HI : Fast wiper speed

Information If there is heavy accumulation of snowor ice on the windshield, defrost thewindshield for about 10 minutes, or untilthe snow and/or ice is removed beforeusing the windshield wipers to ensureproper operation.

If you do not remove the snow and/or icebefore using the wiper and washer, it maydamage the wiper and washer system.

AUTO (Automatic) control (if equipped)

The rain sensor located on the upperend of the windshield glass sensesthe amount of rainfall and controlsthe wiping cycle for the proper inter-val. The wiper operation time will beautomatically controlled depends onrainfall.When the rain stops, the wiper stops.To vary the sensitivity setting, turnthe sensitivity control knob (1).If the wiper switch is set in AUTOmode when the ignition switch is inthe ON position, the wiper will oper-ate once to perform a self-check ofthe system.

• When washing the vehicle, set thewiper switch in the O (OFF) positionto stop the auto wiper operation.The wiper may operate and be dam-aged if the switch is set in the AUTOmode while washing the vehicle.

• Do not remove the sensor coverlocated on the upper end of thepassenger side windshield glass.Damage to system parts couldoccur and may not be covered byyour vehicle warranty.

NOTICEi

OOS047322L

Sensor

To avoid personal injury from thewindshield wipers, when theengine is running and the wind-shield wiper switch is placed inthe AUTO mode:• Do not touch the upper end of

the windshield glass facing therain sensor.

• Do not wipe the upper end ofthe windshield glass with adamp or wet cloth.

• Do not put pressure on thewindshield glass.

• Set the wiper switch to theOFF position when the wiperis not in use.

WARNING

3-97


3

• Because of using a photo sensor,temporary malfunction could occuraccording to sudden ambient lightchange made by stone and dustwhile driving.

Windshield washers

In the OFF (O) position, pull the levergently toward you to spray washerfluid on the windshield and to run thewipers 1-3 cycles.The spray and wiper operation willcontinue until you release the lever.If the washer does not work, you mayneed to add washer fluid to the wash-er fluid reservoir.If equipped with the HeadlampWasher, washer fluid will be sprayedon the headlamp at the same time youoperate the windshield washer when:1. The ignition switch is in the ON

position.2. The light switch is in the headlamp

position.

When the outside temperature isbelow freezing, ALWAYS warm thewindshield using the defroster toprevent the washer fluid fromfreezing on the windshield andobscuring your vision whichcould result in an accident andserious injury or death.

WARNING

• To prevent possible damageto the washer pump, do notoperate the washer when thefluid reservoir is empty.

• To prevent possible damageto the wipers or windshield,do not operate the wiperswhen the windshield is dry.

• To prevent damage to thewiper arms and other compo-nents, do not attempt to movethe wipers manually.

• To prevent possible damageto the wipers and washer sys-tem, use anti-freezing washerfluids in the winter season orcold weather.

CAUTION

OTLE045163

OTLE045164

■ Type A

■ Type B

3-98


Rear window wiper and wash-er switch (if equipped)

The rear window wiper and washerswitch is located at the end of thewiper and washer switch lever.

Turn the switch to the desired posi-tion to operate the rear wiper andwasher.2 / HI – High wiper speed1 / LO – Low wiper speed O / OFF – Off

Push the lever away from you tospray rear washer fluid and to run therear wiper 1~3 cycles. The spray andwiper operation will continue until yourelease the lever. (if equipped)

Auto rear wiper (if equipped)The rear wiper will operate while thevehicle is in reverse with the frontwipers ON by selecting the functionon the LCD display.Go to ‘User Settings → Convenience→ Auto Rear Wiper (reverse)’.

OTLE045167

OTLE045165

■ Type A

■ Type B

OTLE045168

OTLE045166

■ Type A

■ Type B

3-99


3

DDRRIIVVEERR AASSSSIISSTT SSYYSSTTEEMMRear view monitor (if equipped)

The Rear view monitor will activatewhen the engine is running and theshift lever is in the R (Reverse) posi-tion.

This is a supplemental system thatshows behind the vehicle throughthe mirror or navigation display whilebacking-up.

• Do not spray the camera or itssurrounding area directly with ahigh pressure washer. Shockapplied from high pressurewater may cause the device tonot operate normally.

• Do not use any cleanser con-taining acid or alkaline deter-gents when cleaning the lens.Use only a mild soap or neutraldetergent, and rinse thoroughlywith water.

Information Always keep the camera lens clean. Thecamera may not work normally if thelens is covered with dirt, water or snow.

i

NOTICE

The Rear view monitor is not asafety device. It only serves toassist the driver in identifyingobjects directly behind the mid-dle of the vehicle. The cameradoes NOT cover the completearea behind the vehicle.

WARNING

• Never rely solely on the rearcamera display when backing-up.

• ALWAYS look around yourvehicle to make sure there areno objects or obstacles beforemoving the vehicle in anydirection to prevent a collision.

• Always pay close attentionwhen the vehicle is drivenclose to objects, particularlypedestrians, and especiallychildren.

WARNING

OOS047046

OOS047091

3-100


Parking Distance Warning(Reverse) system (if equipped)

[A] : Sensor

The Parking Distance Warning(Reverse) system assists the driverduring reverse movement of the vehi-cle by chiming if any object is sensedwithin the distance of 120 cm (50inches) behind the vehicle.This system is a supplemental sys-tem that senses objects within therange and location of the sensors, itcannot detect objects in other areaswhere sensors are not installed.

Operation of the ParkingDistance Warning (Reverse)systemOperating condition

• This system will activate whenbacking up with the ignition switchin the ON position. However, if vehi-cle speed exceeds 5 km/h (3 mph),the system may not detect objects.

• If vehicle speed exceeds 10 km/h (6mph), the system will not warn youeven though objects are detected.

• When more than two objects aresensed at the same time, the clos-est one will be recognized first.

• ALWAYS look around your vehi-cle to make sure there are notany objects or obstacles beforemoving the vehicle in any direc-tion to prevent a collision.

• Always pay close attentionwhen the vehicle is driven closeto objects, particularly pedestri-ans, and especially children.

• Be aware that some objectsmay not be visible on thescreen or be detected by thesensors, due to the objectsdistance, size or material, all ofwhich can limit the effective-ness of the sensor.

WARNING

OOS047042

3-101


3

Types of warning sound and indicator To turn off the Parking DistanceWarning (Reverse) system(if equipped)

Push the button to turn off theParking Distance Warning (Reverse)system. The indicator light on thebutton will turn on.

Types of warning sound Indicator

When an object is 120 cm to 60 cm (47 in. to 24 in.) from the rearbumper : Buzzer beeps intermittently.

When an object is 60 cm to 30 cm (24 in. to 12 in.) from the rearbumper : Buzzer beeps more frequently.

When an object is within 30 cm (12 in.) of the rear bumper :Buzzer beeps continuously.

• The indicator may differ from the illustration depending on objects orsensors status. If the indicator blinks, we recommend that you haveyour vehicle checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

• If the audible warning does not sound or if the buzzer sounds inter-mittently when shifting into R (Reverse) position, this may indicate amalfunction with Parking Distance Warning (Reverse) system. If thisoccurs, we recommend that you have your vehicle checked by anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible.

NOTICE

OOS047045L

3-102


Non-operational conditions ofParking Distance Warning(Reverse) systemThe Parking Distance Warning(Reverse) system may not operatenormally when:

• Moisture is frozen to the sensor.• Sensor is covered with foreign mat-

ter, such as snow or water, or thesensor cover is blocked.

There is a possibility of the ParkingDistance Warning (Reverse) systemmalfunction when:

• Driving on uneven road surfacessuch as unpaved roads, gravel,bumps, or gradient.

• Objects generating excessive noisesuch as vehicle horns, loud motor-cycle engines, or truck air brakescan interfere with the sensor.

• Heavy rain or water spray is present.• Wireless transmitters or mobile

phones are present near the sensor.• The sensor is covered with snow.• Any non-factory equipment or acces-

sories have been installed, or if thevehicle bumper height or sensorinstallation has been modified.

Detecting range may decrease when:

• Outside air temperature is extreme-ly hot or cold.

• Undetectable objects smaller than1 m (40 inches) and narrower than14 cm (6 inches) in diameter.

3-103


3

The following objects may not berecognized by the sensor:

• Sharp or slim objects such asropes, chains or small poles.

• Objects, which tend to absorb sen-sor frequency such as clothes,spongy material or snow.

Parking Distance Warning(Reverse) system precautions• The Parking Distance Warning

(Reverse) system may not soundconsistently depending on the speedand shapes of the objects detected.

• The Parking Distance Warning(Reverse) system may malfunction ifthe vehicle bumper height or sensorinstallation has been modified ordamaged. Any non-factory installedequipment or accessories may alsointerfere with the sensor perform-ance.

• The sensor may not recognizeobjects less than 30 cm (11 in.) fromthe sensor, or it may sense an incor-rect distance. Use caution.

• When the sensor is frozen or stainedwith snow, dirt, or water, the sensormay be inoperative until the stainsare removed using a soft cloth.

• Do not push, scratch or strike thesensor with any hard objects thatcould damage the surface of thesensor. Sensor damage could occur.

• Do not spray the sensors or its sur-rounding area directly with a highpressure washer. Shock appliedfrom high pressure water may causethe device to not operate normally.

Your new vehicle warranty doesnot cover any accidents or dam-age to the vehicle or injuries toits occupants related to aParking Distance Warning(Reverse) system. Always drivesafely and cautiously.

WARNING

3-104


Parking Distance Warning(Reverse/Forward) system (if equipped)

[A] : Rear Sensor, [B] : Front Sensor

The Parking Distance Warning(Reverse/Forward) system assiststhe driver during movement of thevehicle by chiming if any object issensed within the distance of 100 cm(39 inches) in front and 120 cm (47inches) behind the vehicle.This system is a supplemental sys-tem that senses objects within therange and location of the sensors, itcannot detect objects in other areaswhere sensors are not installed.

Operation of the ParkingDistance Warning(Reverse/Forward) system

Operating condition

• This system will activate when theParking Distance Warning (Reverse/Forward) system button is pressedwith the engine running.

• ALWAYS look around your vehi-cle to make sure there are noobjects or obstacles beforemoving the vehicle in any direc-tion to prevent a collision.

• Always pay close attentionwhen the vehicle is driven closeto objects, particularly pedestri-ans, and especially children.

• Be aware that some objectsmay not be visible on thescreen or be detected by thesensors, due to the objectsdistance, size or material, all ofwhich can limit the effective-ness of the sensor.

WARNINGOOS047045OOS047043

OOS047042

■ Front sensor

■ Rear sensor

3-105


3

• The Parking Distance Warning(Reverse/Forward) system buttonturns on automatically and activatesthe Parking Distance Warning(Reverse/Forward) system whenyou move the shift lever to the R(Reverse) position. However, if vehi-cle speed exceeds 10 km/h (6mph), the system will not warn youeven though objects are detected,and if vehicle speed exceeds 20km/h (12 mph), the system will turnoff automatically. To turn on the sys-tem, press the Parking DistanceWarning (Reverse/Forward) systembutton.

• When more than two objects aresensed at the same time, the clos-est one will be recognized first.

• The indicator may differ from the illustration depending on objects orsensors status. If the indicator blinks, we recommend that the systembe checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

• If the audible warning does not sound or if the buzzer sounds inter-mittently when shifting into R (Reverse) position, this may indicate amalfunction with the Parking Distance Warning (Reverse/Forward)system. If this occurs, we recommend that you have your vehiclechecked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible.

NOTICE

Distance from object

Warning indicatorWarning soundWhen driving

forwardWhen driving

rearward

61 ~ 100(24 ~39)

Front -Buzzer beeps intermittently

61 ~ 120(24 ~47)

Rear -Buzzer beeps intermittently

31 ~ 60(12 ~24)

FrontBuzzer beeps

frequently

Rear -Buzzer beeps

frequently

30 (12)

FrontBuzzer sounds continuously

Rear -Buzzer sounds continuously

Types of warning sound and indicator cm (in)

3-106


Non-operational conditions ofParking Distance Warning(Reverse/Forward) systemParking Distance Warning(Reverse/Forward) system may notoperate normally when:

• Moisture is frozen to the sensor.• Sensor is covered with foreign mat-

ter, such as snow or water, or thesensor cover is blocked.

There is a possibility of ParkingDistance Warning (Reverse/Forward)system malfunction when:

• Driving on uneven road surfacessuch as unpaved roads, gravel,bumps, or gradient.

• Objects generating excessive noisesuch as vehicle horns, loud motor-cycle engines, or truck air brakescan interfere with the sensor.

• Heavy rain or water spray is present.• Wireless transmitters or mobile

phones are present near the sensor.• The sensor is covered with snow.• Any non-factory equipment or

accessories have been installed, orif the vehicle bumper height or sen-sor installation has been modified.

Detecting range may decrease when:

• Outside air temperature isextremely hot or cold.

• Undetectable objects smaller than1 m and narrower than 14 cm indiameter.

The following objects may not berecognized by the sensor:

• Sharp or slim objects such asropes, chains or small poles.

• Objects, which tend to absorb sen-sor frequency such as clothes,spongy material or snow.

Parking Distance Warning(Reverse/Forward) system precautions• The Parking Distance Warning

(Reverse/Forward) system may notsound consistently depending on thespeed and shapes of the objectsdetected.

• The Parking Distance Warning(Reverse/Forward) system may mal-function if the vehicle bumper heightor sensor installation has been mod-ified or damaged. Any non-factoryinstalled equipment or accessoriesmay also interfere with the sensorperformance.

• The sensor may not recognizeobjects less than 30 cm (11 in.) fromthe sensor, or it may sense an incor-rect distance. Use caution.

• When the sensor is frozen or stainedwith snow, dirt, or water, the sensormay be inoperative until the stainsare removed using a soft cloth.

• Do not push, scratch or strike thesensor. Sensor damage could occur.

• Do not spray the sensors or its sur-rounding area directly with a highpressure washer. Shock appliedfrom high pressure water may causethe device to not operate normally.

Your new vehicle warranty doesnot cover any accidents or dam-age to the vehicle or injuries toits occupants related to aParking Distance Warning(Reverse/Forward) system.Always drive safely and cau-tiously.

WARNING

3-107


3

DDEEFFRROOSSTTEERR

To prevent damage to the conduc-tors bonded to the inside surfaceof the rear window, never usesharp instruments or windowcleaners containing abrasives toclean the window.

Information If you want to defrost and defog thefront windshield, refer to “WindshieldDefrosting and Defogging” in thischapter.

Rear window defroster

The defroster heats the window toremove frost, fog and thin ice fromthe interior and exterior of the rearwindow, while the engine is running.• To activate the rear window

defroster, press the rear windowdefroster button located in the cen-ter facia switch panel. The indicatoron the rear window defroster but-ton illuminates when the defrosteris ON.

• To turn off the defroster, press therear window defroster buttonagain.

Information • If there is heavy accumulation of

snow on the rear window, brush it offbefore operating the rear defroster.

• The rear window defroster automat-ically turns off after approximately20 minutes or when the ignitionswitch is in the OFF position.

Outside mirror defroster (if equipped)If your vehicle is equipped with out-side mirror defrosters, they will oper-ate at the same time you turn on therear window defroster.

iNOTICE

i

OOS047302L

OOS047303L

■ Manual climate control system

■ Automatic climate control system

3-108


MMAANNUUAALL CCLLIIMMAATTEE CCOONNTTRROOLL SSYYSSTTEEMM ((IIFF EEQQUUIIPPPPEEDD))

OOS047300L

1. Fan speed control knob

2. Temperature control knob

3. Mode selection knob

4. Front windshield defroster position

5. A/C (Air conditioning) button*

6. Rear window defroster button

7. Air intake control button

* : if equipped

3-109


3

Heating and air conditioning1. Start the engine.2. Set the mode to the desired posi-

tion.To improve the effectiveness ofheating and cooling, select:- Heating:- Cooling:

3. Set the temperature control to thedesired position.

4. Set the air intake control to theoutside (fresh) air position.

5. Set the fan speed control to thedesired speed.

6. If air conditioning is desired, turnthe air conditioning system on.

Mode selection

OOS047304

The mode selection knob controls the direction of the air flow through theventilation system.Air can be directed to the floor, dashboard outlets, or windshield.

3-110


Face-Level (B, D)

Air flow is directed toward the upperbody and face. Additionally, eachoutlet can be controlled to direct theair discharged from the outlet.

Bi-Level (B, C, D, E)

Air flow is directed towards the faceand the floor.

Floor-Level (A, C, D, E)

Most of the air flow is directed to thefloor, with a small amount of the airbeing directed to the windshield andside window defrosters.

Floor/Defrost-Level (A, C, D, E)

Most of the air flow is directed to thefloor and the windshield with a smallamount directed to the side windowdefrosters.

Defrost-Level (A, D)

Most of the air flow is directed to thewindshield with a small amount of airdirected to the side window defrosters.

A/C MAX-Level (B, D) (if equipped)

To operate the A/C MAX, turn thetemperature control knob to extremeleft. Air flow is directed toward theupper body and face.In this mode, the air conditioning andthe recirculated air position will beselected automatically.

After the interior has cooled suffi-ciently, whenever possible, move thetemperature knob away from A/CMAX and press the A/C button.

Instrument panel vents

The outlet vents can be opened orclosed ( ) separately using thethumbwheel.Also, you can adjust the direction ofair delivery from these vents usingthe vent control lever as shown.

OOS047305

OOS047306

3-111


3

Temperature control (2)The temperature will increase by turn-ing the knob to the right.The tempera-ture will decrease by turning the knobto the left.

Air intake control (7)This is used to select outside (fresh)air position or recirculated air position.To change the air intake control posi-tion, press the control button.

Recirculated air position

With the recirculated airposition selected, air fromthe passenger compart-ment will be drawnthrough the heating sys-tem and heated or cooledaccording to the functionselected.

Outside (fresh) air posi-tion

With the outside (fresh)air position selected, airenters the vehicle fromoutside and is heated orcooled according to thefunction selected.

Information Using the system in the fresh air posi-tion is recommended.

Prolonged operation of the heater inthe recirculated air position (withoutair conditioning selected) can causefogging of the windshield and side win-dows and the air within the passengercompartment will become stale.

In addition, prolonged use of the airconditioning with the recirculated airposition selected will result in exces-sively dry air in the passenger com-partment.

Fan speed control (1)Turn the knob to the right to increasethe fan speed and airflow. Turn theknob to the left to decrease fanspeed and airflow.Setting the fan speed control knob tothe “0” position turns off the fan.

Operating the fan speed when theignition switch is in the ON posi-tion could cause the battery todischarge. Operate the fan speedwhen the engine is running.

NOTICE

i

• Continued climate controlsystem operation in the recir-culated air position may allowhumidity to increase insidethe vehicle which may fog theglass and obscure visibility.

• Do not sleep in a vehicle withthe air conditioning or heatingsystem on. It may cause seri-ous harm or death due to adrop in the oxygen leveland/or body temperature.

• Continued climate control sys-tem operation in the recirculat-ed air position can causedrowsiness or sleepiness, andloss of vehicle control. Set theair intake control to the outside(fresh) air position as much aspossible while driving.

WARNING

3-112


Air conditioning (A/C) (5)(if equipped)Press the A/C button to turn the airconditioning system on (indicatorlight will illuminate). Press the buttonagain to turn the air conditioning sys-tem off.

System operationVentilation1. Set the mode to the position.2. Set the air intake control to the

outside (fresh) air position.3. Set the temperature control to the

desired position.4. Set the fan speed control to the

desired speed.

Heating1. Set the mode to the position.2. Set the air intake control to the



desired speed.

5. If dehumidified heating is desired,turn the air conditioning system (ifequipped) on.

If the windshield fogs up, set the modeto the or position.

Operation Tips

• To keep dust or unpleasant fumesfrom entering the vehicle throughthe ventilation system, temporarilyset the air intake control to therecirculated air position. Be sure toreturn the control to the fresh airposition when the irritation haspassed to keep fresh air in thevehicle. This will help keep the driv-er alert and comfortable.

• To prevent interior fog on the wind-shield, set the air intake control tothe fresh air position and fan speedto the desired position, turn on theair conditioning system, and adjustthe temperature control to thedesired temperature.

Air conditioningHYUNDAI Air Conditioning Systemsare filled with R-134a or R-1234yfrefrigerant.1. Start the engine. Push the air con-

ditioning button.2. Set the mode to the position.3. Set the air intake control to the out-

side air or recirculated air position.4. Adjust the fan speed control and

temperature control to maintainmaximum comfort.

Information Your vehicle is filled with R-134a orR-1234yf according to the regulationin your country at the time of produc-tion. You can find out which air condi-tioning refrigerant is applied to yourvehicle on the label located inside ofthe hood. Refer to chapter 8 for thelocation of the air conditioning refrig-erant label.

i

3-113


3

• The refrigerant system shouldonly be serviced by trained andcertified technicians to insureproper and safe operation.

• The refrigerant system shouldbe serviced in a well-ventilatedplace.

• The air conditioning evaporator(cooling coil) shall never berepaired or replaced with oneremoved from a used or sal-vaged vehicle and new replace-ment MAC evaporators shall becertified (and labeled) as meet-ing SAE Standard J2842.

• When using the air conditioningsystem, monitor the temperaturegauge closely while driving uphills or in heavy traffic when out-side temperatures are high. Airconditioning system operationmay cause engine overheating.Continue to use the fan but turnthe air conditioning system off ifthe temperature gauge indicatesengine overheating.

• When opening the windows inhumid weather air conditioningmay create water droplets insidethe vehicle. Since excessivewater droplets may cause dam-age to electrical equipment, airconditioning should only beused with the windows closed.

Air conditioning system operationtips

• If the vehicle has been parked indirect sunlight during hot weather,open the windows for a short timeto let the hot air inside the vehicleescape.

• After sufficient cooling has beenachieved, switch back from therecirculated air to the fresh outsideair position.

• To help reduce moisture inside ofthe windows on rainy or humiddays, decrease the humidity insidethe vehicle by operating the airconditioning system with the win-dows and sunroof closed.

• Use the air conditioning systemevery month for a few minutes toensure maximum system perform-ance.

• If you operate the air conditionerexcessively, the difference betweenthe temperature of the outside airand that of the windshield couldcause the outer surface of thewindshield to fog up, causing lossof visibility. In this case, set themode selection knob to the position and set the fan speed con-trol knob to the lowest speed set-ting.

NOTICE

NOTICE

3-114


System maintenanceClimate control air filter

This filter is installed behind theglove box. It filters the dust or otherpollutants that enter the vehiclethrough the heating and air condi-tioning system.We recommend that the climate con-trol air filter be replaced by anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer accord-ing to the maintenance schedule. Ifthe vehicle is being driven in severeconditions such as dusty or roughroads, more frequent climate controlfilter inspections and changes arerequired.

If the air flow rate suddenly decreas-es, we recommend the system bechecked at an authorized HYUNDAIdealer.

It is important that the correcttype and amount of oil and refrig-erant is used. Otherwise, damageto the compressor and abnormalsystem operation may occur.

Checking the amount of air con-ditioner refrigerant and com-pressor lubricantWhen the amount of refrigerant islow, the performance of the air con-ditioning is reduced. Overfilling alsoreduces the performance of the airconditioning system.Therefore, if abnormal operation isfound, we recommend that the sys-tem be inspected by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.

NOTICE

1LDA5047

Outside air

Recirculatedair

Climate controlair filter

Blower

Evaporatorcore

Heater core

Vehicles equipped with R-134a

Because the refriger-ant is at very highpressure, the air condi-tioning system should

only be serviced by trained andcertified technicians. It is impor-tant that the correct type andamount of oil and refrigerant isused. Otherwise, it may causedamage to the vehicle and per-sonal injury.

WARNING

3-115


3

We recommend the air conditioningsystem be serviced by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.

Air conditioning refrigerantlabel

The actual Air Conditioning refriger-ant label in the vehicle may differfrom the illustration.

Each symbols and specification onair conditioning refrigerant labelmeans as below:

1. Classification of refrigerant2. Amount of refrigerant3. Classification of Compressor lubri-

cant

You can find out which air conditioningrefrigerant is applied to your vehicle onthe label located inside of the hood.Refer to chapter 8 for the location ofthe air conditioning refrigerant label.

Vehicles equipped with R-1234yf

Because the refriger-ant is mildly inflamma-ble at very high pres-sure, the air condition-ing system should onlybe serviced by trainedand certified techni-cians. It is important

that the correct type and amountof oil and refrigerant is used.Otherwise, it may cause dam-age to the vehicle and personalinjury.

WARNING

ODH044365R

ODH043366

■ Example

• Type B

• Type A

3-116


AAUUTTOOMMAATTIICC CCLLIIMMAATTEE CCOONNTTRROOLL SSYYSSTTEEMM ((IIFF EEQQUUIIPPPPEEDD))

OOS047301L

1. Temperature control knob

2. Fan speed control knob

3. AUTO (automatic control) button

4. Air conditioning button

5. OFF button

6. Front windshield defroster button

7. Mode selection button

8. Rear window defroster button

9. Air intake control button

10. Climate control information screen

3-117


3

Automatic heating and air con-ditioningThe Automatic Climate ControlSystem is controlled by setting thedesired temperature.1. Press the AUTO button. (3)The modes, fan speeds, air intakeand air-conditioning will be controlledautomatically by the temperature set-ting you select.2. Turn the temperature control knob

(1) to the desired temperature. Ifthe temperature is set to the low-est setting (Lo), the air condition-ing system will operate continu-ously. After the interior has cooledsufficiently, adjust the knob to ahigher temperature set pointwhenever possible.

To turn the automatic operation off,select any button of the following:- Mode selection button- Front windshield defroster button

(Press the button one more time todeselect the front windshielddefroster function. The 'AUTO' signwill illuminate on the informationdisplay once again.)

- Fan speed control buttonThe selected function will be con-trolled manually while other func-tions operate automatically.

For your convenience and to improvethe effectiveness of the climate con-trol, use the AUTO button and set thetemperature to 23°C (73°F).

Information Never place anything near the sensorto ensure better control of the heatingand cooling system.

Manual heating and air condi-tioningThe heating and cooling system can becontrolled manually by pushing buttonsother than the AUTO button. In thiscase, the system works sequentiallyaccording to the order of buttons select-ed. When pressing any button exceptthe AUTO button while using automaticoperation, the functions not selectedwill be controlled automatically.1.Start the engine.2.Set the mode to the desired position.

For improving the effectiveness ofheating and cooling, select:- Heating:- Cooling:

3.Set the temperature control to thedesired position.

4.Set the air intake control to the out-side (fresh) air position.

5.Set the fan speed control to thedesired speed.

6.If air conditioning is desired, turnthe air conditioning system on.

7.Press the AUTO button to convertto full automatic control of the sys-tem.

i

OOS047308

3-118


Mode selectionDefrost-Level (A, D)

Most of the air flow is directed to thewindshield.

Face-Level (B, D)

Air flow is directed toward the upperbody and face. Additionally, eachoutlet can be controlled to direct theair discharged from the outlet.

Floor-Level (A, C, D, E)

Most of the air flow is directed to thefloor.

Defrost-Level (A) (6)

Most of the air flow is directed to thewindshield with a small amount of airdirected to the side window defrosters.

OOS047304

The mode selection button controls the direction of the air flow through theventilation system.

3-119


3

Instrument panel vents

The outlet vents can be opened orclosed ( ) separately using thethumbwheel.Also, you can adjust the direction ofair delivery from these vents usingthe vent control lever as shown.

Temperature control (1)The temperature will increase byturning the knob to the right. Thetemperature will decrease by turningthe knob to the left.

Air intake control (9)This is used to select the outside(fresh) air position or recirculated airposition.To change the air intake control posi-tion, push the control button.

Recirculated air position

With the recirculated airposition selected, airfrom the passenger com-partment will be drawnthrough the heating sys-tem and heated orcooled according to thefunction selected.

Outside (fresh) air position

With the outside (fresh)air position selected, airenters the vehicle fromoutside and is heated orcooled according to thefunction selected.

Information Using the system in the fresh air posi-tion is recommended.

Prolonged operation of the heater inthe recirculated air position (withoutair conditioning selected) can causefogging of the windshield and side win-dows and the air within the passengercompartment will become stale.

In addition, prolonged use of the airconditioning with the recirculated airposition selected will result in exces-sively dry air in the passenger com-partment.

i

OOS047306

3-120


Fan speed control (2)The fan speed can be set as desiredby pushing the fan speed control but-ton.More air is delivered with higher fanspeeds.Pressing the OFF button turns off thefan.

Operating the fan when the ignitionswitch is in the ON position couldcause the battery to discharge.Operate the fan when the engine isrunning.

Air conditioning (4)Push the A/C button to turn the airconditioning system on (indicatorlight will illuminate).Push the button again to turn the airconditioning system off.

OFF mode (5)Push the OFF button to turn the cli-mate control system off. However,you can still operate the mode and airintake buttons as long as the ignitionswitch is in the ON position.

System operationVentilation1. Set the mode to the position.2. Set the air intake control to the



desired speed.

Heating1. Set the mode to the position.2. Set the air intake control to the



desired speed.5. If dehumidified heating is desired,

turn the air conditioning system on.• If the windshield fogs up, set the

mode to the or position.

NOTICE

• Continued climate controlsystem operation in the recir-culated air position may allowhumidity to increase insidethe vehicle which may fog theglass and obscure visibility.

• Do not sleep in a vehicle withthe air conditioning or heatingsystem on. It may cause seri-ous harm or death due to adrop in the oxygen leveland/or body temperature.

• Continued climate control sys-tem operation in the recirculat-ed air position can causedrowsiness or sleepiness, andloss of vehicle control. Set theair intake control to the outside(fresh) air position as much aspossible while driving.

WARNING

3-121


3

Operation Tips

• To keep dust or unpleasant fumesfrom entering the vehicle throughthe ventilation system, temporarilyset the air intake control to therecirculated air position. Be sure toreturn the control to the fresh airposition when the irritation haspassed to keep fresh air in thevehicle. This will help keep the driv-er alert and comfortable.

• To prevent interior fog on the wind-shield, set the air intake control to thefresh air position and fan speed tothe desired position, turn on the airconditioning system, and adjust thetemperature control to the desiredtemperature.

Air conditioningHYUNDAI Air Conditioning Systemsare filled with R-134a or R-1234yfrefrigerant.1. Start the engine. Push the air con-

ditioning button.2. Set the mode to the position.3. Set the air intake control to the out-

side air or recirculated air position.

4. Adjust the fan speed control andtemperature control to maintainmaximum comfort.

Information Your vehicle is filled with R-134a orR-1234yf according to the regulationin your country at the time of produc-tion. You can find out which air condi-tioning refrigerant is applied to yourvehicle on the label located inside ofthe hood. Refer to chapter 8 for thelocation of the air conditioning refrig-erant label.

• The refrigerant system shouldonly be serviced by trained andcertified technicians to insureproper and safe operation.

• The refrigerant system shouldbe serviced in a well-ventilatedplace.

• The air conditioning evaporator(cooling coil) shall never berepaired or replaced with oneremoved from a used or salvagedvehicle and new replacementMAC evaporators shall be certi-

fied (and labeled) as meeting SAEStandard J2842.

• When using the air conditioningsystem, monitor the temperaturegauge closely while driving uphills or in heavy traffic when out-side temperatures are high. Airconditioning system operationmay cause engine overheating.Continue to use the fan but turnthe air conditioning system off ifthe temperature gauge indicatesengine overheating.

• When opening the windows inhumid weather air conditioningmay create water droplets insidethe vehicle. Since excessivewater droplets may cause dam-age to electrical equipment, airconditioning should only beused with the windows closed.

NOTICE

NOTICE

i

3-122


Air conditioning system operationtips

• If the vehicle has been parked indirect sunlight during hot weather,open the windows for a short timeto let the hot air inside the vehicleescape.

• After sufficient cooling has beenachieved, switch back from therecirculated air to the fresh outsideair position.

• To help reduce moisture inside ofthe windows on rainy or humiddays, decrease the humidity insidethe vehicle by operating the air con-ditioning system with the windowsand sunroof closed.

• Use the air conditioning systemevery month for a few minutes toensure maximum system perform-ance.

• If you operate the air conditionerexcessively, the difference betweenthe temperature of the outside airand that of the windshield couldcause the outer surface of the wind-shield to fog up, causing loss of vis-ibility. In this case, set the modeselection button to the positionand set the fan speed control knobto the lowest speed setting.

System maintenanceClimate control air filter

This filter is installed behind theglove box. It filters the dust or otherpollutants that enter the vehiclethrough the heating and air condi-tioning system.We recommend that the climate con-trol air filter be replaced by an author-ized HYUNDAI dealer according to themaintenance schedule. If the vehicle isbeing driven in severe conditions suchas dusty or rough roads, more fre-quent climate control filter inspectionsand changes are required.If the air flow rate suddenly decreas-es, we recommend the system bechecked at an authorized HYUNDAIdealer.

Checking the amount of air con-ditioner refrigerant and com-pressor lubricantWhen the amount of refrigerant islow, the performance of the air con-ditioning is reduced. Overfilling alsoreduces the performance of the airconditioning system.Therefore, if abnormal operation isfound, we recommend that the sys-tem be inspected by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.

1LDA5047

Outside air

Recirculatedair

Climate controlair filter

Blower

Evaporatorcore

Heater core

Vehicles equipped with R-134a

Because the refriger-ant is at very highpressure, the air con-ditioning system

should only be serviced bytrained and certified technicians.It is important that the correcttype and amount of oil and refrig-erant is used. Otherwise, it maycause damage to the vehicle andpersonal injury.

WARNING

3-123


3

We recommend the air conditioningsystem be serviced by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.

Air Conditioning refrigerantlabel

The actual Air Conditioning refriger-ant label in the vehicle may differfrom the illustration.

Each symbols and specification onair conditioning refrigerant labelmeans as below:

1. Classification of refrigerant2. Amount of refrigerant3. Classification of Compressor lubri-

cant

You can find out which air conditioningrefrigerant is applied to your vehicle onthe label located inside of the hood.Refer to chapter 8 for the location ofthe air conditioning refrigerant label.

Vehicles equipped with R-1234yf

Because the refriger-ant is mildly inflamma-ble at very high pres-sure, the air condition-ing system shouldonly be serviced bytrained and certifiedtechnicians. It isimportant that the cor-

rect type and amount of oil andrefrigerant is used. Otherwise, itmay cause damage to the vehi-cle and personal injury.

WARNING

ODH044365R

ODH043366

■ Example

• Type B

• Type A

3-124

WWIINNDDSSHHIIEELLDD DDEEFFRROOSSTTIINNGG AANNDD DDEEFFOOGGGGIINNGG


• For maximum windshield defrost-ing, set the temperature controlknob to the highest temperaturesetting and the fan control knob tothe highest fan speed. Select thefront defrost button on the climatecontrol display. After the enginewarm-up period, warm air will bedirected to the front windshield.

• If warm air to the floor is desiredwhile defrosting or defogging, set themode to the floor-defrost position.

• Before driving, clear all snow andice from the windshield, rear win-dow, outside rear view mirrors, andall side windows.

• Clear all snow and ice from thehood and air inlet in the cowl grill toimprove heater and defroster effi-ciency and to reduce the probabilityof fogging up inside of the wind-shield.

Information If the engine temperature is still coldafter starting, then a brief engine warmup period may be required for thevented air flow to become warm or hot.

Manual climate control systemTo defog inside windshield

1. Select any fan speed except “0”position.

2. Select the desired temperature.3. Select the or position.4. The outside (fresh) air will be select-

ed automatically. Additionally, the airconditioning (if equipped) will auto-matically operate if the mode isselected to the position.

If the air conditioning and outside(fresh) air position are not selectedautomatically, press the correspon-ding button manually.

i

Windshield heating

Do not use the or posi-tion during cooling operation inextremely humid weather. Thedifference between the temper-ature of the outside air and thatof the windshield could causethe outer surface of the wind-shield to fog up, causing loss ofvisibility. In this case, set themode selection knob or buttonto the position and fanspeed control knob or button tolower speed.

WARNING

OOS047309

3-125


3

To defrost outside windshield

1. Set the fan speed to the highest(extreme right) position.

2. Set the temperature to theextreme hot position.

3. Select the position.4. The outside (fresh) air and air con-

ditioning (if equipped) will beselected automatically.

Automatic climate control systemTo defog inside windshield

1. Select the desired fan speed.2. Select the desired temperature.3. Press the defroster button ( ).4. The air-conditioning will turn on

according to the detected ambienttemperature, outside (fresh) airposition and higher fan speed willbe selected automatically.

If the air-conditioning, outside (fresh) airposition and higher fan speed are notselected automatically, adjust the corre-sponding button or knob manually.If the position is selected, lowerfan speed is controlled to higher fanspeed.

To defrost outside windshield

1. Set fan speed to the highest posi-tion.

2. Set temperature to the extremehot (HI) position.

3. Press the defroster button ( ).4. The air-conditioning will turn on

according to the detected ambienttemperature and outside (fresh)air position will be selected auto-matically.

If the position is selected, lowerfan speed is controlled to higher fanspeed.

OOS047310

OOS047311

OOS047312

3-126

Auto defogging system (only for automatic climate control system, if equipped)Auto defogging reduces the possibili-ty of fogging up the inside of the wind-shield by automatically sensing themoisture on inside the windshield.The auto defogging system operateswhen the heater or air conditioning ison.

Information The auto defogging system may notoperate normally, when the outsidetemperature is below -10 °C.

To cancel or set the Auto DefoggingSystem, keep the front defroster but-ton pressed for 3 seconds. The “ADSOFF” symbol will be shown in the cli-mate display to inform you that thesystem is deactivated. To re-activatethe auto defogging system, follow theprocedure mentioned above and the“ADS OFF” symbol will disappear.If the battery has been disconnectedor discharged, it resets to the autodefogging status.

Information For efficiency, do not select recirculat-ed air position while the Auto defog-ging system is operating.

Do not remove the sensor coverlocated on the top of the wind-shield glass.Damage to system parts couldoccur and may not be covered byyour vehicle warranty.

NOTICE

i

i


3-127


Cluster ionizer (if equipped)When the ignition switch is in the ONposition, the clean air function turnson automatically.Also, the clean air function turns offautomatically, when the ignitionswitch is in the OFF position.

Automatic ventilation (if equipped)To increase cabin air quality andreduce windscreen misting, air recir-culation mode switches off automati-cally after about 5 to 30 minutes,depending on outside temperature,and the air intake will change to out-side (fresh) mode.To cancel or set the automatic venti-lation feature, select Face level mode

and press the air recirculationmode button for 3 seconds.When the automatic ventilation isset, the air recirculation indicator willblink 6 times. When canceled, theindicator will blink 3 times.

Sunroof inside air recirculation(if equipped)When the heater or air conditioningsystem is on with the sunroof opened,the outside (fresh) air position will beautomatically selected. At this time, ifyou press the recirculated air positionbutton, the recirculated air positionwill be selected but will change backto the outside (fresh) air position after3 minutes.When the sunroof is closed, the airintake position will return to the orig-inal position that was selected.

CCLLIIMMAATTEE CCOONNTTRROOLL AADDDDIITTIIOONNAALL FFEEAATTUURREESS

3

3-128


SSTTOORRAAGGEE CCOOMMPPAARRTTMMEENNTT

To avoid possible theft, do notleave valuables in the storagecompartments.

Center console storage

To open :Pull the lever (1).

Glove box

To open the glove box, pull the handle(1) and the glove box will automatical-ly open. Close the glove box after use.

NOTICE

Never store cigarette lighters,propane cylinders, or otherflammable/explosive materialsin the vehicle. These items maycatch fire and/or explode if thevehicle is exposed to hot tem-peratures for extended periods.

WARNING

ALWAYS keep the storage com-partment covers closed secure-ly while driving. Items insideyour vehicle are moving as fastas the vehicle. If you have tostop or turn quickly, or if thereis a crash, the items may fly outof the compartment and maycause an injury if they strike thedriver or a passenger.

WARNING OOS047056

ALWAYS close the glove boxdoor after use.An open glove box door cancause serious injury to the pas-senger in an accident, even if thepassenger is wearing a seat belt.

WARNING

OOS047057

3-129


3

Sunglass holder (if equipped)

To open:Press the cover and the holder willslowly open. Place your sunglassesin the compartment door with thelenses facing out.

To close:Push back into position.Make sure the sunglasses holder isclosed while driving.

Multi box

Small things may be placed in themulti box.

• Do not keep objects exceptsunglasses inside the sun-glasses holder. Such objectscan be thrown from the holderin the event of a sudden stop oran accident, possibly injuringthe passengers in the vehicle.

• Do not open the sunglassholder while the vehicle ismoving. The rear view mirrorof the vehicle can be blockedby an open sunglass holder.

• Do not attempt to force sun-glasses into the sunglassholder. If the sunglassesbecome jammed and you tryto open it forcibly, personalinjury may occur.

WARNING

OOS047059OOS047058

3-130


Luggage tray (if equipped)

You can place a first aid kit, a reflec-tor triangle (front tray), tools, etc. inthe box for easy access.• Grasp the handle on the top of the

cover and lift it.

To increase luggage space

1. Grasp the handle on the top of thecover and pull out the luggage trayboard backwards.

2. Pull out the luggage tray boardcompletely and remove the lug-gage tray.(If the luggage tray isequipped.)

3. Push the luggage tray board for-wards into the lower sliding slot.

OOS047070 OOS047320

OOS047319

3-131


3

IINNTTEERRIIOORR FFEEAATTUURREESS Cup holderFront

Cups or small beverages cups maybe placed in the cup holders.

Rear (if equipped)

Pull the armrest down to use the cupholders.

• Keep your drinks sealed whiledriving to prevent spilling yourdrink. If liquid spills, it may getinto the vehicle's electrical/elec-tronic system and damage elec-trical/electronic parts.

• When cleaning spilled liquids, donot dry the cup holder at hightemperature. This may damagethe cup holder.

NOTICE

OOS047060

OOS047061

• Avoid abrupt starting andbraking when the cup holderis in use to prevent spillingyour drink. If hot liquid spills,you could be burned. Such aburn to the driver could causeloss of vehicle control result-ing in an accident.

• Do not place uncovered orunsecured cups, bottles,cans, etc., in the cup holder

containing hot liquid while thevehicle is in motion. Injuriesmay result in the event of asudden stop or collision.

• Only use soft cups in the cupholders. Hard objects caninjure you in an accident.

WARNING

Keep cans or bottles out ofdirect sun light and do not putthem in a hot vehicle. It mayexplode.

WARNING

3-132


Sunvisor

To use a sunvisor, pull it downward.To use a sunvisor for a side window,pull it downward, unsnap it from thebracket (1) and swing it to the side (2).To use the vanity mirror, pull down thesunvisor and slide the mirror cover (3).Use the ticket holder (4) to hold tick-ets.

Information Close the vanity mirror cover securelyand return the sunvisor to its originalposition after use.

Do not put several tickets in theticket holder at one time. Thiscould cause damage to the ticketholder.

Power outlet (if equipped)

The power outlet is designed to pro-vide power for mobile telephones orother devices designed to operatewith vehicle electrical systems.

The devices should draw less than180 W(Watt) with the engine running.

To prevent damage to the PowerOutlets :• Use the power outlet only when

the engine is running and removethe accessory plug after use.Using the accessory plug for pro-longed periods of time with theengine off could cause the batteryto discharge.

• Only use 12V electric accessorieswhich are less than 180 W(Watt) inelectric capacity.

• Adjust the air-conditioner orheater to the lowest operatinglevel when using the power outlet.

• Close the cover when not in use.

NOTICE

NOTICE

i

For your safety, do not block yourview when using the sunvisor.

WARNING

OOS047062

OOS047063

Avoid electrical shocks. Do notplace your fingers or foreignobjects (pin, etc.) into a poweroutlet or touch the power outletwith a wet hand.

WARNING

3-133


3

• Some electronic devices cancause electronic interferencewhen plugged into a vehicle’spower outlet.These devices maycause excessive audio staticand malfunctions in other elec-tronic systems or devices usedin your vehicle.

• Push the plug in as far as it willgo. If good contact is not made,the plug may overheat and thefuse may open.

• Plug in battery equipped electrical/electronic devices with reversecurrent protection. The currentfrom the battery may flow into thevehicle's electrical/electronic sys-tem and cause system malfunc-tion.

Wireless cellular phone charg-ing system (if equipped)

There is a wireless cellular phonecharger inside the front console.The system is available when alldoors are closed, and when the igni-tion switch is in the ACC/ON position.

To charge a cellular phone The wireless cellular phone chargingsystem charges only the Qi-enabledcellular phones ( ). Read the labelon the cellular phone accessorycover or visit your cellular phonemanufacturer’s website to checkwhether your cellular phone supportsthe Qi technology.

The wireless charging process startswhen you put a Qi-enabled cellularphone on the wireless charging unit.

1. Remove other items, including thesmart key, from the wireless charg-ing unit. If not, the wireless charg-ing process may be interrupted.Place the cellular phone on thecenter of charging pad.

2. The indicator light is orange whenthe cellular phone is charging. Theindicator light turns green whenphone charging is complete.

3. You can turn ON or OFF the wire-less charging function in the UserSettings mode on the instrumentcluster. For further information, referto the “LCD Display Modes” in thischapter.

If your cellular phone is not charging:- Slightly change the position of the

cellular phone on the charging pad.- Make sure the indicator light is

orange.

OOS047064

3-134


The indicator light will blink orangefor 10 seconds if there is a malfunc-tion in the wireless charging system.In this case, temporarily stop thecharging process, and re-attempt towirelessly charge your cellular phoneagain.The system warns you with a mes-sage on the LCD display if the cellularphone is still on the wireless chargingunit after the engine is turned OFFand the front door is opened.

Information For some manufacturers' cellularphones, the system may not warn youeven though the cellular phone is lefton the wireless charging unit. This isdue to the particular characteristic ofthe cellular phone and not a malfunc-tion of the wireless charging.

• The wireless cellular phonecharging system may not sup-port certain cellular phones,which are not verified for the Qispecification ( ).

• When placing your cellularphone on the charging mat,position the phone in the middleof the mat for optimal chargingperformance. If your cell phoneis off to the side, the chargingrate may be less and in somecases the cell phone may experi-ence higher heat conduction.

• The wireless charging processmay temporarily stop, when tem-perature abnormally increasesinside the wireless cellularphone charging system. Stopthe charging cellular phone andwait until temperature falls to acertain level.

• The wireless charging processmay temporarily stop whenthere is any metallic item, suchas a coin, between the wirelesscellular phone charging systemand the cellular phone.

• The charging some cell phoneswith the case still applied, thewireless charging speed maydecrease and the wirelesscharging may stop.

• If the cell phone is not complete-ly contacting the charging pad,wireless charging may not oper-ate properly.

• Some magnetic items like creditcards, phone cards or rail ticketsmay be damaged if left with thecellular phone during the charg-ing process.

• When any cellular phone with-out a wireless charging functionor a metallic object is placed onthe charging pad, a small noisemay sound. This small sound isdue to the vehicle discerningcompatibility of the objectplaced on the charging pad. Itdoes not affect your vehicle orthe cellular phone in any way.

Information If the Engine Start/Stop button isOFF, the charging also stops.

i

NOTICE

i

3-135


3

Clock

Vehicles with Audio systemSelect the [SETUP/CLOCK ] button onthe audio system ➟ Select [Date/Time].• Set time: Set the time displayed on

the audio screen.• Time format: Choose between 12-

hour and 24-hour time formats.Vehicles with Navigation systemSelect the Settings menu on theNavigation system ➟ Select[Date/Time].• GPS time: Displays time according

to the received GNSS time.• 24-hour: Switches to 12 hour or 24

hour.For more details, please refer tothe separate manual that was sup-plied with your vehicle.

Clothes hanger (if equipped)

These hangers are not designed tohold large or heavy items.

Do not hang other objects suchas hangers or hard objectsexcept clothes. Also, do not putheavy, sharp or breakableobjects in the clothes pockets.In an accident or when the cur-tain air bag is inflated, it maycause vehicle damage or per-sonal injury.

WARNING

OOS047066

Do not adjust the clock whiledriving.You may lose your steer-ing control and cause severepersonal injury or accidents.

WARNING

OOS047065

3-136


Floor mat anchor(s) (if equipped)

ALWAYS use the Floor Mat Anchorsto attach the front floor mats to thevehicle. The anchors on the frontfloor carpet keep the floor mats fromsliding forward.

Luggage net (holder)

To keep items from shifting in the lug-gage compartment, you can use thefour holders located in the luggagecompartment, to attach the luggagenet.If necessary, we recommend that youcontact your authorized HYUNDAIdealer to obtain a luggage net.

The following must be observedwhen installing ANY floor matto the vehicle.• Ensure that the floor mats are

securely attached to the vehi-cle's floor mat anchor(s) beforedriving the vehicle.

• Do not use ANY floor mat thatcannot be firmly attached tothe vehicle's floor mat anchors.

• Do not stack floor mats on topof one another (e.g. all-weath-er rubber mat on top of a car-peted floor mat). Only a singlefloor mat should be installedin each position.

IMPORTANT - Your vehicle wasmanufactured with driver's sidefloor mat anchors that aredesigned to securely hold thefloor mat in place. To avoid anyinterference with pedal operation,HYUNDAI recommends that theHYUNDAI floor mat designed foruse in your vehicle be installed.

WARNING

OOS047068

OOS047067

3-137


3

Cargo area cover (if equipped)

Use the cover to hide items stored inthe cargo area.The cargo area cover will lift whenthe tailgate is opened.Disconnect the strap (1) from theholder if you want to return the coverto the original position.To remove thecargo area cover completely, lift thecover to a 50-degree angle and pull itout (2).

Since the cargo area cover may bedamaged or deformed, do not putluggage on it when it is being used.

NOTICE

• Do not place objects on thecargo area cover while driv-ing. Such objects may bethrown about inside the vehi-cle and possibly injure vehicleoccupants during an accidentor when braking.

• Never allow anyone to ride inthe luggage compartment. Itis designed for luggage only.

• Maintain balance of the vehi-cle and locate the weight asfar forward as possible.

WARNING

OOS047069

To avoid eye injury, DO NOToverstretch the luggage net.ALWAYS keep your face andbody out of the luggage net’srecoil path. DO NOT use the lug-gage net when the strap has vis-ible signs of wear or damage.

WARNING

To prevent damage to the goodsor the vehicle, care should betaken when carrying fragile orbulky objects in the luggagecompartment.

CAUTION

3-138

Roof rack (if equipped)

If the vehicle has a roof rack, you canload cargo on top of your vehicle.

If the vehicle is equipped with asunroof, be sure not to positioncargo onto the roof rack in such away that it could interfere withsunroof operation.

• When carrying cargo on the roofrack, take the necessary precau-tions to make sure the cargo doesnot damage the roof of the vehicle.

• When carrying large objects onthe roof rack, make sure they donot exceed the overall roof lengthor width.

NOTICE

NOTICE

EEXXTTEERRIIOORR FFEEAATTUURREESS


OOS047317• The following specification is

the maximum weight that canbe loaded onto the roof rack.Distribute the load as evenlyas possible onto the roof rackand secure the load firmly.

Loading cargo or luggage inexcess of the specified weightlimit on the roof rack maydamage your vehicle.

• The vehicle center of gravity willbe higher when items areloaded onto the roof rack.Avoid sudden starts, braking,sharp turns, abrupt maneuversor high speeds that may resultin loss of vehicle control orrollover resulting in an accident.

• Always drive slowly and turncorners carefully when carry-ing items on the roof rack.Severe wind updrafts, causedby passing vehicles or naturalcauses, can cause suddenupward pressure on itemsloaded on the roof rack. Thisis especially true when carry-ing large, flat items such aswood panels or mattresses.This could cause the items tofall off the roof rack and causedamage to your vehicle orothers around you.

• To prevent damage or loss ofcargo while driving, check fre-quently before or while drivingto make sure the items on theroof rack are securely fastened.

WARNING

ROOF 80 kg (176 lbs.)RACK EVENLY DISTRIBUTED

Multimedia System

Multimedia system.................................................4-2AUX, USB and iPod® port ...............................................4-2Antenna ...............................................................................4-2Steering wheel audio controls .......................................4-3Bluetooth® Wireless Technology hands-free ..........4-4Audio / Video / Navigation system (AVN) ..................4-4How vehicle radio works .................................................4-4

AUDIO (Without Touch Screen) ...........................4-7Feature of your audio......................................................4-8Radio...................................................................................4-13Media..................................................................................4-14Phone .................................................................................4-23Setup ..................................................................................4-31

Declaration of conformity ..................................4-33CE for EU ..........................................................................4-33NCC for Taiwan ................................................................4-34RoHS for Taiwan .............................................................4-35

4

4-2

Multimedia System

Information • If you install an aftermarket HID

headlamp, your vehicle’s audio andelectronic devices may malfunction.

• Prevent chemicals such as perfume,cosmetic oil, sun cream, hand clean-er, and air freshener from contactingthe interior parts because they maycause damage or discoloration.

AUX, USB and iPod® port You can use an AUX port to connectaudio devices and an USB port to plugin an USB and an iPod® port.

Information When using a portable audio deviceconnected to the power outlet, noisemay occur during playback. If thishappens, use the power source of theportable audio device.

❈ iPod® is a trademark of Apple Inc.

AntennaRoof antenna

The roof antenna receives transmit-ted data. (For example : AM/FM,DAB, GPS/GNSS)Rotate the roof antenna in a counter-clockwise direction to remove it.

Rotate it in a clockwise direction toreinstall it.

• Before entering a place with lowheight clearance or a car wash,remove the antenna by rotating itcounterclockwise. If not, theantenna may be damaged.

• When reinstalling your antenna,it is important that it is fullytightened and adjusted to theupright position to ensure prop-er reception.

• Do not clean the inside of therear window glass with a cleaneror use a scraper to remove for-eign deposits as this may causedamage to the antenna elements.

• Avoid adding metallic coatingssuch as Ni, Cd, and so on. Thesecan degrade the received AMand FM broadcast signals.

NOTICE

NOTICE

iiMMUULLTTIIMMEEDDIIAA SSYYSSTTEEMM

OOS047071

OOS047074

4-3

Multim

edia System

4

Steering wheel audio controls(if equipped)

The steering wheel audio controlswitches are installed for your conven-ience.

Do not operate audio remote con-trol buttons simultaneously.

VOLUME (VOL + / - ) (1)• Move the VOLUME toggle switch

up to increase volume.• Move the VOLUME toggle switch

down to decrease volume.

SEEK/PRESET ( / ) (2)If the SEEK/PRESET toggle switchis moved up or down and held for 0.8seconds or more, it will function inthe following modes.

RADIO mode

It will function as the AUTO SEEKselect switch. It will SEEK until yourelease the switch.

MEDIA mode

It will function as the FF/REW switch.

If the SEEK/PRESET toggle switchis moved up or down, it will functionin the following modes.

RADIO mode

It will function as the PRESET STA-TION UP/DOWN switch.MEDIA mode

It will function as the TRACK UP/DOWN switch.

MODE ( ) (3)Press the MODE button to selectRadio, Disc, or AUX.

MUTE ( ) (4) • Press the button to mute the

sound.• Press the button again to activate

the sound.

Information Detailed information for audio controlbuttons are described in the followingpages in this chapter.

i

NOTICE

OOS047072

OOS047073

■ Type A

■ Type B

Bluetooth® Wireless Technologyhands-free

You can use the phone wirelessly byusing the Bluetooth® WirelessTechnology.

(1) Call / Answer button(2) Call end button(3) Microphone

(RHD vehicle : Right side)

• Audio : For detailed information,refer to “AUDIO” in this chapter.

• AVN : Detailed information for theBluetooth® Wireless Technologyhands-free is described in the man-ual supplied separately.

Audio / Video / Navigation sys-tem (AVN) (if equipped)Detailed information for the AVN sys-tem is described in a separately sup-plied manual.

How vehicle radio worksFM reception

AM and FM radio signals are broad-cast from transmitter towers locatedaround your city. They are intercept-ed by the radio antenna on your vehi-cle. This signal is then received bythe radio and sent to your vehiclespeakers.When a strong radio signal hasreached your vehicle, the preciseengineering of your audio systemensures the best possible qualityreproduction. However, in somecases the signal coming to your vehi-cle may not be strong and clear.

OJF045308L

4-4

Multimedia System

OOS047075

OOS047076

This can be due to factors, such asthe distance from the radio station,closeness of other strong radio sta-tions or the presence of buildings,bridges or other large obstructions inthe area.

AM (MW, LW) reception

AM broadcasts can be received atgreater distances than FM broad-casts. This is because AM radiowaves are transmitted at low fre-quencies. These long, low frequencyradio waves can follow the curvatureof the earth rather than travellingstraight out into the atmosphere.

In addition, they curve aroundobstructions so that they can providebetter signal coverage.

FM radio station

FM broadcasts are transmitted athigh frequencies and do not bend tofollow the earth's surface. Becauseof this, FM broadcasts generallybegin to fade at short distances fromthe station. Also, FM signals are eas-ily affected by buildings, mountains,or other obstructions. These canresult in certain listening conditionswhich might lead you to believe aproblem exists with your radio.

The following conditions are normaland do not indicate radio trouble :

• Fading - As your vehicle movesaway from the radio station, thesignal will weaken and sound willbegin to fade. When this occurs,we suggest that you select anotherstronger station.

• Flutter/Static - Weak FM signals orlarge obstructions between thetransmitter and your radio can dis-turb the signal causing static orfluttering noises to occur. Reducingthe treble level may lessen thiseffect until the disturbance clears.

¢ ¢ ¢

JBM004

OJF045310L

OJF045309L

4-5

Multim

edia System

4

4-6

Multimedia System

• Station Swapping - As a FM signalweakens, another more powerfulsignal near the same frequencymay begin to play. This is becauseyour radio is designed to lock ontothe clearest signal. If this occurs,select another station with astronger signal.

• Multi-Path Cancellation - Radiosignals being received from sever-al directions can cause distortionor fluttering. This can be caused bya direct and reflected signal fromthe same station, or by signalsfrom two stations with close fre-quencies. If this occurs, selectanother station until the conditionhas passed.

Using a cellular phone or a two-way radio When a cellular phone is used insidethe vehicle, noise may be producedfrom the audio system. This does notmean that something is wrong with theaudio equipment. In such a case, usethe cellular phone at a place as far aspossible from the audio equipment.

When using a communicationsystem such as a cellular phoneor a radio set inside the vehicle, aseparate external antenna must befitted. When a cellular phone or aradio set is used with an internalantenna alone, it may interferewith the vehicle's electrical sys-tem and adversely affect safeoperation of the vehicle.

iPod®

iPod® is a registered trademark ofApple Inc.

Bluetooth® WirelessTechnologyThe Bluetooth® word mark and logosare registered trademarks owned byBluetooth SIG, Inc. and any use ofsuch marks by HYUNDAI is underlicense.Other trademarks and trade namesare those of their respective owners.

A Bluetooth® Wireless Technologyenabled cell phone isrequired to use Bluetooth® WirelessTechnology.

NOTICEOJF045311L

Do not use a cellular phonewhile driving. Stop at a safelocation to use a cellular phone.

WARNING

4-7

Multim

edia System

4

AAUUDDIIOO ((WWiitthhoouutt TToouucchh SSccrreeeenn))

J9G4H0000EE

(With Bluetooth® Wireless Technology)

4-8

Multimedia System

Feature of Your Audio

Head unit

❈The actual features in the vehiclemay differ from the illustration.

(1) SEEK/TRACK• Search for previous/next station in

DAB/FM* and AM radio mode.• Change the current song in media

mode.* with DAB (if equipped)

(2) RADIO• Start DAB/FM* and AM radio.* with DAB (if equipped)

(3) MEDIA• Select USB(iPod®), Bluetooth®(BT)

Audio or AUX.• Display the media menu when two

or more media are connected orwhen the [MEDIA] button is pressedin media mode.

(4) PHONE• Start Bluetooth® Phone mode.

(5) POWER/VOLUME knob • Turn to adjust the volume.• Press to turn the device on or off.

(6) RESET• Shutdown and restart the system.

4-9

Multim

edia System

4

(7) PRESET• Move to the previous/next preset

page in radio mode.

(8) SETUP/CLOCK• Access Display, Sound, Date/Time,

Bluetooth, System and Display Offsettings.

• Press and hold to set the date/time.

(9) MENU• Display additional menus available

on the current screen.

(10) BACK• Return to the previous screen.

(11) TUNE knob • Turn to navigate through the sta-

tions/songs list.• Press to select an item.

(12) [1] ~ [6] (Preset)• Save current station to presets.• Recall the saved station from pre-

sets in radio mode.• Select/launch the numeric menus

displayed on the screen.

4-10

Multimedia System

Steering wheel remote control

❈ The actual features in the vehiclemay differ from the illustration.

(1) MUTE• Mute the audio.• Mute the microphone during a call.

(2) MODE• Press the button to change the

mode in the following order: Radio➟ Media.

• Press and hold the button to turnoff. (if equipped)

(3) VOLUME• Press to adjust the volume.

(4) UP/DOWN• Press the button in radio mode to

search Presets.• Press and hold the button in radio

mode to search frequencies.• Press the button in media mode to

change the current song. (exceptAUX)

• Press and hold the button in mediamode to quick search throughsongs. (except Bluetooth®(BT)Audio and AUX)

(5) CALL• Pressing the button

- If not in Bluetooth® Handsfreemode or receiving a phone call.First press: Automatically displaythe most recently Dialled Callnumber.Second press: Dial the phonenumber entered.

- Press in the Incoming Call notifi-cation screen to accept thephone call.

- Press in Bluetooth® Handsfreemode to switch to the waitingcall.

• Pressing and holding the button(more than 1.0 seconds)- If not in Bluetooth® Handsfree

mode or receiving a phone call,the most recently Dialled Callnumber is dialled.

- Press in Bluetooth® Handsfreemode to transfer the call to yourcell phone.

- Press in cell phone mode toswitch to Bluetooth® Handsfreemode.

(6) END• Press in Bluetooth® Handsfree

mode to end the phone call.• Press in the incoming call screen

to reject the call.

4-11

Multim

edia System

4

• Do not stare at the screenwhile driving. Staring at thescreen for prolonged periodsof time could lead to trafficaccidents.

• Do not disassemble, assem-ble, or modify the audio sys-tem. Such acts could result inaccidents, fire, or electricshock.

• Using the phone while drivingmay lead to a lack of attentionof traffic conditions andincrease the likelihood ofaccidents. Use the phone fea-ture after parking the vehicle.

• Exercise caution not to spillwater or introduce foreignobjects into the device. Suchacts could lead to smoke, fire,or product malfunction.

WARNING • Please refrain from use if thescreen is blank or no soundcan be heard as these signsmay indicate product mal-function. Continued use insuch conditions could lead toaccidents (fires, electricshock) or product malfunc-tions.

• Do not touch the antenna dur-ing thunder or lightening assuch acts may lead to light-ning induced electric shock.

• Do not stop or park in park-ing-restricted areas to operatethe product. Such acts couldlead to traffic accidents.

• Use the system with the vehi-cle engine turned on.Prolonged use with the igni-tion turned on only couldresult in battery discharge.

Driving while distracted canresult in a loss of vehicle con-trol that may lead to an acci-dent, severe personal injury,and death. The driver’s primaryresponsibility is in the safe andlegal operation of a vehicle, anduse of any handheld devices,other equipment, or vehicle sys-tems which take the driver’seyes, attention and focus awayfrom the safe operation of avehicle or which are not permis-sible by law should never beused during operation of thevehicle.

WARNING

4-12

Multimedia System

• Operating the device while driv-ing could lead to accidents dueto a lack of attention to externalsurroundings. First park thevehicle before operating thedevice.

• Adjust the volume to levels thatallow the driver to hear soundsfrom outside of the vehicle.Driving in a state where externalsounds cannot be heard maylead to accidents.

• Pay attention to the volume set-ting when turning the device on.A sudden output of extreme vol-ume upon turning the device oncould lead to hearing impair-ment. (Adjust the volume to asuitable levels before turning offthe device.)

• Turn on the car engine beforeusing this device. Do not oper-ate the audio system for longperiods of time only with theignition turned on as such oper-ations may lead to battery dis-charge.

• Do not subject the device tosevere shock or impact. Directpressure onto the front side ofthe monitor may cause damageto the LCD.

• When cleaning the device, makesure to turn off the device anduse a dry and smooth cloth.Never use tough materials, chem-ical cloths, or solvents (alcohol,benzene, thinners, etc.). As suchmaterials may damage the devicepanel or cause color/quality dete-rioration.

• Do not place beverages close tothe audio system. Spilling bever-ages may lead to system mal-function.

• In case of product malfunction,please contact your place of pur-chase or After Service center.

• Placing the audio system withinan electromagnetic environmentmay result in noise interference.

• Prevent caustic solutions suchas perfume and cosmetic oilfrom contacting the dashboardbecause they may cause dam-age or discoloration.

Information on status iconsIcons showing audio status are shownin the upper-right corner of the screen.

NOTICE

Icon Description

Mute Mute engaged

BatteryRemaining battery life ofa connected Bluetooth®

device

Handsfree +Audio stream-ing connection

Bluetooth® Handsfreecall and audio streamingavailable

Handsfreeconnection

Bluetooth® Handsfreecall available

Bluetooth®

audio streamingBluetooth® audiostreaming available

Downloadingcontacts

Downloading contactsthrough Bluetooth® wire-less communications

Downloading call history

Downloading call historythrough Bluetooth® wire-less communications

Line busy Phone call in progress

Mute micMic muted during acall (caller cannothear your voice)

Phone signalstrength

Display the phone signalstrength for a cell phoneconnected by Bluetooth®

4-13

Multim

edia System

4

Radio

FM/AM (with RDS (if equipped))

Switching between FM and AM

• Press the [RADIO] button on theaudio system to switch betweenFM and AM.

Searching stations

Press the [SEEK/TRACK] button tosearch stations.

Presets

Save up to 36 frequently used sta-tions.1. Press and hold the desired slot

from 1 through 36. This saves thecurrent station in the selected slot.If the slot is empty, simply press-ing saves the station to the slot.

2. To save in slots numbered 7 orhigher, press the [PRESET] but-ton to move to the previous/nextpage and save.

To listen to a preset station, pressthe desired station in the list.

Menu

Press the [MENU] button, and selectthe desired function.• List: A list of all available stations in

the current location of the vehicle isdisplayed. Press the desired sta-tion.

• Traffic Announcement (TA): Enableor disable Traffic Announcements.

• Scan: All available stations areplayed for five seconds each.

• Sound Settings: Audio sound set-tings can be changed.

FM/AM (without RDS)

Switching between FM and AM

Press the [RADIO] button on theaudio system to switch between FMand AM.

Searching stations


4-14

Multimedia System

Presets





Menu


the current location of the vehicle isdisplayed. Press the desired sta-tion. Select [Refresh] to update thelist of available stations.

• Scan: All stations available in thecurrent location of the vehicle areplayed for five seconds each.


DAB/FM (with DAB)

Switching between DAB/FM and AM

• Press the [RADIO] button on theaudio system to switch betweenDAB/FM and AM.

Searching stations


Presets





Menu


the current location of the vehicle isdisplayed. Press the desired sta-tion.

• Traffic Announcement (TA): Enableor disable Traffic Announcements.

• Region : Enable or disable auto-matic switching between regionalstations.


• Scan: All available stations areplayed for five seconds each.

• Manual tune FM : Search for fre-quencies manually.

4-15

Multim

edia System

4

Media

Information - Using MP3Supported audio formats

File formats other than the for-mats above may not be recog-nized or playable. Informationsuch as filename may not be dis-played.

Range of supported compressed filetypes

1. Bitrate range (Kbps)

2. Sampling frequency (Hz)

• The sound quality of MP3/WMAcompressed and WAV files mayvary depending on the bitrate. (Ahigher bitrate can have bettersound quality.)

• The product only recognizes fileswith the MP3, WMA or WAV exten-sion. Files without one of theseextensions are not recognized.

3. Number of recognizable foldersand files

• Folders: 2,000 for USB• Files: 6,000 for USB• No recognition limit for folder hier-

archies

4. Character display range (Unicode)• Filenames: Up to 64 English char-

acters (64 Korean characters)• Foldernames: Up to 32 English

characters (32 Korean characters)

NOTICE

i

4-16

Multimedia System

The text scroll feature can be usedto display file and folder namesthat are too long to display on thescreen. (if equipped)

Languages supported (Unicode sup-port)

• Korean: 2,604 characters• English: 94 characters• Common Chinese characters:

4,888 characters• Special symbols: 986 characters

Japanese/Simplified Chinesecharacters are not supported.

Information- Using the USB Devices

• Starting the vehicle while a USBdevice is connected can damage thedevice. Please disconnect USBdevices before starting the vehicle.

• Starting the vehicle or stopping theengine while an external USB deviceis connected can result in failure ofthe external USB device to operate.

• Be cautious of static electricity whenconnecting/disconnecting externalUSB devices.

• An encrypted MP3 player is not rec-ognized when connected as an exter-nal device.

• External USB devices may not berecognized, depending on the stateof the external USB device.

• Only products with byte/sectors for-matted at 4 KB or lower are recog-nized.

• Only USB devices in FAT12/16/32format are recognized; NTFS andExFAT file systems are not recog-nized.

• Some USB devices are not recog-nized due to compatibility issues.

• Do not touch the USB connections.

• Connecting and disconnecting USBdevices rapidly over a short periodof time can cause equipment failure.

• Abnormal sounds may be audiblewhen the USB device is disconnect-ed.

• Turn the audio off before connectingor disconnecting external USBdevices.

• Recognition may take longerdepending on the type, capacity orfile format of the external USBdevice. This is not a product mal-function.

• Use of USB devices for purposesother than playing music files is pro-hibited.

• Image display and video playbackare not supported.

• Use of USB accessories, includingcharge and heat though the USB I/F,can lead to reduced product per-formance or malfunctions. Do notuse USB devices or accessories forthese purposes.

• Use of aftermarket USB hubs andextension cables can result in thevehicle’s audio system failing to rec-ognize your USB device. Connectthe USB device directly to the multi-media port of your vehicle.

• When using high-capacity USBdevices with logical drive divisions,only files saved on the highest levellogical drive can be played.

If applications are loaded on a USBdrive, file playback may fail.

i

NOTICE

NOTICE

4-17

Multim

edia System

4

• Some MP3 players, cell phones, dig-ital cameras, etc. (USB devices thatare not recognized as mobile stor-age) may not operate normallywhen connected.

• USB charging may not be supportedby some mobile devices.

• Operation is guaranteed only forstandard (Metal Cover Type) USBMemory drives.

• Operation of HDD, CF, SD andmemory stick devices is not guaran-teed.

• DRM (Digital Rights Management)files cannot be played.

• SD-type USB memory, CF-typeUSB memory, and other USB mem-ory devices that require adaptersfor connection are not supported.

• Proper operation of USB HDDs orUSB drives with connectors thatloosen due to vehicle vibrations isnot guaranteed. (iStick, etc.)

• USB products that areused as key chains orcell phone accessoriesmay damage the USBjack and affect properfile playback. Please refrain fromuse. Use only products with plugconnectors, as shown in the follow-ing illustration.

• When MP3 devices or cell phonesare connected simultaneouslythrough AUX, BT Audio and USBmodes, a popping noise or malfunc-tion may occur.

USB

(1) Repeat

Enable/disable repeat by pressingbutton [1].

(2) Shuffle

Enable/disable shuffle play by press-ing button [2].

(3) List

View a list of all songs by pressingbutton [3].

Playback

Press the [MEDIA] button, andselect [USB].• Connect a USB drive to the USB

port to automatically play files onthe USB drive.

4-18

Multimedia System

Changing songs

Press the [SEEK/TRACK] button toplay the previous or next song.Press and hold the [SEEK/TRACK]button to rewind or fast forward thecurrently playing song.Search songs by turning TUNEknob, and press the knob to play.

Selecting songs from a list

Select [List] to see a list of songsavailable for play.Select and play the desired song.

Repeat play

Select [Repeat] to enable or disable‘Repeat all’, ‘Repeat current song’,‘Repeat folder’ or ‘Repeat category’play.• Repeat all: Repeat all songs.• Repeat current song: The cur-

rently playing song is repeated.• Repeat folder: All songs in the

current folder are repeated.• Repeat category: Repeat all

songs in the current category.

InformationThe repeat folder function is availableonly when songs are playing from the[File] category under [List].

Shuffle play

Select [Shuffle] to enable or disable‘Shuffle’, ‘Shuffle folder’ or ‘Shufflecategory’ play.• Shuffle: Songs are played in

random order.• Shuffle folder: Songs within

the current folder are played in ran-dom order.

• Shuffle category: Songs withinthe current category are played inrandom order.

Menu

Press the [MENU] button, and selectthe desired function.• Information: Detailed information

on the song that is currently play-ing is displayed.


Information- Using the iPod® Devices

• To use the audio system’s iPod® con-trol function, use the dedicatedcable provided with your iPod®.

• Connecting the iPod® to the vehicleduring play may result in a loudnoise that lasts about one to two sec-onds. Connect the iPod® to the vehi-cle after stopping or pausing play.

• Connect the iPod® with the vehiclein the ACC ON state to begin charg-ing.

• When connecting the iPod® cable,be sure to fully push the cable intothe port.

• When EQ effects are enabled simul-taneously on external devices, suchas iPod®s and the audio system, theEQ effects may overlap, causingsound quality deterioration or dis-tortion. Deactivate the EQ functionfor all external devices, if possible.

• Noise may occur when your iPod®

or the AUX port is connected.Disconnect and store separatelywhen not in use.

ii

4-19

Multim

edia System

4

• There may be noise if the audio sys-tem is used with an iPod® or AUXexternal device connected to thepower jack. In these cases, discon-nect the iPod® or external devicefrom the power jack.

• Play may be interrupted, or devicemalfunctions may occur dependingon the characteristics of youriPod®/iPhone®.

• Play may fail if your iPhone® is con-nected through both Bluetooth® andUSB. In this case, select Dock con-nector or Bluetooth® on youriPhone® to change the sound outputsettings.

• If your software version does notsupport the communication proto-col or your iPod® is not recognizeddue to device failure, anomalies ordefects, iPod® mode cannot be used.

• iPod® nano (5th generation) devicesmay not be recognized if the batteryis low. Charge sufficiently beforeuse.

• The search and song play order inthe iPod® device may be differentfrom the search order in the audiosystem.

• If the iPod® has failed due to aninternal defect, please reset theiPod® (consult your iPod® manual).

• Depending on the software version,the iPod® may fail to sync with thesystem. If the media is removed ordisconnected before recognition, theprevious mode may not be restored(iPad® cannot be charged).

• Cables other than the 1-meter cableprovided with iPod®/iPhone® prod-ucts may not be recognized.

• When other music apps are used onyour iPod®, the system sync func-tion may fail due to malfunction ofthe iPod® application.

iPod®

(1) Repeat


(2) Shuffle


(3) List

View a list of all songs by pressingbutton [3].

4-20

Multimedia System

Playback

Connect your iPod® to the audioUSB port, press the [MEDIA] button,and select [iPod].

Changing songs

Press the [SEEK/TRACK] button toplay the previous or next song.Press and hold the [SEEK/TRACK]button to rewind or fast forward thecurrently playing song.Search songs by turning the TUNEknob, and press the knob to play.

Selecting songs from a list

Select [List] to see a list of songsavailable for play.Select and play the desired song.

Repeat play

Select [Repeat] to enable or disable‘Repeat category’, ‘Repeat currentsong’ play.• Repeat category: Repeat all

songs in the current category.• Repeat current song: The cur-

rently playing song is repeated.

Shuffle play

Select [Shuffle] to enable or disable‘Shuffle category’ play.• Shuffle category: Songs within

the current category are played inrandom order.

Menu

Press the [MENU] button, and selectthe desired function.• Information: Detailed info on the

currently playing song is displayed.• Sound Settings: Audio sound set-

tings can be changed.

When other music programs arerunning

When songs saved on your iPod®

are playing through a separate musicapp, the above screen is displayed.(1) Play/Pause: Pause or play music

by pressing button [1].(2) iPod files: Play music files saved

on your iPod® by pressing button[2].

(3) Sound Settings: Audio sound set-tings can be changed by pressingbutton [3].

4-21

Multim

edia System

4

Playing iPod files

Select [iPod files] to play songssaved on your iPod®.If there are no songs saved on youriPod®, the [iPod files] is disabled.

InformationOperation cannot be carried out cor-rectly due to iPod® application mal-function.

Information- Using Bluetooth® (BT) Audio

• Bluetooth® Audio mode can only beused if a Bluetooth®-enabled phoneis connected. Only devices that sup-port Bluetooth® audio can be used.

• If the Bluetooth®-enabled phone isdisconnected during play, the musicstops.

• When the TRACK UP/DOWN but-tons are used during Bluetooth®

audio streaming, a popping noise orsound interruptions may occur,depending on the cell phone device.

• Depending on the cell phone model,the audio streaming function maynot be supported.

• If a phone call is made or receivedwhen music is playing in Bluetooth®

Audio mode, the call may mix withthe music.

• When returning to Bluetooth®

Audio mode after ending a call, playmight not resume automatically forsome cell phone models.

• Bluetooth® Handsfree is a fea-ture that enables drivers to prac-tice safe driving. Connecting thecar audio system with aBluetooth® phone allows theuser to conveniently make calls,receive calls, and manage thephone book. Before using theBluetooth® Wireless Technology,carefully read the contents ofthis user’s manual.

• Excessive use or operationswhile driving may lead to negli-gent driving practices and bethe cause of accidents.

• Do not operate the device exces-sively while driving.

• Viewing the screen for pro-longed periods of time is dan-gerous and may lead to acci-dents.

• When driving, view the screenonly for short periods of time.

NOTICEi

i

4-22

Multimedia System

Bluetooth® (BT) Audio

(1) Repeat


(2) Shuffle


(3) Play/Pause

Pause or play music by pressing but-ton [3].

InformationSome cell phones may not support thisfunction.

Playback

Press the [MEDIA] button, andselect [BT Audio].

Changing songs

Press the [SEEK/TRACK] button toplay the previous or next song.

InformationSome cell phones may not support thisfunction.

Repeat play

Select [Repeat] to enable or disable‘Repeat all’, ‘Repeat current song’ or‘Repeat category’ play.• Repeat all: Repeat all songs.• Repeat current song: The cur-

rently playing song is repeated.• Repeat category: Repeat all

songs in the current category.

InformationThe repeat play function is engaged,depending on the operation of the con-nected Bluetooth® device.

Shuffle play

Select [Shuffle] to enable or disable‘Shuffle’, ‘Shuffle category’ play.• Shuffle: Songs are played in

random order.• Shuffle category: Songs within

the current category are played inrandom order.

InformationThe shuffle function is engaged,depending on the operation of the con-nected Bluetooth® device.

Menu

Press the [MENU] button, and selectthe desired function.• Connections: The currently con-

nected Bluetooth® device can bechanged.


i

i

i

i

4-23

Multim

edia System

4

AUX

Running AUX

Press the [MEDIA] button, andselect [AUX].• Connect the external device con-

nection jack to the AUX terminal torun AUX.

Menu

Press the [MENU] button and selectthe desired function.• Sound Settings: Audio sound set-

tings can be changed.

Phone

Information- Using Bluetooth® (BT) Phone

• Bluetooth® is a near-field wirelessnetworking technology that uses the2.4 GHz frequency to connect vari-ous devices within a certain distancewirelessly.

• The technology is used in PCs,peripherals, Bluetooth® phones,tablet PCs, household appliancesand automobiles. Devices support-ing Bluetooth® can exchange data athigh speeds without physical cableconnections.

• Bluetooth® Handsfree devicesenable convenient access to phonefunctions through cell phonesequipped with Bluetooth®.

• Some Bluetooth® devices may not besupported by the Bluetooth®

Handsfree function.

• When Bluetooth® is connected andcalls are attempted through a con-nected cell phone from outside thevehicle, the call is connectedthrough the Bluetooth® Handsfreefunction of the vehicle.

• Please be sure to disconnect theBluetooth® Handsfree functionthrough your Bluetooth® device orthe audio screen.

• The Bluetooth® Handsfree functionhelps drivers to drive safely. By con-necting a Bluetooth®-enabled phoneto the vehicle’s audio system, phonecalls can be made and receivedthrough the audio system and con-tacts can be managed. Consult theuser manual before use.

• Excessive manipulation of controlswhile driving, making it difficult topay attention to the road ahead, canlead to accidents. Do not operate thedevice excessively while driving.

• Looking at the screen for a pro-longed time increases the risk ofaccidents. Keep time spent lookingat the screen to a minimum.

i

4-24

Multimedia System

Precautions when connectingBluetooth® devices

• The vehicle supports the followingBluetooth® functions. SomeBluetooth® devices may not sup-port some functions.1) Bluetooth® Handsfree phone

calls2) Operations during a call

(Private, Switch, Mic Vol. con-trols)

3) Download call history saved tothe Bluetooth® device

4) Download contacts saved to theBluetooth® device

5) Automatic contacts/call historydownload when Bluetooth® isconnected

6) Automatic Bluetooth® deviceconnection when the vehicle isstarted

7) Bluetooth® audio streamingplayback

• Before connecting the audio sys-tem to your device, make sure yourdevice supports Bluetooth®.

• Even if your device supportsBluetooth®, a Bluetooth® connec-tion cannot be established if thedevice’s Bluetooth® function isswitched off. Search and connectwith the Bluetooth® functionenabled.

• Pair or connect Bluetooth® devicesto the audio system with the vehi-cle at a standstill.

• If a Bluetooth® connection is lostdue to abnormal conditions while aBluetooth® device is connected(communication range exceeded,device power OFF, communicationerrors, etc.), the disconnectedBluetooth® device is searched forand automatically reconnected.

• If you want to disable theBluetooth® device auto-connectfunction, turn the Bluetooth® func-tion OFF on your device. Consultthe user manuals for individualdevices to see whether Bluetooth®

is supported.• Handsfree call quality and volume

may vary depending on the type ofBluetooth® device.

• Some Bluetooth® devices are sub-ject to intermittent Bluetooth® con-nection failures. In this case, usethe following method.1) Turn the Bluetooth® function off

on your Bluetooth® device ➟Turn it on and try again.

2) Delete the paired device fromboth the audio system andBluetooth® device, then pairagain.

3) Power down your Bluetooth®

device ➟ Turn it on and tryagain.

4) Completely remove the batteryfrom your Bluetooth® device;reinsert it, reboot, and attemptconnection.

5) Restart the vehicle and reat-tempt connection.

4-25

Multim

edia System

4

Pairing a Bluetooth® deviceInformation on pairing Bluetooth®

devices

• Pairing refers to the process ofpairing Bluetooth® cell phones ordevices with the system prior toconnection. This is a necessaryprocedure for Bluetooth® connec-tion and usage.

• Up to five devices can be paired.• Pairing Bluetooth® device is not

allowed while vehicle is moving.

Pairing the first Bluetooth® device

Press the [PHONE] button on theaudio system or the [CALL] buttonon the steering wheel remote control➟ Search for the vehicle from theBluetooth® device, and pair ➟ Enterthe passkey on the Bluetooth®

device or approve passkey ➟Bluetooth® pairing completed.

1. When the [PHONE] button on theaudio or the [CALL] button on thesteering wheel remote control ispressed, the following screen isdisplayed. Devices can now bepaired.

(1) Vehicle name: Searched name inBluetooth® device.

InformationThe vehicle name in the image aboveis an example. Refer to your device forthe actual name of your device.

2. Search for available Bluetooth®

devices in the Bluetooth® menu ofyour Bluetooth® device (cellphone, etc.).

3. Confirm that the vehicle name inyour Bluetooth® device matchesthe vehicle name shown on theaudio screen, then select it.

4-1. For devices that require passkeyentry, a passkey entry screen isshown on your Bluetooth®

device.- Enter the passkey ‘0000’, in your

Bluetooth® device.4-2. For devices that require passkey

confirmation, the followingscreen is shown on the audiosystem. A 6-digit passkey inputscreen is shown in theBluetooth® device.

- After confirming that the 6-digitpasskey on the audio screenand the Bluetooth® device areidentical, select [OK] in yourBluetooth® device.

i

4-26

Multimedia System

InformationThe 6-digit passkey in the imageabove is an example. Refer to yourvehicle for the actual passkey.

Pairing a second Bluetooth® device

Press the [SETUP/CLOCK] buttonon the audio system ➟ Select[Bluetooth] ➟ Select [Connections]➟ Select [Add new device].

- The pairing procedure from thispoint is identical to [Pairing the firstBluetooth device].

Information• Bluetooth® standby mode lasts for

three minutes. If a device is notpaired within three minutes, pairingis canceled. Start over from thebeginning.

• For most Bluetooth® devices, a con-nection is established automaticallyafter pairing. Some devices, howev-er, require separate confirmationwhen connecting after pairing. Besure to check your Bluetooth®

device after pairing to confirm thatit has connected.

Connecting Bluetooth® devicesIf there are no connected devices

Press the [PHONE] button on theaudio system or the [CALL] button inthe steering wheel remote control ➟List of paired Bluetooth® devices ➟Select the desired Bluetooth® devicefrom the list ➟ Connect Bluetooth®.

ii

4-27

Multim

edia System

4

If there are connected devices

Press the [PHONE] button on theaudio system ➟ Select [Settings] ➟Select [Connections] ➟ SelectBluetooth® device to connect ➟ Select[Connect] ➟ Connect Bluetooth®.

Information• Only one Bluetooth® device can be

connected at a time.

• When a Bluetooth® device is con-nected, other devices cannot bepaired.

Accepting/rejecting phone callsReceiving phone calls withBluetooth® connected.

(1) Caller name: If the caller numberis in your contacts, the correspon-ding name is displayed.

(2) Incoming phone number: Incomingphone number is displayed.

(3) Accept: Accept call.(4) Reject: Reject call.

Information• When the incoming call screen is

displayed, audio mode and the set-tings screen cannot be shown. Onlycall volume control is supported.

• Some Bluetooth® devices may notsupport the call reject function.

• Some Bluetooth® devices may notsupport the phone number displayfunction.

i

i

4-28

Multimedia System

Operation during calls Incoming call with Bluetooth® con-nected ➟ Select [Accept].

(1) Dispaly Call duration: Call durationdisplay.

(2) Caller name: If the caller number isin your contacts, the correspondingname is displayed.

(3) Incoming phone number: Incomingphone number is displayed.

(4) Private: Call is transferred to a cellphone.

(5) End: End call.(6) Mute: Block outgoing voice.

Menu

Press the [MENU] button and selectthe desired function.• Switch: Switch between calls if

connected to two or more calls.• Microphone Volume (Outoing

Volume): Adjust outgoing voice vol-ume.

Information• Some Bluetooth® devices may not

support the Private function.

• The outgoing voice volume mayvary depending on the type ofBluetooth® device. If the outgoingvoice volume is too high or low,adjust the Microphone Volume(Outoing Volume).

• The Switch menu will only be dis-played if connected to two or morecalls.

FavouritesPress the [PHONE] button on theaudio system ➟ Select [Favourites] ➟Favourites list displayed.

(1) Add to favourites: Add a down-loaded phone number tofavourites.

(2) Favourites list: A list of pairedfavourite is displayedConnect a call when selected.

Menu

Press the [MENU] button, and selectthe desired function.• Delete: Delete a saved favourites.

i

4-29

Multim

edia System

4

Information• Up to 20 favourites can be saved for

each connected Bluetooth® device.

• Favourites can be accessed when theBluetooth® device they were pairedfrom is connected.

• The audio system does not down-load favourites from Bluetooth®

devices. Favourites must be newlysaved before use.

• To add to favourites, contacts mustbe downloaded first.

• Saved favourites are not updatedeven if the contacts of the connectedBluetooth® device are changed. Inthis case, favourites need to be delet-ed and added again.

Call historyPress the [PHONE] button on theaudio system ➟ Select [Call history]➟ Call history is displayed.

(1) Call history: Display the down-loaded call history list.Connect a call when selected.

(2) Call duration: Display the time thecall was connected.

Menu

Press the [MENU] button, and selectthe desired function.• All calls: Display all call histories.• Missed calls: Display missed calls.• Dialled calls: Display dialled calls.• Received calls: Display received

calls.• Download: Download call histories

from connected Bluetooth® devices.

Information• Up to 50 dialled, received and

missed calls are saved.

• When the latest call history isreceived, the existing call history isdeleted.

i

i

4-30

Multimedia System

ContactsPress the [PHONE] button on theaudio system ➟ Select [Contacts] ➟Select letter (ABC) ➟ Contacts aredisplayed.

(1) Contacts: Display downloadedcontacts.If one phone number is saved, thenumber will be dialled whenselected.If two or more phone numbers aresaved, a list of saved numbers willbe displayed when selected.

Menu

Press the [MENU] button, and selectthe desired function.• Download: Download contacts

from connected Bluetooth® devices.

Information• Only supported contacts format can

be downloaded and displayed fromthe Bluetooth device, contacts fromsome applications will not be included.

• Up to 2,000 contacts can be saved.

• In some cases, additional confirma-tion from your Bluetooth® device isnecessary when downloading con-tacts. If downloading of contactsunsuccessful, consult your Bluetooth®

device’s settings or the audio screen toapprove the download.

• Contacts without phone numbersare not displayed.

SettingsPress the [PHONE] button on theaudio ➟ Select [Settings].- For more details, refer to Setup ➟

Bluetooth page.

i

4-31

Multim

edia System

4

Setup

Setup is the screen to control Audiosystem settings.Press the [SETUP/CLOCK] buttonon the audio system.

Display Press the [SETUP/CLOCK] buttonon the audio system ➟ Select[Display].• Dimming mode(Mode): Brightness

is automatically adjusted accordingto the headlight use.

• Brightness(Illumination): The bright-ness of the audio screen can bechanged.

• Screensaver: Set the informationdisplayed when the audio systemis switched off or the screen isturned off.

• Text Scroll: If text is too long to bedisplayed on the screen, enablethe text scroll function. (ifequipped)

SoundPress the [SETUP/CLOCK] buttonon the audio system ➟ Select[Sound].• Position: Sound balance and fader

can be adjusted.• Equaliser(Tone): Sound tone color

can be adjusted.• Speed dependent volume control:

Automatically adjust volume basedon vehicle speed.

• Rear parking sensors prioritised(Back-up Warning Priority):Automatically lower audio volumewhile reversing.

Date/TimePress the [SETUP/CLOCK] buttonon the audio system ➟ Select[Date/Time].• Set time: Set the time displayed on

the audio screen.• Time format: Choose between 12-

hour and 24-hour time formats.• Set date: Set the date displayed on

the audio screen.

4-32

Multimedia System

BluetoothPress the [SETUP/CLOCK] button➟ Select [Bluetooth].• Connections: Control pairing, dele-

tion, connection and disconnectionof Bluetooth® devices.

• Auto connection priority: Set theconnection priority of Bluetooth®

devices when the vehicle is started.• Update contacts: Contacts can be

downloaded from connectedBluetooth® devices.

• Bluetooth voice guidance: Play ormute voice prompts for Bluetooth®

device pairing, connection anderrors.

Information• When paired devices are deleted,

the call history and contacts of thedevice saved to the audio system aredeleted.

• For Bluetooth® connections withlow connection priority, some timemay be required for the connectionto be established.

• Contacts can be downloaded onlyfrom the currently connectedBluetooth® device.

• If no Bluetooth® device is connected,the Download Contacts button isdisabled.

• If the language setting is Slovakianor Hungarian, Bluetooth voice guid-ance is not supported.

SystemPress the [SETUP/CLOCK] buttonon the audio system ➟ Select[System].• Language: Change the user lan-

guage.• Default: Reset the audio system.

InformationThe system resets to the default val-ues, and all saved data and settingsare lost.

Display OffTo prevent glare, the screen can beturned off with the audio system inoperation.Press the [SETUP/CLOCK] buttonon the audio system ➟ Select[Display Off].

InformationUse ‘Screensaver’ to set the informa-tion to be displayed when the screen isturned off.

i

i

i

4-33

Multim

edia System

4

DDeeccllaarraattiioonn ooff CCoonnffoorrmmiittyyCE for EU

4-34

Multimedia System

NCC for Taiwan

4-35

Multim

edia System

4

RoHS for Taiwan


Before driving.........................................................5-4Before entering the vehicle ...........................................5-4Before starting...................................................................5-4

Ignition switch ........................................................5-6Key ignition switch............................................................5-6Engine Start/Stop button..............................................5-10

Manual transmission............................................5-18Manual transmission operation ...................................5-18Good driving practices ...................................................5-20

Automatic transmission.......................................5-21Automatic transmission operation ..............................5-21Parking...............................................................................5-25Good driving practices ...................................................5-25

Dual clutch transmission.....................................5-27Dual clutch transmission operation ............................5-27Parking...............................................................................5-34Good driving practices ...................................................5-34

Braking system.....................................................5-36Power brakes ...................................................................5-36Disc brakes wear indicator ...........................................5-37Parking brake...................................................................5-37Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) ....................................5-39Electronic Stability Control (ESC)................................5-41Vehicle Stability Management......................................5-44Hill-Start Assist Control (HAC) ....................................5-45

Emergency Stop Signal (ESS) ......................................5-45Downhill Brake Control (DBC) ......................................5-46Good braking practices..................................................5-48

Four wheel drive (4WD)......................................5-494WD operation.................................................................5-50Emergency precautions.................................................5-53

ISG (Idle Stop and Go) system...........................5-55To activate the ISG system...........................................5-55To deactivate the ISG system ......................................5-58ISG system malfunction.................................................5-58The battery sensor deactivation.................................5-60

Drive mode integrated control system .............5-61Blind-spot collision warning (BCW) system ....5-63

BCW ....................................................................................5-64RCCW (Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning).........5-66Detecting sensor .............................................................5-68Limitations of the system .............................................5-69

Forward Collision-avoidance Assist (FCA)system-sensor fusion type (Front radar + Front camera) ............................5-71

System setting and activation......................................5-71FCA warning message and system control ..............5-73FCA sensor........................................................................5-75System malfunction........................................................5-77Limitations of the system .............................................5-78

5

5

Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) system ...................5-84LKA operation ..................................................................5-85Warning light and message ..........................................5-89Limitations of the System.............................................5-90LKA system function change.......................................5-91

Driver attention warning (DAW) system ..........5-92System setting and activation......................................5-92Resetting the system .....................................................5-93System standby ...............................................................5-94System malfunction........................................................5-94

Speed limit control system .................................5-96Speed Limit Control operation .....................................5-96

Cruise control .......................................................5-98Cruise Control operation ...............................................5-98

Special driving conditions.................................5-104Hazardous driving conditions ....................................5-104Rocking the vehicle ......................................................5-104Smooth cornering .........................................................5-105Driving at night..............................................................5-105Driving in the rain .........................................................5-105Driving in flooded areas..............................................5-106Highway driving.............................................................5-106Reducing the risk of a rollover .................................5-107

Winter driving.....................................................5-108Snow or icy conditions................................................5-108Winter Precautions.......................................................5-110

Trailer towing (for europe) ..............................5-112If you decide to pull a trailer?...................................5-113Trailer towing equipment ............................................5-116Driving with a trailer ....................................................5-117Maintenance when towing a trailer.........................5-120

Vehicle weight ....................................................5-121Overloading ....................................................................5-121

5-3


5

Carbon monoxide (CO) gas is toxic. Breathing CO can cause unconsciousness and death.Engine exhaust contains carbon monoxide which cannot be seen or smelled.

Do not inhale engine exhaust.If at any time you smell engine exhaust inside the vehicle, open the windows immediately. Exposure to CO can causeunconsciousness and death by asphyxiation.

Be sure the exhaust system does not leak.The exhaust system should be checked whenever the vehicle is raised to change the oil or for any other purpose. Ifyou hear a change in the sound of the exhaust or if you drive over something that strikes the underneath side of thevehicle, we recommend that the exhaust system be checked as soon as possible by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

Do not run the engine in an enclosed area.Letting the engine idle in your garage, even with the garage door open, is a hazardous practice. Run the engine onlylong enough to start the engine and to move the vehicle out of the garage.

Avoid idling the engine for prolonged periods with people inside the vehicle.If it is necessary to idle the engine for a prolonged period with people inside the vehicle, be sure to do so only in anopen area with the air intake set at "Fresh" and fan control set to high so fresh air is drawn into the interior.

Keep the air intakes clear.To assure proper operation of the ventilation system, keep the ventilation air intakes located in front of the windshieldclear of snow, ice, leaves, or other obstructions.

If you must drive with the tailgate open:Close all windows.Open instrument panel air vents.Set the air intake control at "Fresh", the air flow control at "Floor" or "Face", and the fan control set to high.

WARNING

5-4


Before entering the vehicle • Be sure all windows, outside mir-

ror(s), and outside lights are cleanand unobstructed.

• Remove frost, snow, or ice.• Visually check the tires for uneven

wear and damage.• Check under the vehicle for any

sign of leaks.• Be sure there are no obstacles

behind you if you intend to back up.

Before starting • Make sure the hood, the tailgate,

and the doors are securely closedand locked.

• Adjust the position of the seat andsteering wheel.

• Adjust the inside and outsiderearview mirrors.

• Verify all the lights work.• Fasten your seat belt. Check that

all passengers have fastened theirseat belt.

• Check the gauges and indicators inthe instrument panel and the mes-sages on the instrument displaywhen the ignition switch is in theON position.

• Check that any items you are car-rying are stored properly or fas-tened down securely.

BBEEFFOORREE DDRRIIVVIINNGG

To reduce the risk of SERIOUSINJURY or DEATH, take the fol-lowing precautions:• ALWAYS wear your seat belt.

All passengers must be prop-erly belted whenever the vehi-cle is moving. For more infor-mation, refer to "Seat Belts" inchapter 2.

• Always drive defensively.Assume other drivers or pedes-trians may be careless andmake mistakes.

• Stay focused on the task ofdriving. Driver distraction cancause accidents.

• Leave plenty of space betweenyou and the vehicle in front ofyou.

WARNING

5-5


5

NEVER drink or take drugs anddrive.Drinking or taking drugs anddriving is dangerous and mayresult in an accident and SERI-OUS INJURY or DEATH.Drunk driving is the numberone contributor to the highwaydeath toll each year. Even asmall amount of alcohol willaffect your reflexes, percep-tions and judgment. Just onedrink can reduce your ability torespond to changing conditionsand emergencies and your reac-tion time gets worse with eachadditional drink.Driving while under the influ-ence of drugs is as dangerousor more dangerous than drivingunder the influence of alcohol.

WARNING You are much more likely to havea serious accident if you drink ortake drugs and drive. If you aredrinking or taking drugs, don'tdrive. Do not ride with a driverwho has been drinking or takingdrugs. Choose a designated driv-er or call a taxi.

5-6


IIGGNNIITTIIOONN SSWWIITTCCHH Key ignition switch (if equipped)

Whenever the front door is opened,the ignition switch will illuminate, pro-vided the ignition switch is not in theON position. The light will go offimmediately when the ignition switchis turned on or go off after about 30seconds when the door is closed.(if equipped)

Never use aftermarket keyhole cov-ers.This may generate start-up fail-ure due to communication failure.

NOTICE

• NEVER turn the ignitionswitch to the LOCK or ACCposition while the vehicle is inmotion except in an emer-gency.

This will result in the engineturning off and loss of powerassist for the steering andbrake systems. This may leadto loss of directional controland braking function, whichcould cause an accident.

• Before leaving the driver'sseat, always make sure theshift lever is in 1st gear (formanual transmission vehicle)or P (Park, for dual clutchtransmission vehicle) posi-tion, apply the parking brake,and turn the ignition switch tothe LOCK position.Unexpected vehicle move-ment may occur if these pre-cautions are not followed.

WARNING

To reduce the risk of SERIOUSINJURY or DEATH, take the fol-lowing precautions:• NEVER allow children or any

person who is unfamiliar withthe vehicle to touch the igni-tion switch or related parts.Unexpected and sudden vehi-cle movement can occur.

• NEVER reach through thesteering wheel for the ignitionswitch, or any other control,while the vehicle is in motion.The presence of your hand orarm in this area may cause aloss of vehicle control result-ing in an accident.

WARNING

OAE056172L

LOCK

ACCON

START

5-7


5

Key ignition switch positions

SwitchPosition Action Notes

LOCK

To turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position, push the key in at the ACC position and turn the key towards the LOCK position.

The ignition key can be removed in the LOCK position.

The steering wheel locks to protect the vehicle from theft.(if equipped)

ACC

Some electrical accessories are usable.

The steering wheel unlocks.

If difficulty is experienced turning the ignitionswitch to the ACC position, turn the key whileturning the steering wheel right and left torelease.

ON

This is the normal key position when the engine has started.

All features and accessories are usable.

The warning lights can be checked when you turn the ignitionswitch from ACC to ON.

Do not leave the ignition switch in the ONposition when the engine is not running toprevent the battery from discharging.

STARTTo start the engine, turn the ignition switch to the START position.The switch returns to the ON position when you let go of the key.

The engine will crank until you release thekey.

5-8


Starting the engine Starting the gasoline engine

Vehicle with manual transmission:1. Make sure the parking brake is

applied.2. Make sure the shift lever is in neu-

tral.3. Depress the clutch and brake ped-

als.4. Turn the ignition switch to the

START position. Hold the key(maximum of 10 seconds) until theengine starts and release it.

Vehicle with dual clutch transmis-sion:1. Make sure the parking brake is

applied.2. Make sure the shift lever is in P

(Park).3. Depress the brake pedal.4. Turn the ignition switch to the

START position. Hold the key(maximum of 10 seconds) until theengine starts and release it.

Information• Do not wait for the engine to warm

up while the vehicle remains station-ary.

Start driving at moderate enginespeeds. (Steep accelerating anddecelerating should be avoided.)

• Always start the vehicle with yourfoot on the brake pedal. Do notdepress the accelerator while start-ing the vehicle. Do not race theengine while warming it up.

i

• Always wear appropriateshoes when operating yourvehicle. Unsuitable shoes,such as high heels, ski boots,sandals, flip-flops, etc., mayinterfere with your ability touse the brake, accelerator andclutch pedals.

• Do not start the vehicle with theaccelerator pedal depressed.The vehicle can move whichcan lead to an accident.

• Wait until the engine rpm isnormal. The vehicle may sud-denly move if the brake pedalis released when the rpm ishigh.

WARNING

5-9


Starting the diesel engine

To start the diesel engine when theengine is cold, it has to be pre-heatedand then it has to be warmed up,before starting to drive.Vehicle with manual transmission:1. Make sure the parking brake is


tral.3. Depress the clutch and brake ped-

als.4. Turn the ignition switch to the ON

position to pre-heat the engine.The glow indicator light ( ) willilluminate.

5. When the glow indicator light ( )goes out, turn the key ignitionswitch to the START position. Holdthe key (maximum of 10 seconds)until the engine starts and releaseit.

Vehicle with dual clutch transmis-sion:1. Make sure the parking brake is


(Park).3. Depress the brake pedal.4. Turn the ignition switch to the ON

position to pre-heat the engine.The glow indicator light ( ) willilluminate.

5. When the glow indicator light ( )goes out, turn the key ignitionswitch to the START position. Holdthe key (maximum of 10 seconds)until the engine starts and releaseit.

If the engine does not start within10 seconds after preheating iscompleted, turn the ignitionswitch once more to the LOCKposition and wait for 10 seconds.Then turn the ignition switch tothe ON position in order to pre-heat the engine again.

Starting and stopping the enginefor turbocharger intercooler

1. Do not race or accelerate theengine immediately after startingthe engine.If the engine is cold, idle for sever-al seconds before sufficient lubri-cation is ensured in the tur-bocharger.

2. After high speed or extended driv-ing that requires heavy engineload, idle the engine about 1minute before turning the engineoff.This idle time will allow the tur-bocharger to cool prior to shuttingthe engine off.

Do not turn off the engine immedi-ately after it has been subjected toa heavy load. Doing so may causesevere damage to the engine orturbocharger.

NOTICENOTICE

5

5-10


To prevent damage to the vehicle:• Do not hold the ignition key in

the START position for morethan 10 seconds. Wait 5 to 10seconds before trying again.

• Do not turn the ignition switch tothe START position with theengine running. It may damagethe starter.

• If traffic and road conditionspermit, you may put the shiftlever in the N (Neutral) positionwhile the vehicle is still movingand turn the ignition switch tothe START position in anattempt to restart the engine.

• Do not push or tow your vehicleto start the engine.

Engine Start/Stop button(if equipped)

Whenever the front door is opened,the Engine Start/Stop button will illu-minate and will go off 30 secondsafter the door is closed.

NOTICE

OOS057001

To turn the engine off in anemergency:Press and hold the Engine Start/Stop button for more than twoseconds OR Rapidly press andrelease the Engine Start/Stopbutton three times (within threeseconds).

If the vehicle is still moving, youcan restart the engine withoutdepressing the brake pedal bypressing the Engine Start/Stopbutton with the shift lever in theN (Neutral) position.

WARNING

• NEVER press the Engine Start/Stop button while the vehicle isin motion except in an emer-gency. This will result in theengine turning off and loss ofpower assist for the steeringand brake systems. This maylead to loss of directional con-trol and braking function,which could cause an accident.

• Before leaving the driver’sseat, always make sure theshift lever is in the P (Park)position, set the parkingbrake, press the Engine Start/Stop button to the OFF posi-tion, and take the Smart Keywith you. Unexpected vehiclemovement may occur if theseprecautions are not followed.

WARNING

5-11


5

Engine Stop/Start button positions - Vehicle with manual transmission

Button Position Action Notes

OFF To turn off the engine, stop the vehicle andthen press the Engine Start/Stop button.The steering wheel locks to protect the vehi-cle from theft. (if equipped)

If the steering wheel is not locked properlywhen you open the driver's door, the warningchime will sound.

ACC Press the Engine Start/Stop button whenthe button is in the OFF position withoutdepressing the clutch pedal.Some electrical accessories are usable.The steering wheel unlocks.

If you leave the Engine Start/Stop button inthe ACC position for more than one hour, thebattery power will turn off automatically toprevent the battery from discharging.If the steering wheel doesn't unlock properly,the Engine Start/Stop button will not work.Press the Engine Start/Stop button whileturning the steering wheel right and left torelease.

5-12


- Vehicle with manual transmission


ON Press the Engine Start/Stop button while itis in the ACC position without depressingthe clutch pedal.The warning lights can be checked beforethe engine is started.

Do not leave the Engine Start/Stop button inthe ON position when the engine is not run-ning to prevent the battery from discharging.

START To start the engine, depress the clutch andbrake pedals and press the Engine Start/Stop button with the shift lever in neutral.

If you press the Engine Start/Stop buttonwithout depressing the clutch pedal, theengine does not start and the EngineStart/Stop button changes as follows:OFF →→ ACC →→ ON →→ OFF or ACC

5-13


5

Engine Stop/Start button positions - Vehicle with dual clutch transmission


OFF To turn off the engine, press the EngineStart/Stop button with shift lever in P (Park).When you press the Engine Start/Stop but-ton without the shift lever in P (Park), theEngine Start/Stop button does not turn tothe OFF position, but turns to the ACC posi-tion.The steering wheel locks to protect the vehi-cle from theft. (if equipped)

If the steering wheel is not locked properlywhen you open the driver's door, the warningchime will sound.

ACC Press the Engine Start/Stop button whenthe button is in the OFF position withoutdepressing the brake pedal.Some electrical accessories are usable.The steering wheel unlocks.

If you leave the Engine Start/Stop button inthe ACC position for more than one hour, thebattery power will turn off automatically toprevent the battery from discharging.If the steering wheel doesn't unlock properly,the Engine Start/Stop button will not work.Press the Engine Start/Stop button whileturning the steering wheel right and left torelease tension.

5-14


- Vehicle with dual clutch transmission


ON Press the Engine Start/Stop button while itis in the ACC position without depressingthe brake pedal.The warning lights can be checked beforethe engine is started.

Do not leave the Engine Start/Stop button inthe ON position when the engine is not run-ning to prevent the battery from discharging.

START To start the engine, depress the brake pedaland press the Engine Start/Stop button withthe shift lever in the P (Park) or in the N(Neutral) position.For your safety, start the engine with theshift lever in the P (Park) position.

If you press the Engine Start/Stop buttonwithout depressing the brake pedal, theengine does not start and the EngineStart/Stop button changes as follows:OFF →→ ACC →→ ON →→ OFF or ACC

5-15


5

Starting the engine Information • The engine will start by pressing the

Engine Start/Stop button, only whenthe smart key is in the vehicle.

• Even if the smart key is in the vehi-cle, if it is far away from the driver,the engine may not start.

• When the Engine Start/Stop buttonis in the ACC or ON position, if anydoor is open, the system checks forthe smart key. If the smart key is notin the vehicle, the " " indicatorwill blink and the warning "Key notin vehicle" will come on, and if alldoors are closed, the chime will alsosound for about 5 seconds. Keep thesmart key in the vehicle when usingthe ACC position or if the vehicleengine is ON.

Starting the gasoline engine

Vehicle with manual transmission:1. Always carry the smart key with

you.2. Make sure the parking brake is

applied.3. Make sure the shift lever is in neutral.4. Depress the clutch and brake ped-

als.5. Press the Engine Start/Stop button.

Vehicle with dual clutch transmis-sion:1. Always carry the smart key with



(Park).4. Depress the brake pedal.5. Press the Engine Start/Stop button.

i

• Always wear appropriateshoes when operating yourvehicle. Unsuitable shoes,such as high heels, ski boots,sandals, flip-flops, etc., mayinterfere with your ability touse the brake, accelerator andclutch pedals.

• Do not start the vehicle with theaccelerator pedal depressed.The vehicle can move whichcan lead to an accident.

• Wait until the engine rpm isnormal. The vehicle may sud-denly move if the brake pedalis released when the rpm ishigh.

WARNING

5-16


Information • Do not wait for the engine to warm

up while the vehicle remains station-ary.

Start driving at moderate enginespeeds. Steep accelerating and decel-erating should be avoided.

• Always start the vehicle with yourfoot on the brake pedal. Do notdepress the accelerator while start-ing the vehicle. Do not race theengine while warming it up.

Starting the diesel engine

To start the diesel engine when theengine is cold, it has to be pre-heat-ed and then it has to be warmed up,before starting to drive.Vehicle with manual transmission:1. Always carry the smart key with



tral.4. Depress the clutch and brake

pedal.

5. Press the Engine Start/Stop but-ton.

6. Continue depressing the brakepedal until the glow indicator light( ) goes out.

7. When the glow indicator light ( )goes out, the engine will start.

Vehicle with dual clutch transmis-sion:1. Always carry the smart key with



(Park).4. Depress the brake pedal.5. Press the Engine Start/Stop but-

ton.6. Continue depressing the brake

pedal until the glow indicator light( ) goes out.

7. When the glow indicator light ( )goes out, the engine will start.

Information If the Engine Start/Stop button ispressed while the engine is pre-heat-ing, the engine may start.

Starting and stopping the enginefor turbocharger intercooler

1. Do not race or accelerate theengine immediately after startingthe engine.If the engine is cold, idle for sever-al seconds before sufficient lubrica-tion is ensured in the turbocharger.

2. After high speed or extended driv-ing that requires heavy engineload, idle the engine about 1minute before turning the engineoff. This idle time will allow the tur-bocharger to cool prior to shuttingthe engine off.

Do not turn off the engine immedi-ately after it has been subjected toa heavy load. Doing so may causesevere damage to the engine orturbocharger.

NOTICE

ii

5-17


To prevent damage to the vehicle:• If the engine stalls while you are

in motion, do not attempt tomove the shift lever to the P(Park) position.If traffic and road conditionspermit, you may put the shiftlever in the N (Neutral) positionwhile the vehicle is still movingand press the Engine Start/Stopbutton in an attempt to restartthe engine.

• Do not push or tow your vehicleto start the engine.

To prevent damage to the vehicle:Do not press the Engine Start/Stop button for more than 10 sec-onds except when the stop lampfuse is blown.When the stop lamp fuse is blown,you can't start the engine normal-ly. Replace the fuse with a newone. If you are not able to replacethe fuse, you can start the engineby pressing and holding theEngine Start/Stop button for 10seconds with the Engine Start/Stop button in the ACC position.For your safety always depress thebrake and/or clutch pedal beforestarting the engine.

Information If the smart key battery is weak or thesmart key does not work correctly,you can start the engine by pressingthe Engine Start/Stop button with thesmart key in the direction of the pic-ture above.

i

NOTICENOTICE

5

OOS057003

5-18


Manual transmission operation The manual transmission has 6 for-ward gears. The transmission is fullysynchronized in all forward gears soshifting to either a higher or a lowergear is easily accomplished.

To shift to R (Reverse), make surethe vehicle has completely stopped,and then move the shift lever to neu-tral before moving into R (Reverse).

When you've come to a completestop and it's hard to shift into 1st gearor R (Reverse):1. Put the shift lever in neutral and

release the clutch pedal.2. Depress the clutch pedal, and

then shift into first or R (Reverse)gear.

Information During cold weather, shifting may bedifficult until the transmission lubri-cant has warmed up.

Using the clutch The clutch pedal should bedepressed all the way to the floorbefore:- Starting the engine

The engine will not start withoutdepressing the clutch pedal.

- Shifting into gear, up shifting to thenext higher gear, or down shiftingto the next lower gear.

- Stopping the engineStop the vehicle safely anddepress the brake pedal and theclutch pedal. Then shift intoN(Neutral) gear and turn off theengine.

When releasing the clutch pedal,release it slowly. The clutch pedalshould always be released whiledriving.

iMMAANNUUAALL TTRRAANNSSMMIISSSSIIOONN ((IIFF EEQQUUIIPPPPEEDD))

Before leaving the driver's seat,always make sure the shift leveris in 1st gear when the vehicleis parked on a uphill and in R(Reverse) on a downhill, set theparking brake, and place theignition switch in the LOCK/OFFposition. Unexpected vehiclemovement may occur if theseprecautions are not followed.

WARNING

OOS057074L

The shift lever can be moved withoutpressing the button (1).

The button (1) must be pressed whilemoving the shift lever.

5-19


5

To prevent unnecessary wear ordamage to the clutch:• Do not rest your foot on the

clutch pedal while driving.• Do not hold the vehicle with the

clutch on an incline, while wait-ing for the traffic light, etc.

• Always depress the clutch pedaldown fully to prevent noise ordamage.

• Do not start with the 2nd (sec-ond) gear engaged except whenyou start on a slippery road.

• Do not drive with cargo loadedmore than required loadingcapacity.

• Make sure to depress the clutchpedal until the engine startscompletely. If you release theclutch pedal before the enginestarts completely, the enginemay stop.

DownshiftingDownshift when you must slow downin heavy traffic or drive up a steephill, to prevent engine load.Also, downshifting reduces thechance of stalling and helps to accel-erate when you need to increaseyour speed again.When the vehicle is going downhill,downshifting helps maintain safespeed by providing brake power fromthe engine and results in less wearon the brakes.

To prevent damage to the engine,clutch and transmission:• When downshifting from 5th

gear to 4th gear, be careful notto inadvertently push the shiftlever sideways engaging the 2ndgear. A drastic downshift maycause the engine speed toincrease to the point thetachometer will enter the red-zone.

• Do not downshift more than twogears at a time or downshift thegear when the engine is runningat high speed (5,000 RPM orhigher). Such a downshiftingmay damage the engine, clutchand the transmission.

NOTICENOTICE

• In case that there is notequipped with an ignition lockswitch, if starting engine inbelow conditions, the vehiclesuddenly may move.- the parking brake is

released.- the shift lever is not in

N(neutral) position.- clutch pedal is not

depressed fully.

WARNING

5-20


Good driving practices • Never take the vehicle out of gear

and coast down a hill. This isextremely dangerous.

• Don't "ride" the brakes. This cancause the brakes and related partsto overheat and malfunction.When you are driving down a longhill, slow down and shift to a lowergear. Engine braking will help slowdown the vehicle.

• Slow down before shifting to alower gear. This will help avoidover-revving the engine, which cancause damage.

• Slow down when you encountercross winds. This gives you muchbetter control of your vehicle.

• Be sure the vehicle is completelystopped before you shift into R(Reverse) to prevent damage tothe transmission.

• Exercise extreme caution whendriving on a slippery surface. Beespecially careful when braking,accelerating or shifting gears.

On a slippery surface, an abruptchange in vehicle speed can causethe drive wheels to lose tractionand may cause loss of vehicle con-trol resulting in an accident.

Do not use aggressive enginebraking (shifting from a highergear to a lower gear) on slip-pery roads. This could causethe tires to slip and may resultin an accident.

WARNING

To reduce the risk of SERIOUSINJURY or DEATH:• ALWAYS wear your seat belt.

In a collision, an unbeltedoccupant is significantly morelikely to be seriously injuredor killed than a properly belt-ed occupant.

• Avoid high speeds when cor-nering or turning.

WARNING

• Do not make quick steeringwheel movements, such assharp lane changes or fast,sharp turns.

• The risk of rollover is greatlyincreased if you lose controlof your vehicle at highwayspeeds.

• Loss of control often occurs iftwo or more wheels drop offthe roadway and the driverover steers to reenter theroadway.

• In the event your vehicleleaves the roadway, do notsteer sharply. Instead, slowdown before pulling back intothe travel lanes.

• HYUNDAI recommends youfollow all posted speed limits.

5-21


AAUUTTOOMMAATTIICC TTRRAANNSSMMIISSSSIIOONN ((IIFF EEQQUUIIPPPPEEDD))

5

The indicator in the instrument clus-ter displays the shift lever positionwhen the ignition switch is in the ONposition.

Move shift lever.

Press the shift button, then move shift lever.Depress the brake pedal, press the shift button, and then move shift lever.

OOS057004

Manual shiftmode

Shift lever

Automatic transmission operation The automatic transmission has six forward speeds and one reverse speed.The individual speeds are selected automatically in the D (Drive) position.

To reduce the risk of seriousinjury or death:• ALWAYS check the surround-

ing areas near your vehicle forpeople, especially children,before shifting a vehicle intoD (Drive) or R (Reverse).

• Before leaving the driver’sseat, always make sure theshift lever is in the P (Park)position, then set the parkingbrake, and place the ignitionswitch in the LOCK/OFF posi-tion. Unexpected and suddenvehicle movement can occurif these precautions are notfollowed.

• Do not use the engine brake(shifting from a high gear tolower gear) rapidly on slip-pery roads. The vehicle mayslip causing an accident.

WARNING

5-22

P (Park) Always come to a complete stopbefore shifting into P (Park).To shift from P (Park), you mustdepress firmly on the brake pedaland make sure your foot is off theaccelerator pedal.If you have done all of the aboveand still cannot shift the lever out ofP (Park), see "Shift-Lock Release"in this chapter.The shift lever must be in P (Park)before turning the engine off. R (Reverse)

Use this position to drive the vehiclebackward.

Always come to a complete stopbefore shifting into or out of R(Reverse); you may damage thetransmission if you shift into R(Reverse) while the vehicle is inmotion.

N (Neutral) The wheels and transmission are notengaged.Use N (Neutral) if you need to restarta stalled engine, or if it is necessaryto stop with the engine ON. Shift intoP (Park) if you need to leave yourvehicle for any reason.Always depress the brake pedalwhen you are shifting from N(Neutral) to another gear.

NOTICE


Do not shift into gear unlessyour foot is firmly on the brakepedal. Shifting into gear whenthe engine is running at highspeed can cause the vehicle tomove very rapidly. You couldlose control of the vehicle andhit people or objects.

WARNING

• Shifting into P (Park) while thevehicle is in motion maycause you to lose control ofthe vehicle.

• After the vehicle has stopped,always make sure the shiftlever is in P (Park), apply theparking brake, and turn theengine off.

• When parking on an incline,place the shift lever in P (Park)and apply the parking brake toprevent the vehicle fromrolling downhill.

• For safety, always engage theparking brake with the shiftlever in the P (Park) positionexcept for the case of emer-gency parking.

WARNING

5-23


D (Drive) This is the normal driving position.The transmission will automaticallyshift through a 6-gear sequence, pro-viding the best fuel economy andpower.For extra power when passing anoth-er vehicle or driving uphill, depressthe accelerator fully. The transmis-sion will automatically downshift tothe next lower gear (or gears, asappropriate).

Manual shift mode

Whether the vehicle is stationary orin motion, manual shift mode isselected by pushing the shift leverfrom the D (Drive) position into themanual gate. To return to D (Drive)range operation, push the shift leverback into the main gate.

In manual shift mode, moving theshift lever backwards and forwardswill allow you to select the desiredrange of gears for the current drivingconditions.+ (Up) : Push the lever forward once

to shift up one gear.- (Down) : Pull the lever backwards

once to shift down onegear.

Information • Only the six forward gears can be

selected. To reverse or park thevehicle, move the shift lever to the R(Reverse) or P (Park) position asrequired.

• Downshifts are made automaticallywhen the vehicle slows down. Whenthe vehicle stops, 1st gear is automat-ically selected.

• When the engine rpm approachesthe red zone the transmission willupshift automatically.

i

5OOS057069

++++ ((((UUUUPPPP))))

---- ((((DDDDOOOOWWWWNNNN))))

5-24

• If the driver presses the lever to + (Up) or - (Down) position, thetransmission may not make therequested gear change if the nextgear is outside of the allowableengine rpm range. The driver mustexecute upshifts in accordance withroad conditions, taking care to keepthe engine rpms below the red zone.

• When driving on a slippery road,push the shift lever forward into the+ (Up) position. This causes thetransmission to shift into the 2nd

gear which is better for smooth driv-ing on a slippery road. Push the shiftlever to the - (Down) side to shiftback to the 1st gear.

Shift-lock system For your safety, the automatic trans-mission has a shift-lock systemwhich prevents shifting the transmis-sion from P (Park) into R (Reverse)unless the brake pedal is depressed.To shift the transmission from P(Park) into R (Reverse):1. Depress and hold the brake pedal.2. Start the engine or place the igni-

tion switch in the ON position.3. Move the shift lever.

Shift-lock releaseIf the shift lever cannot be movedfrom the P (Park) position into R(Reverse) position with the brakepedal depressed, continue depress-ing the brake, and then do the follow-ing:

1. Place the ignition switch in theLOCK/OFF position.

2. Apply the parking brake.3. Carefully remove the cap (1) cov-

ering the shift-lock access hole.4. Insert a tool (e.g. flathead screw-

driver) into the access hole andpress down on the tool.

5. Move the shift lever while holdingdown the screwdriver.

6. Remove the tool from the shiftlockrelease access hole then installthe cap.

If you need to use the shift-lockrelease, we recommend that the sys-tem be inspected by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer immediately.


OOS057005L

5-25


Ignition key interlock system (if equipped) The ignition key cannot be removedunless the shift lever is in the P(Park) position.

ParkingAlways come to a complete stop andcontinue to depress the brake pedal.Move the shift lever into the P (Park)position, apply the parking brake,and place the ignition switch in theLOCK/OFF position. Take the Keywith you when exiting the vehicle.

Good driving practices • Never move the shift lever from P

(Park) or N (Neutral) to any otherposition with the accelerator pedaldepressed.

• Never move the shift lever into P(Park) when the vehicle is inmotion.Be sure the vehicle is completelystopped before you attempt to shiftinto R (Reverse) or D (Drive).

• Do not move the shift lever to N(Neutral) when driving. Doing somay result in an accident becauseof a loss of engine braking and thetransmission could be damaged.

• Do not drive with your foot restingon the brake pedal. Even light, butconsistent pedal pressure canresult in the brakes overheating,brake wear and possibly evenbrake failure.

• When driving in manual shift mode,slow down before shifting to alower gear. Otherwise, the lowergear may not be engaged if theengine rpms are outside of theallowable range.

5When you stay in the vehiclewith the engine running, becareful not to depress the accel-erator pedal for a long period oftime. The engine or exhaustsystem may overheat and starta fire.The exhaust gas and theexhaust system are very hot.Keep away from the exhaustsystem components.Do not stop or park over flam-mable materials, such as drygrass, paper or leaves. Theymay ignite and cause a fire.

WARNING

5-26

• Always apply the parking brakewhen leaving the vehicle. Do notdepend on placing the transmis-sion in P (Park) to keep the vehiclefrom moving.

• Exercise extreme caution whendriving on a slippery surface. Beespecially careful when braking,accelerating or shifting gears. On aslippery surface, an abrupt changein vehicle speed can cause thedrive wheels to lose traction andmay cause loss of vehicle controlresulting in an accident

• Optimum vehicle performance andeconomy is obtained by smoothlydepressing and releasing theaccelerator.

Information - KickdownMechanism (if equipped)

Use the kickdown mechanism formaximum acceleration. Depress theaccelerator pedal beyond the pressurepoint. The dual clutch transmissionwill shift to a lower gear depending onthe engine speed.

i




To reduce the risk of SERIOUSINJURY or DEATH:• ALWAYS wear your seatbelt.






WARNING

5-27


5

• The dual clutch transmission canbe thought of as an automaticallyshifting manual transmission. Itgives the driving feel of a manualtransmission, yet provides theease of a fully automatic transmis-sion.

• When D (Drive) is selected, thetransmission will automatically shiftthrough the gears similar to a con-ventional automatic transmission.Unlike a traditional automatictransmission, the gear shifting cansometimes be felt and heard as theactuators engage the clutches andthe gears are selected.

• The dual clutch transmission incor-porates a dry-type dual clutchmechanism, which allows for betteracceleration performance andincreased fuel efficiency while driv-ing. But it differs from a conven-tional automatic transmissionbecause it does not incorporate atorque converter. Instead, the tran-sition from one gear to the next ismanaged by clutch slip, especiallyat lower speeds.

DDUUAALL CCLLUUTTCCHH TTRRAANNSSMMIISSSSIIOONN ((IIFF EEQQUUIIPPPPEEDD))

OOS057004The shift lever can freely operate.

Depress the brake pedal and press the shift button while moving the shift lever.Press the shift button while moving the shift lever.

Dual clutch transmission operation The dual clutch transmission has seven forward speeds and one reversespeed. The individual speeds are selected automatically when the shift leveris in the D (Drive) position.

5-28


As a result, shifts are sometimesmore noticeable, and a light vibra-tion can be felt as the transmissionshaft speed is matched with theengine shaft speed. This is a nor-mal condition of the dual clutchtransmission.

• The dry-type clutch transferstorque more directly and providesa direct-drive feeling which mayfeel different from a conventionalautomatic transmission. This maybe more noticeable when launch-ing the vehicle from a stop or whentraveling at low, stop-and-go vehi-cle speeds.

• When rapidly accelerating from alower vehicle speed, the enginerpm may increase dramatically asa result of clutch slip as the dualclutch transmission selects the cor-rect gear. This is a normal condi-tion.

• When accelerating from a stop onan incline, press the acceleratorsmoothly and gradually to avoidany shudder feeling or jerkiness.

• When traveling at a lower vehiclespeed, if you release the accelera-tor pedal quickly, you may feelengine braking before the trans-mission changes gears. Thisengine braking feeling is similar tooperating a manual transmission atlow speed.

• When driving downhill, you maywish to move the gear shift lever toManual Shift mode and downshiftto a lower gear in order to controlyour speed without using the brakepedal excessively.

• When you turn the engine on andoff, you may hear clicking soundsas the system goes through a self-test. This is a normal sound for thedual clutch transmission.

• During the first 1,500 km (1000miles), you may feel that the vehi-cle may not be smooth when accel-erating at low speed. During thisbreak-in period, the shift qualityand performance of your new vehi-cle is continuously optimized.

To reduce the risk of seriousinjury or death:• ALWAYS check the surround-

ing areas near your vehicle forpeople, especially children,before shifting a vehicle intoD (Drive) or R (Reverse).

• Before leaving the driver'sseat, always make sure theshift lever is in the P (Park)position, then set the parkingbrake, and place the ignitionswitch in the LOCK/OFF posi-tion. Unexpected and suddenvehicle movement can occurif these precautions are notfollowed.

• Do not use aggressive enginebraking (shifting from a high-er gear to a lower gear) onslippery roads. This couldcause the tires to slip and mayresult in an accident.

WARNING

5-29


5

• Always come to a complete stopbefore shifting into D (Drive) orR (Reverse).

• Do not put the shift lever in N(Neutral) while driving.

DCT warning messagesThis warning message is displayedwhen vehicle is driven slowly on agrade and the vehicle detects thatthe brake pedal is not applied.

Steep grade

Driving up hills or on steep grades:• To hold the vehicle on an incline

use the foot brake or the parkingbrake.

• When in stop-and-go traffic on anincline, allow a gap to form aheadof you before moving the vehicleforward. Then hold the vehicle onthe incline with the foot brake.

• If the vehicle is held or creepingforward on an incline by applyingthe accelerator pedal, the clutchand transmission may overheatwhich can result in damage. At thistime, a warning message willappear on the LCD display.

• If the LCD warning is active, thefoot brake must be applied.

• Ignoring the warnings can lead todamage to the transmission.

NOTICE

OTLE055019

Due to transmission failure, youmay not continue to drive andthe position indicator and theposition indicator (D, P) on theinstrument cluster will blink. Werecommend that you contact anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer andhave the system checked.

WARNING

5-30


Transmission high temperature

• Under certain conditions, such asrepeated stop-and-go launches onsteep grades, sudden take off oracceleration, or other harsh drivingconditions, the transmission clutchtemperatures will increase exces-sively.

• When the clutch temperatures aretoo high, the "Transmission temp ishigh! Stop safely" warning messagewill appear on the LCD display, achime will sound, and the transmis-sion shifting may not be smooth.

• If this occurs, pull over to a safelocation, stop the vehicle with theengine running, apply the brakesand shift the vehicle to P (Park),and allow the transmission to cool.

• If you ignore this warning, the driv-ing condition may become worse.You may experience abrupt shifts,frequent shifts, or jerkiness.

• When the message "Trans cooled.Resume driving." appears you cancontinue to drive your vehicle.

• When possible, drive the vehiclesmoothly.

Transmission overheated

• If the vehicle continues to be drivenand the clutch temperatures reachthe maximum temperature limit, the"Trans Hot! Park with engine on"warning will be displayed. When thisoccurs the clutch is disabled until theclutch cools to normal temperatures.

• The warning will display a time towait for the transmission to cool.

• If this occurs, pull over to a safelocation, stop the vehicle with theengine running, apply the brakesand shift the vehicle to P (Park),and allow the transmission to cool.

• When the message "Trans cooled.Resume driving." appears you cancontinue to drive your vehicle.

OPD047470N OPD047471N/OPD047472N

5-31


5

• When possible, drive the vehiclesmoothly.

If any of the warning messages inthe LCD display continue to blink, foryour safety, we recommend that youcontact an authorized HYUNDAIdealer and have the system checked.

Transmission rangesThe indicator in the instrument clus-ter displays the shift lever positionwhen the ignition switch is in the ONposition.

P (Park)

Always come to a complete stopbefore shifting into P (Park).To shift from P (Park), you mustdepress firmly on the brake pedaland make sure your foot is off theaccelerator pedal.If you have done all of the aboveand still cannot shift the lever outof P (Park), see "Shift-LockRelease" in this chapter.The shift lever must be in P (Park)before turning the engine off. R (Reverse)

Use this position to drive the vehiclebackward.

Always come to a complete stopbefore shifting into or out of R(Reverse); you may damage thetransmission if you shift into R(Reverse) while the vehicle is inmotion.

NOTICE• Shifting into P (Park) while thevehicle is in motion maycause you to lose control ofthe vehicle.

• After the vehicle has stopped,always make sure the shiftlever is in P (Park), apply theparking brake, and turn theengine off.

• When parking on an incline,place the shift lever in P (Park)and apply the parking brake toprevent the vehicle fromrolling downhill.

• For safety, always engage theparking brake with the shiftlever in the P (Park) positionexcept for the case of emer-gency parking.

WARNING

5-32


N (Neutral)

The wheels and transmission are notengaged.Use N (Neutral) if you need to restarta stalled engine, or if it is necessaryto stop with the engine ON. Shift intoP (Park) if you need to leave yourvehicle for any reason.Always depress the brake pedalwhen you are shifting from N(Neutral) to another gear.

D (Drive)

This is the normal driving position.The transmission will automaticallyshift through a 7-gear sequence, pro-viding the best fuel economy andpower.For extra power when passing anoth-er vehicle or driving uphill, depressthe accelerator fully. The transmis-sion will automatically downshift tothe next lower gear (or gears, asappropriate).

Manual shift mode

Whether the vehicle is stationary orin motion, manual shift mode isselected by pushing the shift leverfrom the D (Drive) position into themanual gate. To return to D (Drive)range operation, push the shift leverback into the main gate.

In manual shift mode, moving theshift lever backwards and forwardswill allow you to make gearshifts rap-idly.Up (+) : Push the lever forward

once to shift up one gear.Down (-) : Pull the lever backwards

once to shift down onegear.

Information • Only the seven forward gears can be

selected in Manual Shift Mode. Toreverse or park the vehicle, movethe shift lever to the R (Reverse) orP (Park) position as required.

• Downshifts are made automaticallywhen the vehicle slows down. Whenthe vehicle stops, 1st gear is auto-matically selected.

• When the engine rpm approachesthe red zone the transmission willupshift automatically.

• If the driver presses the lever to + (Up) or - (Down) position, thetransmission may not make therequested gear change if the nextgear is outside of the allowableengine rpm range. The driver mustexecute upshifts in accordance withroad conditions, taking care to keepthe engine rpms below the red zone.

i

OOS057069

+ (UP)

- (DOWN)

5-33


5

Shift-lock system For your safety, the dual clutch trans-mission has a shift-lock systemwhich prevents shifting the transmis-sion from P (Park) into R (Reverse)unless the brake pedal is depressed.To shift the transmission from P(Park) into R (Reverse):1. Depress and hold the brake pedal.2. Start the engine or place the igni-

tion switch in the ON position.3. Move the shift lever.

Shift-lock releaseIf the shift lever cannot be movedfrom the P (Park) position into R(Reverse) position with the brakepedal depressed, continue depress-ing the brake, and then do the follow-ing:

1. Place the ignition switch in theLOCK/OFF position.

2. Apply the parking brake.3. Carefully remove the cap (1) cov-

ering the shift-lock access hole.4. Insert a tool (e.g. flathead screw-

driver) into the access hole andpress down on the tool.

5. Move the shift lever while holdingdown the screwdriver.

6. Remove the tool from the shiftlockrelease access hole then installthe cap.

7. Depress the brake pedal, and thenrestart the engine.

OOS057005L

5-34


If you need to use the shift-lockrelease, we recommend that the sys-tem be inspected by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer immediately.

Ignition key interlock system (if equipped)The ignition key cannot be removedunless the shift lever is in the P(Park) position.

ParkingAlways come to a complete stop andcontinue to depress the brake pedal.Move the shift lever into the P (Park)position, apply the parking brake,and place the ignition switch in theLOCK/OFF position. Take the Keywith you when exiting the vehicle.

Good driving practices • Never move the shift lever from P

(Park) or N (Neutral) to any otherposition with the accelerator pedaldepressed.

• Never move the shift lever into P(Park) when the vehicle is inmotion.Be sure the vehicle is completelystopped before you attempt to shiftinto R (Reverse) or D (Drive).

• Do not move the shift lever to N(Neutral) when driving. Doing somay result in an accident becauseof a loss of engine braking and thetransmission could be damaged.

• Do not drive with your foot restingon the brake pedal. Even light, butconsistent pedal pressure canresult in the brakes overheating,brake wear and possibly evenbrake failure.

• When driving in manual shift mode,slow down before shifting to alower gear. Otherwise, the lowergear may not be engaged if theengine rpms are outside of theallowable range.

When you stay in the vehiclewith the engine running, becareful not to depress the accel-erator pedal for a long period oftime. The engine or exhaustsystem may overheat and starta fire.The exhaust gas and theexhaust system are very hot.Keep away from the exhaustsystem components.Do not stop or park over flam-mable materials, such as drygrass, paper or leaves. Theymay ignite and cause a fire.

WARNING

5-35


5

• Always apply the parking brakewhen leaving the vehicle. Do notdepend on placing the transmis-sion in P (Park) to keep the vehiclefrom moving.

• Exercise extreme caution whendriving on a slippery surface. Beespecially careful when braking,accelerating or shifting gears. On aslippery surface, an abrupt changein vehicle speed can cause thedrive wheels to lose traction andmay cause loss of vehicle controlresulting in an accident.

• Optimum vehicle performance andeconomy is obtained by smoothlydepressing and releasing theaccelerator.

Information - KickdownMechanism (if equipped)

Use the kickdown mechanism formaximum acceleration. Depress theaccelerator pedal beyond the pressurepoint. The dual clutch transmissionwill shift to a lower gear depending onthe engine speed.

i

To reduce the risk of SERIOUSINJURY or DEATH:• ALWAYS wear your seat belt.






WARNING • In the event your vehicleleaves the roadway, do notsteer sharply. Instead, slowdown before pulling back intothe travel lanes.


5-36


Power brakes Your vehicle has power-assistedbrakes that adjust automaticallythrough normal usage.If the engine is not running or isturned off while driving, the powerassist for the brakes will not work.You can still stop your vehicle byapplying greater force to the brakepedal than typical. The stopping dis-tance, however, will be longer thanwith power brakes.When the engine is not running, thereserve brake power is partiallydepleted each time the brake pedalis applied. Do not pump the brakepedal when the power assist hasbeen interrupted.Pump the brake pedal only whennecessary to maintain steering con-trol on slippery surfaces.

BBRRAAKKIINNGG SSYYSSTTEEMM

Take the following precautions:• Do not drive with your foot

resting on the brake pedal.This will create abnormal highbrake temperatures, exces-sive brake lining and padwear, and increased stoppingdistances.

• When descending a long orsteep hill, shift to a lower gearand avoid continuous applica-tion of the brakes. Applyingthe brakes continuously willcause the brakes to overheatand could result in a tempo-rary loss of braking perform-ance.

• Wet brakes may impair thevehicle's ability to safely slowdown; the vehicle may alsopull to one side when thebrakes are applied. Applyingthe brakes lightly will indicatewhether they have beenaffected in this way. Alwaystest your brakes in this fash-ion after driving through deepwater. To dry the brakes, light-ly tap the brake pedal to heatup the brakes while maintain-ing a safe forward speed untilbrake performance returns tonormal. Avoid driving at highspeeds until the brakes func-tion correctly.

WARNING

5-37


5

Disc brakes wear indicator When your brake pads are worn andnew pads are required, you will heara high pitched warning sound fromyour front or rear brakes. You mayhear this sound come and go or itmay occur whenever you depressthe brake pedal.Note that some driving conditions orclimates may cause a brake squealwhen you first apply (or lightly apply)the brakes. This is normal and doesnot indicate a problem with yourbrakes.

To avoid costly brake repairs, donot continue to drive with wornbrake pads.

Information Always replace brake pads as com-plete front or rear axle sets.

Parking brake

Always set the parking brake beforeleaving the vehicle, to apply:Firmly depress the brake pedal.Pull up the parking brake lever as faras possible.

To release:Firmly depress the brake pedal.Slightly pull up the parking brakelever.While pressing the release button(1), lower the parking brake (2).

If the parking brake does not releaseor does not release all the way, werecommend that the system bechecked by an authorized HYUNDAIdealer.

i

NOTICE

To reduce the risk of SERIOUSINJURY or DEATH, do not oper-ate the parking brake while thevehicle is moving except in anemergency situation. It coulddamage the brake system andlead to an accident.

WARNING

OOS057010

OOS057011

5-38


• Do not apply the acceleratorpedal while the parking brake isengaged. If you depress theaccelerator pedal with the park-ing brake engaged, a warningwill sound. Damage to the park-ing brake may occur.

• Driving with the parking brake oncan overheat the braking systemand cause premature wear ordamage to brake parts. Make surethe parking brake is released andthe Brake Warning Light is offbefore driving.

Check the ParkingBrake Warning Lightby placing the ignitionswitch to the ON posi-tion (do not start theengine).

This light will be illuminated when theparking brake is applied with the igni-tion switch in the START or ON posi-tion.Before driving, be sure the parkingbrake is released and the BrakeWarning Light is OFF.If the Parking Brake Warning Lightremains on after the parking brake isreleased while the engine is running,there may be a malfunction in thebrake system. Immediate attention isnecessary.If at all possible, cease driving thevehicle immediately. If that is not pos-sible, use extreme caution whileoperating the vehicle and only con-tinue to drive the vehicle until youcan reach a safe location.

NOTICE

• Whenever leaving the vehicleor parking, always come to acomplete stop and continueto depress the brake pedal.Move the shift lever into the1st gear (for manual transmis-sion vehicle) or P (Park, fordual clutch transmission vehi-cle) position, then apply theparking brake, and place theignition switch in theLOCK/OFF position.Vehicles with the parkingbrake not fully engaged are atrisk of moving inadvertentlyand causing injury to yourselfor others.

• When parking on an incline,block the wheels to preventthe vehicle from rolling down.

• NEVER allow anyone who isunfamiliar with the vehicle totouch the parking brake. If theparking brake is releasedunintentionally, serious injurymay occur.

• Only release the parkingbrake when you are seatedinside the vehicle with yourfoot firmly on the brake pedal.

WARNING

5-39


5

Anti-lock Brake System (ABS)

ABS is an electronic braking systemthat helps to prevent a braking skid.ABS allows the driver to steer andbrake at the same time.

Using ABS To obtain the maximum benefit fromyour ABS in an emergency situation,do not attempt to modulate yourbrake pressure and do not try topump your brakes. Depress yourbrake pedal as hard as possible.When you apply your brakes underconditions which may lock thewheels, you may hear sounds fromthe brakes, or feel a correspondingsensation in the brake pedal. This isnormal and it means your ABS isactive.ABS does not reduce the time or dis-tance it takes to stop the vehicle.Always maintain a safe distance fromthe vehicle in front of you.ABS will not prevent a skid thatresults from sudden changes indirection, such as trying to take acorner too fast or making a suddenlane change. Always drive at a safespeed depending on the road andweather conditions.

An Anti-Lock Braking System(ABS) or an Electronic StabilityControl (ESC) system will notprevent accidents due toimproper or dangerous drivingmaneuvers. Even though vehi-cle control is improved duringemergency braking, alwaysmaintain a safe distancebetween you and objects aheadof you. Vehicle speeds shouldalways be reduced duringextreme road conditions. Thebraking distance for vehiclesequipped with ABS or ESC maybe longer than for those withoutthese systems in the followingroad conditions.Drive your vehicle at reducedspeeds during the followingconditions:• Rough, gravel or snow-cov-

ered roads.

WARNING

• On roads where the road sur-face is pitted or has differentsurface height.

• Tire chains are installed onyour vehicle. Drive your vehi-cle at reduced speeds duringthe above conditions.

The safety features of an ABSor ESC equipped vehicle shouldnot be tested by high speeddriving or cornering. This couldendanger the safety of yourselfor others.

5-40


ABS cannot prevent a loss of stabili-ty. Always steer moderately whenbraking hard. Severe or sharp steer-ing wheel movement can still causeyour vehicle to veer into oncomingtraffic or off the road.On loose or uneven road surfaces,operation of the anti-lock brake sys-tem may result in a longer stoppingdistance than for vehicles equippedwith a conventional brake system.The ABS warning light ( ) will stayon for several seconds after theIgnition switch is placed in the ONposition. During that time, the ABSwill go through self-diagnosis and thelight will go off if everything is nor-mal. If the light stays on, you mayhave a problem with your ABS. Werecommend that you contact anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer as soonas possible.

When you drive on a road havingpoor traction, such as an icy road,and apply your brakes continu-ously, the ABS will be active con-tinuously and the ABS warninglight ( ) may illuminate. Pullyour vehicle over to a safe placeand turn the engine off.Restart the engine. If the ABSwarning light is off, then your ABSsystem is normal.Otherwise, you may have a prob-lem with your ABS system. Werecommend that you contact anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer assoon as possible.

Information When you jump start your vehiclebecause of a drained battery, the ABSwarning light ( ) may turn on at thesame time. This happens because ofthe low battery voltage. It does notmean your ABS is malfunctioning.Have the battery recharged beforedriving the vehicle.

i

NOTICE

If the ABS warning light ( ) ison and stays on, you may havea problem with the ABS. Yourpower brakes will work normal-ly. To reduce the risk of seriousinjury or death, we recommendthat you contact your HYUNDAIdealer as soon as possible.

WARNING

5-41


5

Electronic Stability Control(ESC) (if equipped)

The Electronic Stability Control(ESC) system helps to stabilize thevehicle during cornering maneuvers.ESC checks where you are steeringand where the vehicle is actuallygoing. ESC applies braking pressureto any one of the vehicle's brakesand intervenes in the engine man-agement system to assist the driverwith keeping the vehicle on theintended path. It is not a substitutefor safe driving practices. Alwaysadjust your speed and driving to theroad conditions.

ESC operation ESC ON condition

When the ignition switch is in the ONposition, the ESC and the ESC OFFindicator lights illuminate for approxi-mately three seconds and goes off,then the ESC is turned on.

When operating

When the ESC is in opera-tion, the ESC indicator lightblinks:

• When you apply your brakes underconditions which may lock thewheels, you may hear sounds fromthe brakes, or feel a correspondingsensation in the brake pedal.This isnormal and it means your ESC isactive.

OOS057012

Never drive too fast for the roadconditions or too quickly whencornering. The ESC system willnot prevent accidents.Excessive speed in turns, abruptmaneuvers, and hydroplaningon wet surfaces can result insevere accidents.

WARNING

5-42


• When the ESC activates, theengine may not respond to theaccelerator as it does under routineconditions.

• If the Cruise Control was in usewhen the ESC activates, the CruiseControl automatically disengages.The Cruise Control can be reen-gaged when the road conditionsallow. See "Cruise Control System"later in this chapter. (if equipped)

• When moving out of the mud ordriving on a slippery road, theengine rpm (revolutions per minute)may not increase even if you pressthe accelerator pedal deeply.This isto maintain the stability and tractionof the vehicle and does not indicatea problem.

ESC OFF condition

To cancel ESC operation :

• State 1Press the ESC OFF button briefly.The ESC OFF indicator light andmessage "Traction Control disabled"will illuminate. In this state, the trac-tion control function of ESC (enginemanagement) is disabled, but thebrake control function of ESC (brak-ing management) still operates.

• State 2Press and hold the ESC OFF buttoncontinuously for more than 3 sec-onds. The ESC OFF indicator lightand message "Traction & StabilityControl disabled" illuminates and awarning chime sounds. In this state,both the traction control function ofESC (engine management) and thebrake control function of ESC (brak-ing management) are disabled.If the ignition switch is placed in theLOCK/OFF position when ESC is off,ESC remains off. Upon restarting thevehicle, the ESC will automaticallyturn on again.

Indicator lights

When the ignition switch is in the ONposition, the ESC indicator light illu-minates, then goes off if the ESCsystem is operating normally.The ESC indicator light blinks when-ever the ESC is operating.If the ESC indicator light stays on,your vehicle may have a malfunctionwith the ESC system. When thiswarning light illuminates we recom-mend that the vehicle be checked byan authorized HYUNDAI dealer assoon as possible.

■ ESC indicator light (blinks)

■ ESC OFF indicator light (comes on)

5-43


5

The ESC OFF indicator light comeson when the ESC is turned off withthe button.

Driving with wheels and tires withdifferent sizes may cause the ESCsystem to malfunction. Beforereplacing tires, make sure all fourtires and wheels are the samesize. Never drive the vehicle withdifferent sized wheels and tiresinstalled.

ESC OFF usage When Driving

The ESC OFF mode should only beused briefly to help free the vehicle ifstuck in snow or mud, by temporarilystopping operation of the ESC, tomaintain wheel torque.To turn ESC off while driving, pressthe ESC OFF button while driving ona flat road surface.

To prevent damage to the trans-mission:• Do not allow wheel(s) of one

axle to spin excessively whilethe ESC, ABS, and parking brakewarning lights are displayed.The repairs would not be cov-ered by the vehicle warranty.Reduce engine power and donot spin the wheel(s) excessive-ly while these lights are dis-played.

• When operating the vehicle on adynamometer, make sure theESC is turned off (ESC OFF lightilluminated).

Information Turning the ESC off does not affectABS or standard brake system opera-tion.

i

NOTICE

NOTICE

When the ESC is blinking, thisindicates the ESC is active:Drive slowly and NEVER attemptto accelerate. NEVER turn theESC off while the ESC indicatorlight is blinking or you may losecontrol of the vehicle resulting inan accident.

WARNING

5-44


Vehicle Stability Management(if equipped) The Vehicle Stability Management(VSM) is a function of the ElectronicStability Control (ESC) system. Ithelps ensure the vehicle stays stablewhen accelerating or braking sud-denly on wet, slippery and roughroads where traction over the fourtires can suddenly become uneven.

VSM operationVSM ON condition

The VSM operates when:• The Electronic Stability Control

(ESC) is on.• Vehicle speed is approximately

above 15 km/h (9 mph) on curveroads.

• Vehicle speed is approximatelyabove 20 km/h (12 mph) when thevehicle is braking on rough roads.

When operating

When you apply your brakes underconditions which may activate theESC, you may hear sounds from thebrakes, or feel a corresponding sen-sation in the brake pedal. This is nor-mal and it means your VSM is active.

Information The VSM does not operate when:

• Driving on a banked road such asgradient or incline.

• Driving in reverse.

• The ESC OFF indicator light is on.

• The EPS (Electric power steering)warning light ( ) is on or blinks.

i

Take the following precautionswhen using the Vehicle StabilityManagement (VSM):• ALWAYS check the speed and

the distance to the vehicleahead. The VSM is not a sub-stitute for safe driving prac-tices.

• Never drive too fast for theroad conditions. The VSM sys-tem will not prevent accidents.Excessive speed in badweather, on slippery anduneven roads can result insevere accidents.

WARNING

5-45


5Driving with wheels and tires withdifferent sizes may cause the VSMsystem to malfunction. Beforereplacing tires, make sure all fourtires and wheels are the samesize. Never drive the vehicle withdifferent sized tires and wheelsinstalled.

Hill-Start Assist Control (HAC)(if equipped) The Hill-Start Assist Control (HAC)helps prevent the vehicle from rollingbackwards when starting a vehiclefrom a stop on a hill. The systemoperates the brakes automatically forapproximately 2 seconds and releas-es the brake after 2 seconds or whenthe accelerator pedal is depressed.

Information • The HAC does not operate when the

shift lever is in P (Park) or N(Neutral).

• The HAC activates even when theESC (Electronic Stability Control) isoff. However, it does not activate,when the ESC does not operate nor-mally.

Emergency Stop Signal (ESS)(if equipped)The Emergency Stop Signal systemalerts the driver behind by blinkingthe stop lights, while sharply andseverely braking.The system is activated when:• The vehicle suddenly stops. (The

deceleration power exceeds 7 m/s2,and the driving speed exceeds 55km/h (34 mph).)

• The ABS is activated and the driv-ing speed exceeds 55 km/h (34mph).

The hazard warning flasher automat-ically turns ON after blinking the stoplights:• When the driving speed is under

40 km/h (25 mph), • When the ABS is deactivated, and • When the sudden braking situation

is over.

i

NOTICE

If the ESC indicator light ( ) orEPS warning light ( ) staysilluminated or blinks, your vehi-cle may have a malfunction withthe VSM system. When thewarning light illuminates werecommend that the vehicle bechecked by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer as soon aspossible.

WARNING

Always be ready to depress theaccelerator pedal when startingoff on a incline. The HAC acti-vates only for approximately 2seconds.

WARNING

5-46


The hazard warning flasher turnsOFF:• When the vehicle drives at a low

speed for a certain period of time.The driver can manually turn OFF thehazard warning flasher by pressingthe button.

Information The Emergency Stop Signal (ESS) sys-tem will not activate, when the hazardwarning flashers are already on.

Downhill Brake Control (DBC)(if equipped)

The Downhill Brake Control (DBC)supports the driver come down asteep hill without depressing thebrake pedal.It slows down the vehicle under 8km/h (5 mph) (for dual clutch trans-mission vehicles) or 8 km/h (5 mph)(for manual transaxle vehicles) andlets the driver concentrate on steer-ing the vehicle.

• The DBC defaults to the OFFposition whenever the ignitionswitch is placed in the ON posi-tion.

• Noise or vibration may occurfrom the brakes when the DBC isactivated.

• The rear stop light comes onwhen DBC is activated.

NOTICE

i

OOS057058

Always turn off the DBC on nor-mal roads. The DBC might acti-vate inadvertently from thestandby mode when drivingthrough speed bumps or mak-ing sharp curves.

WARNING

5-47


5

DBC operation

• The DBC may not deactivate onsteep inclines even though thebrake or accelerator pedal isdepressed.

• Do not turn on the DBC whendriving with shift lever in 3rdgear (and above) for vehicleswith manual transmission. Theengine may stop if the DBC sys-tem is activated.

• The DBC does not operate when:- The shift lever is in P (Park).- The ESC is activated.

NOTICE

Standby

Press the DBC button when vehicle speed is under40km/h (25mph). The DBC system will turn ON andenter the standby mode.

The system does not turn ON if vehicle speed is over40km/h (25mph).

In the standby mode, if vehicle speed is under 35km/h(22mph) while driving down a steep hill, the DBC willactivate automatically.

In the activated mode, the DBC will temporarily deacti-vate under the following conditions:• The hill is not steep enough.• The brake pedal or accelerator pedal is depressed.If the above conditions are gone, the DBC will automat-ically activate again.

The DBC will turn OFF under the following conditions:

• The DBC button is pressed again.

• Vehicle speed is over 60km/h (38mph).

Activated

Temporarilydeactivated

OFF

Mode Indicator light Description

blinks

illuminated

not illuminated

illuminated

If the DBC red indicator lightilluminates, the system mayhave overheated or have mal-functioned. When the warninglight illuminates even thoughthe DBC system has cooled off,we recommend that the vehiclebe checked by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer as soon aspossible.

WARNING

5-48


Good braking practices Wet brakes can be dangerous! Thebrakes may get wet if the vehicle isdriven through standing water or if itis washed. Your vehicle will not stopas quickly if the brakes are wet. Wetbrakes may cause the vehicle to pullto one side.To dry the brakes, apply the brakeslightly until the braking action returnsto normal, taking care to keep thevehicle under control at all times. Ifthe braking action does not return tonormal, stop as soon as it is safe todo so. We recommend that you callan authorized HYUNDAI dealer forassistance.DO NOT drive with your foot restingon the brake pedal. Even light, butconstant pedal pressure can result inthe brakes overheating, brake wear,and possibly even brake failure.

If a tire goes flat while you are driv-ing, apply the brakes gently andkeep the vehicle pointed straightahead while you slow down. Whenyou are moving slowly enough for itto be safe to do so, pull off the roadand stop in a safe location.Keep your foot firmly on the brakepedal when the vehicle is stopped toprevent the vehicle from rolling for-ward.

Whenever leaving the vehicle orparking, always come to a com-plete stop and continue todepress the brake pedal. Movethe shift lever into the P (Park)position, then apply the parkingbrake, and place the ignitionswitch in the LOCK/OFF posi-tion.Vehicles parked with the park-ing brake not applied or notfully engaged may roll inadver-tently and may cause injury tothe driver and others. ALWAYSapply the parking brake beforeexiting the vehicle.

WARNING

5-49


5The Four Wheel Drive (4WD)System delivers engine power to allfront and rear wheels for maximumtraction. 4WD is useful when extratraction is required on slippery,muddy, wet, or snow-covered roads.Occasional off-road use such asestablished unpaved roads and trailsare OK. It is always important thatthe driver carefully reduces thespeed to a level that does not exceedthe safe operating speed for thoseconditions.

• Do not drive in water if the levelis higher than the bottom of thevehicle.

• Check your brake conditiononce you are out of mud orwater. Depress the brake pedalseveral times as you move slow-ly until you feel normal brakingreturn.

• Shorten your scheduled mainte-nance interval if you drive in off-road conditions such as sand,mud or water (see "MaintenanceUnder Severe Usage Conditions"in chapter 7).

• Always wash your vehicle thor-oughly after off road use, espe-cially the bottom of the vehicle.

• Be sure to equip the vehicle withfour tires of the same size andtype.

• Make sure that a full time 4WDvehicle is towed by a flat bedtow truck.

NOTICE

FFOOUURR WWHHEEEELL DDRRIIVVEE ((44WWDD)) ((IIFF EEQQUUIIPPPPEEDD))

OOS057057

To reduce the risk of SERIOUSINJURY or DEATH:• Do not drive in conditions that

exceed the vehicles intendeddesign such as challengingoff-road conditions.



• The risk of a rollover is great-ly increased if you lose con-trol of your vehicle at highwayspeeds.



WARNING

5-50


4WD operation

• This mode is used for climbing or descending sharp grades,off-road driving, driving on sandy and muddy roads, etc., tomaximize traction.

• This mode automatically begins to deactivate at speedsabove 30 km/h (19 mph) and is shifted to 4WD AUTO modeat speed above 40 km/h (25 mph). If the vehicle deceleratesto speeds below 30 km/h (19 mph), however, the transfermode is shifted into 4WD LOCK mode again.

4WD AUTO (4WD LOCK is

deactivated)

(not illuminated)

Transfer mode Selection button Indicator light Description

In the 4WD AUTO mode, under normal operating conditions,the vehicle operates similar to conventional 2WD vehicles. If thesystem determines there is a need for four wheel drive, theengine’s driving power is distributed to all four wheels automat-ically.

Use this mode when driving on normal roads.

4WD LOCK

(illuminated)

Four Wheel Drive (4WD) mode selection

If 4WD warning light ( ) stays on the instrument cluster, your vehicle may have a malfunction with the4WD system. When the 4WD warning light ( ) illuminates we recommend that the vehicle be checked byan authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible.

WARNING

5-51


5

When the 4WD LOCK mode isdeactivated, a sensation may befelt as the driving power is deliv-ered entirely to the front wheels.

For safe 4WD operationBefore driving

• Make sure all passengers arewearing seat belts.

• Sit upright and closer to the steer-ing wheel than usual. Adjust thesteering wheel to a position com-fortable for you to drive.

Driving on snow-covered or icyroads

• Start off slowly by applying theaccelerator pedal gently.

• Use snow tires or tire chains.• Keep sufficient distance between

your vehicle and the vehicle in frontof you.

• Use engine braking during deceler-ation.

• Avoid speeding, rapid acceleration,sudden brake applications, andsharp turns to prevent skids.

Driving in sand or mud

• Maintain slow and constant speed.• Use tire chains driving in mud if

necessary.• Keep sufficient distance between

your vehicle and the vehicle in frontof you.

• Reduce vehicle speed and alwayscheck the road condition.

• Avoid speeding, rapid acceleration,sudden brake applications, andsharp turns to prevent gettingstuck.

NOTICE

When driving on normal roads,deactivate the 4WD LOCK modeby pushing the 4WD LOCK but-ton (4WD LOCK indicator lightgoes off). Driving on normalroads with the 4WD LOCKmode, especially, when corner-ing may cause mechanicalnoise or vibration. The noiseand vibration will disappearwhen the 4WD LOCK mode isdeactivated. Prolonged drivingwith the noise and vibrationmay damage some parts of thepower train.

CAUTION

When the vehicle is stuck insnow, sand or mud, place a non-slip material under the drivewheels to provide traction ORslowly spin the wheels in for-ward and reverse directionswhich causes a rocking motionthat may free the vehicle.However, avoid running theengine continuously at highrpm, doing so may damage the4WD system.

CAUTION

5-52


Driving up or down hills

• Driving uphill - Before starting off, check if it is

possible to drive uphill.- Drive as straight as possible.

• Driving downhill - Do not change gear while driving

downhill. Select gear before driv-ing downhill.

- Drive slowly using engine brakingwhile driving downhill.

- Drive straight as possible.

Driving through water

• Try to avoid driving in deep stand-ing water. It may stall your engineand clog your exhaust pipes.

• If you need to drive in water, stopyour vehicle, set the vehicle in4WD LOCK mode and drive under8 km/h (5mph).

• Do not change gear while driving inwater.

OLMB053017

Exercise extreme caution driv-ing up or down steep hills. Thevehicle may flip depending onthe grade, terrain and water/mud conditions.

WARNING

OLMB053018

Do not drive across the contourof steep hills. A slight change inthe wheel angle can destabilizethe vehicle, or a stable vehiclemay lose stability if the vehiclestops its forward motion. Yourvehicle may roll over and lead toa serious injury or death.

WARNING

Always drive slowly in water. Ifyou drive too fast, water mayget into the engine compart-ment and wet the ignition sys-tem causing your vehicle tosuddenly stop.

CAUTION

5-53


5

Additional driving conditions

• Become familiar with the off-roadconditions before driving.

• Always pay attention when drivingoff-road and avoid dangerousareas.

• Drive slowly when driving in heavywind.

• Reduce vehicle speed when cor-nering. The center of gravity of4WD vehicles is higher than con-ventional 2WD vehicles, makingthem more likely to roll over whenyou rapidly turn corners.

• Always hold the steering wheelfirmly when you are driving off-road.

Emergency precautionsTiresDo not use tire and wheel with differ-ent size and type from the one origi-nally installed on your vehicle. It canaffect the safety and performance ofyour vehicle, which could lead tosteering failure or rollover causingserious injury.When replacing the tires, be sure toequip all four tires with the tire andwheel of the same size, type, tread,brand and load-carrying capacity. Ifyou equip your vehicle with anytire/wheel combination not recom-mended by HYUNDAI for off-roaddriving, you should not use thesetires for highway driving.

OOS057075L

Do not grab the inside of thesteering wheel when you aredriving off-road. You may hurtyour arm by a sudden steeringmaneuver or from steeringwheel rebound due to an impactwith objects on the ground. Youcould lose control of the steer-ing wheel which may lead toserious injury or death.

WARNING

Never start or run the enginewhile a full-time 4WD vehicle israised on a jack.The vehicle canslip or roll off of a jack causingserious injury or death to you orthose nearby.

WARNING

5-54


Towing 4WD vehicles must be towed with awheel lift and dollies or flatbed equip-ment with all the wheels off theground. For more information, referto "Towing" in chapter 6.

Dynamometer testingA full-time 4WD vehicle must be test-ed on a special four wheel chassisdynamometer.

A full-time 4WD vehicle should notbe tested on a 2WD roll tester. If a2WD roll tester must be used, per-form the following procedure:1.Check the tire pressures recom-

mended for your vehicle.2.Place the front wheels on the roll

tester for a speedometer test asshown in the illustration.

3.Release the parking brake.4.Place the rear wheels on the tem-

porary free roller as shown in theillustration.

OOS057009Roll Tester (Speedometer)

Temporary Free Roller

• Never engage the parkingbrake while performing thetest.

• When the vehicle is lifted up,do not operate the front andrear wheel separately. All fourwheels should be operated.

CAUTION

Keep away from the front of thevehicle while the vehicle is ingear on the dynamometer. Thevehicle can jump forward andcause serious injury or death.

WARNING

5-55


5

The ISG system is to reduce the fuelconsumption by automatically shut-ting down the engine, when the vehi-cle is at a standstill (i.e. red stop light,stop sign, and traffic jam).The engine is automatically startedupon satisfying the starting condi-tions.The ISG system is always active,when the engine is running.

Information When the engine is automaticallystarted by the ISG system, some warn-ing lights (i.e. ABS, ESC, ESC OFF,EPS, and parking brake warninglight) may illuminate for a few sec-onds due to the low battery voltage.However, it does not indicate a mal-function with the ISG system.

To activate the ISG systemPrerequisite for activation The ISG system operates in the fol-lowing situations.- The driver's seatbelt is fastened.- The driver's door and the hood are

closed.- The brake vacuum pressure is

adequate.- The battery is sufficiently charged.- The outside temperature is between

-20 °C and 35 °C (-4 °F and 95 °F).- The engine coolant temperature is

not too low.- The system is not in the diagnostic

mode.- The steering wheel is not steered

excessively. (for dual clutch trans-mission vehicle)

- The vehicle is driven on a steepincline. (for dual clutch transmis-sion vehicle)

Information

• The ISG system is not activated,when the prerequisites to activatethe ISG system are unsatisfied. Inthis case, the ISG OFF button indi-cator illuminates, and the auto stopindicator ( ) illuminates in yellowon the instrument cluster.

• When the above indicator remainsilluminated on the instrument clus-ter, we recommend that you havethe ISG system checked by anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer.

i

i

IISSGG ((IIDDLLEE SSTTOOPP AANNDD GGOO)) SSYYSSTTEEMM ((IIFF EEQQUUIIPPPPEEDD))

OOS058013L/OOS057013

■ Gasoline engine ■ Diesel engine

5-56


Auto stop

To stop the engine in idle stop mode

Manual transmission vehicle1. Decrease the vehicle speed to 5

km/h (3 mph).

2. Set the gear in N (Neutral).3. Release the clutch pedal.The auto stop indicator ( ) illumi-nates in green on the instrumentcluster, when the engine stops.

Information The driving speed must reach at least10 km/h (6 mph) after an idle stop tostop the engine in idle stop modeagain.

Dual clutch transmission vehicle1. Decrease the vehicle speed to 0

km/h.2. Depress the brake pedal with the

shift lever in D (Drive) or N(Neutral).

The auto stop indicator ( ) illumi-nates in green on the instrumentcluster, when the engine stops.

Information The driving speed must reach at least8 km/h (5 mph) after an idle stop tostop the engine in idle stop modeagain.

In auto stop mode, when the driveropens the hood, the ISG system willbe deactivated.When the system is deactivated:

The ISG OFF button indicator illumi-nates.

i

i

OOS057059L

OOS057088L

■ Gasoline engine

OOS057014

■ Diesel engine

5-57


5The message, "Auto Stop deactivat-ed. Start manually", appears on theLCD display with a beep sound.

At this time, restart the vehicle man-ually by:Manual transmission vehicleDepressing the clutch and brakepedal with the gear in neutral.

Dual clutch transmission vehicleDepressing the brake pedal with theshift lever in P (Park) or N (Neutral).But for your safety, restart the vehiclein the P (Park) position.

Auto startTo restart the engine in the autostop mode

Manual transmission vehicle• Depress the clutch pedal with the

gear in N (Neutral).The auto stop indicator ( ) goesOFF on the instrument cluster, whenthe engine is restarted.

Dual clutch transmission vehicle• Release the brake pedal.• When Auto Hold is activated, if you

release the brake pedal, theengine will be in the auto stopstate. However, if you depress theaccelerator pedal, the engine willstart again.

The auto stop indicator ( ) goesOFF on the instrument cluster, whenthe engine is restarted.

The engine is automatically restart-ed in the following situations.

- The fan speed of the manual cli-mate control system is set abovethe 3rd position, with the air condi-tion ON.

- The fan speed of the automatic cli-mate control system is set abovethe 6th position, with the air condi-tion ON.

- A certain period of time haselapsed with the air condition ON.

- The defroster is activated.- The brake vacuum pressure is low.- The battery is weak.- The driving speed exceeds 5 km/h

(3 mph). (for manual transmissionvehicle)

- The driving speed exceeds 2 km/h(1.2 mph). (for dual clutch trans-mission vehicle)

- The vehicle is shifted to P (Park) orR (Reverse) when the brake pedalis depressed.

OTLE055036

5-58


- The door is opened or seat belt isunfastened when the brake pedalis depressed.

The auto stop indicator ( ) blinksin green for 5 seconds on the instru-ment cluster and a message "AutoStart" will appear on the LCD display.

The auto start is temporarily deac-tivated in the following situations.

Manual transmission vehicleWhen the gear is shifted without theclutch pedal depressed. A message"Press clutch pedal for Auto Start"will appear on the LCD display. Toactivate auto start, shift to neutraland depress the clutch pedal.

Dual clutch transmission vehicleWhen the shift lever is shifted from N(Neutral) to R (Reverse), D (Drive) orManual shift mode without the brakepedal depressed. A message "Pressbrake pedal for Auto Start" willappear on the LCD display. To acti-vate auto start, depress the brakepedal.

OTLE055037

OAD055087L

5-59


5

To deactivate the ISG system • Press the ISG OFF button to deac-

tivate the ISG system. Then, theISG OFF button indicator illumi-nates, and the message "AutoStop System Off" appears on theLCD display.

• Press the ISG OFF button again toreactivate the ISG system. Then,the ISG OFF button indicator turnsOFF.

ISG system malfunctionThe ISG system may not operate:

When there is a malfunction with theISG sensors or the ISG system.

The followings occur, when there isa malfunction with the ISG system:

• The auto stop indicator ( ) willblink in yellow on the instrumentcluster.

• The light on the ISG OFF buttonwill illuminate.

Information • When you cannot turn OFF the ISG

OFF button indicator by pressing theISG OFF button, or when the mal-function with the ISG system per-sists, we recommend that you contactan authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

• You can turn off the ISG OFF but-ton indicator by driving over 80km/h (50 mph) for up to 2 hourswith the fan speed below the 2ndposition. If the ISG OFF buttonindicator remains ON, we recom-mend that you contact an author-ized HYUNDAI dealer.

i

When the engine is in auto stopmode, the engine may restart.Before leaving the vehicle orchecking the engine compart-ment, stop the engine by plac-ing the ignition switch to theLOCK/OFF position or remov-ing the ignition key.

WARNING

5-60


The battery sensor deactiva-tion

[A] : Battery sensor

The battery sensor is deactivated,when the battery is disconnectedfrom the negative pole for mainte-nance purpose.In this case, the ISG system is limit-edly operated due to the battery sen-sor deactivation. Thus, the driverneeds to take the following proce-dures to reactivate the battery sen-sor after disconnecting the battery.

Prerequisites to reactivate thebattery sensorKeep the engine in the OFF statusfor 4 hours, and attempt to restart theengine 3 to 4 times for the battery-sensor reactivation.Pay extreme caution not to connectany accessories (i.e. navigation andblack box) to the vehicle with theengine in the OFF status. If not, thebattery sensor may not be reactivat-ed.

Information The ISG system may not operate inthe following situations.

- There is a malfunction with the ISGsystem.

- The battery is weak.

- The brake vacuum pressure is low.

In those cases, we recommend thatyou have the ISG system checked byan authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

• Use only the genuine HYUNDAIISG battery for replacement. Ifnot, the ISG system may not nor-mally operate.

• Do not recharge the ISG batterywith a general battery charger. Ifnot, it may damage or explodethe ISG battery.

• Do not remove the battery cap. Ifnot, the battery electrolyte,which is harmful to the humanbody, may leak out.

NOTICE

iOOS057015L

5-61


5

DDRRIIVVEE MMOODDEE IINNTTEEGGRRAATTEEDD CCOONNTTRROOLL SSYYSSTTEEMM ((IIFF EEQQUUIIPPPPEEDD))

The drive mode may be selectedaccording to the driver's preferenceor road condition.The system resets to be in the COM-FORT mode (except if it is in ECOmode), when the engine is restarted.

Information If there is a problem with the instru-ment cluster, the drive mode will be inCOMFORT mode and may notchange to SPORT mode.

The mode changes, as below,whenever the DRIVE MODE buttonis pressed.

When COMFORT mode is selected,it is not displayed on the instrumentcluster.

ECO mode (if equipped)When the Drive Mode isset to ECO mode, theengine and transmissioncontrol logic are changedto maximize fuel efficiency.

• When the ECO mode is selected bypressing the DRIVE MODE button,the ECO indicator will illuminate.

• If the vehicle is set to ECO mode,when the engine is turned OFF andrestarted, the Drive Mode settingwill remain in ECO mode.

Information Fuel efficiency depends on the driver'sdriving habit and road condition.

When ECO mode is activated:• The acceleration response may be

slightly reduced as the acceleratorpedal is depressed moderately.

• The air conditioner performancemay be limited.

• The shift pattern of the automatictransmission/dual clutch transmis-sion may change.

• The engine noise may get louder.

The above situations are normalconditions when ECO mode is acti-vated, to improve fuel efficiency.

i

i

OOS057060

ECO(if equipped)

COMFORT SPORT

5-62


Limitation of ECO mode opera-tion:If the following conditions occur whileECO mode is operating, the systemoperation is limited even thoughthere is no change in ECO indicator.• When the coolant temperature is

low:The system will be limited untilengine performance becomes nor-mal.

• When driving up a hill:The system will be limited to gainpower when driving uphill becauseengine torque is restricted.

• When driving the vehicle with theautomatic transmission/dual clutchtransmission gear shift lever inmanual shift mode:The system will be limited due tothe shift location.

• When the accelerator pedal isdeeply depressed for a few seconds:The system will be limited, judgingthat the driver wants to speed up.

SPORT modeSPORT mode managesthe driving dynamics byautomatically adjusting thesteering effort, the engineand transmission controllogic for enhanced drivingperformance.

• When SPORT mode is selected bypressing the DRIVE MODE button,the SPORT indicator will illuminate.

• Whenever the engine is restarted,the Drive Mode will revert back toCOMFORT mode. If SPORT modeis desired, re-select SPORT modefrom the DRIVE MODE button.

• When SPORT mode is activated:- The engine rpm will tend to remain

raised over a certain length of timeeven after releasing the accelerator

- Upshifts are delayed when accel-erating

Information In SPORT mode, the fuel efficiencymay decrease.

COMFORT modeCOMFORT mode is abase mode.

If the vehicle is set to COMFORTmode, when the engine is turnedOFF and restarted, the Drive Modesetting will remain in COMFORTmode.

i

5-63


5

[A] : Blind spot area

[B] : Closing at high speed

The Blind-spot Collision Warning(BCW) system uses radar sensors inthe rear bumper to monitor and warnthe driver of an approaching vehiclein the driver's blind spot area.The system monitors the rear area ofthe vehicle and provides informationto the driver with an audible alert andan indicator on the outside rearviewmirrors.

(1) BCW : Blind spot areaThe BCW range varies relative tovehicle speed. Note that if yourvehicle is traveling much fasterthan the vehicles around you, thewarning will not occur.

(2) BCW : Closing at high speedThe BCW-Closing at high speedfeature will alert you when a vehi-cle is approaching in an adjacentlane at a high rate of speed. If thedriver activates the turn signalwhen the system detects anoncoming vehicle, the systemsounds an audible alert. Distancefrom the approaching vehicle canbe seen differently according tothe relative speed.

(3) RCCW (Rear Cross-TrafficCollision Warning)The RCCW feature monitorsapproaching cross traffic from theleft and right side of the vehiclewhen your vehicle is in reverse.The feature will operate when thevehicle is moving in reverse belowabout 10 km/h (6 mph). If oncom-ing cross traffic is detected awarning chime will sound.Distance from the approachingvehicle can be seen differentlyaccording to the relative speed.

BBLLIINNDD--SSPPOOTT CCOOLLLLIISSIIOONN WWAARRNNIINNGG ((BBCCWW)) SSYYSSTTEEMM ((IIFF EEQQUUIIPPPPEEDD))

OOS057099L

A

B

5-64


BCW (if equipped)Operating conditions

To operate:Press the BCW switch with theIgnition switch in the ON position.The indicator on the BCW switch willilluminate. When the vehicle speedexceeds 30 km/h (20 mph), the sys-tem will be activated.

To cancel:Press the BCW switch again. Theindicator on the switch will go off.When the system is not used, turn thesystem off by turning off the switch.

Information • If the vehicle is turned off then on

again, the BCW system returns tothe previous state.

• When the system is turned on, thewarning light will illuminate for 3seconds on the outside rearviewmirror.

The function will activate when:1. The function is on.2. The vehicle speed is above

approximately 30 km/h (20 mph).3. An oncoming vehicle is detected in

the blind spot area.

i

OOS057023

• Always be aware of road con-ditions while driving and bealert for unexpected situa-tions even though the Blind-Spot Collision Warning (BCW)system is operating.

• The Blind-spot CollisionWarning (BCW) system is nota substitute for proper andsafe driving. Always drivesafely and use caution whenchanging lanes or backing upthe vehicle. The Blind-spotCollision Warning (BCW) sys-tem may not detect everyobject alongside the vehicle.

WARNING

5-65


5First stage alert

If a vehicle is detected within theboundary of the system, a yellowwarning light will illuminate on theoutside rearview mirror.Once the detected vehicle is nolonger within the blind spot area, thewarning will turn off depending onthe driving conditions of the vehicle.

OOS057024

■ Left side

■ Right side

OOS057025

■ Left side

OOS057026

■ Right side

[A] : Warning sound

Second stage alert

A warning chime to alert the driver will activate when:1. A vehicle has been detected in the blind spot area by the radar system

(the warning light will illuminate on the outside rearview mirror (i.e, inthe first stage alert)) AND

2. The turn signal is applied (same side as where the vehicle is beingdetected).

When this alert is activated, the warning light on the outside rearview mir-ror will also blink.If you turn off the turn signal indicator, the second stage alert (the warningchime and the blinking warning light on the outside rearview mirror) will bedeactivated.

5-66


• The warning chime may be deacti-vated.- To deactivate the warning chime:Go to the "User Settings → DriverAssistance and deselect Blind-spotCollision Warning sound" on theLCD display.- To activate the warning chime:Go to the "User Settings → DriverAssistance and select Blind-spotCollision Warning sound" on theLCD display.

InformationThe warning chime function helpsalert the driver. Deactivate this func-tion only when it is necessary.

Refer to "User settings mode" inchapter 3 for more details.

RCCW (Rear Cross-TrafficCollision Warning) (if equipped)The Rear Cross-Traffic Collisionwarning function monitors approach-ing cross traffic from the left and rightside of the vehicle when your vehicleis in reverse.

Operating conditionsTo operate:Go to the 'User Settings → DriverAssistance and select Rear Cross-Traffic Collision warning' on the LCDdisplay.

The system will turn on and standbyto activate. If you deactivate thisfunction in the cluster, the system willstop.Refer to "User settings mode" inchapter 3 for more details.

Information If the vehicle is turned off then onagain, the BCW system returns to theprevious state.

The system will activate when vehiclespeed is below 10 km/h (6.2 mph) andwith the shift lever in R (Reverse).

The Rear Cross-Traffic Collisionwarning detecting range is approxi-mately 0.5 m ~ 20 m (1 ft ~ 65 ft) in thedirection of both lateral sides of thevehicle. An approaching vehicle willbe detected if their vehicle speed iswithin 4 km/h ~ 36 km/h (2.5 ~ 22.5mph).

Note that the detecting range mayvary under certain conditions. Asalways, use caution and pay closeattention to your surroundings whenbacking up your vehicle.

i

i

5-67


5

Warning type

If the vehicle detected by the sensorsapproaches your vehicle, the warn-ing chime will sound, the warninglight on the outside rearview mirrorwill blink and a message will appearon the LCD display.

Information • The warning chime will turn off

when:

- The detected vehicle moves out ofthe sensing area or

- when the vehicle is right behindyour vehicle or

- when the vehicle is not approach-ing your vehicle or

- when the other vehicle slows down.

• The system may not operate properlydue to other factors or circumstances.Always pay attention to your sur-roundings.

• If the sensing area near the rearbumper is blocked by either a wallor barrier or by a parked vehicle,the system sensing area may bereduced.

i■ Left ■ Right

OOS057031/OOS057032

• When BCW is activated, thewarning light on the outsiderearview mirror will illuminatewhenever a vehicle is detect-ed at the rear side by the sys-tem.To avoid accidents, do notfocus only on the warninglight and neglect to see thesurrounding of the vehicle.

• Drive safely even though thevehicle is equipped with aBlind-spot Collision Warning(BCW) system and Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning(RCCW). Do not solely rely onthe system but check yoursurrounding before changinglanes or backing the vehicleup.The system may not alert thedriver in some conditions soalways check your surround-ings while driving.

WARNING

5-68


• The system may not work prop-erly when the bumper has beendamaged, or if the rear bumperhas been replaced or repaired.

• The sensing range differs some-what according to the width ofthe road. When the road is nar-row, the system may detectother vehicles in the next laneOR when the road is wide, thesystem may not detect othervehicles in the next lane.

• The system may turn off due tostrong electromagnetic waves.

Detecting sensor

The sensors are located inside therear bumper.Always keep the rear bumper cleanfor proper operation of the system.

Warning message

Blind-Spot Collision Warning(BCW) system disabled.Radar blocked

• This warning message may appearwhen :- One or both of the sensors on the

rear bumper is blocked by dirt orsnow or a foreign object.

- Driving in rural areas where theBCW sensor does not detectanother vehicle for an extendedperiod of time.

- When there is inclement weathersuch as heavy snow or rain.

NOTICE

• The Blind-spot CollisionWarning (BCW) system andRear Cross-Traffic Collisionwarning (RCCW) are not a sub-stitute for proper and safe driv-ing practices. Always drivesafely and use caution whenchanging lanes or backing upyour vehicle. The Blind-spotCollision Warning (BCW) sys-tem may not detect everyobject alongside the vehicle.

OOS057027 OOS057077L

5-69


5

- A trailer or carrier is installed. Touse the BCW system, remove thetrailer or carrier from your vehicle.

If any of these conditions occur, thelight on the BCW switch and the sys-tem will turn off automatically.When the BCW canceled warningmessage is displayed in the cluster,check to make sure that the rearbumper is free from any dirt or snowin the areas where the sensor islocated. Remove any dirt, snow, orforeign material that could interferewith the radar sensors.After any dirt or debris is removed,the BCW system should operate nor-mally after about 10 minutes of driv-ing the vehicle.If the system still does not operatenormally have your vehicle inspectedby an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

Information Turn off the system by pressing theBCW switch and deselecting RearCross-Traffic Collision warning(RCCW) from the User Settings modeon the cluster, when using a trailer orcarrier behind your vehicle.

Check Blind-Spot CollisionWarning (BCW) system

If there is a problem with the BCWsystem, a warning message willappear and the light on the switchwill turn off. The system will turn offautomatically. We recommend thatyou have your vehicle inspected byan authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

Limitations of the systemThe driver must be cautious in thebelow situations, because the sys-tem may not detect other vehicles orobjects in certain circumstances.

• When a trailer or carrier isinstalled.

• The vehicle drives in inclementweather such as heavy rain orsnow.

• The sensor is polluted with rain,snow, mud, etc.

• The rear bumper where the sensoris located is covered with a foreignobject such as a bumper sticker, abumper guard, a bike rack, etc.

• The rear bumper is damaged, orthe sensor is out of the originaldefault position.

• The vehicle height gets lower orhigher due to heavy loading in theluggage compartment, abnormaltire pressure, etc.

• When the temperature near therear bumper area is high or low.

i


OOS057078L/OOS057079L

5-70


• When the sensors are blocked byother vehicles, walls or parking-lotpillars.

• The vehicle drives on a curvedroad or through a tollgate.

• The vehicle is driven near areascontaining metal substances suchas a construction zone, railroad,etc.

• There is a fixed object near thevehicle, such as a guardrail, per-son, animal, etc.

• While going down or up a steeproad where the height of the lane isdifferent.

• When driving through a narrowroad with many trees or bushes.

• When driving on wet surfaces.• When driving through a large area

with few vehicles or structuresaround, such as a desert, ruralarea, etc.

• A big vehicle is near such as a busor truck.

• When other vehicles are close toyour vehicle.

• When the other vehicle approach-es very close.

• When the detected vehicle alsomoves back, as your vehicle drivesback.

• While changing lanes.• If the vehicle has started at the

same time as the vehicle next toyou and has accelerated.

• When the other vehicle passes at avery fast speed.

• When the vehicle in the next lanemoves two lanes away from youOR when the vehicle two lanesaway moves to the next lane toyou.

• The vehicle is turning left or right ata crossroads.

• A motorcycle or bicycle is near.• A flat trailer is near.• If there are small objects in the

detecting area such as a shoppingcart, a baby stroller or pedestrian.

• If there is a low height vehicle suchas a sports car.

The BCW indicator on the outerside view mirror may not illuminateproperly when:

• The outside rearview mirror hous-ing is damaged.

• The mirror is covered with dirt,snow, or debris.

• The window is covered with dirt,snow, or debris.

• The window is tinted.

5-71


5

The Forward Collision-avoidanceAssist (FCA) system is designed tohelp detect and monitor the vehicleahead or detect a pedestrian (ifequipped) in the roadway throughradar signals and camera recognitionto warn the driver that a collision isimminent, and if necessary, applyemergency braking.

System setting and activationSystem setting• The driver can activate the FCA by

placing the ignition switch to theON position and by selecting:"User Settings → Driver assistance→ Forward Collision-avoidanceAssist (FCA)"

The FCA deactivates, when the driv-er cancels the system setting.

The warning light illumi-nates on the LCD display,when you cancel the FCAsystem. The driver can

monitor the FCA ON/OFF status onthe LCD display. Also, the warninglight illuminates when the ESC(Electronic Stability Control) isturned off. If the warning lightremains ON when the FCA is acti-vated, we recommend that you havethe system checked by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.

FFOORRWWAARRDD CCOOLLLLIISSIIOONN--AAVVOOIIDDAANNCCEE AASSSSIISSTT ((FFCCAA)) SSYYSSTTEEMM-- SSEENNSSOORR FFUUSSIIOONN TTYYPPEE ((FFRROONNTT RRAADDAARR ++ FFRROONNTT CCAAMMEERRAA)) ((IIFF EEQQUUIIPPPPEEDD))

Take the following precautionswhen using the ForwardCollision-avoidance Assist(FCA) system:• This system is only a supple-

mental system and it is notintended to, nor does itreplace the need for extremecare and attention of the driv-er. The sensing range andobjects detectable by the sen-sors are limited. Pay attentionto the road conditions at alltimes.

• NEVER drive too fast in accor-dance with the road condi-tions or while cornering.

• Always drive cautiously toprevent unexpected and sud-den situations from occur-ring. FCA does not stop thevehicle completely and is nota collision avoidance system.

WARNING

5-72


• The driver can select the initial warn-ing activation time on the LCD dis-play.Go to the "User Settings → Driverassistance → Forward CollisionWarning → Late/Normal/Early".

The options for the initial ForwardCollision Warning includes the fol-lowing:- Early:

When this condition is selected,the initial Forward CollisionWarning is activated earlier thannormal. This setting maximizes theamount of distance between thevehicle or pedestrian ahead beforethe initial warning occurs.Even though, 'Early' is selected ifthe front vehicle suddenly stopsthe initial warning activation timemay not seem fast.

If you feel the warning activates tooearly, set the Forward CollisionWarning to "Normal".

- Normal:When this condition is selected,the initial Forward CollisionWarning is activated normally. Thissetting allows for a nominalamount of distance between thevehicle or pedestrian ahead beforethe initial warning occurs.

- Late:When this condition is selected,the initial Forward CollisionWarning is activated later than nor-mal. This setting reduces theamount of distance between thevehicle or pedestrian ahead beforethe initial warning occurs.Select 'Late' when traffic is lightand when driving speed is slow.

Prerequisite for activationThe FCA gets ready to be activated,when the FCA is selected on theLCD display, and when the followingprerequisites are satisfied.- The ESC (Electronic Stability

Control) is on.- Vehicle speed is over 10 km/h (6

mph). (The FCA is only activatedwithin a certain speed range.)

- The system detects a pedestrianor a vehicle in front, which may col-lide with your vehicle. (The FCAmay not be activated or may sounda warning alarm in accordancewith the driving situation or vehiclecondition.)

5-73


5

FCA warning message andsystem controlThe FCA produces warning mes-sages and warning alarms in accor-dance with the collision risk levels,such as abrupt stopping of the vehi-cle in front, insufficient braking dis-tance, or pedestrian detection. Also,it controls the brakes in accordancewith the collision risk levels.The driver can select the initial warn-ing activation time in the UserSettings in the LCD display. Theoptions for the initial ForwardCollision Warning include Early,Normal or Late initial warning time.

Collision Warning (First warning)

This warning message appears onthe LCD display with a warningchime. Additionally, some vehiclesystem intervention occurs by theengine management system to helpdecelerate the vehicle.

- Your vehicle speed may deceler-ate moderately.

- The FCA system limitedly con-trols the brakes to preemptivelymitigate impact in a collision.

• Completely stop the vehicleon a safe location beforeoperating the switch on thesteering wheel to activate/deactivate the FCA system.

• The FCA automatically acti-vates upon placing the EngineStart/Stop button to the ONposition. The driver can deac-tivate the FCA by cancelingthe system setting on the LCDdisplay.

• The FCA automatically deacti-vates upon canceling the ESC(Electronic Stability Control).When the ESC is canceled,the FCA cannot be activatedon the LCD display. The FCAwarning light will illuminatewhich is normal.

WARNING

OOS057016L

5-74


Emergency braking (Second warning)

This warning message appears onthe LCD display with a warningchime.Additionally, some vehicle systemintervention occurs by the enginemanagement system to help decel-erate the vehicle.

- The FCA system limitedly con-trols the brakes to preemptivelymitigate impact in a collision. Thebrake control is maximized justbefore a collision.

Brake operation• In an urgent situation, the braking

system enters into the ready statusfor prompt reaction against the dri-ver's depressing the brake pedal.

• The FCA provides additional brak-ing power for optimum braking per-formance, when the driverdepresses the brake pedal.

• The braking control is automatical-ly deactivated, when the driversharply depresses the acceleratorpedal, or when the driver abruptlyoperates the steering wheel.

• The FCA brake control is automat-ically canceled, when risk factorsdisappear.

OOS057017L

The driver should always useextreme caution while operatingthe vehicle, whether or not thereis a warning message or alarmfrom the FCA system.

CAUTION

The braking control cannotcompletely stop the vehicle noravoid all collisions. The drivershould hold the responsibilityto safely drive and control thevehicle.

WARNING

Never deliberately drive danger-ously to activate the system.

WARNING

The FCA system logic operateswithin certain parameters, suchas the distance from the vehicleor pedestrian ahead, the speedof the vehicle ahead, and thedriver's vehicle speed. Certainconditions such as inclementweather and road conditionsmay affect the operation of theFCA system.

WARNING

5-75


5

FCA sensor

In order for the FCA system to oper-ate properly, always make sure thesensor cover or sensor is clean andfree of dirt, snow, and debris.

Dirt, snow, or foreign substances onthe lens may adversely affect thesensing performance of the sensor.

• Do not apply license plate mold-ing or foreign objects such as abumper sticker or a bumperguard near the radar sensor.Doing so may adversely affectthe sensing performance of theradar.

• Always keep the radar sensorand cover clean and free of dirtand debris.

• Use only a soft cloth to wash thevehicle. Do not spray pressur-ized water directly on the sensoror sensor cover.

• Be careful not to apply unneces-sary force on the radar sensor orsensor cover. If the sensor isforcibly moved out of properalignment, the FCA system maynot operate correctly. In thiscase, a warning message maynot be displayed. Have the vehi-cle inspected by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.

• If the front bumper becomesdamaged in the area around theradar sensor, the FCA systemmay not operate properly. Werecommend that you have thevehicle inspected by authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.

• Use only genuine parts to repairor replace a damaged sensor orsensor cover. Do not apply paintto the sensor cover.

NOTICE

OOS057018

OOS057033

■ Front radar

■ Front camera

5-76


• NEVER install any accessoriesor stickers on the front wind-shield, nor tint the front wind-shield.

• NEVER locate any reflectiveobjects (i.e. white paper, mirror)over the dashboard. Any lightreflection may cause a malfunc-tion of the system.

• Pay extreme caution to keep thecamera out of water.

• NEVER disassemble the cameraassembly, nor apply any impacton the camera assembly.

• Playing the vehicle audio sys-tem at high volume may offsetthe system warning sounds.

InformationWe recommend that you have the sys-tem checked by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer when:

• The windshield glass is replaced.

• The radar sensor or cover gets dam-aged or replaced.

Warning message and warninglight

Forward Collision Avoidance Assist(FCA) system disabled. Radar blocked

When the sensor cover is blockedwith dirt, snow, or debris, the FCAsystem operation may stop tem-porarily. If this occurs, a warningmessage will appear on the LCD dis-play.Remove any dirt, snow, or debris andclean the radar sensor cover beforeoperating the FCA system.The system will operate normallywhen such dirt, snow or debris isremoved.

The FCA may not properly operate inan area (e.g. open terrain), whereany substances are not detectedafter turning ON the engine.

i

NOTICE

OOS057080L

5-77


5

System malfunction

Check Forward Collision AvoidanceAssist system

• When the FCA is not working prop-erly, the FCA warning light ( )will illuminate and the warningmessage will appear for a few sec-onds. After the message disap-pears, the master warning light( ) will illuminate. In this case, werecommend that you have the vehi-cle inspected by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.

• The FCA warning message mayappear along with the illuminationof the ESC (Electronic StabilityControl) warning light.

• The FCA is only a supplemen-tal system for the driver's con-venience. The driver shouldhold the responsibility to con-trol the vehicle operation. Donot solely depend on the FCAsystem. Rather, maintain asafe braking distance, and, ifnecessary, depress the brakepedal to reduce the drivingspeed.

• In certain instances andunder certain driving condi-tions, the FCA system mayactivate unintentionally. Thisinitial warning messageappears on the LCD displaywith a warning chime.Also, in certain instances thefront radar sensor or camerarecognition system may notdetect the vehicle or pedestri-an ahead. The FCA systemmay not activate and thewarning message will not bedisplayed.

• Even if there is any problemwith the brake control functionof the FCA system, the vehi-cle's basic braking perform-ance will operate normally.However, brake control func-tion for avoiding collision willnot activate.

• If the vehicle in front stopssuddenly, you may have lesscontrol of the brake system.Therefore, always keep a safedistance between your vehicleand the vehicle in front of you.

• The FCA system may activateduring braking and the vehi-cle may stop suddenly shift-ing loose objects toward thepassengers. Always keeploose objects secured.

• The FCA system may not acti-vate if the driver applies thebrake pedal to avoid a colli-sion.

• The brake control may beinsufficient, possibly causinga collision, if a vehicle in frontabruptly stops. Always payextreme caution.

WARNING ■ Type A ■ Type B

OOS057081L/OOS057082L

5-78


Limitations of the systemThe Forward Collision avoidanceassist (FCA) system is designed tomonitor the vehicle ahead or a pedes-trian in the roadway through radar sig-nals and camera recognition to warnthe driver that a collision is imminent,and if necessary, apply emergencybraking.In certain situations, the radar sen-sor or the camera may not be able todetect the vehicle or pedestrianahead. In these cases, the FCA sys-tem may not operate normally. Thedriver must pay careful attention inthe following situations where theFCA operation may be limited.

• The FCA system does notoperate when the vehicle is inreverse.

• The FCA system is notdesigned to detect otherobjects on the road such asanimals.

• The FCA system does notdetect vehicles in the oppo-site lane.

• The FCA system does notdetect cross traffic vehiclesthat are approaching.

• The FCA system cannot detectthe driver approaching theside view of a parked vehicle(for example on a dead endstreet.)

In these cases, you must main-tain a safe braking distance,and if necessary, depress thebrake pedal to reduce the driv-ing speed in order to maintain asafe distance.

WARNING • Occupants may get injured, ifthe vehicle abruptly stops bythe activated FCA system. Payextreme caution.

• The FCA system operatesonly to detect vehicles orpedestrians in front of thevehicle.

5-79


5

Detecting vehiclesThe sensor may be limited when:• The radar sensor or camera is

blocked with a foreign object ordebris

• The camera lens is contaminateddue to tinted, filmed or coatedwindshield, damaged glass, orstuck of foreign matter (sticker,bug, etc.) on the glass

• Inclement weather such as heavyrain or snow obscures the field ofview of the radar sensor or camera

• There is interference by electro-magnetic waves

• There is severe irregular reflectionfrom the radar sensor

• The radar/camera sensor recogni-tion is limited

• The vehicle in front is too small tobe detected (for example a motor-cycle or a bicycle, etc.)

• The vehicle in front is an oversizevehicle or trailer that is too big tobe detected by the camera recog-nition system (for example a tractortrailer, etc.)

• The driver's field of view is not wellilluminated (either too dark or toomuch reflection or too much back-light that obscures the field of view)

• The vehicle in front does not havetheir rear lights properly turned ON.

• The outside brightness changessuddenly, for example when enter-ing or exiting a tunnel

• When light coming from a streetlight or an oncoming vehicle isreflected on a wet road surfacesuch as a puddle in the road

• The field of view in front is obstruct-ed by sun glare

• The windshield glass is fogged up;a clear view of the road is obstruct-ed

• The vehicle in front is driving errati-cally

• The vehicle is on unpaved oruneven rough surfaces, or roadwith sudden gradient changes.

• The vehicle is driven near areascontaining metal substances as aconstruction zone, railroad, etc.

• The vehicle drives inside a building,such as a basement parking lot

• The adverse road conditions causeexcessive vehicle vibrations whiledriving

• The sensor recognition changessuddenly when passing over aspeed bump

• The vehicle in front is moving verti-cally to the driving direction

• The vehicle in front is stopped ver-tically

• The vehicle in front is drivingtowards your vehicle or reversing

• You are on a roundabout and thevehicle in front circles

5-80


- Driving on a curveThe performance of the FCA systemmay be limited when driving on acurved road.On curved roads, the other vehicleon the same lane is not recognizedand the FCA system's performancemay be degraded. This may result inunnecessary alarm or braking or noalarm or braking when necessary.Also, in certain instances the frontradar sensor or camera recognitionsystem may not detect the vehicletraveling on a curved road.

In these cases, the driver must main-tain a safe braking distance, and ifnecessary, depress the brake pedalto reduce your driving speed in orderto maintain a safe distance.

The FCA system may recognize avehicle in the next lane when drivingon a curved road.In this case, the system may unnec-essarily alarm the driver and applythe brake.Always pay attention to road anddriving conditions, while driving. Ifnecessary, depress the brake pedalto reduce your driving speed in orderto maintain a safe distance.Also, when necessary depress theaccelerator pedal to prevent the sys-tem from unnecessarily deceleratingyour vehicle.Check to be sure that the road con-ditions permit safe operation of FCA.

OAE056101OAE056100

5-81


5- Driving on a slopeThe performance of the FCA decreas-es while driving upward or downwardon a slope, not recognizing the vehi-cle in front in the same lane. It mayunnecessarily produce the warningmessage and the warning alarm, or itmay not produce the warning mes-sage and the warning alarm at all.When the FCA suddenly recognizesthe vehicle in front while passingover a slope, you may experiencesharp deceleration.Always keep your eyes forward whiledriving upward or downward on aslope, and, if necessary, depress thebrake pedal to reduce your drivingspeed in order to maintain distance.

- Changing lanesWhen a vehicle changes lanes infront of you, the FCA system may notimmediately detect the vehicle, espe-cially if the vehicle changes lanesabruptly. In this case, you must main-tain a safe braking distance, and ifnecessary, depress the brake pedalto reduce your driving speed in orderto maintain a safe distance.

When driving in stop-and-go traffic,and a stopped vehicle in front of youmerges out of the lane, the FCA sys-tem may not immediately detect thenew vehicle that is now in front ofyou. In this case, you must maintaina safe braking distance, and if nec-essary, depress the brake pedal toreduce your driving speed in order tomaintain a safe distance.

OAE056103 OAE056109OOS057073

5-82


- Detecting the vehicle in front of youIf the vehicle in front of you has cargothat extends rearward from the cab,or when the vehicle in front of youhas higher ground clearance, addi-tional special attention is required.The FCA system may not be able todetect the cargo extending from thevehicle. In these instances, you mustmaintain a safe braking distancefrom the rearmost object, and if nec-essary, depress the brake pedal toreduce your driving speed in order tomaintain distance.

Detecting pedestriansThe sensor may be limited when:• The pedestrian is not fully detected

by the camera recognition system,for example, if the pedestrian isleaning over or is not fully walkingupright

• The pedestrian is moving veryquickly or appears abruptly in thecamera detection area

• The pedestrian is wearing clothingthat easily blends into the back-ground, making it difficult to bedetected by the camera recogni-tion system

• The outside lighting is too bright(e.g. when driving in bright sunlightor in sun glare) or too dark (e.g.when driving on a dark rural roadat night)

• It is difficult to detect and distin-guish the pedestrian from otherobjects in the surroundings, forexample, when there is a group ofpedestrians or a large crowd

• There is an item similar to a per-son's body structure

• The pedestrian is small

• The pedestrian has impairedmobility

• The sensor recognition is limited• The radar sensor or camera is

blocked with a foreign object ordebris

• Inclement weather such as heavyrain or snow obscures the field ofview of the radar sensor or camera

• When light coming from a streetlight or an oncoming vehicle isreflected on a wet road surfacesuch as a puddle in the road

• The field of view in front isobstructed by sun glare

• The windshield glass is fogged up;a clear view of the road is obstruct-ed

• The adverse road conditions causeexcessive vehicle vibrations whiledriving

OOS057022

5-83


5Information

In some instances, the FCA systemmay be cancelled when subjected toelectromagnetic interference.

i

• Never try to test the operationof the FCA system. Doing somay cause severe injury ordeath.

• If the front bumper, frontglass, radar or camera havebeen replaced or repaired, werecommend that you haveyour vehicle inspected by anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer.

• Do not use the ForwardCollision avoidance Assist(FCA) system when towing avehicle. Application of theFCA system while towing mayadversely affect the safety ofyour vehicle or the towingvehicle.

• Use extreme caution when thevehicle in front of you hascargo that extends rearwardfrom the cab, or when thevehicle in front of you hashigher ground clearance.

• The FCA system is designedto detect and monitor thevehicle ahead or detect apedestrian in the roadwaythrough radar signals andcamera recognition. It is notdesigned to detect bicycles,motorcycles, or smallerwheeled objects such as lug-gage bags, shopping carts, orstrollers.

WARNING

5-84


LLAANNEE KKEEEEPPIINNGG AASSSSIISSTT ((LLKKAA)) SSYYSSTTEEMM

The Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) sys-tem with a camera at the front wind-shield, helps detect lane markers onthe road, and assists the driver'ssteering to help keep the vehiclebetween lanes.When the system detects the vehiclestraying from its lane, it alerts thedriver with a visual and audible warn-ing, while applying a slight counter-steering torque, trying to prevent thevehicle from moving out of its lane.

OOS057033

The Lane Keeping Assist (LKA)system is not a substitute for safedriving practices, but a conven-ience function. It is the responsi-bility of the driver to always beaware of the surrounding andsteer the vehicle.

WARNING

Take the following precautionswhen using the Lane KeepingAssist (LKA) system:• Do not steer the steering

wheel suddenly when thesteering wheel is being assist-ed by the system.

• LKA system helps to preventthe driver from moving out ofthe lane unintentionally byassisting the driver's steering.However, the driver shouldnot solely rely on the systembut always pay attention onthe steering wheel to stay inthe lane.

WARNING

• The operation of the LKA sys-tem can be canceled or notwork properly according toroad condition and surround-ings. Always be cautiouswhen driving.

• Do not disassemble the LKAsystem camera temporarily totint the window or attach anytypes of coatings and acces-sories. If you disassemble thecamera and assemble it again,we recommend that you takeyour vehicle to an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer and have thesystem checked for calibra-tion.

• When you replace the wind-shield glass, LKA systemcamera or related parts of thesteering wheel, we recom-mend that you take your vehi-cle to an authorized HYUNDAIdealer and have the systemchecked for calibration.

5-85


5

LKA operation

To activate/deactivate the LKA sys-tem:With the ignition switch in the ONposition, press the LKA system but-ton located on the instrument panelon the left hand side of the steeringwheel. (Right hand side of the steer-ing wheel for RHD vehicles.)The indicator in the cluster displaywill initially illuminate white. This indi-cates the LKA system is in theREADY but NOT ENABLED state.

• The system detects lanemarkers and controls thesteering wheel by a camera,therefore, if the lane markersare hard to detect, the systemmay not work properly.Please refer to "Limitations ofthe system".

• Do not remove or damage therelated parts of LKA system.

• You may not hear a warningsound of LKA system becauseof excessive audio sound.

• Do not place objects on thedashboard that reflects lightsuch as mirrors, white paper,etc. The system may malfunc-tion if the sunlight is reflected.

• If you attach objects to thesteering wheel, the systemmay not assist steering or thehands off alarm may not workproperly.

• You may not hear warningsound of LKA because of theexcessive audio sound.

OOS057034

• While other beeps such as theseat belt warning sound are inoperation and override theLKA alarming system, LKAbeeps may not occur.

• If you continue to drive withyour hands off the steeringwheel, the LKA will stop con-trolling the steering wheelafter the hands off alarm.After then, if you drive withyour hands on the steeringwheel, the control will be acti-vated again.

• If the vehicle speed is high,steering torque for assistancewill not be enough to keepyour vehicle within the lane. Ifso, the vehicle may move outof its lane. Obey speed limitwhen using LKA.

5-86


Note that the vehicle speed must beat least approximately 60 km/h (40mph) to ENABLE the LKA system.The indicator in the cluster displaywill illuminate green.

The color of indicator willchange depending on thecondition of LKA system.

- White : Sensor does not detectlane markers or vehiclespeed is under 60 km/h(40mph).

- Green : Sensor detects lane mark-ers and the system is ableto control vehicle steering.

Information If the indicator (white) is activatedfrom the previous ignition cycle, thesystem will turn ON without any addi-tional control. If you press the LKAbutton again, the indicator on thecluster goes off.

LKA activation

• To see the LKA system screen onthe LCD display in the cluster,select ASSIST mode ( ). Formore details, refer to "LCD DisplayModes" in chapter 3.

• When both lane markers aredetected and all the conditions toactivate the LKA system are satis-fied, a green steering wheel indica-tor will illuminate and the LKA sys-tem indicator light will change fromwhite to green. This indicates thatthe LKA system is in theENABLED state and the steeringwheel will be able to be controlled.

i

OOS057035L

The Lane Keeping Assist (LKA)system is a system to preventthe driver from leaving the lane.However, the driver should notsolely rely on the system butalways check the road condi-tions when driving.

WARNING

5-87


5• If vehicle speed is over 60 km/h (40

mph) and the system detects lanemarkers, the color changes fromgray to white.

• If the system detects the left lanemarker, the left lane marker colorwill change from gray to white.

• If the system detects the right lanemarker, the right lane marker colorwill change from gray to white.

• Both lane markers must be detect-ed for the system to fully activate.

• If your vehicle speed exceeds 60km/h (40 mph) and the LKA sys-tem button is ON, the system isenabled. If your vehicle departsfrom the projected lane in front ofyou, the LKA system operates asfollows:

A visual warning appears on thecluster LCD display. Either the leftlane marker or the right lane markerin the cluster LCD display will blinkdepending on which direction thevehicle is veering.If the steering wheel appears, thesystem will control the vehicle'ssteering to prevent the vehicle fromcrossing the lane marker.

Keep hands on steering wheel

If the driver takes their hands off thesteering wheel for several secondswhile the LKA system is activated,the system will warn the driver.

Information If the steering wheel is held very light-ly the message may still appearbecause the LKA system may not rec-ognize that the driver has their handson the wheel.

i

■ Lane marker undetected ■ Lane marker detected

OOS057035L/OOS057037L

■ Left lane marker ■ Right lane marker

OOS057038L/OOS057039L OAEE056129L

5-88


Driver's grasp not detected.LKA system will be disabled temporarily

If the driver still does not have theirhands on the steering wheel after themessage "Keep hands on steeringwheel", the system will not controlthe steering wheel and warn the driv-er only when the driver crosses thelane markers.However, if the driver has their handson the steering wheel again, the sys-tem will start controlling the steeringwheel.

Information • Even though the steering is assisted

by the system, the driver may con-trol the steering wheel.

• The steering wheel may feel heavierwhen the steering wheel is assistedby the system than when it is not.

i

The warning message mayappear late according to roadconditions. Therefore, alwayshave your hands on the steeringwheel while driving.

WARNING

• The driver is responsible foraccurate steering.

• Turn off the system and drivethe vehicle in following situa-tions.- In bad weather- In bad road condition- When the steering wheel

needs to be controlled by thedriver frequently.

- When towing a vehicle ortrailer.

- Whe towing a vhicle or trailer.

WARNING

OOS057083L

5-89


5

Warning light and messageCheck LKA system

If there is a problem with the systema message will appear for a few sec-onds. If the problem continues theLKA system failure indicator will illu-minate.

LKA system failure indicatorThe LKA system failureindicator (yellow) will illu-minate if the LKA systemis not working properly.We recommend that thesystem be checked by anauthorized HYUNDAIdealer.

When there is a problem with thesystem do one of the following:

• Turn the system on after turningthe engine off and on again.

• Check if the ignition switch is in theON position.

• Check if the system is affected bythe weather. (e.g. fog, heavy rain,etc.)

• Check if there is foreign matter onthe camera lens.

If the problem is not solved, we rec-ommend that the system be checkedby an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

The LKA system will not be in theENABLED state and the steeringwheel will not be assisted when:

• The turn signal is turned on beforechanging a lane. If you changelanes without the turn signal on,the steering wheel might be con-trolled.

• The vehicle is not driven in the mid-dle of the lane when the system isturned on or right after changing alane.

• ESC (Electronic Stability Control) orVSM (Vehicle Stability Management)is activated.

• The vehicle is driven on a sharpcurve.

• Vehicle speed is below 60 km/h (37mph) and over 180 km/h (112 mph).

• The vehicle makes sharp lanechanges.

• The vehicle brakes suddenly.• Only one lane marker is detected.• The lane is very wide or narrow.• There are more than two lane

markers on the road. (e.g. con-struction area)

OOS057084R

5-90


• The vehicle is driven on a steepincline.

• The steering wheel is turned sud-denly.

Limitations of the SystemThe LKA system may operate pre-maturely even if the vehicle does notdepart from the intended lane, OR,the LKA system may not assist yoursteering or warn you if the vehicleleaves the intended lane under thefollowing circumstances:

When the lane and road condi-tions are poor• It is difficult to distinguish the lane

marking from the road surface orthe lane marking is faded or notclearly marked.

• It is difficult to distinguish the colorof the lane marker from the road.

• There are markings on the roadsurface that look like a lane markerthat is inadvertently being detectedby the camera.

• The lane marker is merged ordivided. (e.g. tollgate)

• The lane number increases ordecreases or the lane marker arecrossing complicatedly.

• There are more than two lanemarkers on the road in front of you.

• The lane marker is very thick orthin.

• The lanes ahead are not visibledue to rain, snow, water on theroad, damaged or stained roadsurface, or other factors.

• The shadow is on the lane markerby a median strip, trees, etc.

• The lanes are incomplete or thearea is in a construction zone.

• There are crosswalk signs or othersymbols on the road.

• The lane marker in a tunnel isstained with oil, etc.

• The lane suddenly disappearssuch as at the intersection.

When external condition is inter-vened• The brightness outside changes

suddenly such as when entering orexiting a tunnel, or when passingunder a bridge.

• The brightness outside is too lowsuch as when the headlamps arenot on at night or the vehicle isgoing through a tunnel.

• There is a boundary structure inthe roadway such as a concretebarrier, guardrail and reflector postthat is inadvertently being detectedby the camera.

• When light coming from a streetlight or an oncoming vehicle isreflected on a wet road surfacesuch as a puddle in the road.

• The field of view in front isobstructed by sun glare.

• There is not enough distancebetween you and the vehicle infront to be able to detect the lanemarker or the vehicle ahead is driv-ing on the lane marker.

5-91


5

• Driving on a steep grade, over ahill, or when driving on a curvedroad.

• The adverse road conditions causeexcessive vehicle vibrations whiledriving.

• The surrounding of the inside rearview mirror temperature is highdue to direct sunlight, etc.

When front visibility is poor• The windshield or the LKAS cam-

era lens is blocked with dirt ordebris.

• The windshield glass is fogged up;a clear view of the road is obstruct-ed.

• Placing objects on the dashboard,etc.

• The sensor cannot detect the lanebecause of fog, heavy rain or snow.

LKA system function change The driver can change LKA to theLane Departure Warning (LDW) sys-tem or change the LKA system modebetween Standard LKA and ActiveLKA from the LCD display. Go to the"User Settings → Driver Assistance→ Lane Keeping Assist → LaneDeparture Warning/StandardLKA/Active LKA".The system is automatically set toStandard LKA if a function is notselected.

Lane Departure WarningLDW system alerts the driver with avisual warning and a warning alarmwhen the system detects the vehicledeparting the lane. The steeringwheel will not be controlled.

Standard LKAThe Standard LKA mode guides thedriver to help keep the vehicle withinthe lanes. It rarely controls the steer-ing wheel, when the vehicle driveswell inside the lanes. However, itstarts to control the steering wheel,when the vehicle is about to deviateout of the lane.

Active LKAThe Active LKA mode provides morefrequent steering wheel control incomparison with the Standard LKAmode. Active LKA can reduce the dri-ver’s fatigue to assist the steering formaintaining the vehicle in the middleof the lane.

5-92


The Driver Attention Warning (DAW)system displays the condition of thedriver's fatigue level and inattentivedriving practices.

System setting and activationSystem setting• The Driver Attention Warning

(DAW) system is set to be in theOFF position, when your vehicle isfirst delivered to you from the fac-tory.

• To turn ON the Driver AttentionWarning (DAW) system, turn onthe engine, and then select "UserSettings → Driver Assistance →Driver Attention Warning → HighSensitivity/Normal Sensitivity" onthe LCD display.

• The driver can select the DriverAttention Warning (DAW) systemmode.- High Sensitivity : The Driver

Attention Warning (DAW) systemalerts the driver of his/her fatiguelevel or inattentive driving prac-tices faster than Normal mode.

- Normal Sensitivity : The DriverAttention Warning (DAW) systemalerts the driver of his/her fatiguelevel or inattentive driving prac-tices.

- Off : The Driver Attention Warning(DAW) system is deactivated.

• The set-up of the Driver AttentionWarning (DAW) system will bemaintained, as selected, when theengine is re-started.

Display of the driver's attentionlevel

DDRRIIVVEERR AATTTTEENNTTIIOONN WWAARRNNIINNGG ((DDAAWW)) SSYYSSTTEEMM ((IIFF EEQQUUIIPPPPEEDD))

OOS057085L

■ System off

OPDE056061

■ Attentive driving

5-93


5• The driver can monitor their driving

conditions on the LCD display.The DAW screen will appear whenyou select the ASSIST mode tab( ) on the LCD display if the sys-tem is activated. (For moredetails, refer to "LCD DisplayModes" in chapter 3.)

• The driver's attention level is dis-played on the scale of 1 to 5. Thelower the level is, the more inatten-tive the driver is.

• The level decreases when the driv-er does not take a break for a cer-tain period of time.

• The level increases when the driv-er attentively drives for a certainperiod of time.

• When the driver turns on the sys-tem while driving, it displays 'LastBreak time' and level.

Take a break

• The "Consider taking a break"message appears on the LCD dis-play and a warning sounds in orderto suggest the driver to take abreak, when the driver’s attentionlevel is below 1.

• The Driver Attention Warning(DAW) system does not suggestthe driver to take a break, when thetotal driving time is shorter than 10minutes.

Resetting the system • The last break time is set to 00:00

and the driver's attention level isset to 5 (very attentive) when thedriver resets the Driver AttentionWarning (DAW) system.

• The Driver Attention Warning(DAW) system resets the lastbreak time to 00:00 and the driver'sattention level to 5 in the followingsituations.- The engine is turned OFF.- The driver unfastens the seat belt

and then opens the driver's door.- The vehicle is stopped for more

than 10 minutes.• The Driver Attention Warning

(DAW) system operates again,when the driver restarts driving.

OPDE056063

OPDE056062

■ Inattentive driving

5-94


System standby

The Driver Attention Warning (DAW)system enters the ready status anddisplays the 'Standby' screen in thefollowing situations.- The camera does not detect the

lane.- Driving speed remains under 60

km/h (37 mph) or over 180 km/h(112 mph).

System malfunction

Check Driver Attention Warning(DAW) system

When the "Check Driver AttentionWarning (DAW) system" warningmessage appears, the system is notworking properly. In this case, we rec-ommend that you have the vehicleinspected by an authorized HYUNDAIdealer.

OOS057086L OOS057087L

• The Driver Attention Warning(DAW) system is not a substi-tute for safe driving practices,but a convenience functiononly. It is the responsibility ofthe driver to always drive cau-tiously to prevent unexpectedand sudden situations fromoccurring. Pay attention to theroad conditions at all times.

• The system may suggest abreak according to the dri-ver's driving pattern or habitseven if the driver doesn't feelfatigue.

• The driver, who feels fatigued,should take a break, eventhough there is no break sug-gestion by the Driver AttentionWarning (DAW) system.

WARNING

5-95


5

The Driver Attention Warning(DAW) system utilizes the camerasensor on the front windshield forits operation. To keep the camerasensor in the best condition, youshould observe the followings:• NEVER install any accessories

or stickers on the front wind-shield, nor tint the front wind-shield.

• NEVER locate any reflectiveobjects (i.e. white paper, mirror)over the dashboard. Any lightreflection may cause a malfunc-tion of the Driver AttentionWarning (DAW) system.

• Pay extreme caution to keep thecamera sensor out of water.

• NEVER disassemble the cameraassembly, nor apply any impacton the camera assembly.

• Do not disassemble the cameratemporarily for tinted window orattaching any types of coatingsand accessories. If you disas-semble a camera and assembleit again, we recommend that youtake your vehicle to an author-ized HYUNDAI dealer and havethe system checked for calibra-tion.

NOTICE

The Driver Attention Warning(DAW) system may not properlyoperate with limited alerting inthe following situations:• The lane detection perform-

ance is limited. (For moreinformation, refer to "LaneKeeping Assist (LKA) system"in this chapter.)

• The vehicle is violently drivenor is abruptly turned forobstacle avoidance (e.g. con-struction area, other vehicles,fallen objects, bumpy road).

CAUTION

• Forward drivability of thevehicle is severely under-mined (possibly due to widevariation in tire pressures,uneven tire wear-out, toe-in/toe-out alignment).

• The vehicle drives on a curvyroad.

• The vehicle drives through awindy area.

• The vehicle drives on abumpy road.

• The vehicle is controlled bythe following driving assistsystems:- Lane Keeping Assist (LKA)

system- Forward Collision-avoidance

Assist (FCA) system

Playing the vehicle audio sys-tem at high volume may offsetthe Driver Attention Warning(DAW) system warning sounds.

CAUTION

5-96


Speed Limit Control operationYou can set the speed limit when youdo not want to drive over a specificspeed.If you drive over the preset speedlimit, the warning system operates(set speed limit will blink and chimewill sound) until the vehicle speedreturns within the speed limit.

InformationWhile speed limit control is in opera-tion, the cruise control system cannotbe activated.

Speed limit control switch

: Changes mode betweencruise control system andspeed limit control system.

RES+: Resumes or increases speedlimit control speed.

SET-: Sets or decreases speed limitcontrol speed.

O (Cancel): Cancels set speed limit.

To set speed limit

1. Press the button to turnthe system on. The speed limitindicator in the instrument clusterwill illuminate.

i

SSPPEEEEDD LLIIMMIITT CCOONNTTRROOLL SSYYSSTTEEMM ((IIFF EEQQUUIIPPPPEEDD))

OPDE056114 OOS057053

System off Cruise Control

Speed Limit Control

5-97


5

2. Push the toggle switch down(SET-).

3. • Push the toggle switch up(RES+) or down (SET-), andrelease it at the desired speed.

• Push the toggle switch up(RES+) or down (SET-) and holdit. The speed will increase ordecrease by 5 km/h.

The set speed limit will display on theinstrument cluster.If you would like to drive over the pre-set speed limit when you depress theaccelerator pedal less than approxi-mately 50%, the vehicle speed willmaintain within speed limit.However if you depress the acceler-ator pedal more than approximately70%, you can drive over the speedlimit. Then the set speed limit willblink and chime will sound until youreturn the vehicle speed within thespeed limit.

To turn off the speed limit con-trol, do one of the following:

• Press the button.• If you press O (cancel) button

once, the set speed limit will can-cel, but it will not turn the systemoff. If you wish to resume the speedlimit, push the +RES or SET- tog-gle switch on your steering wheelto your desired speed.

OOS057054

OOS057055

OOS057053

5-98


Cruise Control operation

1. CRUISE ( ) indicator2. SET indicator

The Cruise Control system allows youto drive at speeds above 30 km/h (20 mph) without depressing theaccelerator pedal.

During cruise-speed driving of amanual transmission vehicle, donot shift into neutral withoutdepressing the clutch pedal, sincethe engine will be overrevved. Ifthis happens, depress the clutchpedal or press the cruise controlON / OFF button.

NOTICE

CCRRUUIISSEE CCOONNTTRROOLL ((IIFF EEQQUUIIPPPPEEDD))

Take the following precautions:• Always set the vehicle speed

under the speed limit in yourcountry.

• If the Cruise Control is left on,(CRUISE ( ) indicator lightin the instrument cluster isilluminated) the CruiseControl can be activated unin-tentionally. Keep the CruiseControl system off (CRUISEindicator light OFF) when theCruise Control is not in use, toavoid inadvertently setting aspeed.

• Use the Cruise Control systemonly when traveling on openhighways in good weather.

• Do not use the Cruise Controlwhen it may be unsafe to keepthe vehicle at a constantspeed:- When driving in heavy traffic

or when traffic conditionsmake it difficult to drive at aconstant speed

- When driving on rainy, icy, orsnow-covered roads

- When driving on hilly orwinding roads

- When driving in windy areas• Do not use cruise control

when towing a trailer.

WARNING

OOS057052

5-99


5

Information• During normal cruise control opera-

tion, when the SET switch is activat-ed or reactivated after applying thebrakes, the cruise control will acti-vate after approximately 3 seconds.This delay is normal.

• Before activating the cruise controlfunction, the system will check toverify that the brake switch is oper-ating normally. Depress the brakepedal at least once after turning ONthe ignition or starting the vehicle.

Cruise control switch

O (Cancel): Cancels cruise controloperation.

CRUISE ( , ):Turns cruise control system on or off.RES+: Resumes or increases cruise

control speed.SET-: Sets or decreases cruise con-

trol speed.

Information

First, switch the mode to CruiseControl by pressing the but-ton if equipped with the Speed LimitControl System.

The mode changes, as below, whenev-er the button is pressed.

ii

OOS057053


Speed Limit Control

OOS057053

5-100


To set Cruise Control speed

1. Press the (CRUISE) button onthe steering wheel to turn the sys-tem on. The (CRUISE) indica-tor will illuminate.

2. Accelerate to the desired speed,which must be more than 30 km/h(20 mph).

Information - Manual trans-mission

For manual transmission vehicles, youshould depress the brake pedal atleast once to set the cruise controlafter starting the engine.

3. Push the toggle switch down(SET-), and release it. The SETindicator light will illuminate.

4. Release the accelerator pedal.

Information On a steep slope, the vehicle mayslightly slow down or speed up, whiledriving uphill or downhill.

To increase Cruise Controlspeed

• Push the toggle switch up (RES+)and hold it, while monitoring theSET speed on the instrument clus-ter.Release the toggle switch whenthe desired speed is shown andthe vehicle will accelerate to thatspeed.

i

i

OOS057053

OOS057054

OOS057055

5-101


5

• Push the toggle switch up (RES+)and release it immediately. Thecruising speed will increase 2.0km/h (1.2 mph) each time the tog-gle switch is operated in this man-ner.

• Depress the accelerator pedal.When the vehicle attains thedesired speed, push the toggleswitch down (SET-).

To decrease Cruise Controlspeed

• Push the toggle switch down (SET-)and hold it.Your vehicle will gradual-ly slow down. Release the toggleswitch at the speed you want tomaintain.

• Push the toggle switch down (SET-)and release it immediately. Thecruising speed will decrease 2.0km/h (1.2 mph) each time the toggleswitch is operated in this manner.

• Lightly tap the brake pedal. Whenthe vehicle attains the desiredspeed, push the toggle switchdown (SET-).

To temporarily accelerate withthe Cruise Control ON Depress the accelerator pedal. Whenyou take your foot off the accelerator,the vehicle will return to the previ-ously set speed.If you push the toggle switch down(SET-) at the increased speed, theCruise Control will maintain theincreased speed.

OOS057054

5-102


Cruise Control will be canceledwhen:

• Depressing the brake pedal.• Depressing the clutch pedal.

(for manual transmission vehicle)• Pressing the O (Cancel) button

located on the steering wheel.• Pressing the (CRUISE) button.

Both the (CRUISE) indicatorand the SET indicator will turn OFF.

• Pressing the button. Boththe (CRUISE) indicator and theSET indicator will turn OFF. (ifequipped with the Speed LimitControl)

• Moving the shift lever into N(Neutral). (for automatic transmis-sion/dual clutch transmission vehi-cle)

• Decreasing the vehicle speed toless than approximately 30 km/h(20 mph).

• The ESC (Electronic StabilityControl) is operating.

• Downshifting to the 2nd gear inmanual shift mode. (for automatictransmission/dual clutch transmis-sion vehicle)

Information Each of the above actions will cancelCruise Control operation (the SETindicator light in the instrument clus-ter will go off), but only pressing the

(CRUISE) button will turn thesystem off. If you wish to resumeCruise Control operation, push thetoggle switch up (RES+) located onyour steering wheel. You will return toyour previously preset speed, unlessthe system was turned off using the

(CRUISE) button.

To resume preset Cruisingspeed

Push the toggle switch up (RES+). Ifthe vehicle speed is over 30 km/h (20mph), the vehicle will resume thepreset speed.

iOOS057055OOS057056

5-103


5

To turn Cruise Control off

• Press the (CRUISE) button (the(CRUISE) indicator light will go

off).• Press the button (The

cruise indicator light will go off.). (ifequipped with Speed Limit Control)- With the Cruise Control on,

pressing the button once will turnOff the Cruise Control and turnon the Speed Limit Control.

- With the Cruise Control off andSpeed Limit Control on, pressingthe button will turn off both sys-tem.

InformationThe mode changes, as below, whenev-er the button is pressed.

i


Speed Limit Control

OOS057053

5-104


Hazardous driving conditionsWhen hazardous driving elementsare encountered such as water,snow, ice, mud and sand, take thefollowing precautions:• Drive cautiously and maintain a

longer braking distance.• Avoid abrupt braking or steering.• When your vehicle is stuck in snow,

mud, or sand, use the secondgear. Accelerate slowly to avoidunnecessary wheel spinning.

• Put sand, rock salt, tire chains orother non-slip materials under thewheels to provide additional trac-tion while being stuck in ice, snow,or mud.

Rocking the vehicle If it is necessary to rock the vehicleto free it from snow, sand, or mud,first turn the steering wheel right andleft to clear the area around yourfront wheels. Then, shift back andforth between R (Reverse) and a for-ward gear.Try to avoid spinning the wheels, anddo not race the engine.To prevent transmission wear, waituntil the wheels stop spinning beforeshifting gears. Release the accelera-tor pedal while shifting, and presslightly on the accelerator pedal whilethe transmission is in gear. Slowlyspinning the wheels in forward andreverse directions causes a rockingmotion that may free the vehicle.

SSPPEECCIIAALL DDRRIIVVIINNGG CCOONNDDIITTIIOONNSS

Downshifting with an a auto-matic transmission/dual clutchtransmission while driving onslippery surfaces can cause anaccident. The sudden change intire speed could cause the tiresto skid. Be careful when down-shifting on slippery surfaces.

WARNING

If the vehicle is stuck andexcessive wheel spin occurs,the temperature in the tires canincrease very quickly. If the tiresbecome damaged, a tire blowout or tire explosion can occur.This condition is dangerous -you and others may be injured.Do not attempt this procedure ifpeople or objects are anywherenear the vehicle.If you attempt to free the vehi-cle, the vehicle can overheatquickly, possibly causing anengine compartment fire orother damage.Try to avoid spin-ning the wheels as much aspossible to prevent overheatingof either the tires or the engine.DO NOT allow the vehicle tospin the wheels above 56 km/h(35 mph).

WARNING

5-105


5

Information The ESC system (if equipped) must beturned OFF before rocking the vehi-cle.

If you are still stuck after rockingthe vehicle a few times, have thevehicle pulled out by a tow vehicleto avoid engine overheating, pos-sible damage to the transmission,and tire damage. See "Towing" inchapter 6.

Smooth corneringAvoid braking or gear changing incorners, especially when roads arewet. Ideally, corners should alwaysbe taken under gentle acceleration.

Driving at nightNight driving presents more hazardsthan driving in the daylight. Here aresome important tips to remember:• Slow down and keep more dis-

tance between you and other vehi-cles, as it may be more difficult tosee at night, especially in areaswhere there may not be any streetlights.

• Adjust your mirrors to reduce theglare from other drivers' head-lamps.

• Keep your headlamps clean andproperly aimed. Dirty or improperlyaimed headlamps will make itmuch more difficult to see at night.

• Avoid staring directly at the head-lamps of oncoming vehicles. Youcould be temporarily blinded, and itwill take several seconds for youreyes to readjust to the darkness.

Driving in the rainRain and wet roads can make drivingdangerous. Here are a few things toconsider when driving in the rain oron slick pavement:• Slow down and allow extra follow-

ing distance. A heavy rainfallmakes it harder to see and increas-es the distance needed to stopyour vehicle.

• Turn OFF your Cruise Control. (ifequipped)

• Replace your windshield wiperblades when they show signs ofstreaking or missing areas on thewindshield.

• Be sure your tires have enoughtread. If your tires do not haveenough tread, making a quick stopon wet pavement can cause a skidand possibly lead to an accident.See "Tire Tread" in chapter 7.

• Turn on your headlamps to make iteasier for others to see you.

• Driving too fast through large pud-dles can affect your brakes. If youmust go through puddles, try todrive through them slowly.

NOTICE

i

5-106


• If you believe your brakes may bewet, apply them lightly while driv-ing until normal braking operationreturns.

Hydroplaning If the road is wet enough and you aregoing fast enough, your vehicle mayhave little or no contact with the roadsurface and actually ride on thewater. The best advice is SLOWDOWN when the road is wet.

The risk of hydroplaning increas-es as the depth of tire treaddecreases, refer to "Tire Tread" inchapter 7.

Driving in flooded areasAvoid driving through flooded areasunless you are sure the water is nohigher than the bottom of the wheelhub. Drive through any water slowly.Allow adequate stopping distancebecause brake performance may bereduced.After driving through water, dry thebrakes by gently applying them sev-eral times while the vehicle is movingslowly.

Highway drivingTiresAdjust the tire inflation, as specified.Under-inflation may overheat ordamage the tires.Do not install worn-out or damagedtires, which may reduce traction orfail the braking operation.

Information Never over-inflate your tires above themaximum inflation pressure, as speci-fied on your tires.

Fuel, engine coolant and engineoilDriving at higher speeds on the high-way consumes more fuel and is lessefficient than driving at a slower,more moderate speed. Maintain amoderate speed in order to conservefuel when driving on the highway.Be sure to check both the enginecoolant level and the engine oilbefore driving.

Drive beltA loose or damaged drive belt mayoverheat the engine.

i

5-107


5

Reducing the risk of a rolloverYour multi-purpose passenger vehi-cle is defined as a Sports UtilityVehicle (SUV). SUV’s have higherground clearance and a narrowertrack to make them capable of per-forming in a wide variety of off-roadapplications. The specific designcharacteristics give them a highercenter of gravity than ordinary vehi-cles making them more likely to rollover if you make abrupt turns. Utilityvehicles have a significantly higherrollover rate than other types of vehi-cles. Due to this risk, driver and pas-sengers are strongly recommendedto buckle their seat belts. In a rollovercrash, an unbelted person is signifi-cantly more likely to die than a per-son wearing a seat belt.There are steps that a driver canmake to reduce the risk of a rollover.If at all possible, avoid sharp turns orabrupt maneuvers, do not load yourvehicle with heavy cargo on the roof,and never modify your vehicle in anyway.

Utility vehicles have a signifi-cantly higher rollover rate thanother types of vehicles. To pre-vent rollovers or loss of control:• Take corners at slower speeds

than you would with a passen-ger vehicle.

• Avoid sharp turns and abruptmaneuvers.

• Do not modify your vehicle inany way that you would raisethe center of gravity.

• Keep tires properly inflated.• Do not carry heavy cargo on

the roof.

WARNING

In a rollover crash, an unbeltedperson is significantly morelikely to die than a person wear-ing a seat belt. Make sure allpassengers are wearing theirseat belts.

WARNING

5-108


The severe weather conditions ofwinter quickly wear out tires andcause other problems. To minimizewinter driving problems, you shouldtake the following suggestions:

Information Information for Snow Tires and TireChains in the national language(Bulgarian, Hungarian, Icelandic,Polish) is provided in the Appendix.

Snow or icy conditionsYou need to keep sufficient distancebetween your vehicle and the vehiclein front of you.Apply the brakes gently. Speeding,rapid acceleration, sudden brakeapplications, and sharp turns arepotentially very hazardous practices.During deceleration, use enginebraking to the fullest extent. Suddenbrake applications on snowy or icyroads may cause skids to occur.To drive your vehicle in deep snow, itmay be necessary to use snow tiresor to install tire chains on your tires.Always carry emergency equipment.Some of the items you may want tocarry include tire chains, tow strapsor chains, a flashlight, emergencyflares, sand, a shovel, jumper cables,a window scraper, gloves, groundcloth, coveralls, a blanket, etc.

Snow tires

If you mount snow tires on your vehi-cle, make sure to use radial tires ofthe same size and load range as theoriginal tires. Mount snow tires on allfour wheels to balance your vehicle’shandling in all weather conditions.The traction provided by snow tireson dry roads may not be as high asyour vehicle's original equipmenttires. Check with the tire dealer formaximum speed recommendations.

Information Do not install studded tires without firstchecking local and municipal regula-tions for possible restrictions againsttheir use.

i

i

WWIINNTTEERR DDRRIIVVIINNGG

Snow tires should be equivalentin size and type to the vehicle'sstandard tires. Otherwise, thesafety and handling of your vehi-cle may be adversely affected.

WARNING

5-109


5

Tire chains

Since the sidewalls of radial tires arethinner than other types of tires, theymay be damaged by mounting sometypes of tire chains on them.Therefore, the use of snow tires isrecommended instead of tire chains.Do not mount tire chains on vehiclesequipped with aluminum wheels; ifunavoidable use a wire type chain. Iftire chains must be used, use gen-uine HYUNDAI parts and install thetire chain after reviewing the instruc-tions provided with the tire chains.Damage to your vehicle caused byimproper tire chain use is not cov-ered by your vehicle manufacturer’swarranty.

When using tire chains, attach themto the drive wheels as follows.2WD : Front wheels4WD : All four wheels

If a full set of chains is notavailable for an 4WD vehicle,chains may be installed onthe front wheels only.

Information • Install tire chains on the front tires.

It should be noted that installing tirechains on the tires will provide agreater driving force, but will notprevent side skids.

• Do not install studded tires withoutfirst checking local and municipalregulations for possible restrictionsagainst their use.

Chain Installation

When installing tire chains, follow themanufacturer's instructions andmount them as tightly possible. Driveslowly (less than 30 km/h (20 mph))with chains installed. If you hear thechains contacting the body or chas-sis, stop and tighten them. If they stillmake contact, slow down until thenoise stops. Remove the tire chainsas soon as you begin driving oncleared roads.When mounting snow chains, parkthe vehicle on level ground awayfrom traffic. Turn on the vehicleHazard Warning Flasher and place atriangular emergency warning devicebehind the vehicle (if available).

i

OOS057008The use of tire chains mayadversely affect vehicle han-dling:• Drive less than 30 km/h (20

mph) or the chain manufactur-er’s recommended speedlimit, whichever is lower.

• Drive carefully and avoidbumps, holes, sharp turns,and other road hazards, whichmay cause the vehicle tobounce.

• Avoid sharp turns or lockedwheel braking.

WARNING

5-110


Always place the vehicle in P (Park),apply the parking brake and turn offthe engine before installing snowchains.

When using tire chains:• Wrong size chains or improperly

installed chains can damageyour vehicle's brake lines, sus-pension, body and wheels.

• Use SAE “S”class or wire chains.• If you hear noise caused by

chains contacting the body,retighten the chain to preventcontact with the vehicle body.

• To prevent body damage, retight-en the chains after driving 0.5~1.0km (0.3~0.6 miles).

• Do not use tire chains on vehi-cles equipped with aluminumwheels. If unavoidable, use awire type chain.

• Use wire chains less than 12 mm(0.47 in) wide to prevent damageto the chain’s connection.

Winter PrecautionsUse high quality ethylene glycolcoolantYour vehicle is delivered with highquality ethylene glycol coolant in thecooling system. It is the only type ofcoolant that should be used becauseit helps prevent corrosion in the cool-ing system, lubricates the waterpump and prevents freezing. Be sureto replace or replenish your coolantin accordance with the maintenanceschedule in chapter 7. Before winter,have your coolant tested to assurethat its freezing point is sufficient forthe temperatures anticipated duringthe winter.

Check battery and cablesWinter temperatures affect batteryperformance. Inspect the batteryand cables, as specified in thechapter 7. The battery charging levelcan be checked by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer or in a service sta-tion.

Change to "winter weight" oil ifnecessaryIn some regions during winter, it isrecommended to use the "winterweight" oil with lower viscosity. Forfurther information, refer to the chap-ter 8. When you are not sure about atype of winter weight oil, consult anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer.

Check spark plugs and ignitionsystemInspect the spark plugs, as speci-fied in the chapter 7. If necessary,replace them. Also check all ignitionwirings and components for anycracks, wear-out, and damage.

To prevent locks from freezingTo prevent the locks from beingfrozen, spray approved de-icing fluidor glycerin into key holes. When alock opening is already covered withice, spray approved de-icing fluidover the ice to remove it. When aninternal part of a lock freezes, try tothaw it with a heated key. Carefullyuse the heated key to avoid an injury.

NOTICE

5-111


5

Use approved window washeranti-freeze solution in systemTo prevent the window washer frombeing frozen, add authorized windowwasher anti-freeze solution, as spec-ified on the window washer contain-er. Window washer anti-freeze solu-tion is available from an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer, and most vehicleaccessory outlets. Do not use enginecoolant or other types of anti-freezesolution, to prevent any damage tothe vehicle paint.

Do not let your parking brakefreezeUnder some conditions your parkingbrake can freeze in the engagedposition. This is most likely to hap-pen when there is an accumulationof snow or ice around or near therear brakes or if the brakes are wet.When there is the risk that your park-ing brake may freeze, temporarilyapply it with the shift lever in P(Park). Also, block the rear wheels inadvance, so the vehicle may not roll.Then, release the parking brake.

Do not let ice and snow accumu-late underneathUnder some conditions, snow andice can build up under the fendersand interfere with the steering. Whendriving in such conditions during thesevere winter, you should checkunderneath the vehicle on a regularbasis, to ensure that the front wheelsand the steering components isunblocked.

Carry emergency equipmentIn accordance with weather condi-tions, you should carry appropriateemergency equipment, while driving.Some of the items you may want tocarry include tire chains, tow strapsor chains, flashlight, emergencyflares, sand, shovel, jumper cables,window scraper, gloves, groundcloth, coveralls, blanket, etc.

Do not place objects or materialsin the engine compartmentPutting objects or materials in theengine compartment may cause anengine failure or combustion, becausethey may block the engine cooling.Such damage will not be covered bythe manufacturer’s warranty.

5-112


If you are considering to tow withyour vehicle, you should first yourcountry's legal requirements. As lawsvary the requirements for towing trail-ers, cars, or other types of vehiclesor apparatus may differ. Ask anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer for fur-ther details before towing.Remember that trailering is differentthan just driving your vehicle by itself.Trailering means changes in han-dling, durability, and fuel economy.Successful, safe trailering requirescorrect equipment, and it has to beused properly. Damage to your vehi-cle caused by improper trailer towingis not covered by your vehicle manu-facturer’s warranty.

This section contains many time-tested, important trailering tips andsafety rules. Many of these areimportant for your safety and that ofyour passengers. Please read thissection carefully before you pull atrailer.

TTRRAAIILLEERR TTOOWWIINNGG ((FFOORR EEUURROOPPEE))

Take the following precautions:• If you don't use the correct

equipment and/or drive improp-erly, you can lose control of thevehicle when you are pulling atrailer. For example, if the traileris too heavy, the braking per-formance may be reduced. Youand your passengers could beseriously or fatally injured. Pulla trailer only if you have fol-lowed all the steps in this sec-tion.

• Before towing, make sure thetotal trailer weight, GCW(Gross Combination Weight),GVW (Gross Vehicle Weight),GAW (Gross Axle Weight) andtrailer tongue load are all with-in the limits.

• When you tow a trailer, makesure to turn off the ISG sys-tem.

WARNING

5-113


5

Information - For Europe• The technically permissible maxi-

mum load on the rear axle(s) may beexceeded by not more than 15 %and the technically permissiblemaximum laden mass of the vehiclemay be exceeded by not more than10% or 100 kg (220.4 lbs), whichev-er value is lower. In this case, do notexceed 100 km/h (62.1 mph) forvehicle of category M1 or 80 km/h(49.7 mph) for vehicle of categoryN1.

• When a vehicle of category M1 istowing a trailer, the additional loadimposed at the trailer couplingdevice may cause the tire maximumload ratings to be exceeded, but notby more than 15%. In this case, donot exceed 100 km/h (62.1 mph) andincrease the tire inflation pressureby at least 0.2 bar.

If you decide to pull a trailer?Here are some important points ifyou decide to pull a trailer:• Consider using a sway control. You

can ask a trailer hitch dealer aboutsway control.

• Do not do any towing with yourvehicle during its first 2,000 km(1,200 miles) in order to allow theengine to properly break in. Failureto heed this caution may result inserious engine or transmissiondamage.

• When towing a trailer, be sure toconsult an authorized HYUNDAIdealer for further information onadditional requirements such as atowing kit, etc.

• Always drive your vehicle at a mod-erate speed (less than 100 km/h(60 mph)) or posted towing speedlimit.

• On a long uphill gradient, do notexceed 70 km/h (45 mph) or theposted towing speed limit,whichever is lower.

• Carefully observe the weight andload limits provided in the followingpages.

i

5-114


Trailer weight

What is the maximum safe weight of atrailer? It should never weigh morethan the maximum trailer weight withtrailer brakes. But even that can betoo heavy. It depends on how you planto use your trailer. For example,speed, altitude, road grades, outsidetemperature and how often your vehi-cle is used to pull a trailer are allimportant. The ideal trailer weight canalso depend on any special equip-ment that you have on your vehicle.

Tongue load

The tongue load is an importantweight to measure because it affectsthe total Gross Vehicle Weight(GVW) of your vehicle. The trailertongue should weigh a maximum of10% of the total loaded trailer weight,within the limits of the maximum trail-er tongue load permissible.After you've loaded your trailer,weigh the trailer and then the tongue,separately, to see if the weights areproper. If they aren’t, you may beable to correct them simply by mov-ing some items around in the trailer.

Information With increasing altitude the engineperformance decreases. From 1,000 mabove sea level and for every 1,000 mthereafter 10% of vehicle/trailerweight (trailer weighter + gross vehi-cle weight) must be deducted.

i

Take the following precautions:• Never load a trailer with more

weight in the rear than in thefront. The front should beloaded with approximately60% of the total trailer load;the rear should be loaded withapproximately 40% of the totaltrailer load.

• Never exceed the maximumweight limits of the trailer ortrailer towing equipment.Improper loading can result indamage to your vehicle and/orpersonal injury. Check weightsand loading at a commercialscale or highway patrol officeequipped with scales.

WARNING

OLMB053048

Gross Axle Weight Gross Vehicle Weight

OLMB053047

Tongue Load Total Trailer Weight

5-115


5

M/T : Manual transmissionDCT : Dual clutch transmission

Item

Gasoline Engine1.0 T-GDI 1.6 T-GDI

M/T DCT

Maximum trailer weight

kg (Ibs.)

With brake system 1200 (2645) 1250 (2756)

Without brake system 600 (1322)

Maximum permissible static vertical load on the coupling device

kg (Ibs.)80 (176)

Recommended distance from rear wheel center to coupling point

mm (inch)820 (32.3)

Reference weight and distance when towing a trailer (for Europe)

Item

Diesel EngineSmartstream D1.6

M/T 2WD (Low power) DCT 2WD/4WD (High power)

Maximum trailer weight

kg (Ibs.)

With brake systemStandard package : 700 (1543)Trailer Package : 1200 (2645)

Standard package : 700 (1543)Trailer Package : 1250 (2756)

Without brake system 600 (1322)

Maximum permissible static vertical load on the coupling device

kg (Ibs.)80 (176)

Recommended distance from rear wheel center to coupling point

mm (inch)820 (32.3)

5-116


Trailer towing equipmentHitches

Information The mounting hole for hitches arelocated on both sides of the underbodybehind the rear tires.

It's important to have the correcthitch equipment. Crosswinds, largetrucks going by, and rough roads area few reasons why you’ll need theright hitch. Here are some rules tofollow:

• Do you have to make any holes inthe body of your vehicle when youinstall a trailer hitch? If you do, thenbe sure to seal the holes laterwhen you remove the hitch. If youdon’t seal them, carbon monoxide(CO) from your exhaust can getinto your vehicle, as well as dirtand water.

• The bumpers on your vehicle arenot intended for hitches. Do notattach rental hitches or otherbumper-type hitches to them. Useonly a frame-mounted hitch thatdoes not attach to the bumper.

• A HYUNDAI trailer hitch accessory isavailable at an authorized HYUNDAIdealer.

Safety chainsYou should always attach chainsbetween your vehicle and your trailer.Instructions about safety chains maybe provided by the hitch manufactur-er or trailer manufacturer. Follow themanufacturer's recommendation forattaching safety chains. Always leavejust enough slack so you can turnwith your trailer. And, never allowsafety chains to drag on the ground.

Trailer brakesIf your trailer is equipped with a brak-ing system, make sure it conforms toyour country's regulations and that itis properly installed and operatingcorrectly.If your trailer weighs more than themaximum trailer weight without trail-er brakes loaded, then it needs itsown brakes and they must be ade-quate. Be sure to read and follow theinstructions for the trailer brakes soyou'll be able to install, adjust andmaintain them properly. Be sure notto modify your vehicle's brake sys-tem.i

OOS067031L

Do not use a trailer with its ownbrakes unless you are absolute-ly certain that you have proper-ly set up the brake system. Thisis not a task for amateurs. Usean experienced, competent trail-er shop for this work.

WARNING

5-117


5

Driving with a trailerTowing a trailer requires a certainamount of experience. Before settingout for the open road, you must getto know your trailer. Acquaint your-self with the feel of handling andbraking with the added weight of thetrailer. And always keep in mind thatthe vehicle you are driving is nowlonger and not nearly as responsiveas your vehicle is by itself.Before you start, check the trailerhitch and platform, safety chains,electrical connector(s), lights, tiresand brakes.During your trip, occasionally checkto be sure that the load is secure,and that the lights and trailer brakesare still working.

DistanceStay at least twice as far behind thevehicle ahead as you would whendriving your vehicle without a trailer.This can help you avoid situationsthat require heavy braking and sud-den turns.

PassingYou will need more passing distanceup ahead when you’re towing a trail-er. And, because of the increasedvehicle length, you’ll need to gomuch farther beyond the passedvehicle before you can return to yourlane.

Backing upHold the bottom of the steeringwheel with one hand. Then, to movethe trailer to the left, move your handto the left. To move the trailer to theright, move your hand to the right.Always back up slowly and, if possi-ble, have someone guide you.

Making turnsWhen you’re turning with a trailer,make wider turns than normal. Do thisso your trailer won’t strike soft shoul-ders, curbs, road signs, trees, or otherobjects. Avoid jerky or suddenmaneuvers. Signal well in advance.

Turn signalsWhen you tow a trailer, your vehiclehas to have a different turn signalflasher and extra wiring. The greenarrows on your instrument panel willflash whenever you signal a turn orlane change. Properly connected,the trailer lights will also flash to alertother drivers you’re about to turn,change lanes, or stop.When towing a trailer, the greenarrows on your instrument panel willflash for turns even if the bulbs onthe trailer are burned out. Thus, youmay think drivers behind you areseeing your signals when, in fact,they are not. It’s important to checkoccasionally to be sure the trailerbulbs are still working. You must alsocheck the lights every time you dis-connect and then reconnect thewires.

5-118


Driving on hillsReduce speed and shift to a lowergear before you start down a long orsteep downgrade. If you don't shiftdown, you might have to use yourbrakes so much that they would getoverheated and may not operate effi-ciently.On a long uphill grade, shift downand reduce your speed to around 70km/h (45 mph) to reduce the possi-bility of engine and transmissionoverheating.

If your trailer weighs more than themaximum trailer weight without trail-er brakes and you have automatictransmission/dual clutch transmis-sion, you should drive in D (Drive)when towing a trailer.Operating your vehicle in D (Drive)when towing a trailer will minimizeheat build-up and extend the life ofyour transmission.

To prevent engine and/or trans-mission overheating:• When towing a trailer on steep

grades (in excess of 6%) payclose attention to the enginecoolant temperature gauge toensure the engine does notoverheat. If the needle of thecoolant temperature gaugemoves towards "H" (HOT), pullover and stop as soon as it issafe to do so, and allow theengine to idle until it coolsdown.You may proceed once theengine has cooled sufficiently.

• If you tow a trailer with the max-imum gross vehicle weight andmaximum trailer weight, it cancause the engine or transmis-sion to overheat. When drivingin such conditions, allow theengine to idle until it coolsdown.You may proceed once theengine or transmission hascooled sufficiently.

• When towing a trailer, your vehi-cle speed may be much slowerthan the general flow of traffic,especially when climbing anuphill gradient. Use the righthand lane when towing a traileron an uphill gradient. Chooseyour vehicle speed according tothe maximum posted speed limitfor vehicles with trailers, thesteepness of the gradient, andyour trailer weight.

• Vehicles equipped with a auto-matic transmission/dual clutchtransmission when towing atrailer on steep gradients, needto be aware that the clutch in thetransmission could overheat.

NOTICE

Do not connect a trailer lightingsystem directly to your vehi-cle's lighting system. Use anapproved trailer wiring harness.Failure to do so could result indamage to the vehicle electricalsystem and/or personal injury.Consult an authorized HYUNDAIdealer for assistance.

WARNING

5-119


5

When the clutch is overheated,the safe protection modeengages. If the safe protectionmode engages, the gear posi-tion indicator on the clusterblinks with a chime sound.At this time, a warning messagewill appear on the LCD displayand driving may not be smooth.If you ignore this warning, thedriving condition may becomeworse.To return to normal driving con-ditions, stop the vehicle on a flatroad and apply the foot brake fora few minutes before driving off.

Parking on hillsGenerally, if you have a trailerattached to your vehicle, you shouldnot park your vehicle on a hill.

However, if you ever have to park yourtrailer on a hill, here's how to do it:1. Pull the vehicle into the parking

space.Turn the steering wheel in thedirection of the curb (right if head-ed down hill, left if headed up hill).

2. Shift the vehicle to P (Park, forautomatic transmission/dual clutchtransmission vehicle) or neutral(for manual transmission vehicle).

3. Set the parking brake and shut offthe vehicle.

4. Place wheel chocks under thetrailer wheels on the down hill sideof the wheels.

5. Start the vehicle, hold the brakes,shift to neutral, release the park-ing brake and slowly release thebrakes until the trailer chocksabsorb the load.

6. Reapply the brakes and parkingbrakes.

7. Move the shift lever to P (Park, forautomatic transmission/dual clutchtransmission vehicle) or 1st gear(for manual transmission vehicle)when the vehicle is parked on auphill gradient and in R (Reverse)on a downhill.

8. Shut off the vehicle and releasethe vehicle brakes but leave theparking brake set.

To prevent serious or fatalinjury:• Do not get out of the vehicle

without the parking brakefirmly set. If you have left theengine running, the vehiclecan move suddenly. You andothers could be seriously orfatally injured.

• Do not apply the acceleratorpedal to hold the vehicle onan uphill.

WARNING

5-120


Ready to leave after parking ona hill1. With the shift lever in P (Park, for

automatic transmission/dual clutchtransmission vehicle) or neutral(for manual transmission vehicle),apply your brakes and hold thebrake pedal down while you:• Start your engine;• Shift into gear; and• Release the parking brake.

2. Slowly remove your foot from thebrake pedal.

3. Drive slowly until the trailer is clearof the chocks.

4. Stop and have someone pick upand store the chocks.

Maintenance when towing atrailerYour vehicle will need service moreoften when you regularly pull a trail-er. Important items to pay particularattention to include engine oil, auto-matic transmission/dual clutch trans-mission fluid, axle lubricant and cool-ing system fluid. Brake condition isanother important item to frequentlycheck. If you're trailering, it's a goodidea to review these items before youstart your trip. Don't forget to alsomaintain your trailer and hitch. Followthe maintenance schedule thataccompanied your trailer and checkit periodically. Preferably, conduct thecheck at the start of each day's driv-ing. Most importantly, all hitch nutsand bolts should be tight.

To prevent vehicle damage:• Due to higher load during trailer

usage, overheating might occuron hot days or during uphill driv-ing. If the coolant gauge indi-cates over-heating, switch offthe air conditioner and stop thevehicle in a safe area to cooldown the engine.

• Do not switch off the enginewhile the coolant gauge indi-cates over-heating.(Keep the engine idle to cooldown the engine)

• When towing check automatictransmission/dual clutch trans-mission fluid more frequently.

• If your vehicle is not equippedwith an air conditioner, youshould install a condenser fanto improve engine performancewhen towing a trailer.

NOTICE

5-121


5

Two labels on your driver's door sillshow how much weight your vehiclewas designed to carry: the Tire andLoading Information Label and theCertification Label.Before loading your vehicle, familiar-ize yourself with the following termsfor determining your vehicle's weightratings, from the vehicle's specifica-tions and the Certification Label:

Base Curb WeightThis is the weight of the vehicle includ-ing a full tank of fuel and all standardequipment. It does not include pas-sengers, cargo, or optional equipment.

Vehicle Curb WeightThis is the weight of your new vehiclewhen you picked it up from your deal-er plus any aftermarket equipment.

Cargo WeightThis figure includes all weight addedto the Base Curb Weight, includingcargo and optional equipment.

GAW (Gross Axle Weight)This is the total weight placed oneach axle (front and rear) - includingvehicle curb weight and all payload.

GAWR (Gross Axle Weight Rating)This is the maximum allowableweight that can be carried by a singleaxle (front or rear). These numbersare shown on the Certification Label.The total load on each axle mustnever exceed its GAWR.

GVW (Gross Vehicle Weight)This is the Base Curb Weight plusactual Cargo Weight plus passen-gers.

GVWR (Gross Vehicle WeightRating)This is the maximum allowableweight of the fully loaded vehicle(including all options, equipment,passengers and cargo). The GVWRis shown on the Certification Labellocated on the driver's door sill.

OverloadingVVEEHHIICCLLEE WWEEIIGGHHTT

The Gross Axle Weight Rating(GAWR) and the Gross VehicleWeight Rating (GVWR) for yourvehicle are on the CertificationLabel attached to the driver's(or front passenger's) door.Exceeding these ratings cancause an accident or vehicledamage. You can calculate theweight of your load by weighingthe items (and people) beforeputting them in the vehicle. Becareful not to overload yourvehicle.

WARNING


Hazard warning flasher ........................................6-3In case of an emergency while driving ..............6-3

If the engine stalls while driving ...................................6-3If the engine stalls at a crossroad or crossing .........6-3If you have a flat tire while driving..............................6-4

If the engine will not start ...................................6-4If the engine doesn't turn over or turns over slowly...............................................................6-4If the engine turns over normally but doesn't start .......................................................................6-5

Jump starting ..........................................................6-5If the engine overheats ........................................6-8Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) (Type A)...................................................................6-9

Low tire pressure telltale ..............................................6-10TPMS (Tire Pressure Monitoring System) malfunction indicator .....................................................6-11Changing a tire with TPMS...........................................6-12

Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) (Type B).................................................................6-14

Check tire pressure ........................................................6-14Tire pressure monitoring system................................6-15Low tire pressure telltale ..............................................6-16Low tire pressure position telltale and tire pressure telltale .......................................................6-16TPMS (Tire Pressure Monitoring System) malfunction indicator .....................................................6-17Changing a tire with TPMS...........................................6-18

If you have a flat tire (with spare tire)............6-20Jack and tools ..................................................................6-20Changing tires ..................................................................6-21Jack label...........................................................................6-26EC Declaration of conformity for Jack......................6-27

If you have a flat tire (with tire mobility kit) - Type A ................................................................6-28

Introduction ......................................................................6-28Notes on the safe use of the Tire Mobility Kit.......6-29Components of the Tire Mobility Kit .........................6-30Using the Tire Mobility Kit............................................6-31Checking the tire inflation pressure ..........................6-33

6

If you have a flat tire (with tire mobility kit) - Type B ................................................................6-35

Introduction ......................................................................6-35Notes on the safe use of the Tire Mobility Kit.......6-36Components of the Tire Mobility Kit .........................6-37Using the Tire Mobility Kit............................................6-38Distributing the sealant .................................................6-39Checking the tire inflation pressure ..........................6-40

Towing ...................................................................6-41Towing service .................................................................6-41Removable towing hook ................................................6-42Emergency towing ..........................................................6-43

Emergency commodity ........................................6-45Fire extinguisher .............................................................6-45First aid kit........................................................................6-45Triangle reflector ............................................................6-45Tire pressure gauge .......................................................6-456

6-3

What to do in an em

ergency

6

The hazard warning flasher servesas a warning to other drivers to exer-cise extreme caution when approach-ing, overtaking, or passing your vehi-cle.It should be used whenever emer-gency repairs are being made orwhen the vehicle is stopped near theedge of a roadway.

To turn the hazard warning flasheron or off, press the hazard warningflasher button with the ignition switchin any position. The button is locatedin the center fascia panel. All turnsignal lights will flash simultaneously.• The hazard warning flasher oper-

ates whether your vehicle is run-ning or not.

• The turn signals do not work whenthe hazard flasher is on.

If the engine stalls while driving• Reduce your speed gradually,

keeping a straight line. Move cau-tiously off the road to a safe place.

• Turn on your hazard warning flash-er.

• Try to start the engine again. If yourvehicle will not start, we recom-mend that you contact an author-ized HYUNDAI dealer.

If the engine stalls at a cross-road or crossing If the engine stalls at a crossroads orcrossing, if safe to do so, move theshift lever to the N (Neutral) positionand then push the vehicle to a safelocation.

HHAAZZAARRDD WWAARRNNIINNGG FFLLAASSHHEERR IINN CCAASSEE OOFF AANN EEMMEERRGGEENNCCYYWWHHIILLEE DDRRIIVVIINNGG

OOS067001

6-4


If you have a flat tire whiledriving If a tire goes flat while you are driving:• Take your foot off the accelerator

pedal and let the vehicle slowdown while driving straight ahead.Do not apply the brakes immedi-ately or attempt to pull off the roadas this may cause loss of vehiclecontrol resulting in an accident.When the vehicle has slowed tosuch a speed that it is safe to doso, brake carefully and pull off theroad. Drive off the road as far aspossible and park on firm, levelground. If you are on a dividedhighway, do not park in the medianarea between the two traffic lanes.

• When the vehicle is stopped, pressthe hazard warning flasher button,move the shift lever into P (Park,for dual clutch transmission vehicle)or neutral (for manual transmissionvehicle), apply the parking brake,and place the ignition switch in theLOCK/OFF position.

• Have all passengers get out of thevehicle. Be sure they all get out onthe side of the vehicle that is awayfrom traffic.

• When changing a flat tire, followthe instructions provided later inthis chapter.

If the engine doesn't turn overor turns over slowly • Be sure the shift lever is in N

(Neutral) or P (Park) if it is dualclutch transmission vehicle. Theengine starts only when the shiftlever is in N (Neutral) or P (Park).

• Check the battery connections tobe sure they are clean and tight.

• Turn on the interior light. If the lightdims or goes out when you operatethe starter, the battery is drained.

Do not push or pull the vehicle to startit. This could cause damage to yourvehicle. See instructions for "JumpStarting" provided in this chapter.

IIFF TTHHEE EENNGGIINNEE WWIILLLL NNOOTTSSTTAARRTT

Push or pull starting the vehiclemay cause the catalytic con-verter to overload which canlead to damage to the emissioncontrol system.

CAUTION

6-5

What to do in an em

ergency

6

If the engine turns over nor-mally but doesn't start • Check the fuel level and add fuel if

necessary.If the engine still does not start, werecommend that you call an author-ized HYUNDAI dealer for assistance.

Jump starting can be dangerous ifdone incorrectly. Follow the jumpstarting procedure in this section toavoid serious injury or damage toyour vehicle. If in doubt about how toproperly jump start your vehicle, westrongly recommend that you have aservice technician or towing servicedo it for you.

JJUUMMPP SSTTAARRTTIINNGG

To prevent SERIOUS INJURY orDEATH to you or bystanders,always follow these precautionswhen working near or handlingthe battery:

Always read and followinstructions carefullywhen handling a battery.Wear eye protectiondesigned to protect theeyes from acid splashes.Keep all flames, sparks,or smoking materialsaway from the battery.

WARNING

Hydrogen is alwayspresent in battery cells,is highly combustible,and may explode if ignit-ed.Keep batteries out ofreach of children.

Batteries contain sulfu-ric acid which is highlycorrosive. Do not allowacid to contact youreyes, skin or clothing.

If acid gets into your eyes, flushyour eyes with clean water for atleast 15 minutes and get imme-diate medical attention. If acidgets on your skin, thoroughlywash the area. If you feel pain ora burning sensation, get med-ical attention immediately.• When lifting a plastic-cased

battery, excessive pressureon the case may cause batteryacid to leak. Lift with a batterycarrier or with your hands onopposite corners.

6-6


To prevent damage to your vehi-cle:• Only use a 12-volt power supply

(battery or jumper system) tojump start your vehicle.

• Do not attempt to jump startyour vehicle by push-starting.

InformationAn inappropriately disposedbattery can be harmful to theenvironment and humanhealth. Dispose the batteryaccording to your local law(s)or regulations.

Jump starting procedure 1. Position the vehicles close enough

that the jumper cables will reach,but do not allow the vehicles totouch.

2. Avoid fans or any moving parts inthe engine compartment at alltimes, even when the vehicles areturned off.

3. Turn off all electrical devices suchas radios, lights, air conditioning,etc. Put the vehicles in P (Park, fordual clutch transmission vehicle)or neutral (for manual transmis-sion vehicle), and set the parkingbrakes. Turn both vehicles OFF.

i

NOTICE• Do not attempt to jump startyour vehicle if your battery isfrozen.

• NEVER attempt to rechargethe battery when the vehicle’sbattery cables are connectedto the battery.

• The electrical ignition systemworks with high voltage.NEVER touch these compo-nents with the engine runningor when the ignition switch isin the ON position.

• Do not allow the (+) and (-)jumper cables to touch. It maycause sparks.

• The battery may rupture orexplode when you jump startwith a low or frozen battery.

Pb

6-7

What to do in an em

ergency

6

4. Connect the jumper cables in theexact sequence shown in the illus-tration. First connect one jumpercable to the red, positive (+)jumper terminal of your vehicle(1).

5. Connect the other end of thejumper cable to the red, positive(+) battery/jumper terminal of theassisting vehicle (2).

6. Connect the second jumper cableto the black, negative (-) battery/chassis ground of the assistingvehicle (3).

7. Connect the other end of the sec-ond jumper cable to the black,negative (-) chassis ground ofyour vehicle (4).Do not allow the jumper cables tocontact anything except the cor-rect battery or jumper terminals orthe correct ground. Do not leanover the battery when makingconnections.

8. Start the engine of the assistingvehicle and let it run at approxi-mately 2,000 rpm for a few min-utes. Then start your vehicle.

If your vehicle will not start after afew attempts, it probably requiresservicing. In this event please seekqualified assistance. If the cause ofyour battery discharging is notapparent, have your vehicle checkedby an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

Disconnect the jumper cables in theexact reverse order you connectedthem:1. Disconnect the jumper cable from

the black, negative (-) chassisground of your vehicle (4).

2. Disconnect the other end of thejumper cable from the black, neg-ative (-) battery/chassis ground ofthe assisting vehicle (3).

3. Disconnect the second jumpercable from the red, positive (+)battery/jumper terminal of theassisting vehicle (2).

4. Disconnect the other end of thejumper cable from the red, positive(+) jumper terminal of your vehicle(1).

1VQA4001

6-8


If your temperature gauge indicatesoverheating, you experience a lossof power, or hear loud pinging orknocking, the engine may be over-heating. If this happens, you should:1. Pull off the road and stop as soon

as it is safe to do so.2. Place the shift lever in P (Park, for

dual clutch transmission vehicle)or neutral (for manual transmis-sion/dual clutch transmission vehi-cle) and set the parking brake. Ifthe air conditioning is ON, turn itOFF.

3. If engine coolant is running outunder the vehicle or steam is com-ing out from the hood, stop theengine. Do not open the hood untilthe coolant has stopped runningor the steaming has stopped. Ifthere is no visible loss of enginecoolant and no steam, leave theengine running and check to besure the engine cooling fan isoperating. If the fan is not running,turn the engine off.

4. Check for coolant leaking from theradiator, hoses or under the vehi-cle. (If the air conditioning had beenin use, it is normal for cold water tobe draining from it when you stop.)

5. If engine coolant is leaking out, stopthe engine immediately and we rec-ommend that you call an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer for assistance.

IIFF TTHHEE EENNGGIINNEE OOVVEERRHHEEAATTSS

While the engine isrunning, keep hands,clothing and toolsaway from the mov-ing parts such as thecooling fan and drivebelt to prevent seri-ous injury.

WARNING

NEVER remove theradiator cap or thedrain plug while theengine and radiatorare hot. Hot coolant

and steam may blow out underpressure, causing serious injury.Turn the engine off and waituntil the engine cools down.Use extreme care when remov-ing the radiator cap. Wrap athick towel around it, and turn itcounterclockwise slowly to thefirst stop. Step back while thepressure is released from thecooling system. When you aresure all the pressure has beenreleased, press down on thecap, using a thick towel, andcontinue turning counterclock-wise to remove it.

WARNING

6-9

What to do in an em

ergency

6

6. If you cannot find the cause of theoverheating, wait until the enginetemperature has returned to nor-mal. Then, if coolant has beenlost, carefully add coolant to thereservoir to bring the fluid level inthe reservoir up to the halfwaymark.

7. Proceed with caution, keepingalert for further signs of overheat-ing. If overheating happens again,we recommend that you call anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer forassistance.

(1) Low tire pressure telltale / TPMS malfunction indicator

Each tire, including the spare (if pro-vided), should be checked monthlywhen cold and inflated to the inflationpressure recommended by the vehi-cle manufacturer on the vehicle plac-ard or tire inflation pressure label. (Ifyour vehicle has tires of a differentsize than the size indicated on thevehicle placard or tire inflation pres-sure label, you should determine theproper tire inflation pressure forthose tires.)

As an added safety feature, yourvehicle has been equipped with a tirepressure monitoring system (TPMS)that illuminates a low tire pressuretelltale when one or more of yourtires is significantly under-inflated.Accordingly, when the low tire pres-sure telltale illuminates, you shouldstop and check your tires as soon aspossible, and inflate them to theproper pressure. Driving on a signifi-cantly under-inflated tire causes thetire to overheat and can lead to tirefailure. Under-inflation also reducesfuel efficiency and tire tread life, andmay affect the vehicle's handling andstopping ability.

Please note that the TPMS is not asubstitute for proper tire mainte-nance, and it is the driver’s responsi-bility to maintain correct tire pres-sure, even if under-inflation has notreached the level to trigger illumina-tion of the TPMS low tire pressuretelltale.

• Serious loss of coolant indi-cates a leak in the coolingsystem and we recommendthe system be checked by anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer.

• When the engine overheatsfrom low engine coolant, sud-denly adding engine coolantmay cause cracks in theengine. To prevent damage,add engine coolant slowly insmall quantities.

CAUTION

TTIIRREE PPRREESSSSUURREE MMOONNIITTOORRIINNGG SSYYSSTTEEMM ((TTPPMMSS,, IIFF EEQQUUIIPPPPEEDD))((TTYYPPEE AA))

OOS067005

6-10


Your vehicle has also been equippedwith a TPMS malfunction indicator toindicate when the system is notoperating properly. The TPMS mal-function indicator is combined withthe low tire pressure telltale. Whenthe system detects a malfunction,the telltale will flash for approximate-ly one minute and then remain con-tinuously illuminated.This sequence will continue uponsubsequent vehicle start-ups as longas the malfunction exists. When themalfunction indicator is illuminated,the system may not be able to detector signal low tire pressure as intend-ed. TPMS malfunctions may occurfor a variety of reasons, including theinstallation of replacement or alter-nate tires or wheels on the vehiclethat prevent the TPMS from function-ing properly. Always check theTPMS malfunction telltale afterreplacing one or more tires or wheelson your vehicle to ensure that thereplacement or alternate tires andwheels allow the TPMS to continueto function properly.

If the TPMS indicator does not illu-minate for 3 seconds when theignition switch is turned to the ONposition or engine is running, or ifit comes on after blinking forapproximately one minute, we rec-ommend that you contact anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer.

Low tire pressure telltaleWhen the tire pressuremonitoring system warn-ing indicator is illuminatedand warning message

displayed on the cluster LCD display,one or more of your tires is signifi-cantly under-inflated.If the telltale illuminates, immediatelyreduce your speed, avoid hard cor-nering and anticipate increased stop-ping distances. You should stop andcheck your tires as soon as possible.Inflate the tires to the proper pres-sure as indicated on the vehicle'splacard or tire inflation pressure labellocated on the driver's side centerpillar outer panel. If you cannot reacha service station or if the tire cannothold the newly added air, replace thelow pressure tire with the spare tire.Then the Low Tire Pressure telltalemay flash for approximately oneminute and then remain continuouslyilluminated after restarting and about10 minutes of continuous drivingbefore you have the low pressure tirerepaired and replaced on the vehicle.

NOTICE

6-11

What to do in an em

ergency

6

TPMS (Tire PressureMonitoring System)malfunction indicator

The TPMS malfunction indicator willilluminate after it blinks for approxi-mately one minute when there is aproblem with the Tire PressureMonitoring System. If the system isable to correctly detect an underinflation warning at the same time assystem failure then it will illuminatethe TPMS malfunction indicator.We recommend that the system bechecked by an authorized HYUNDAIdealer.

In winter or cold weather, thelow tire pressure telltale may beilluminated if the tire pressurewas adjusted to the recom-mended tire inflation pressurein warm weather. It does notmean your TPMS is malfunc-tioning because the decreasedtemperature leads to a propor-tional lowering of tire pressure.When you drive your vehiclefrom a warm area to a cold areaor from a cold area to a warmarea, or the outside temperatureis greatly higher or lower, youshould check the tire inflationpressure and adjust the tires tothe recommended tire inflationpressure.

CAUTION

Low pressure damage

Significantly low tire pressuremakes the vehicle unstable andcan contribute to loss of vehiclecontrol and increased brakingdistances.Continued driving on low pres-sure tires can cause the tires tooverheat and fail.

WARNING

• The TPMS malfunction indica-tor may be illuminated if thevehicle is moving aroundelectric power supply cablesor radios transmitter such asat police stations, governmentand public offices, broadcast-ing stations, military installa-tions, airports, or transmittingtowers, etc. This can interferewith normal operation of theTire Pressure MonitoringSystem (TPMS).

• The TPMS malfunction indica-tor may illuminate if snowchains or some separatelypurchased devices such asnotebook computers, mobilecharger, remote starter, navi-gation etc. are used in thevehicle.This can interfere withnormal operation of the TirePressure Monitoring System(TPMS).

CAUTION

6-12


Changing a tire with TPMSIf you have a flat tire, the Low TirePressure will come on. We recom-mend that the flat tire be checked byan authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

Each wheel is equipped with a tirepressure sensor mounted inside thetire behind the valve stem. You mustuse TPMS specific wheels. It is rec-ommended that you have your tiresserviced by an authorized HYUNDAIdealer.Even if you replace the low pressuretire with the spare tire, the Low TirePressure Telltale will blink or remainon until the low pressure tire isrepaired and placed on the vehicle.

After you replace the low pressuretire with the spare tire, the Low TirePressure Telltale may blink or illumi-nate after a few minutes because theTPMS sensor mounted on the sparewheel is not initiated.Once the low pressure tire is reinflat-ed to the recommended pressureand installed on the vehicle or werecommend that the TPMS sensormounted on the replaced sparewheel be initiated by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer, the TPMS mal-function indicator and the low tirepressure telltale will extinguish withina few minutes of driving.If the indicator is not extinguishedafter a few minutes of driving, We rec-ommend that the system be checkedby an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

You may not be able to identify a lowtire by simply looking at it. Alwaysuse a good quality tire pressuregauge to measure the tire's inflationpressure. Please note that a tire thatis hot (from being driven) will have ahigher pressure measurement than atire that is cold.A cold tire means the vehicle hasbeen sitting for 3 hours and driven forless than 1 mile (1.6 km) in that 3hour period.Allow the tire to cool before measur-ing the inflation pressure. Always besure the tire is cold before inflating tothe recommended pressure.

It is recommended that you donot use a puncture-repairingagent not approved by HYUNDAIdealer to repair and/or inflate alow pressure tire. Tire sealantnot approved by HYUNDAI deal-er may damage the tire pressuresensor.

CAUTION

If original mounted tire isreplaced with the spare tire, theTPMS sensor on the replacedspare wheel should be initiatedand we recommend that theTPMS sensor on the originalmounted wheel be deactivatedby a HYUNDAI dealer.

If the TPMS sensor on the origi-nal mounted wheel located inthe spare tire carrier still acti-vates, the tire pressure monitor-ing system may not operateproperly. We recommend thatthe system be serviced by anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer.

CAUTION

6-13

What to do in an em

ergency

6

TPMS

• The TPMS cannot alert you tosevere and sudden tire dam-age caused by external fac-tors such as nails or roaddebris.

• If you feel any vehicle instabil-ity, immediately take your footoff the accelerator, apply thebrakes gradually and withlight force, and slowly move toa safe position off the road.

WARNING

Protecting TPMS

Tampering with, modifying, ordisabling the Tire PressureMonitoring System (TPMS)components may interfere withthe system's ability to warn thedriver of low tire pressure con-ditions and/or TPMS malfunc-tions. Tampering with, modify-ing, or disabling the TirePressure Monitoring System(TPMS) components may voidthe warranty for that portion ofthe vehicle.

WARNING

For EUROPE

• Do not modify the vehicle, itmay interfere with the TPMSfunction.

• The wheels on the market donot have a TPMS sensor.For your safety, we recom-mend that you use parts forreplacement from an author-ized HYUNDAI dealer.

• If you use the wheels on themarket, use a TPMS sensorapproved by a HYUNDAI deal-er. If your vehicle is notequipped with a TPMS sensoror TPMS does not work prop-erly, you may fail the periodicvehicle inspection conductedin your country.

❈❈All vehicles sold in theEUROPE market during belowperiod must be equipped withTPMS.- New model vehicle : Nov. 1,

2012 ~- Current model vehicle : Nov.

1, 2014~ (Based on vehicleregistrations)

WARNING

We recommend that you use thesealant approved by HYUNDAI ifyour vehicle is equipped with aTire Pressure MonitoringSystem. The liquid sealant candamage the tire pressure sen-sors.

CAUTION

6-14


(1) Low Tire Pressure Telltale/TPMS Malfunction Indicator

(2) Low tire pressure position telltaleand tire pressure telltale (Shown on the LCD display)

Check tire pressure

• You can check the tire pressure inthe Assist mode on the cluster.Refer to the "LCD DisplayModes" in chapter 3.

• Tire pressure is displayed after afew minutes of driving after initialengine start up.

• If tire pressure is not displayed whenthe vehicle is stopped, "Drive to dis-play" message will appear. After driv-ing, check the tire pressure.

• The displayed tire pressure valuesmay differ from those measuredwith a tire pressure gauge.

• You can change the tire pressureunit in the User Settings mode onthe instrument cluster.- psi, kpa, bar (Refer to "LCD

Modes" in chapter 3).

TTIIRREE PPRREESSSSUURREE MMOONNIITTOORRIINNGG SSYYSSTTEEMM ((TTPPMMSS)) ((IIFF EEQQUUIIPPPPEEDD)) ((TTYYPPEE BB))

OOS067005

OOS047115L

OOS047119L

6-15

What to do in an em

ergency

6

Tire pressure monitoring sys-tem

Each tire, including the spare (if pro-vided), should be checked monthlywhen cold and inflated to the inflationpressure recommended by the vehi-cle manufacturer on the vehicle plac-ard or tire inflation pressure label. (Ifyour vehicle has tires of a differentsize than the size indicated on thevehicle placard or tire inflation pres-sure label, you should determine theproper tire inflation pressure forthose tires.)

As an added safety feature, yourvehicle has been equipped with a tirepressure monitoring system (TPMS)that illuminates a low tire pressuretelltale when one or more of yourtires is significantly under-inflated.Accordingly, when the low tire pres-sure telltale illuminates, you shouldstop and check your tires as soon aspossible, and inflate them to theproper pressure. Driving on a signifi-cantly under-inflated tire causes thetire to overheat and can lead to tirefailure. Under-inflation also reducesfuel efficiency and tire tread life, andmay affect the vehicle’s handling andstopping ability.Please note that the TPMS is not asubstitute for proper tire mainte-nance, and it is the driver’s responsi-bility to maintain correct tire pres-sure, even if under-inflation has notreached the level to trigger illumina-tion of the TPMS low tire pressuretelltale.

Your vehicle has also been equippedwith a TPMS malfunction indicator toindicate when the system is notoperating properly. The TPMS mal-function indicator is combined withthe low tire pressure telltale. Whenthe system detects a malfunction,the telltale will flash for approximate-ly one minute and then remain con-tinuously illuminated. This sequencewill continue upon subsequent vehi-cle start-ups as long as the malfunc-tion exists. When the malfunctionindicator is illuminated, the systemmay not be able to detect or signallow tire pressure as intended.TPMS malfunctions may occur for avariety of reasons, including theinstallation of replacement or alter-nate tires or wheels on the vehiclethat prevent the TPMS from function-ing properly. Always check the TPMSmalfunction telltale after replacingone or more tires or wheels on yourvehicle to ensure that the replace-ment or alternate tires and wheelsallow the TPMS to continue to func-tion properly.

Over-inflation or under-inflationcan reduce tire life, adverselyaffect vehicle handling, andlead to sudden tire failure thatmay cause loss of vehicle con-trol resulting in an accident.

WARNING

6-16


If any of the below happens, we rec-ommend that the system bechecked by an authorized HYUNDAIdealer.1. The low tire pressure telltale/

TPMS malfunction indicatordoes not illuminate for 3 sec-onds when the ignition switchis turned to the ON position orthe engine is running.

2. The TPMS malfunction indicatorremains illuminated after blink-ing for approximately 1 minute.

3. The Low tire pressure positiontelltale remains illuminated.

Low tire pressuretelltale

Low tire pressureposition telltaleand tire pressuretelltale

When the tire pressure monitoringsystem warning indicators are illumi-nated and a warning message dis-played on the cluster LCD display,one or more of your tires is signifi-cantly under-inflated. The low tirepressure position telltale light willindicate which tire is significantlyunder-inflated by illuminating the cor-responding position light.

If either telltale illuminates, immedi-ately reduce your speed, avoid hardcornering and anticipate increasedstopping distances. You should stopand check your tires as soon as pos-sible. Inflate the tires to the properpressure as indicated on the vehi-cle’s placard or tire inflation pressurelabel located on the driver's side cen-ter pillar outer panel. If you cannotreach a service station or if the tirecannot hold the newly added air,replace the low pressure tire with aspare tire.If you drive the vehicle for about 10minutes at speeds above 25 km/hafter replacing the low pressure tirewith the spare tire, the following willhappen:• The TPMS malfunction indicator

may blink for approximately 1 minuteand then remain continuously illumi-nated because the TPMS sensor isnot mounted on the spare wheel.

NOTICE

OOS047115L

6-17

What to do in an em

ergency

6

The spare tire is not equipped witha tire pressure sensor.

TPMS (Tire PressureMonitoring System)malfunction indicator

The TPMS malfunction indicator willilluminate after it blinks for approxi-mately one minute when there is aproblem with the Tire PressureMonitoring System.We recommend that the system bechecked by an authorized HYUNDAIdealer.

If there is a malfunction with theTPMS, the low tire pressure posi-tion telltale will not be displayedeven though the vehicle has anunder-inflated tire.

NOTICE

NOTICE

In winter or cold weather, thelow tire pressure telltale mayilluminate if the tire pressurewas adjusted to the recom-mended tire inflation pressurein warm weather. It does notmean your TPMS is malfunc-tioning because the decreasedtemperature leads to a loweringof tire pressure.When you drive your vehiclefrom a warm area to a cold areaor from a cold area to a warmarea, or the outside temperatureis higher or lower, you shouldcheck the tire inflation pressureand adjust the tires to the rec-ommended tire inflation pres-sure.

CAUTION

Low pressure damage

Significantly low tire pressuremakes the vehicle unstable andcan contribute to loss of vehiclecontrol and increased brakingdistances.Continued driving on low pres-sure tires can cause the tires tooverheat and fail.

WARNING

6-18


Changing a tire with TPMSIf you have a flat tire, the low TirePressure and Position telltales willcome on. We recommend that thesystem be checked by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.

Each wheel is equipped with a tirepressure sensor mounted inside thetire behind the valve stem. You mustuse TPMS specific wheels. It is rec-ommended that you have your tiresserviced by an authorized HYUNDAIdealer.

If you drive the vehicle for about 10minutes at speeds above 25 km/hafter replacing the low pressure tirewith the spare tire, the following willhappen:• The TPMS malfunction indicator

may blink for approximately 1 minuteand then remain continuously illumi-nated because the TPMS sensor isnot mounted on the spare wheel.

You may not be able identify a tirewith low pressure by simply lookingat it. Always use a good quality tirepressure gauge to measure the tire'sinflation pressure. Please note that atire that is hot (from being driven) willhave a higher pressure measure-ment than a tire that is cold (from sit-ting stationary for at least 3 hour anddriven less than 1.6 km (1 mile) dur-ing that 3 hour period).Allow the tire to cool before measur-ing the inflation pressure. Always besure the tire is cold before inflating tothe recommended pressure.A cold tire means the vehicle hasbeen sitting for 3 hours and driven forless than 1.6 km (1 mile) in that 3hour period.

• The TPMS malfunction indica-tor may blink for approximate-ly 1 minute and then remaincontinuously illuminated ifthe vehicle is moving aroundelectric power supply cablesor radios transmitter such asat police stations, governmentand public offices, broadcast-ing stations, military installa-tions, airports, or transmittingtowers, etc. This can interferewith normal operation of theTire Pressure MonitoringSystem (TPMS).

• The TPMS malfunction indica-tor may blink for approximate-ly 1 minute and then remaincontinuously illuminated ifsnow chains are used orsome separate electronicdevices such as notebookcomputer, mobile charger,remote starter or navigationetc., are used in the vehicle.This can interfere with normaloperation of the Tire PressureMonitoring System (TPMS).

CAUTION

It is recommended that you donot use a puncture-repairingagent not approved byHYUNDAI dealer to repairand/or inflate a low pressuretire. Tire sealant not approvedby HYUNDAI dealer may dam-age the tire pressure sensor.

CAUTION

6-19

What to do in an em

ergency

6

• The TPMS cannot alert you tosevere and sudden tire dam-age caused by external factorssuch as nails or road debris.

• If you feel any vehicle instabil-ity, immediately take your footoff the accelerator, apply thebrakes gradually and withlight force, and slowly move toa safe position off the road.

WARNING

Tampering with, modifying, ordisabling the Tire PressureMonitoring System (TPMS) com-ponents may interfere with thesystem's ability to warn the driv-er of low tire pressure condi-tions and/or TPMS malfunctions.Tampering with, modifying, ordisabling the Tire PressureMonitoring System (TPMS) com-ponents may void the warrantyfor that portion of the vehicle.

WARNING

For EUROPE

• Do not modify the vehicle; itmay interfere with the TPMSfunction.

• The wheels on the market donot have a TPMS sensor.For your safety, we recom-mend that you use parts forreplacement from an author-ized HYUNDAI dealer.

• If you use the wheels on themarket, use a TPMS sensorapproved by a HYUNDAI deal-er. If your vehicle is notequipped with a TPMS sensoror TPMS does not work prop-erly, you may fail the periodicvehicle inspection conductedin your country.

❈❈All vehicles sold in theEUROPE market during belowperiod must be equipped withTPMS.- New model vehicle :

Nov. 1, 2012 ~- Current model vehicle :

Nov. 1, 2014~ (Based onvehicle registrations)

WARNING

6-20


Jack and tools

(1) Jack handle(2) Jack(3) Wheel nut wrench

The jack, jack handle, and wheel nutwrench are stored in the luggagecompartment under the luggage boxcover.The jack is provided for emergencytire changing only.

Turn the winged hold down boltcounterclockwise to remove thespare tire.Store the spare tire in the same com-partment by turning the winged holddown bolt clockwise.To prevent the spare tire and toolsfrom "rattling", store them in theirproper location.

IIFF YYOOUU HHAAVVEE AA FFLLAATT TTIIRREE ((WWIITTHH SSPPAARREE TTIIRREE,, IIFF EEQQUUIIPPPPEEDD))

OOS067035L

OOS067036L

Changing a tire can be danger-ous. Follow the instructions inthis section when changing atire to reduce the risk of seriousinjury or death.

WARNING

Be careful as you use the jackhandle to stay clear of the flatend. The flat end has sharpedges that could cause cuts.

CAUTION

6-21

What to do in an em

ergency

6

If it is hard to loosen the tire hold-down wing bolt by hand, you canloosen it easily using the wheel nutwrench.Turn the tire hold-down wing boltcounterclockwise with the wheel nutwrench.

Changing tires

Follow these steps to change yourvehicle's tire:1. Park on a level, firm surface.2. Move the shift lever into P (Park,

for dual clutch transmission vehi-cle) or neutral (for manual trans-mission vehicle), apply the park-ing brake, and place the ignitionswitch in the LOCK/OFF position.

3. Press the hazard warning flasherbutton.

4. Remove the wheel lug nut wrench,jack, jack handle, and spare tirefrom the vehicle.

A vehicle can slip or roll off of ajack causing serious injury ordeath to you or those nearby.Take the following safety pre-cautions:• Do not get under a vehicle

that is supported by a jack.• NEVER attempt to change a

tire in the lane of traffic.ALWAYS move the vehiclecompletely off the road onlevel, firm ground away fromtraffic before trying to changea tire. If you cannot find alevel, firm place off the road,call a towing service for assis-tance.

• Be sure to use the jack pro-vided with the vehicle.

• ALWAYS place the jack on thedesignated jacking positionson the vehicle and NEVER onthe bumpers or any other partof the vehicle for jacking sup-port.

WARNING

• Do not start or run the enginewhile the vehicle is on thejack.

• Do not allow anyone to remainin the vehicle while it is on thejack.

• Keep children away from theroad and the vehicle.

OOS067040

6-22


[A] : Block

5. Block both the front and rear of thetire diagonally opposite of the tireyou are changing.

6. Loosen the wheel lug nuts coun-terclockwise one turn each in theorder shown above, but do notremove any lug nuts until the tirehas been raised off of the ground.

7. Place the jack at the designatedjacking position under the frameclosest to the tire you are chang-ing. The jacking positions areplates welded to the frame withtwo notches. Never jack at anyother position or part of the vehi-cle. It may damage the side sealmolding.

OOS067016L OOS067017 OOS067018

■ Front ■ Rear

6-23

What to do in an em

ergency

6

8. Insert the jack handle into the jackand turn it clockwise, raising thevehicle until the tire clears theground. Make sure the vehicle isstable on the jack.

9. Loosen the lug nuts with the wheellug nut wrench and remove themwith your fingers. Remove thewheel from the studs and lay it flaton the ground out of the way.Remove any dirt or debris fromthe studs, mounting surfaces, andwheel.

10. Install the spare tire onto thestuds of the hub.

11. Tighten the lug nuts with your fin-gers onto the studs with thesmaller end of the lug nuts clos-est to the wheel.

12. Lower the vehicle to the groundby turning the jack handle coun-terclockwise.

13. Use the wheel lug nut wrench totighten the lug nuts in the ordershown. Double-check each lugnut until they are tight. Afterchanging tires, we recommendthat an authorized HYUNDAIdealer tighten the lug nuts to theirproper torque as soon as possi-ble. The wheel lug nut shouldbe tightened to 11~13 kgf·m(79~94 lbf·ft).

OOS067020 OOS067019L

6-24


If you have a tire gauge, check thetire pressure (see "Tires andWheels" in chapter 8 for tire pressureinstructions.). If the pressure is loweror higher than recommended, driveslowly to the nearest service stationand adjust it to the recommendedpressure. Always reinstall the valvecap after checking or adjusting tirepressure. If the cap is not replaced,air may leak from the tire. If you losea valve cap, buy another and install itas soon as possible. After changingtires, put the flat tire in its place andreturn the jack and tools to theirproper storage locations.

• Check the tire pressure as soonas possible after installing aspare tire. Adjust it to the rec-ommended pressure.

• Check and tighten the wheel lugnuts after driving over 50 km iftires are replaced. Re-check thetire wheel lug nuts after drivingover 1,000 km.

If any of the equipment such as thejack, lug nuts, studs, or other equip-ment is damaged or in poor condi-tion, do not attempt to change thetire and call for assistance.

Use of compact spare tires (if equipped) Compact spare tires are designed foremergency use only. Drive carefullyon the compact spare tire andalways follow the safety precautions.

NOTICE

Your vehicle has metric threadson the studs and lug nuts. Makecertain during tire changingthat the same nuts that wereremoved are reinstalled. If youhave to replace your lug nutsmake sure they have metricthreads to avoid damaging thestuds and ensure the wheel isproperly secured to the hub. Werecommend that you consult anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer forassistance.

CAUTION

To prevent compact spare tirefailure and loss of control pos-sibly resulting in an accident:• Use the compact spare tire

only in an emergency.• NEVER operate your vehicle

over 80 km/h (50 mph).• Do not exceed the vehicle’s

maximum load rating or theload carrying capacity shownon the sidewall of the com-pact spare tire.

• Do not use the compact sparetire continuously. Repair orreplace the original tire assoon as possible to avoid fail-ure of the compact spare tire.

WARNING

6-25

What to do in an em

ergency

6

When driving with the compact sparetire mounted to your vehicle:• Check the tire pressure after

installing the compact spare tire.The compact spare tire should beinflated to 420 kPa (60 psi).

• Do not take this vehicle through anautomatic car wash while the com-pact spare tire is installed.

• Do not use the compact spare tireon any other vehicle because thistire has been designed especiallyfor your vehicle.

• The compact spare tire's tread life isshorter than a regular tire. Inspectyour compact spare tire regularlyand replace worn compact sparetires with the same size and design,mounted on the same wheel.

• Do not use more than one compactspare tire at a time.

• Do not tow a trailer while the com-pact spare tire is installed.

When the original tire and wheelare repaired and reinstalled on thevehicle, the lug nut torque must beset correctly. The correct lug nuttightening torque is 11~13 kgf·m(79~94 lbf·ft).

NOTICE

To prevent damaging the com-pact spare tire and your vehicle:• Drive slowly enough for the

road conditions to avoid allhazards, such as a potholesor debris.

• Avoid driving over obstacles.The compact spare tire diame-ter is smaller than the diame-ter of a conventional tire andreduces the ground clearanceapproximately 25 mm (1 inch).

• Do not use tire chains on thecompact spare tire. Becauseof the smaller size, a tire chainwill not fit properly.

• Do not use the compact sparetire on any other wheels, norshould standard tires, snowtires, wheel covers or trimrings be used with the com-pact spare wheel.

CAUTION

6-26


Jack label

■ Example

OOS067043

1. Model Name2. Maximum allowable load3. When using the jack, set your

parking brake.4. When using the jack, stop the

engine.5. Do not get under a vehicle that is

supported by a jack.6. The designated locations under

the frame7. When supporting the vehicle, the

base plate of jack must be verticalunder the lifting point.

8. Shift into Reverse gear on vehicleswith manual transmission or movethe shift lever to the P position onvehicles with dual clutch transmis-sion.

9. The jack should be used on firmlevel ground.

10. Jack manufacture11. Production date12. Representative company and

address

The actual Jack label in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.For more detailed specifications, refer to the label attached to the jack.

6-27

What to do in an em

ergency

6

JACKDOC14S

EC Declaration of conformity for Jack

6-28


For safe operation, carefully readand follow the instructions in thismanual before use.(1) Compressor(2) Sealant bottleThe Tire Mobility Kit is a temporaryfix to the tire and we recommend thatthe system be inspected by anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer.

IntroductionWith the Tire Mobility Kit you staymobile even after experiencing a tirepuncture.The system of compressor and seal-ing compound effectively and com-fortably seals most punctures in apassenger car tire caused by nailsor similar objects and reinflates thetire.

After you ensured that the tire isproperly sealed you can drive cau-tiously on the tire (distance up to 200km (120 miles)) at a max. speed of80 km/h (50 mph) in order to reach aservice station or tire dealer to havethe tire replaced.It is possible that some tires, espe-cially with larger punctures or dam-age to the sidewall, cannot be sealedcompletely.Air pressure loss in the tire mayadversely affect tire performance.For this reason, you should avoidabrupt steering or other drivingmaneuvers, especially if the vehicleis heavily loaded or if a trailer is inuse.The Tire Mobility Kit is not designedor intended as a permanent tirerepair method and is to be used forone tire only. This instruction showsyou step by step how to temporarilyseal the puncture simply and reliably.Read the section "Notes on the safeuse of the Tire Mobility Kit".

IIFF YYOOUU HHAAVVEE AA FFLLAATT TTIIRREE ((WWIITTHH TTIIRREE MMOOBBIILLIITTYY KKIITT,, IIFF EEQQUUIIPPPPEEDD)) -- TTYYPPEE AA

Do not use the Tire Mobility Kitto repair punctures in the tirewalls. This can result in an acci-dent due to tire failure.

WARNING

Have your tire repaired as soonas possible. The tire may looseair pressure at any time afterinflating with the Tire Mobility Kit.

WARNING

When two or more tires are flat,do not use the tire mobility kitbecause the supported onesealant of Tire Mobility Kit isonly used for one flat tire.

CAUTION

OOS067030

6-29

What to do in an em

ergency

6

Notes on the safe use of theTire Mobility Kit• Park your car at the side of the

road so that you can work with theTire Mobility Kit away from movingtraffic.

• To be sure your vehicle will notmove, even when you're on fairlylevel ground, always set your park-ing brake.

• Only use the Tire Mobility Kit forsealing/inflation passenger cartires. Only punctured areas locatedwithin the tread region of the tirecan be sealed using the tire mobil-ity kit.

• Do not use on motorcycles, bicy-cles or any other type of tires.

• When the tire and wheel are dam-aged, do not use Tire Mobility Kitfor your safety.

• Use of the Tire Mobility Kit may notbe effective for tire damage largerthan approximately 6 mm (0.24 in).If the tire cannot be made roadwor-thy with the Tire Mobility Kit, werecommend that you contact anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer.

• Do not use the Tire Mobility Kit if atire is severely damaged by drivingrun flat or with insufficient air pres-sure.

• Do not remove any foreign objectssuch as nails or screws that havepenetrated the tire.

• Provided the car is outdoors, leavethe engine running. Otherwiseoperating the compressor mayeventually drain the car battery.

• Never leave the Tire Mobility Kitunattended while it is being used.

• Do not leave the compressor run-ning for more than 10 min. at a timeor it may overheat.

• Do not use the Tire Mobility Kit ifthe ambient temperature is below -30°C (-22°F).

• In case of skin contact with thesealant, wash the area thoroughlywith plenty of water. If the irritationpersists, seek medical attention.

• In case of eye contact with thesealant, flush your eyes for at least15 minutes. If the irritation persists,seek medical attention.

• In case of swallowing the sealant,rinse the mouth and drink plenty ofwater. However, never give any-thing to an unconscious personand seek medical attention imme-diately.

• Long time exposure to the sealantmay cause damage to bodily tissuesuch as kidney, etc.

Do not use the TMK if a tire isseverely damaged by drivingrun flat or with insufficient airpressure.Only punctured areas locatedwithin the tread region of thetire can be sealed using theTMK.

WARNING

6-30


0. Speed- restriction label1. Sealant bottle and label with

speed restriction2. Filling hose from sealant bottle to

wheel3. Connectors and cable for the

power outlet direct connection

4. Holder for the sealant bottle5. Compressor6. ON/OFF switch7. Pressure gauge for displaying the

tire inflation pressure8. Button for reducing tire inflation

pressure

9. Hose to connect compressor andsealant bottle or compressor andwheel

Connectors, cable and connectionhose are stored in the compressorhousing.Strictly follow the specified sequence,otherwise the sealant may escapeunder high pressure.

Components of the Tire Mobility Kit

OEL069020

Expired sealant

Do not use the Tire sealant afterthe sealant has expired (i.e.pasted the expiration date onthe sealant container). This canincrease the risk of tire failure.

WARNING

Sealant

• Keep out of reach of children.• Avoid contact with eyes.• Do not swallow.

WARNING

6-31

What to do in an em

ergency

6

Using the Tire Mobility Kit

1. Shake the sealant bottle.

2. Screw the connection hose (9)onto the connector of the sealantbottle.

3. Ensure that the button (8) on thecompressor is not pressed.

4. Unscrew the valve cap from thevalve of the defective wheel andscrew the filling hose (2) of thesealant bottle onto the valve.Detach the speed restriction

label (0) from the sealant bottle(1), and place it in a highly visi-ble place inside the vehiclesuch as on the steering wheelto remind the driver not to drivetoo fast.

CAUTION

OLMF064104

OOS067010

OOS067011R

6-32


5. Insert the sealant bottle into thehousing of the compressor (4) sothat the bottle is upright.

6. Ensure that the compressor isswitched off, position 0.

7. Plug the compressor power cord(3) into the vehicle power outlet.

Only use the front passenger sidepower outlet when connecting thepower cord.

8. With the ignition switch in the ONposition, switch on the compres-sor and let it run for approximately5~7 minutes to fill the sealant upto proper pressure. (refer to theTire and Wheels, chapter 8). Theinflation pressure of the tire afterfilling is unimportant and will bechecked/corrected later.Be careful not to overinflate thetire and stay away from the tirewhen filling it.

NOTICE

OLMF064105

Securely install the sealant fill-ing hose to the valve. If not,sealant may flow backward,possibly clogging the fillinghose.

CAUTION

OOS067014L

Tire pressure

Do not attempt to drive yourvehicle if the tire pressure isbelow 200 kPa (29 psi). Thiscould result in an accident dueto sudden tire failure.

CAUTION

6-33

What to do in an em

ergency

6

9. Switch off the compressor.10. Detach the hoses from the

sealant bottle connector andfrom the tire valve.

Return the Tire Mobility Kit to its stor-age location in the vehicle.

Distributing the sealant

11. Immediately drive approximately7~10 km (4~6 miles or, about10min) to evenly distribute thesealant in the tire.

Do not exceed a speed of 80 km/h(50 mph). If possible, do not fallbelow a speed of 20 km/h (12 mph).While driving, if you experience anyunusual vibration, ride disturbance ornoise, reduce your speed and drivewith caution until you can safely pulloff of the side of the road.Call for road side service or towing.

Checking the tire inflationpressure

1. After driving approximately 7~10km (4~6 miles or about 10 min),stop at a safety location.

2. Connect the connection hose (9)of the compressor directly to thetire valve.

3. Plug the compressor power cordinto the vehicle power outlet.

4. Adjust the tire inflation pressure tothe recomended tire inflation.With the ignition swithched on,proceed as follows.

Carbon monoxide

Do not leave your vehicle run-ning in a poorly ventilated areafor extended periods of time.Carbon monoxide poisoningand suffocation can occur.

WARNING

OLMF064106

OOS067038L

6-34


- To increase the inflation pres-sure : Switch on the compres-sor, position I. To check the cur-rent inflation pressure setting,briefly switch off the compressor.

- To reduce the inflation pres-sure: Press the button (8) on thecompressor.

Do not let the compressor run formore than 10 minutes, otherwisethe device will overheat and maybe damaged.

InformationThe pressure gauge may show higherthan actual reading when the com-pressor is running. To get an accuratetire reading, the compressor needs tobe turned off.

InformationWhen reinstalling the repaired orreplaced tire and wheel on the vehicle,tighten the wheel lug nut to 11~13kgf·m (79~94 lbf·ft).

i

i

NOTICE

The tire inflation pressure mustbe at least 220 kPa (32 psi). If itis not, do not continue driving.Call for road side service or tow-ing.

WARNING

If the inflation pressure is notmaintained, drive the vehicle asecond time, refer to Distributingthe sealant. Then repeat steps 1to 4.Use of the TMK may be ineffec-tual for tire damage larger thanapproximately 4 mm (0.16 in).We recommend that you contactan authorized HYUNDAI dealer ifthe tire cannot be made road-worthy with the Tire Mobility Kit.

CAUTION

Tire pressure sensor(if equipped with TPMS)

The sealant on the tire pressuresensor and wheel should beremoved when you replace thetire with a new one and inspectthe tire pressure sensors at anauthorized dealer.

CAUTION

6-35

What to do in an em

ergency

6

IIFF YYOOUU HHAAVVEE AA FFLLAATT TTIIRREE ((WWIITTHH TTIIRREE MMOOBBIILLIITTYY KKIITT,, IIFF EEQQUUIIPPPPEEDD)) -- TTYYPPEE BB

For safe operation, carefully readand follow the instructions in thismanual before use.(1) Compressor(2) Sealant bottleThe Tire Mobility Kit is a temporaryfix to the tire and we recommend thatthe system be inspected by anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer.

IntroductionWith the Tire Mobility Kit you staymobile even after experiencing a tirepuncture.The system of compressor and seal-ing compound effectively and com-fortably seals most punctures in apassenger car tire caused by nailsor similar objects and reinflates thetire.After you ensured that the tire isproperly sealed you can drive cau-tiously on the tire (distance up to 200km (120 miles)) at a max. speed of80 km/h (50 mph) in order to reach aservice station or tire dealer to havethe tire replaced.It is possible that some tires, espe-cially with larger punctures or dam-age to the sidewall, cannot be sealedcompletely.Air pressure loss in the tire mayadversely affect tire performance.For this reason, you should avoidabrupt steering or other drivingmaneuvers, especially if the vehicleis heavily loaded or if a trailer is inuse.

Do not use the Tire Mobility Kitto repair punctures in the tirewalls. This can result in an acci-dent due to tire failure.

WARNING

Have your tire repaired as soonas possible. The tire may looseair pressure at any time afterinflating with the Tire Mobility Kit.

WARNING

When two or more tires are flat,do not use the tire mobility kitbecause the supported onesealant of Tire Mobility Kit isonly used for one flat tire.

CAUTION

OOS067009

6-36


The Tire Mobility Kit is not designedor intended as a permanent tirerepair method and is to be used forone tire only. This instruction showsyou step by step how to temporarilyseal the puncture simply and reliably.Read the section "Notes on the safeuse of the Tire Mobility Kit".

Notes on the safe use of theTire Mobility Kit• Park your car at the side of the road

so that you can work with the TireMobility Kit away from moving traffic.

• To be sure your vehicle will not move,even when you're on fairly levelground, always set your parkingbrake.

• Only use the Tire Mobility Kit for seal-ing/inflation passenger car tires. Onlypunctured areas located within thetread region of the tire can be sealedusing the tire mobility kit.

• Do not use on motorcycles, bicyclesor any other type of tires.

• When the tire and wheel are dam-aged, do not use Tire Mobility Kit foryour safety.

• Use of the Tire Mobility Kit may not beeffective for tire damage larger thanapproximately 6 mm (0.24 in).If the tire cannot be made roadworthywith the Tire Mobility Kit, we recom-mend that you contact an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.

• Do not use the Tire Mobility Kit if a tireis severely damaged by driving runflat or with insufficient air pressure.

• Do not remove any foreign objectssuch as nails or screws that havepenetrated the tire.

• Provided the car is outdoors, leavethe engine running. Otherwise oper-ating the compressor may eventuallydrain the car battery.

• Never leave the Tire Mobility Kit unat-tended while it is being used.

• Do not leave the compressor runningfor more than 10 min. at a time or itmay overheat.

• Do not use the Tire Mobility Kit if theambient temperature is below -30°C (-22°F).

• In case of skin contact with thesealant, wash the area thoroughlywith plenty of water. If the irritationpersists, seek medical attention.

• In case of eye contact with thesealant, flush your eyes for at least 15minutes. If the irritation persists, seekmedical attention.

• In case of swallowing the sealant,rinse the mouth and drink plenty ofwater. However, never give anythingto an unconscious person and seekmedical attention immediately.

• Long time exposure to the sealantmay cause damage to bodily tissuesuch as kidney, etc.

Do not use the TMK if a tire isseverely damaged by driving runflat or with insufficient air pres-sure.Only punctured areas locatedwithin the tread region of the tirecan be sealed using the TMK.

WARNING

6-37

What to do in an em

ergency

6

1. Speed-restriction label2. Sealant bottle and label with

speed restriction3. Filling hose from sealant bottle to

wheel4. Connectors and cable for the

power outlet direct connection

5. Holder for the sealant bottle6. Compressor7. ON/OFF switch8. Pressure gauge for displaying the

tire inflation pressure9. Button for reducing the tire infla-

tion pressure

Connectors, cable and connectionhose are stored in the compressorhousing.Strictly follow the specified sequence,otherwise the sealant may escapeunder high pressure.

Components of the Tire Mobility Kit

ODE067044

Expired sealant

Do not use the Tire sealant afterthe sealant has expired (i.e.pasted the expiration date onthe sealant container). This canincrease the risk of tire failure.

WARNING

Sealant

• Keep out of reach of children.• Avoid contact with eyes.• Do not swallow.

WARNING

6-38


Using the Tire Mobility Kit

1. Shake the sealant bottle (2).

2. Connect the filling hose (3) to thesealant bottle (2) in the direction of(A) and connect the sealant bottleto the compressor (6) in the direc-tion of (B).

3. Ensure that the compressor isswitched OFF.

4. Unscrew the valve cap from thevalve of the defective wheel andscrew the filling hose (3) of thesealant bottle onto the valve.

Detach the speed restrictionlabel (1) from the sealant bottle(2), and place it in a highly visi-ble place inside the vehiclesuch as on the steering wheelto remind the driver not to drivetoo fast.

CAUTION

OOS067010

OIGH067042

OOS067011

Securely install the sealant fill-ing hose to the valve. If not,sealant may flow backward,possibly clogging the fillinghose.

CAUTION

6-39

What to do in an em

ergency

6

5. Plug the compressor power cord(4) into the vehicle power outlet.

Only use the front passenger sidepower outlet when connecting thepower cord.

6. With the ignition switch in the ONposition, switch on the compres-sor and let it run for approximately5~7 minutes to fill the sealant upto proper pressure. (refer to theTire and Wheels, chapter 8). Theinflation pressure of the tire afterfilling is unimportant and will bechecked/corrected later.

Be careful not to overinflate thetire and stay away from the tirewhen filling it.

7. Switch off the compressor.8. Detach the hoses from the sealant

bottle connector and from the tirevalve.

Return the Tire Mobility Kit to its stor-age location in the vehicle.

Distributing the sealant

9. Immediately drive approximately7~10 km (4~6 miles or, about10min) to evenly distribute thesealant in the tire.

Do not exceed a speed of 80 km/h(50 mph). If possible, do not fallbelow a speed of 20 km/h (12 mph).While driving, if you experience anyunusual vibration, ride disturbance ornoise, reduce your speed and drivewith caution until you can safely pulloff of the side of the road.Call for road side service or towing.

NOTICE

OOS067014

Tire pressure

Do not attempt to drive yourvehicle if the tire pressure isbelow 200 kPa (29 psi). Thiscould result in an accident dueto sudden tire failure.

CAUTION

Carbon monoxide

Do not leave your vehicle run-ning in a poorly ventilated areafor extended periods of time.Carbon monoxide poisoningand suffocation can occur.

WARNING

OLMF064106

6-40


Checking the tire inflationpressure

1. After driving approximately 7~10km (4~6 miles or about 10 min),stop at a safety location.

2. Connect the filling hose (3) of thecompressor directly to the tirevalve.

3. Plug the compressor power cordinto the vehicle power outlet.

4. Adjust the tire inflation pressure tothe recomended tire inflation.With the ignition swithched on,proceed as follows.- To increase the inflation pres-

sure : Switch on the compressor.To check the current inflationpressure setting, briefly switch offthe compressor.

- To reduce the inflation pres-sure: Press the button (9) on thecompressor.

Do not let the compressor run formore than 10 minutes, otherwisethe device will overheat and maybe damaged.

InformationThe pressure gauge may show higherthan actual reading when the com-pressor is running. To get an accuratetire reading, the compressor needs tobe turned off.

i

NOTICE

OIGH067043

OOS067011

If the inflation pressure is notmaintained, drive the vehicle asecond time, refer to Distributingthe sealant. Then repeat steps 1to 4.Use of the TMK may be ineffec-tual for tire damage larger thanapproximately 4 mm (0.16 in).We recommend that you contactan authorized HYUNDAI dealer ifthe tire cannot be made road-worthy with the Tire Mobility Kit.

CAUTION

6-41

What to do in an em

ergency

6

InformationWhen reinstalling the repaired orreplaced tire and wheel on the vehicle,tighten the wheel lug nut to 11~13kgf·m (79~94 lbf·ft).

Towing service

[A] : Dollies

If emergency towing is necessary,we recommend having it done by anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer or acommercial tow-truck service.Proper lifting and towing proceduresare necessary to prevent damage tothe vehicle. The use of wheel dolliesor flatbed is recommended.

On 2WD vehicles, it is acceptable totow the vehicle with the rear wheelson the ground (without dollies) andthe front wheels off the ground.If any of the loaded wheels or sus-pension components are damagedor the vehicle is being towed with thefront wheels on the ground, use atowing dolly under the front wheels.When being towed by a commercialtow truck and wheel dollies are notused, the front of the vehicle shouldalways be lifted, not the rear.i

Tire pressure sensor(if equipped with TPMS)

The sealant on the tire pressuresensor and wheel should beremoved when you replace thetire with a new one and inspectthe tire pressure sensors at anauthorized dealer.

CAUTION

The tire inflation pressure mustbe at least 220 kPa (32 psi). If itis not, do not continue driving.Call for road side service ortowing.

WARNING

TTOOWWIINNGG

OOS067007L

The 4WD vehicle should neverbe towed with the wheels on theground. This can cause seriousdamage to the transaxle or the4WD system.

CAUTION

6-42


When towing your vehicle in anemergency without wheel dollies:1. Place the ignition switch in the

ACC position.2. Place the shift lever in N (Neutral).3. Release the parking brake.

Removable towing hook 1. Open the tailgate, and remove the

towing hook from the tool case.• Do not tow the vehicle with thefront wheels on the ground asthis may cause damage to thevehicle.

• Do not tow with sling-typeequipment. Use wheel lift orflatbed equipment.

CAUTION

OOS067022

OOS067021

Failure to place the shift lever inN (Neutral) may cause internaldamage to the transmission.

CAUTION

If your vehicle is equipped witha rollover sensor, place the igni-tion switch in the LOCK/OFF orACC position when the vehicleis being towed. The side impactand curtain air bag may deployif the sensor detects the situa-tion as a rollover.

WARNING

OOS067023

OOS067041

■ Front

■ Rear

6-43

What to do in an em

ergency

6

2. Remove the hole cover pressingthe lower part of the cover on thebumper.

3. Install the towing hook by turning itclockwise into the hole until it isfully secured.

4. Remove the towing hook andinstall the cover after use.

Emergency towing

If towing is necessary, we recom-mend you have it done by an author-ized HYUNDAI dealer or a commer-cial tow truck service.

If a towing service is not available inan emergency, your vehicle may betemporarily towed using a cable orchain secured to the emergency tow-ing hook at the front (or rear) of thevehicle.Use extreme caution when towingthe vehicle with a cable or chain. Adriver must be in the vehicle to steerit and operate the brakes.Towing in this manner may be doneonly on hard-surfaced roads for ashort distance and at low speeds.Also, the wheels, axles, power train,steering and brakes must all be ingood condition.

OOS067042

OOS067025

■ Rear

■ Front

6-44


Always follow these emergency tow-ing precautions:• Place the ignition switch in the

ACC position so the steering wheelis not locked.

• Place the shift lever in N (Neutral).• Release the parking brake.• Depress the brake pedal with more

force than normal as you will havereduced braking performance.

• More steering effort will berequired because the power steer-ing system will be disabled.

• Use a vehicle heavier than yourown to tow your vehicle.

• The drivers of both vehicles shouldcommunicate with each other fre-quently.

• Before emergency towing, checkthat the hook is not broken or dam-aged.

• Fasten the towing cable or chainsecurely to the hook.

• Do not jerk the hook. Apply steadyand even force.

• Use a towing cable or chain lessthan 5 m (16 feet) long. Attach awhite or red cloth (about 30 cm (12inches) wide) in the middle of thecable or chain for easy visibility.

• Drive carefully so the towing cableor chain remains tight during tow-ing.

• Before towing, check the dualclutch transmission for fluid leaksunder your vehicle. If the dualclutch transmission fluid is leaking,flatbed equipment or a towing dollymust be used.

OOS067027

To avoid damage to your vehicleand vehicle components whentowing:• Always pull straight ahead

when using the towing hooks.Do not pull from the side or ata vertical angle.

• Do not use the towing hooksto pull a vehicle out of mud,sand or other conditions fromwhich the vehicle cannot bedriven out under its ownpower.

• Limit the vehicle speed to 15 km/h (10 mph) and driveless than 1.5 km (1 mile) whentowing to avoid serious dam-age to the dual clutch trans-mission.

CAUTION

6-45

What to do in an em

ergency

6

Your vehicle is equipped with emer-gency commodities to help yourespond to emergency situation.

Fire extinguisher If there is small fire and you knowhow to use the fire extinguisher, fol-low these steps carefully.1. Pull out the safety pin at the top of

the extinguisher that keeps thehandle from being accidentallypressed.

2. Aim the nozzle towards the baseof the fire.

3. Stand approximately 2.5 m (8 ft)away from the fire and squeezethe handle to discharge the extin-guisher. If you release the handle,the discharge will stop.

4. Sweep the nozzle back and forthat the base of the fire. After the fireappears to be out, watch carefullysince it may re-ignite.

First aid kit Supplies for use in giving first aidsuch as scissors, bandage andadhesive tape, etc. are provided.

Triangle reflector Place the triangle reflector on theroad to warn oncoming vehicles dur-ing emergencies, such as when thevehicle is parked by the roadside dueto problems.

Tire pressure gauge (if equipped) Tires normally lose some air in day-to-day use, and you may have to adda air periodically and usually it is nota sign of a leaking tire, but of normalwear. Always check tire pressurewhen the tires are cold because tirepressure increases with tempera-ture.

To check the tire pressure, take thefollowing steps:1. Unscrew the inflation valve cap

that is located on the rim of thetire.

2. Press and hold the gauge againstthe tire valve. Some air will leak asyou begin and more will leak if youdon't press the gauge in firmly.

3. A firm non-leaking push will acti-vate the gauge.

4. Read the tire pressure on thegauge to see whether the tirepressure is low or high.

5. Adjust the tire pressure to thespecified pressure. Refer to "Tiresand Wheels" in chapter 8.

6. Reinstall the inflation valve cap.

EEMMEERRGGEENNCCYY CCOOMMMMOODDIITTYY ((IIFF EEQQUUIIPPPPEEDD))

7

Maintenance

7

Maintenance

7

Engine compartment .............................................7-3Maintenance services ...........................................7-6

Owner's responsibility......................................................7-6Owner maintenance precautions ..................................7-6

Owner maintenance...............................................7-7Owner maintenance schedule........................................7-8

Scheduled maintenance services.........................7-9Normal Maintenance Schedule (Gasoline Engine, for Europe)......................................7-10Maintenance Under Severe Usage and Low Mileage Conditions (Gasoline Engine, for Europe) ....................................7-13Normal Maintenance Schedule (Gasoline Engine [1.0 T-GDI, 1.6 T-GDI], except Europe) ...................7-15Maintenance Under Severe Usage and Low Mileage Conditions (Gasoline Engine [1.0 T-GDI, 1.6 T-GDI], except Europe) ...................7-21Normal Maintenance Schedule (Gasoline Engine [2.0 MPI], except Europe)............7-24Maintenance Under Severe Usage and Low Mileage Conditions (Gasoline Engine [2.0 MPI], except Europe) ..........7-19Normal Maintenance Schedule (Diesel Engine [Smartstream D1.6], for Europe)....7-26

Maintenance Under Severe Usage and Low Mileage Conditions (Diesel Engine [Smartstream D1.6], for Europe)....7-29

Explanation of scheduled maintenance items..7-31Engine oil ..............................................................7-34

Checking the engine oil level (Gasoline engine) ..........7-34Checking the engine oil level (Diesel engine)..........7-35Checking the engine oil and filter ..............................7-36

Engine coolant......................................................7-37Checking the engine coolant level..............................7-37Changing the engine coolant .......................................7-39

Brake/clutch fluid................................................7-40Checking the brake/clutch fluid level........................7-40

Washer fluid .........................................................7-41Checking the washer fluid level ..................................7-41

Parking brake .......................................................7-41Checking the parking brake .........................................7-41

Fuel Filter (For Diesel)........................................7-42Draining water from fuel filter....................................7-42Fuel filter cartridge replacement................................7-42

Air cleaner ............................................................7-42Filter replacement...........................................................7-42

7

Climate control air filter .....................................7-43Filter inspection...............................................................7-43Filter replacement...........................................................7-43

Wiper blades .........................................................7-44Blade inspection ..............................................................7-44Blade replacement ..........................................................7-44

Battery...................................................................7-46For best battery service................................................7-47Battery capacity label ...................................................7-48Battery recharging .........................................................7-48Reset items .......................................................................7-49

Tires and wheels ..................................................7-50Tire care ............................................................................7-50Recommended cold tire inflation pressures.............7-51Check tire inflation pressure........................................7-52Tire rotation .....................................................................7-52Wheel alignment and tire balance ..............................7-53Tire replacement ............................................................7-54Wheel replacement .........................................................7-55Tire traction......................................................................7-55Tire maintenance ............................................................7-55Tire sidewall labeling......................................................7-55Low aspect ratio tires ....................................................7-59

Fuses......................................................................7-60Instrument panel fuse replacement ...........................7-61Engine compartment panel fuse replacement.........7-62Fuse/Relay panel description ......................................7-64

Light bulbs.............................................................7-79Headlamp, Low beam assist - Static, position lamp, turn signal lamp and daytime running light bulbreplacement ......................................................................7-80Front fog lamp .................................................................7-84Headlamp and front fog lamp aiming (for Europe)..7-84Side repeater lamp replacement ................................7-90Rear combination lamp bulb replacement ................7-90High mounted stop lamp replacement.......................7-92License plate light bulb replacement .........................7-92Interior light bulb replacement ....................................7-93

Appearance care..................................................7-94Exterior care ....................................................................7-94Interior care......................................................................7-98

Emission control system ...................................7-101Crankcase emission control system.........................7-101Evaporative emission control system ......................7-101Exhaust emission control system .............................7-102Selective catalytic reduction ......................................7-105

7-3

7

Maintenance

EENNGGIINNEE CCOOMMPPAARRTTMMEENNTT

1. Engine coolant reservoir/Engine coolant cap

2. Fuse box

3. Battery

4. Brake/clutch fluid reservoir

5. Air cleaner

6. Engine oil dipstick

7. Engine oil filler cap

8. Windshield washer fluid reservoir

The actual engine compartment in thevehicle may differ from the illustration.

OOS077070L/OOS077001

■■ Gasoline Engine (Kappa 1.0 T-GDI)

■■ Gasoline Engine (Gamma 1.6 T-GDI)

7-4

Maintenance

1. Engine coolant reservoir

2. Engine coolant cap

3. Fuse box

4. Battery


6. Air cleaner





OOS078071L

■■ Gasoline Engine (Nu 2.0 MPI)

7-5

7

Maintenance

1. Engine coolant reservoir/Engine coolant cap

2. Fuse box

3. Battery


5. Air cleaner





OOS078100

■■ Diesel Engine (Smartstream D1.6)

7-6

Maintenance

MMAAIINNTTEENNAANNCCEE SSEERRVVIICCEESSYou should exercise the utmost careto prevent damage to your vehicleand injury to yourself whenever per-forming any maintenance or inspec-tion procedures.We recommend you have your vehi-cle maintained and repaired by anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer. Anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer meetsHYUNDAI’s high service quality stan-dards and receives technical supportfrom HYUNDAI in order to provideyou with a high level of service satis-faction.

Owner’s responsibilityMaintenance service and record reten-tion are the owner’s responsibility.You should retain documents that showproper maintenance has been per-formed on your vehicle in accordancewith the scheduled maintenance serv-ice charts shown on the followingpages. You need this information toestablish your compliance with theservicing and maintenance require-ments of your vehicle warranties.

Detailed warranty information is pro-vided in your Service Passport.Repairs and adjustments required asa result of improper maintenance ora lack of required maintenance arenot covered.

Owner maintenance precautionsInadequate, incomplete or insufficientservicing may result in operationalproblems with your vehicle that couldlead to vehicle damage, an accident,or personal injury. This chapter pro-vides instructions only for the mainte-nance items that are easy to perform.Several procedures can be done onlyby an authorized HYUNDAI dealerwith special tools.Your vehicle should not be modified inany way. Such modifications mayadversely affect the performance,safety or durability of your vehicle andmay, in addition, violate conditions ofthe limited warranties covering thevehicle.

Improper owner maintenance dur-ing the warranty period may affectwarranty coverage. For details, readthe separate Service Passport pro-vided with the vehicle. If you'reunsure about any servicing or main-tenance procedure, we recommendthat the system be serviced by anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer.

NOTICE

7-7

7

Maintenance

OOWWNNEERR MMAAIINNTTEENNAANNCCEE

The following lists are vehicle checksand inspections that should be per-formed by the owner or an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer at the frequenciesindicated to help ensure safe, depend-able operation of your vehicle.Any adverse conditions should bebrought to the attention of your dealeras soon as possible.These Owner Maintenance vehiclechecks are generally not covered bywarranties and you may be chargedfor labor, parts and lubricants used.

Performing maintenance workon a vehicle can be dangerous.If you lack sufficient knowledgeand experience or the propertools and equipment to do thework, we recommend that thesystem be serviced by an author-ized HYUNDAI dealer. ALWAYSfollow these precautions forperforming maintenance work:• Park your vehicle on level

ground, move the shift leverinto the P (Park, for dualclutch transmission vehicle)position or neutral (for manu-al transmission vehicle) posi-tion, apply the parking brake,and place the ignition switchin the LOCK/ OFF position.

• Block the tires (front and back)to prevent the vehicle frommoving.Remove loose clothing or jew-elry that can become entan-gled in moving parts.

WARNING • If you must run the engineduring maintenance, do soout doors or in an area withplenty of ventilation.

• Keep flames, sparks, or smok-ing materials away from thebattery and fuel-related parts.

Diesel Engine

Never manipulate or modify theinjection system while runningthe diesel engine or within 30seconds after turning OFF thediesel engine.The high-pressurepump, high-pressure pipes, rail,and injectors are still subject tohigh pressure immediately afterstopping the diesel engine.When the fuel leakage vents out,it may cause serious body injury.Any people, who are implantedwith the artificial cardiac pace-maker, should remain away fromthe ECU or the wiring harness byat least 30 cm, while running thediesel engine. The high currentsof the electronic engine controlsystem produce a considerableamount of magnetic fields.

WARNING

7-8

Maintenance

Owner maintenance scheduleWhen you stop for fuel:• Check the engine oil level.• Check the coolant level in the

engine coolant reservoir.• Check the windshield washer fluid

level.• Check for low or under-inflated tires.

While operating your vehicle:• Note any changes in the sound of

the exhaust or any smell of exhaustfumes in the vehicle.

• Check for vibrations in the steeringwheel. Notice if there is anyincreased steering effort or loose-ness in the steering wheel, orchange in its straight-ahead position.

• Notice if your vehicle constantly turnsslightly or “pulls” to one side whentraveling on smooth, level road.

• When stopping, listen and check forunusual sounds, pulling to one side,increased brake pedal travel or“hard-to-push” brake pedal.

• If any slipping or changes in theoperation of your transmissionoccurs, check the transmission fluidlevel.

• Check the dual clutch transmissionP (Park) function.

• Check the parking brake.• Check for fluid leaks under your

vehicle (water dripping from the airconditioning system during or afteruse is normal).

At least monthly:• Check coolant level in the engine

coolant reservoir.• Check the operation of all exterior

lights, including the stoplights, turnsignals and hazard warning flashers.

• Check the inflation pressures of alltires including the spare for tiresthat are worn, show uneven wear,or are damaged.

• Check for loose wheel lug nuts.

At least twice a year:(i.e., every Spring and Autumn)• Check radiator, heater and air condi-

tioning hoses for leaks or damage.• Check windshield washer spray

and wiper operation. Clean wiperblades with a clean cloth damp-ened with washer fluid.

• Check headlamp alignment.• Check muffler, exhaust pipes,

shields and clamps.• Check the seat belts for wear and

function.

Be careful when checking yourengine coolant level when theengine is hot. This may result incoolant being blown out of theopening and cause seriousburns and other injuries.

WARNING

7-9

7

Maintenance

SSCCHHEEDDUULLEEDD MMAAIINNTTEENNAANNCCEE SSEERRVVIICCEESSAt least once a year:• Clean body and door drain holes.• Lubricate door hinges and hood

hinges.• Lubricate door and hood locks and

latches.• Lubricate door rubber weather

strips.• Check the air conditioning system.• Inspect and lubricate dual clutch

transmission linkage and controls.• Clean the battery and terminals.• Check the brake fluid level.

Follow Normal Maintenance Schedule if the vehicle is usually operated wherenone of the following conditions apply.If any of the following conditions apply, you must follow the Maintenance UnderSevere Usage Conditions.• Repeated driving short distance of less than 8 km (5 miles) in normal tem-

perature or less than 16 km (10 miles) in freezing temperature• Extensive engine idling or low speed driving for long distances• Driving on rough, dusty, muddy, unpaved, graveled or salt-spread roads• Driving in areas using salt or other corrosive materials or in very cold weath-

er• Driving in heavy traffic area• Driving on uphill, downhill, or mountain road repeatedly• Towing a trailer or using a camper, or roof rack• Driving as a patrol car, taxi, other commercial use of vehicle towing• Driving over 170 km/h (106 mile/h)• Frequently driving in stop-and-go condition

If your vehicle is operated under the above conditions, you should inspect,replace or refill more frequently than the following Normal MaintenanceSchedule. After the periods or distance shown in the chart, continue to followthe prescribed maintenance intervals.

Maintenance

7-10

I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace.R : Replace or change.** : The engine oil level should be checked regularly and maintained properly. Operating with an insufficient amount of oil can dam-

age the engine, and such damage is not covered by warranty.*1 : Inspect drive belt tensioner, idler and alternator pulley and if necessary correct or replace.*2 : Check the engine oil level and leak every 500 km (350 miles) or before starting a long trip.*3 : If good quality gasolines meet Europe Fuel standards (EN228) or equivalents including fuel additives is not available, one bot-

tle of additive is recommended. Additives are available from your authorized HYUNDAI dealer along with information on how touse them. Do not mix other additives.

*4 : For your convenience, it can be replaced prior to it's interval when you do maintenance of other items.

Normal Maintenance Schedule (Gasoline Engine, for Europe)Months 24 48 72 96 120 144 168 192

Miles x 1,000 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160

Km x 1,000 30 60 90 120 150 180 210 240

Drive belts *1 At first, inspect at 90,000 km (60,000 miles) or 72 months,after that, every 30,000 km (20,000 miles) or 24 months

Engine oil and engine oil filter ** *2

1.0 T-GDI Replace every 15,000 km (10,000 miles) or 12 months

1.6 T-GDI Replace every 15,000 km (10,000 miles) or 12 months

Fuel additives *3 Add every 15,000 km (10,000 miles) or 12 months

Intercooler, in/out hose, air intake hose T-GDI Inspect every 15,000 km (10,000 miles)

Air cleaner filter I R I R I R I R

Spark plugs T-GDI Replace every 75,000 km (50,000 miles) *4 or 60 months

Vapor hose and fuel filler cap I I I I

Fuel tank air filter I I I I

MAINTENANCEINTERVALS

MAINTENANCEITEM

7-11

7

Maintenance

Normal Maintenance Schedule (Gasoline Engine, for Europe) (Cont.)Months 24 48 72 96 120 144 168 192

Miles x 1,000 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160

Km x 1,000 30 60 90 120 150 180 210 240

Fuel lines, hoses and connections I I I I

Cooling systemInspect “Coolant level adjustment and leak” every day.At first, inspect 60,000 km (40,000 miles) or 48 months

after that, inspect every 30,000 km (20,000 miles) or 24 months

Engine coolant *5 At first, replace at 210,000 km (120,000 miles) or 10 years :after that, replace every 30,000 km (20,000 miles) or 24 months *6

Battery condition I I I I I I I I

Brake lines, hoses and connections I I I I I I I I

Parking brake I I I I I I I I

Brake/clutch fluid R R R R R R R R

Disc brakes and pads I I I I I I I I

Steering gear rack, linkage and boots I I I I I I I I


MAINTENANCEITEM

I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace.R : Replace or change.*5 : When adding coolant, use only deionized water or soft water for your vehicle and never mix hard water in the coolant filled at

the factory. An improper coolant mixture can result in serious malfunction or engine damage.*6 : For your convenience, it can be replaced prior to it's interval when you do maintenance of other items.

Maintenance

7-12

Normal Maintenance Schedule (Gasoline Engine, for Europe) (Cont.)

I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace.R : Replace or change.*7 : Manual transmission/dual clutch transmission fluid, transfer case oil and differential oil should be changed anytime they have

been submerged in water.*8 : Inspect for excessive valve noise and/or engine vibration and adjust if necessary.We recommend that the system be checked

by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

Months 24 48 72 96 120 144 168 192

Miles x 1,000 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160

Km x 1,000 30 60 90 120 150 180 210 240

Driveshaft and boots I I I I I I I I

Tire (pressure & tread wear) I I I I I I I I

Front suspension ball joints I I I I I I I I

Air conditioner refrigerant I I I I I I I I

Air conditioner compressor I I I I I I I I

Climate control air filter R R R R R R R R

Manual transmission fluid *7 I I I I

Dual clutch transmission fluid *7 I I I I

Valve clearance (1.6 T-GDI) *8 I I

Exhaust system I I I I I I I I

Transfer case oil (4WD) *7 I I I I

Rear differential oil (4WD) *7 I I I I

Propeller shaft (4WD) I I I I I I I I


MAINTENANCEITEM

7-13

7

Maintenance

Maintenance Under Severe Usage and Low Mileage Conditions (Gasoline Engine, for Europe) The following items must be serviced more frequently on cars mainly used under severe and low mileage driving con-ditions. Refer to the chart below for the appropriate maintenance intervals.R : Replace I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace

Maintenance itemMaintenance

operationMaintenance intervals Driving condition

Engine oil and engine oilfilter

T-GDI RReplace every 7,500 km (4,500 miles)

or 6 monthsA, B, C, D, E, F, G, H, I, J, K

Air cleaner filter RReplace more frequently

depending on the conditionC, E

Spark plugs RReplace more frequently

depending on the conditionB, H

Steering gear rack, linkage and boots IInspect more frequently

depending on the conditionC, D, E, F, G

Front suspension ball joints IInspect more frequently


Disc brakes and pads, calipers and rotors IInspect more frequently

depending on the conditionC, D, E, G, H

Parking brake IInspect more frequently

depending on the conditionC, D, G, H

Driveshaft and boots IInspect more frequently

depending on the conditionC, D, E, F, G, H, I, J

Climate control air filter RReplace more frequently

depending on the conditionC, E, G

Manual transmission fluid R Every 120,000 km (80,000 miles) C, D, E, F, G, H, I, J

Maintenance

7-14

Severe driving conditionsA : Repeatedly driving short distance of less than 8 km (5 miles)

in normal temperature or less than 16 km (10 miles) in freez-ing temperature

B : Extensive engine idling or low speed driving for long dis-tances

C : Driving on rough, dusty, muddy, unpaved, graveled or saltspread roads

D : Driving in areas using salt or other corrosive materials or invery cold weather

E : Driving in the heavy dust condition

F : Driving in heavy traffic area

G : Driving on uphill, downhill, or mountain roads repeatedly

H : Towing a trailer, or using a camper or roof rack

I : Driving as patrol car, taxi, commercial car or vehicle towing

J : Driving over 170 km/h (106 mile/h)

K : Frequently driving in stop-and-go conditions and under15,000 km per year.



Dual clutch transmission fluid R Every 120,000 km (80,000 miles) C, D, E, F, G, H, I, J

Rear differential oil (4WD) R Every 120,000 km (80,000 miles) C, D, E, G, H, I, J

Transfer case oil (4WD) R Every 120,000 km (80,000 miles) C, D, E, G, H, I, J

Propeller shaft (4WD) IEvery 20,000 km (12,500 miles)

or 12 monthsC, E

7-15

7

Maintenance

Normal Maintenance Schedule (Gasoline Engine [1.0 T-GDI, 1.6 T-GDI], except Europe)

Months 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96

Miles x 1,000 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80

Km x 1,000 15 30 45 60 75 90 105 120

Drive belts *1 I I I I I I I I

Engine oil and engine oil filter *2 *3 T-GDI Replace every 10,000 km (6,000 miles) or 12 months

Fuel additives *4 Add every 10,000 km (6,000 miles) or 12 months

Intercooler, in/out hose, air intake hose

T-GDI Inspect every 10,000 km (6,000 miles)

Air cleaner filter Except Middle East I I R I I R I I

For Middle East R R R R R R R R

I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace.R : Replace or change.*1 : Inspect drive belt tensioner, idler and alternator pulley and if necessary correct or replace.*2 : Check the engine oil level and leak every 500 km (350 miles) or before starting a long trip.*3 : The engine oil level should be checked regularly and maintained properly. Operating with an insufficient amount of oil can damage

the engine, and such damage is not covered by warranty.*4 : If good quality gasolines meet Europe Fuel standards (EN228) or equivalents including fuel additives is not available, one bot-

tle of additive is recommended. Additives are available from your authorized HYUNDAI dealer along with information on howto use them. Do not mix other additives.


MAINTENANCEITEM

Maintenance

7-16

Months 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96

Miles x 1,000 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80

Km x 1,000 15 30 45 60 75 90 105 120

Spark plugs T-GDI Replace every 75,000 km (50,000 miles) *5 or 60 months

Vapor hose and fuel filler cap I I

Fuel tank air filter I I

Fuel lines, hoses and connections I I



Engine coolant *6 At first, replace at 200,000 km (120,000 miles) or 120 months :after that, replace every 40,000 km (25,000 miles) or 24 months *5

NNormal Maintenance Schedule (Gasoline Engine [1.0 T-GDI, 1.6 T-GDI], except Europe) (Cont.) MAINTENANCE

INTERVALSMAINTENANCEITEM

I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace.R : Replace or change.*5 : For your convenience, it can be replaced prior to it's interval when you do maintenance of other items.*6 : When adding coolant, use only deionized water or soft water for your vehicle and never mix hard water in the coolant filled at

the factory. An improper coolant mixture can result in serious malfunction or engine damage. For your convenience, it can bereplaced prior to it's interval when you do maintenance of other items.

7-17

7

Maintenance

NNormal Maintenance Schedule (Gasoline Engine [1.0 T-GDI, 1.6 T-GDI], except Europe) (Cont.) Months 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96

Miles x 1,000 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80

Km x 1,000 15 30 45 60 75 90 105 120




Brake/clutch fluid I I I I I I I I



Driveshaft and boots I I I I





I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace.R : Replace or change.


MAINTENANCEITEM

Maintenance

7-18

NNormal Maintenance Schedule (Gasoline Engine [1.0 T-GDI, 1.6 T-GDI], except Europe) (Cont.) Months 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96

Miles x 1,000 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80

Km x 1,000 15 30 45 60 75 90 105 120


Manual transmission fluid *7 I I

Dual clutch transmission fluid *7 I I

Valve clearance (1.6 T-GDI) *8 I

Exhaust system I I I I

Trasnfer case oil (4WD) *7 I I

Rear differential oil (4WD) *7 I I



been submerged in water.*8 : Inspect for excessive valve noise and/or engine vibration and adjust if necessary.We recommend that the system be checked

by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.


MAINTENANCEITEM

7-19

7

Maintenance

Maintenance Under Severe Usage and Low Mileage Conditions (Gasoline Engine [1.0 T-GDI, 1.6 T-GDI], except Europe) The following items must be serviced more frequently on cars mainly used under severe driving conditions.Refer to the chart below for the appropriate maintenance intervals.R : Replace I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace


operationMaintenance intervals

Drivingcondition

Engine oil and engine oil filter

T-GDI R 5,000 km (3,000 miles) or 6 monthsA, B, C, D, E, F, G, H, I, J, K















Maintenance

7-20



Drivingcondition



Manual transmission fluid R Every 120,000 km (80,000 miles)C, D, E, F, G,

H, I, J





or 12 monthsC, E



B : Extensive engine idling or low speed driving for long distances









K : Frequently driving in stop-and-go conditions

7-21

7

Maintenance

Normal Maintenance Schedule (Gasoline Engine [2.0 MPI], except Europe)

Months 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96

Miles x 1,000 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80

Km x 1,000 15 30 45 60 75 90 105 120

Drive belts *1 I I I I I I I I

Engine oil and engine oil filter *2 *3 R R R R R R R R

Fuel additives *4 Add every 15,000 km (10,000 miles)

Intercooler, in/out hose, air intake hose Inspect every 10,000 km (6,000 miles)

Air cleaner filter Except Middle East I I R I I R I I


I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace.R : Replace or change.*1 : Inspect drive belt tensioner, idler and alternator pulley and if necessary correct or replace.*2 : Check the engine oil level and leak every 500 km (350 miles) or before starting a long trip.*3 : The engine oil level should be checked regularly and maintained properly. Operating with an insufficient amount of oil can damage

the engine, and such damage is not covered by warranty.*4 : If good quality gasolines meet Europe Fuel standards (EN228) or equivalents including fuel additives is not available, one bot-

tle of additive is recommended. Additives are available from your authorized HYUNDAI dealer along with information on howto use them. Do not mix other additives.


MAINTENANCEITEM

7-22

Maintenance

Months 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96

Miles x 1,000 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80

Km x 1,000 15 30 45 60 75 90 105 120

Spark plugsUnleaded Replace every 160,000 km (100,000 miles)

Leaded Replace every 80,000 km (50,000 miles)

Vapor hose and fuel filler cap I I

Fuel tank air filter I I

Fuel lines, hoses and connections I I



Engine coolant *6 At first, replace at 200,000 km (120,000 miles) or 120 months :after that, replace every 40,000 km (25,000 miles) or 24 months *5

Normal Maintenance Schedule (Gasoline Engine [2.0 MPI], except Europe) (Cont.) MAINTENANCE

INTERVALSMAINTENANCEITEM

I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace.R : Replace or change.*5 : For your convenience, it can be replaced prior to it's interval when you do maintenance of other items.*6 : When adding coolant, use only deionized water or soft water for your vehicle and never mix hard water in the coolant filled at

the factory. An improper coolant mixture can result in serious malfunction or engine damage. For your convenience, it can bereplaced prior to it's interval when you do maintenance of other items.

7-23

7

Maintenance

Normal Maintenance Schedule (Gasoline Engine [2.0 MPI], except Europe) (Cont.) Months 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96

Miles x 1,000 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80

Km x 1,000 15 30 45 60 75 90 105 120




Brake/clutch fluid I I I I I I I I



Driveshaft and boots I I I I






Automatic transmission fluid No check, No service requried

Exhaust system I I I I

I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace.R : Replace or change.


MAINTENANCEITEM

7-24

Maintenance

Maintenance Under Severe Usage and Low Mileage Conditions (Gasoline Engine [2.0 MPI], except Europe) The following items must be serviced more frequently on cars mainly used under severe driving conditions.Refer to the chart below for the appropriate maintenance intervals.R : Replace I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace



Drivingcondition

Engine oil and engine oil filter R 7,500 km (4,700 miles) or 6 monthsA, B, C, D, E, F, G, H, I, J, K















7-25

7

Maintenance



Drivingcondition



Automatic transmission fluid R Every 90,000 km (56,000 miles)A, C, F, G,

H, I, J



B : Extensive engine idling or low speed driving for long distances









K : Frequently driving in stop-and-go conditions

Maintenance

7-26

I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace.R : Replace or change.** : The engine oil level should be checked regularly and maintained properly. Operating with an insufficient amount of oil can dam-

age the engine, and such damage is not covered by warranty.*1 : Inspect drive belt tensioner, idler and alternator pulley and if necessary correct or replace.*2 : Check the engine oil level and leak every 500 km (350 miles) or before starting a long trip.*3 : This maintenance schedule depends on fuel quality. It is applicable only when using a qualified fuel <"EN590 or equivalent">.

If the diesel fuel specifications don't meet the EN590, it must be replaced according to the severe maintenance schedule.*4 : If the recommended oil is not available, replace engine oil and engine oil filter every 20,000 km or 12 months.*5 : This maintenance schedule depends on fuel quality. It is applicable only when using a qualified fuel <"EN590 or equivalent">.

If the diesel fuel specifications don't meet the EN590, it must be replaced more frequently. If there are some important safetymatters like fuel flow restriction, surging, loss of power, hard starting problem etc., replace the fuel filter immediately regardlessof maintenance schedule. We recommend that you consult an authorized HYUNDAI dealer for details.

Normal Maintenance Schedule (Diesel Engine [Smartstream D1.6], for Europe)Months 24 48 72 96 120 144 168 192

Miles x 1,000 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160

Km x 1,000 30 60 90 120 150 180 210 240

Drive belts *1 At first, inspect at 90,000 km (60,000 miles) or 48 months,after that, every 30,000 km (20,000 miles) or 24 months

Engine oil and engine oil filter ** *2 *3 *4 R R R R R R R R

Air cleaner filterExcept Middle East I R I R I R I R


Fuel lines, hoses and connections I I I I I I I I

Fuel filter cartridge *5 I R I R I R I R

Timing belt system (Timing belt, Oil pump belt, Tensioner, Idler)

Inspect timing belt every 120,000km (80,000 miles)Replace timing belt system (Timing belt, Oil belt, Tensioner, Idler)

every 240,000km (160,000 miles)


MAINTENANCEITEM

7-27

7

Maintenance

Normal Maintenance Schedule (Diesel Engine [Smartstream D1.6], for Europe) (Cont.)

I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace.R : Replace or change.*6 : When adding coolant, use only deionized water or soft water for your vehicle and never mix hard water in the coolant filled at

the factory. An improper coolant mixture can result in serious malfunction or engine damage.*7 : For your convenience, it can be replaced prior to it's interval when you do maintenance of other items.

Months 24 48 72 96 120 144 168 192

Miles x 1,000 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160

Km x 1,000 30 60 90 120 150 180 210 240



Engine coolant *6 At first, replace at 210,000 km (120,000 miles) or 10 years :after that, replace every 30,000 km (20,000 miles) or 24 months *7

Battery conditionExcept Middle East I I I I I I I I

For Middle East Inspect every 10,000 km (6,000 miles) or 6 months



Brake/clutch fluid R R R R R R R R



Driveshaft and boots I I I I I I I I




MAINTENANCEITEM

Maintenance

7-28

Normal Maintenance Schedule (Diesel Engine [Smartstream D1.6], for Europe) (Cont.)Months 24 48 72 96 120 144 168 192

Miles x 1,000 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160

Km x 1,000 30 60 90 120 150 180 210 240




Manual transmission fluid *8 I I I I

Dual clutch transmission fluid *8 I I I I

Exhaust system I I I I I I I I

Trasnfer case oil (4WD) *8 I I I I

Rear differential oil (4WD) *8 I I I I


Urea solution lines, hoses and connections I I I I I I I I

Urea solution tank cap I I I I I I I I


been submerged in water.


MAINTENANCEITEM

7-29

7

Maintenance

Maintenance Under Severe Usage and Low Mileage Conditions (Diesel Engine [Smartstream D1.6], for Europe) The following items must be serviced more frequently on cars mainly used under severe and low mileage driving con-ditions. Refer to the chart below for the appropriate maintenance intervals.R : Replace I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace



Engine oil and engine oil filter RReplace every 15,000 km (10,000 miles)

or 12 monthsA, B, C, D, E, F, G,

H, I, J, K












depending on the conditionC, D, E, F, G, H, I

Maintenance

7-30



B : Extensive engine idling or low speed driving for long dis-tances



E : Driving in heavy dust condition






K : Frequently driving in stop-and-go conditions and under15,000 km per year.





Manual transmission fluid R Every 120,000 km (80,000 miles) C, D, E, F, G, H, I, J





or 12 monthsC, E

7-31

7

Maintenance

EEXXPPLLAANNAATTIIOONN OOFF SSCCHHEEDDUULLEEDD MMAAIINNTTEENNAANNCCEE IITTEEMMSSEngine oil and filterThe engine oil and filter should bechanged at the intervals specified inthe maintenance schedule. If thevehicle is being driven in severe con-ditions, more frequent oil and filterchanges are required.

Drive beltsInspect all drive belts for evidence ofcuts, cracks, excessive wear or oilsaturation and replace if necessary.Drive belts should be checked peri-odically for proper tension andadjusted as necessary.

Fuel filter (cartridge)A clogged-up fuel filter may limit thevehicle driving speed, damage theemission system, and cause thehard starting. When a considerableamount of foreign substances areaccumulated in the fuel tank, the fuelfilter should be replaced.Upon installing a new fuel filter, oper-ate the diesel engine for several min-utes, and check the connections forany leakages. We recommend you tohave the fuel filter replaced by anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer.

Fuel lines, fuel hoses and con-nectionsCheck the fuel lines, fuel hoses andconnections for leakage and dam-age. We recommend that the fuellines, fuel hoses and connections bereplaced by an authorized HYUNDAIdealer.

Fuel filter (for gasoline)HYUNDAI gasoline vehicle isequipped a lifetime fuel filter thatintegrated with the fuel tank. Regularmaintenance or replacement is notneeded but depends on fuel quality. Ifthere are some important safety mat-ters like fuel flow restriction, surging,loss of power, hard starting problemetc, fuel filter inspection or replace isneeded. We recommend that the fuelfilter be Inspected or replaced by anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer.

Vapor hose and fuel filler capThe vapor hose and fuel filler capshould be inspected at those inter-vals specified in the maintenanceschedule. Make sure that a newvapor hose or fuel filler cap is cor-rectly replaced.

When you are inspecting the belt,place the ignition switch to theLOCK/OFF or ACC position.

CAUTION

7-32

Maintenance

Vacuum crankcase ventilationhoses (if equipped)Inspect the surface of hoses for evi-dence of heat and/or mechanicaldamage. Hard and brittle rubber,cracking, tears, cuts, abrasions, andexcessive swelling indicate deterio-ration. Particular attention should bepaid to examine those hose surfacesnearest to high heat sources, suchas the exhaust manifold.Inspect the hose routing to ensurethat the hoses do not come in con-tact with any heat source, sharpedges or moving component whichmight cause heat damage ormechanical wear. Inspect all hoseconnections, such as clamps andcouplings, to make sure they aresecure, and that no leaks are pres-ent. Hoses should be replacedimmediately if there is any evidenceof deterioration or damage.

Air cleaner filterWe recommend that the air cleanerfilter be replaced by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.

Spark plugs(for Gasoline Engine)Make sure to install new spark plugsof the correct heat range.

Valve clearance (for Gasoline Engine)Inspect excessive valve noise and/orengine vibration and adjust if neces-sary. We recommend that the systembe serviced by an authorized HYUNDAIdealer.

Cooling systemCheck the cooling system parts,such as radiator, coolant reservoir,hoses and connections for leakageand damage. Replace any damagedparts.

Engine coolantThe coolant should be changed atthe intervals specified in the mainte-nance schedule.

Manual transmission fluid(if equipped)Inspect the manual transmissionfluid according to the maintenanceschedule.

Dual clutch transmission fluid(if equipped)Inspect the dual clutch transmissionfluid according to the maintenanceschedule.

Do not disconnect and inspectspark plugs when the engine ishot. You may burn yourself.

WARNING

7-33

7

Maintenance

Brake hoses and linesVisually check for proper installation,chafing, cracks, deterioration andany leakage. Replace any deteriorat-ed or damaged parts immediately.

Brake/Clutch fluid (if equipped)Check the brake/clutch fluid level inthe brake fluid reservoir. The levelshould be between “MIN” and “MAX”marks on the side of the reservoir.Use only hydraulic brake fluid con-forming to DOT 3 or DOT 4 specifi-cation.

Parking brakeInspect the parking brake systemincluding the parking brake lever andcables.

Brake pads, calipers androtorsCheck the pads for excessive wear,discs for run out and wear, andcalipers for fluid leakage.For more information on checkingthe pads or lining wear limit, refer tothe HYUNDAI web site.(http://service.hyundai-motor.com)

Suspension mounting boltsCheck the suspension connectionsfor looseness or damage. Retightento the specified torque.

Steering gear box, linkage &boots/lower arm ball jointWith the vehicle stopped and engineoff, check for excessive free-play inthe steering wheel.Check the linkage for bends or dam-age. Check the dust boots and balljoints for deterioration, cracks, ordamage. Replace any damagedparts.

Drive shafts and bootsCheck the drive shafts, boots andclamps for cracks, deterioration, ordamage. Replace any damagedparts and, if necessary, repack thegrease.

Air conditioning refrigerant/compressorCheck the air conditioning lines andconnections for leakage and dam-age.

7-34

Maintenance

EENNGGIINNEE OOIILLChecking the engine oil level(Gasoline engine)

1. Be sure the vehicle is on levelground.

2. Start the engine and allow it to reachnormal operating temperature.

3. Turn the engine off and wait for afew minutes (about 5 minutes) forthe oil to return to the oil pan.

4. Pull the dipstick out, wipe it clean,and re-insert it fully.

5. Pull the dipstick out again andcheck the level. The level shouldbe between F (Full) and L (Low).

6. If it is near or at L, add enough oilto bring the level to F.

• Do not overfill the engine oil.It may damage the engine.

• Do not spill engine oil, whenadding or changing engine oil. Ifyou drop the engine oil on theengine room, wipe it off immedi-ately.

• When you wipe the oil dipstick,you should wipe it with a cleancloth. When mixed with debris, itcan cause engine damage.

NOTICE

OOS077003

OOS077055L

■ 1.0 T-GDI

■ 1.6 T-GDI

OOS077003AU

■ 2.0 MPI

Radiator hose

Be very careful not to touch theradiator hose when checking oradding the engine oil as it maybe hot enough to burn you.

WARNING

7-35

7

Maintenance

Use only the specified engine oil.(Refer to “Recommended lubricantsand capacities” in chapter 8.)

Checking the engine oil level(Diesel engine)

1. Be sure the vehicle is on levelground.

OOS077005

OOS077056L

■ 1.0 T-GDI

■ 1.6 T-GDI

OOS078101

Figure Required action

Range (A)Recommend to contact anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer.

Range (B) Do not refill engine oil.

Range (C)

Normal.You may add engine oil aslong as the oil level does notgo above the C range.

Range (D)You must add oil and makesure that the oil level is in theC Range.

OOS077005N

■ 2.0 MPI

■ Smartstream D1.6

7-36

Maintenance

2. Start the engine and allow it to reachnormal operating temperature.

3. Turn the engine off and wait for afew minutes (about 5 minutes) forthe oil to return to the oil pan.

4. Pull the dipstick out, wipe it clean,and re-insert it fully.

5. Pull the dipstick out again andcheck the level.

6. The level should be in the C range.If the level is in the D range, addenough engine oil to bring thelevel up to the C range.

• Do not spill engine oil, whenadding or changing engine oil. Ifyou drop the engine oil on theengine room, wipe it off immedi-ately.

• When you wipe the oil level gauge,you should wipe it with a cleancloth. When mixed with debris, itcan cause engine damage.

If it is near or at L, add enough oil tobring the level to F. Do not overfill.Use only the specified engine oil.(Refer to “Recommended lubricantsand capacities” in chapter 8.)

Checking the engine oil and filter

We recommend that the engine oiland filter be replaced by an author-ized HYUNDAI dealer.

NOTICE

OOS078109

Used engine oil may cause irri-tation or cancer of the skin ifleft in contact with the skin forprolonged periods of time. Usedengine oil contains chemicalsthat have caused cancer in lab-oratory animals. Always protectyour skin by washing yourhands thoroughly with soapand warm water as soon as pos-sible after handling used oil.

WARNING Radiator hose

Be very careful not to touch theradiator hose when checking oradding the engine oil as it maybe hot enough to burn you.

WARNING


7-37

7

Maintenance

EENNGGIINNEE CCOOOOLLAANNTTThe high-pressure cooling systemhas a reservoir filled with year-roundantifreeze coolant. The reservoir isfilled at the factory.Check the antifreeze protection andcoolant concentration level at leastonce a year, at the beginning of thewinter season, and before travelingto a colder climate.

• When the engine overheats fromlow engine coolant, suddenlyadding engine coolant may causecracks in the engine. To preventdamage, add engine coolantslowly in small quantities.

• Do not drive with no enginecoolant. It may cause water pumpfailure and engine seizure, etc.

Checking the engine coolantlevel

Check the condition and connectionsof all cooling system hoses andheater hoses. Replace any swollenor deteriorated hoses.

The coolant level should be filledbetween MAX and MIN (or F (Full)and L (Low)) marks on the side of thecoolant reservoir when the engine iscool.If the coolant level is low, add enoughdistilled (deionized) water. Bring thelevel to MAX, (or F (Full)) but do notoverfill.If frequent additions are required, werecommend that the system beinspected by an authorized HYUNDAIdealer.

NOTICE

OOS077007

■ Gasoline engine

OOS078102

■ Diesel engine

7-38

Maintenance

The electric motor for the cooling fanis controlled by engine coolant tem-perature, refrigerant pressure andvehicle speed. As the engine coolanttemperature decreases, the electricmotor will automatically shut off. Thisis a normal condition. If your vehicleis equipped with T-GDI, the electricmotor for the cooling fan may beginto operate at any time and continueto operate until you disconnect thenegative battery cable.

The electric motor forthe cooling fan maycontinue to operateor start up when theengine is not running

and can cause serious injury.Keep hands, clothing and toolsaway from the rotating fan bladesof the cooling fan.

WARNING

Never remove thecoolant cap/radiatorcap or the drain plugwhile the engine andradiator are hot. Hot

coolant and steam may blow outunder pressure, causing seriousinjury.

Turn the engine off and wait untilthe engine cools down. Useextreme care when removing thecoolant cap/radiator cap. Wrap athick towel around it, and turn itcounterclockwise slowly to thefirst stop. Step back while thepressure is released from thecooling system. When you aresure all the pressure has beenreleased, press down on the cap,using a thick towel, and continueturning counterclockwise toremove it.

WARNING

OOS077009

■ Gasoline engine

OOS078103

■ Diesel engine

7-39

7

Maintenance

Recommended engine coolant• When adding coolant, use only dis-

tilled (deionized) water for yourvehicle and never mix hard water inthe coolant filled at the factory. Anincorrect coolant mixture can resultin serious malfunction or enginedamage.

• The engine in your vehicle has alu-minum engine parts and must beprotected by an ethylene-glycolwith phosphate based coolant toprevent corrosion and freezing.

• DO NOT USE alcohol or methanolcoolant or mix them with the spec-ified coolant.

• Do not use a solution that containsmore than 60% antifreeze or lessthan 35% antifreeze, which wouldreduce the effectiveness of the solu-tion.

For mixture percentage, refer to thefollowing table.

InformationIf in doubt about the mix ratio, a 50%water and 50% antifreeze mix is theeasiest to mix together as it will be thesame quantity of each. It is suitable touse for most temperature ranges of -35°C (-31°F) and higher.

Changing the engine coolantWe recommend that coolant bechanged by an authorized HYUNDAIdealer according to the MaintenanceSchedule at the beginning of thischapter.

To prevent damage to engine parts,put a thick towel around the radiatorcap and/or radiator cap before refill-ing the coolant to prevent thecoolant from overflowing intoengine parts, such as the alternator.

NOTICE

i

AmbientTemperature

Mixture Percentage (volume)

Antifreeze Water-15°C (5°F) 35 65

-25°C (-13°F) 40 60

-35°C (-31°F) 50 50

-45°C (-49°F) 60 40

7-40

Maintenance

BBRRAAKKEE//CCLLUUTTCCHH FFLLUUIIDD ((IIFF EEQQUUIIPPPPEEDD))Checking the brake/clutchfluid level

Check the fluid level in the reservoirperiodically. The fluid level should bebetween MAX and MIN marks on theside of the reservoir.Before removing the reservoir capand adding brake/clutch fluid, cleanthe area around the reservoir capthoroughly to prevent brake/clutchfluid contamination.If the level is low, add fluid to the MAXlevel.The level will fall with accumulat-ed mileage. This is a normal conditionassociated with the wear of the brakelinings.

If the fluid level is excessively low, we recommend that the system bechecked by an authorized HYUNDAIdealer.

Information Use only the specified brake/clutchfluid. Refer to “Recommended lubri-cants and capacities” in chapter 8.

Information Before removing the brake/clutch fillercap, read the warning on the cap.

Information Clean the filler cap before removing.Use only DOT3 or DOT4 brake/clutchfluid from a sealed container.

• Do not allow brake/clutch fluidto contact the vehicle's bodypaint, as paint damage willresult.

• Brake/clutch fluid, which hasbeen exposed to open air for anextended time should never beused as its quality cannot beguaranteed. It should be dis-posed of properly.

• Don't put in the wrong kind offluid. A few drops of mineral-based oil, such as engine oil, inyour brake/clutch system candamage system parts.

NOTICE

i

i

i

Do not allow brake/clutch fluidto come in contact with youreyes. If brake/clutch fluid comesin contact with your eyes, flushyour eyes with clean water for atleast 15 minutes and get imme-diate medical attention.

WARNING

If the brake/clutch systemrequires frequent additions offluid this could indicate a leak inthe brake/clutch system. Werecommend that the vehicle beinspected by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.

WARNING

OOS077011

7-41

7

Maintenance

WWAASSHHEERR FFLLUUIIDDChecking the washer fluidlevel

Check the fluid level in the washerfluid reservoir and add fluid if neces-sary. Plain water may be used ifwasher fluid is not available.However, use washer solvent withantifreeze characteristics in cold cli-mates to prevent freezing.

Checking the parking brake

Check the stroke of the parkingbrake by counting the number of“clicks’’ heard while fully applying itfrom the released position. Also, theparking brake alone should securelyhold the vehicle on a fairly steepgrade. If the stroke is more or lessthan specified, we recommend thatthe system be serviced by an author-ized HYUNDAI dealer.

Stroke : 5~7 “clicks’’ at a force of 20 kg (44 lbs, 196 N).

OOS077012

PPAARRKKIINNGG BBRRAAKKEE

OOS057010

To prevent serious injury ordeath, take the following safetyprecautions when using washerfluid:• Do not use engine coolant or

antifreeze in the washer fluidreservoir. Engine coolant canseverely obscure visibilitywhen sprayed on the wind-shield and may cause loss ofvehicle control resulting in anaccident or damage to paintand body trim.

• Do not allow sparks or flamesto contact the washer fluid orthe washer fluid reservoir.Washer fluid may containalcohol and can be flamma-ble.

• Do not drink washer fluid andavoid contact with skin.Washer fluid is poisonous tohumans and animals.

• Keep washer fluid away fromchildren and animals.

WARNING

7-42

Maintenance

FFUUEELL FFIILLTTEERR ((FFOORR DDIIEESSEELL)) AAIIRR CCLLEEAANNEERRDraining water from fuel filterThe fuel filter in the diesel engineoperates the critical function of sepa-rating water from the fuels and pre-venting accumulating of water in thebase.When enough water is accumulatedinside the fuel filter, the warning light( ) illuminates with the ignitionswitch in the ON position.In this case, we recommend you tohave the system checked by anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer.

When the accumulated water is notdrained at the proper timing, watermay permeate in the fuel filter,damaging the major vehicle com-ponents, such as the fuel system.

Fuel filter cartridge replace-mentWe recommend the fuel filter car-tridge be replaced by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer according to theMaintenance Schedule at the begin-ning of this chapter.

Filter replacement

The air cleaner filter can be cleanedfor inspection using compressed air.Do not attempt to wash or to rinse it,as water will damage the filter.If soiled, the air cleaner filter must bereplaced.

1. Loosen the air cleaner coverattaching clips and open the cover.

2. Wipe the inside of the air cleaner.3. Replace the air cleaner filter.

NOTICE

OOS077013

OOS077015

OOS077016

7-43

7

Maintenance

CCLLIIMMAATTEE CCOONNTTRROOLL AAIIRR FFIILLTTEERR4. Lock the cover with the cover

attaching clips.5. Check that the cover is firmly

installed.

Information If the vehicle is operated in extremelydusty or sandy areas, replace the elementmore often than the usual recommendedintervals (refer to “Maintenance UnderSevere Usage Conditions” in this chap-ter).

• Do not drive with the air cleanerfilter removed. This will result inexcessive engine wear.

• When removing the air cleanerfilter, be careful that dust or dirtdoes not enter the air intake, ordamage may result.

• Use HYUNDAI genuine parts.Use of non-genuine parts coulddamage the air flow sensor.

Filter inspectionIf the vehicle is operated in theseverely air-polluted cities or on dustyrough roads for a long period, itshould be inspected more frequentlyand replaced earlier. When you, theowner, replace the climate control airfilter, replace it performing the follow-ing procedure, and be careful toavoid damaging other components.Replace the filter according to theMaintenance Schedule.

Filter replacement

1. With the glove box open, removethe stoppers on both sides.

2. Remove the support strap (1).

3. Remove the climate control air filtercase while pressing the lock on theright side of the cover.

NOTICE

i

OOS077018

OOS077017

OOS077019

7-44

Maintenance

WWIIPPEERR BBLLAADDEESS

4. Replace the climate control air filter.5. Reassemble in the reverse order

of disassembly.

Install a new climate control air filterin the correct direction with thearrow symbol(↓↓) facing downwards,otherwise, it may be noisy and theeffectiveness of the filter may bereduced.

Blade inspectionContamination of either the wind-shield or the wiper blades with for-eign matter can reduce the effective-ness of the windshield wipers.Common sources of contaminationare insects, tree sap, and hot waxtreatments used by some commer-cial car washes. If the blades are notwiping properly, clean both the win-dow and the blades with a goodcleaner or mild detergent, and rinsethoroughly with clean water.

To prevent damage to the wiperblades, arms or other compo-nents, do not:• Use gasoline, kerosene, paint

thinner, or other solvents on ornear them.

• Attempt to move the wipersmanually.

• Use non-specified wiper blades.

Information Commercial hot waxes applied by auto-matic car washes have been known tomake the windshield difficult to clean.

Information Wiper blades are a consumable itemand normal wear of the wipers may notbe covered by your vehicle warranty.

Blade replacement When the wipers no longer cleanadequately, the blades may be wornor cracked, and require replacement.

To prevent damage to the wiper armsor other components, do not attemptto move the wipers manually.

The use of a non-specified wiperblade could result in wiper mal-function and failure.

• In order to prevent damage tothe hood and the wiper arms, thewiper arms should only be liftedwhen in the top wiping position.

• Always return the wiper arms tothe windshield before driving.

NOTICE

NOTICE

NOTICE

i

i

NOTICE

NOTICE

OPD076026

7-45

7

Maintenance

Type A

1. Lift up the wiper blade clip. Thenlift up the wiper blade.

2. While pushing the lock (1), pulldown the wiper blade (2).

3. Remove the wiper blade from thewiper arm.

4. Install a new wiper blade assem-bly in the reverse order of removal.

5. Return the wiper arm on the wind-shield.

Type B

1. Raise the wiper arm.

2. Lift up the wiper blade clip. Thenpull down the blade assembly andremove it.

OGSR076068

OLF074017

OLF074018

OGSR076067

OGSR076066

7-46

Maintenance

3. Install the new blade assembly inthe reverse order of removal.

4. Return the wiper arm on the wind-shield.

Rear window wiper blade

1. Raise the wiper arm and pull outthe wiper blade assembly.

2. Install the new blade assembly byinserting the center part into theslot in the wiper arm until it clicksinto place.

3. Make sure the blade assembly isinstalled firmly by trying to pull itslightly.

To prevent damage to the wiper armsor other components, we recommendthat the wiper blades be replaced byan authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

OTL075050

BBAATTTTEERRYY

To prevent SERIOUS INJURY orDEATH to you or bystanders,always follow these precautionswhen working near or handlingthe battery:

Always read and followinstructions carefullywhen handling a battery.Wear eye protectiondesigned to protect theeyes from acid splashes.Keep all flames, sparks,or smoking materialsaway from the battery.Hydrogen is alwayspresent in battery cells,is highly combustible,and may explode if ignit-ed.Keep batteries out ofreach of children.

WARNING

OLF074019

OTL075051

7-47

7

Maintenance

• When you do not use the vehiclefor a long time in a low tempera-ture area, disconnect the batteryand keep it indoors.

• Always charge the battery fullyto prevent battery case damagein low temperature areas.

If you connect unauthorized elec-tronic devices to the battery, thebattery may be discharged. Neveruse unauthorized devices.

For best battery service

• Keep the battery securely mounted.• Keep the battery top clean and dry.• Keep the terminals and connec-

tions clean, tight, and coated withpetroleum jelly or terminal grease.

• Rinse any spilled electrolyte fromthe battery immediately with asolution of water and baking soda.

• If the vehicle is not going to beused for an extended time, discon-nect the battery cables.

NOTICE

NOTICE

Batteries contain sulfu-ric acid which is highlycorrosive. Do not allowacid to contact youreyes, skin or clothing.

If acid gets into your eyes, flushyour eyes with clean water for atleast 15 minutes and get imme-diate medical attention. If acidgets on your skin, thoroughlywash the area. If you feel pain ora burning sensation, get med-ical attention immediately.• When lifting a plastic-cased

battery, excessive pressureon the case may cause batteryacid to leak. Lift with a batterycarrier or with your hands onopposite corners.

• Do not attempt to jump startyour vehicle if your battery isfrozen.

• NEVER attempt to rechargethe battery when the vehicle’sbattery cables are connectedto the battery.

• The electrical ignition systemworks with high voltage.NEVER touch these compo-nents with the engine runningor when the ignition switch isin the ON position.

OOS077020

7-48

Maintenance

Battery capacity label

The actual battery label in the vehiclemay differ from the illustration.

1. CMF60L-BCI : The HYUNDAImodel name of battery

2. 12V : The nominal voltage3. 60Ah(20HR) : The nominal capacity

(in Ampere hours)4. 92RC : The nominal reserve capac-

ity (in min.)5. 550CCA : The cold-test current in

amperes by SAE6. 440A : The cold-test current in

amperes by EN

Battery rechargingBy battery chargerYour vehicle has a maintenance-free,calcium-based battery.• If the battery becomes discharged

in a short time (because, for exam-ple, the headlights or interior lightswere left on while the vehicle wasnot in use), recharge it by slowcharging (trickle) for 10 hours.

• If the battery gradually dischargesbecause of high electric load whilethe vehicle is being used, rechargeit at 20-30A for two hours.

OLMB073072

■ Example

Always follow these instructionswhen recharging your vehicle’sbattery to avoid the risk of SERI-OUS INJURY or DEATH fromexplosions or acid burns:• Before performing mainte-

nance or recharging the bat-tery, turn off all accessoriesand place the Engine Start/Stop button to the OFF posi-tion.

• Keep all flames, sparks, orsmoking materials away fromthe battery.

WARNING

• Always work outdoors or in anarea with plenty of ventilation.

• Wear eye protection whenchecking the battery duringcharging.

• The battery must be removedfrom the vehicle and placed ina well ventilated area.

• Watch the battery duringcharging, and stop or reducethe charging rate if the batterycells begin boiling violently.

• The negative battery cablemust be removed first andinstalled last when the batteryis disconnected. Disconnectthe battery charger in the fol-lowing order:(1) Turn off the battery charger

main switch.(2) Unhook the negative

clamp from the negativebattery terminal.

(3) Unhook the positive clampfrom the positive batteryterminal.

• Always use a genuine HYUNDAIapproved battery when youreplace the battery.

7-49

7

Maintenance

By jump starting After a jump start from a good bat-tery, drive the vehicle for 20-30 min-utes before it is shutoff. The vehiclemay not restart if you shut it offbefore the battery had a chance toadequately recharge. See “JumpStarting” in chapter 6 for more infor-mation on jump starting procedures.

Information An inappropriately disposedof battery can be harmful tothe environment and humanhealth.

Dispose of the battery according toyour local law(s) or regulations.

Reset itemsThe following items may need to bereset after the battery has been dis-charged or the battery has been dis-connected.• Auto up/down window• Sunroof• Trip computer• Climate control system• Driver position memory system• Clock• Audio system

i

AGM battery (if equipped)

• Absorbent Glass Matt (AGM)batteries are maintenance-free and we recommend thatthe AGM battery be servicedby an authorized HYUNDAIdealer. For charging yourAGM battery, use only fullyautomatic battery chargersthat are specially developedfor AGM batteries.

• When replacing the AGM bat-tery, we recommend that youuse parts for replacementfrom an authorized HYUNDAIdealer.

• Do not open or remove thecap on top of the battery. Thismay cause leaks of internalelectrolyte that could result insevere injury.

CAUTION

7-50

Maintenance

TTIIRREESS AANNDD WWHHEEEELLSS Tire careFor proper maintenance, safety, andmaximum fuel economy, you mustalways maintain recommended tireinflation pressures and stay within theload limits and weight distribution rec-ommended for your vehicle.

All specifications (sizes and pressures)can be found on a label attached to thedriver’s side center pillar.

• Replace tires that are worn,show uneven wear, or are dam-aged. Worn tires can causeloss of braking effectiveness,steering control, or traction.

• ALWAYS replace tires with thesame size as each tire thatwas originally supplied withthis vehicle. Using tires andwheels other than the recom-mended sizes could causeunusual handling characteris-tics, poor vehicle control, ornegatively affect your vehi-cle’s Anti-Lock Brake System(ABS) resulting in a seriousaccident.

Tire failure may cause loss ofvehicle control resulting in anaccident. To reduce risk ofSERIOUS INJURY or DEATH,take the following precautions:• Inspect your tires monthly for

proper inflation as well aswear and damage.

• The recommended cold tirepressure for your vehicle canbe found in this manual and onthe tire label located on the dri-ver’s side center pillar. Alwaysuse a tire pressure gauge tomeasure tire pressure. Tireswith too much or too littlepressure wear unevenly caus-ing poor handling.

• Check the pressure of thespare every time you checkthe pressure of the other tireson your vehicle.

WARNING

OOS087003

7-51

7

Maintenance

Recommended cold tire infla-tion pressures All tire pressures (including thespare) should be checked when thetires are cold. “Cold tires” means thevehicle has not been driven for atleast three hours or has been drivenfor less than 1.6 km (1 mile).Warm tires normally exceed recom-mended cold tire pressures by 28 to41 kPa (4 to 6 psi). Do not release airfrom warm tires to adjust the pres-sure or the tires will be under-inflat-ed. For recommended inflation pres-sure, refer to “Tire and Wheels” inchapter 8.

Recommended pressures mustbe maintained for the best ride,vehicle handling, and minimumtire wear.Over-inflation or under-inflationcan reduce tire life, adverselyaffect vehicle handling, andlead to sudden tire failure thatcould result in loss of vehiclecontrol resulting in an accident.Severe under-inflation can leadto severe heat build-up, causingblowouts, tread separation andother tire failures that can resultin the loss of vehicle controlresulting in an accident. Thisrisk is much higher on hot daysand when driving for long peri-ods at high speeds.

WARNING

• Under-inflation results inexcessive wear, poor handlingand reduced fuel economy.Wheel deformation is alsopossible. Keep your tire pres-sures at the proper levels. If atire frequently needs refilling,we recommend it be checkedby an authorized HYUNDAIdealer.

• Over-inflation produces aharsh ride, excessive wear atthe center of the tire tread,and a greater possibility ofdamage from road hazards.

CAUTION

7-52

Maintenance

Check tire inflation pressureCheck your tires, including the sparetire, once a month or more.

How to checkUse a good quality tire pressuregauge to check tire pressure. Youcan not tell if your tires are properlyinflated simply by looking at them.Radial tires may look properly inflat-ed when they are under-inflated.Remove the valve cap from the tirevalve stem. Press the tire gauge firm-ly onto the valve to get a pressuremeasurement. If the cold tire inflationpressure matches the recommendedpressure on the tire and loadinginformation label, no further adjust-ment is necessary. If the pressure islow, add air until you reach the rec-ommended pressure. Make sure toput the valve caps back on the valvestems. Without the valve cap, dirt ormoisture could get into the valvecore and cause air leakage. If a valvecap is missing, install a new one assoon as possible.

If you overfill the tire, release air bypushing on the metal stem in thecenter of the tire valve. Recheck thetire pressure with the tire gauge. Besure to put the valve caps back onthe valve stems. Without the valvecap, dirt or moisture could get intothe valve core and cause air leakage.If a valve cap is missing, install a newone as soon as possible.

Tire rotation To equalize tread wear, HYUNDAIrecommends that the tires be rotatedevery 12,000 km (7,500 miles) orsooner if irregular wear develops.During rotation, check the tires forcorrect balance.When rotating tires, check for unevenwear and damage. Abnormal wear isusually caused by incorrect tire pres-sure, improper wheel alignment, out-of-balance wheels, severe braking orsevere cornering. Look for bumps orbulges in the tread or side of the tire.Replace the tire if you find any ofthese conditions. Replace the tire iffabric or cord is visible. After rotation,be sure to bring the front and rear tirepressures to specification and checklug nut tightness (proper torque is 11~13 kgf·m [79~94 lbf·ft]).

7-53

7

Maintenance

Disc brake pads should be inspectedfor wear whenever tires are rotated.

InformationThe outside and inside of the unsym-metrical tire is distinguishable. Wheninstalling an unsymmetrical tire, besure to install the side marked "out-side" facing the outside. If the sidemarked "inside" is installed on theoutside, it will have a negative effecton vehicle performance.

Wheel alignment and tire bal-anceThe wheels on your vehicle werealigned and balanced carefully at thefactory to give you the longest tire lifeand best overall performance.In most cases, you will not need tohave your wheels aligned again.However, if you notice unusual tirewear or your vehicle pulling one wayor the other, the alignment may needto be reset.If you notice your vehicle vibratingwhen driving on a smooth road, yourwheels may need to be rebalanced.

Incorrect wheel weights can dam-age your vehicle’s aluminumwheels. Use only approved wheelweights.

NOTICEi

ODH073802

■ Without a spare tire

• Do not use the compact sparetire for tire rotation.

• Do not mix bias ply and radialply tires under any circum-stances. This may causeunusual handling characteris-tics that may cause loss ofvehicle control resulting in anaccident.

WARNING

7-54

Maintenance

Tire replacement

If the tire is worn evenly, a tread wearindicator will appear as a solid bandacross the tread. This shows there isless than 1.6 mm (1/16 in.) of treadleft on the tire. Replace the tire whenthis happens.Do not wait for the band to appearacross the entire tread before replac-ing the tire.

OLMB073027

Tread wear indicator To reduce the risk of DEATH orSERIOUS INJURY:• Replace tires that are worn,

show uneven wear, or aredamaged. Worn tires cancause loss of braking effec-tiveness, steering control, andtraction.

• Always replace tires with thesame size as each tire thatwas originally supplied withthis vehicle. Using tires andwheels other than the recom-mended sizes could causeunusual handling characteris-tics, poor vehicle control, ornegatively affect your vehi-cle’s Anti-Lock Brake System(ABS) resulting in a seriousaccident.

WARNING • When replacing tires (orwheels), it is recommended toreplace the two front or tworear tires (or wheels) as a pair.Replacing just one tire canseriously affect your vehicle’shandling. If only replacing onepair of tires, it is recommend-ed to install the pair of newtires on the rear axle.

• Tires degrade over time, evenwhen they are not being used.Regardless of the remainingtread, HYUNDAI recommendsthat tires be replaced after six(6) years of normal service.

• Heat caused by hot climates orfrequent high loading condi-tions can accelerate the agingprocess. Failure to follow thiswarning may cause suddentire failure, which could lead toa loss of vehicle control result-ing in an accident.

7-55

7

Maintenance

Compact spare tire replacement(if equipped)A compact spare tire has a shortertread life than a regular size tire.Replace it when you can see thetread wear indicator bars on the tire.The replacement compact spare tireshould be the same size and designtire as the one provided with yournew vehicle and should be mountedon the same compact spare tirewheel. The compact spare tire is notdesigned to be mounted on a regularsize wheel, and the compact sparetire wheel is not designed for mount-ing a regular size tire.

Wheel replacementWhen replacing the metal wheels forany reason, make sure the newwheels are equivalent to the originalfactory units in diameter, rim widthand offset.

Tire traction Tire traction can be reduced if youdrive on worn tires, tires that areimproperly inflated or on slipperyroad surfaces. Tires should bereplaced when tread wear indicatorsappear. To reduce the possibility oflosing control, slow down wheneverthere is rain, snow or ice on the road.

Tire maintenanceIn addition to proper inflation, correctwheel alignment helps to decreasetire wear. If you find a tire is wornunevenly, have your dealer check thewheel alignment.When you have new tires installed,make sure they are balanced. Thiswill increase vehicle ride comfort andtire life. Additionally, a tire shouldalways be rebalanced if it is removedfrom the wheel.

Tire sidewall labelingThis information identifies anddescribes the fundamental charac-teristics of the tire and also providesthe tire identification number (TIN)for safety standard certification. TheTIN can be used to identify the tire incase of a recall.

The original tire should berepaired or replaced as soon aspossible to avoid failure of thespare and loss of vehicle controlresulting in an accident.The com-pact spare tire is for emergencyuse only. Do not operate yourvehicle over 80 km/h (50 mph)when using the compact sparetire.

WARNING

7-56

Maintenance

1. Manufacturer or brand name Manufacturer or brand name isshown.

2. Tire size designation A tire’s sidewall is marked with a tiresize designation. You will need thisinformation when selecting replace-ment tires for your car. The followingexplains what the letters and num-bers in the tire size designationmean.

Example tire size designation:(These numbers are provided as anexample only; your tire size designa-tor could vary depending on yourvehicle.)205/60R16 92H

205 - Tire width in millimeters.60 - Aspect ratio. The tire’s section

height as a percentage of itswidth.

R - Tire construction code (Radial).16 - Rim diameter in inches.92 - Load Index, a numerical code

associated with the maximumload the tire can carry.

H - Speed Rating Symbol. See thespeed rating chart in this sectionfor additional information.

Wheel size designation

Wheels are also marked with impor-tant information that you need if youever have to replace one. The follow-ing explains what the letters andnumbers in the wheel size designa-tion mean.Example wheel size designation:6.5JX166.5 - Rim width in inches.J - Rim contour designation.16 - Rim diameter in inches.

OLMB073028

1

1

23

4

5,6

7

7-57

7

Maintenance

Tire speed ratings

The chart below lists many of the dif-ferent speed ratings currently beingused for passenger vehicle tires. Thespeed rating is part of the tire sizedesignation on the sidewall of thetire. This symbol corresponds to thattire’s designed maximum safe oper-ating speed.

3. Checking tire life (TIN : TireIdentification Number)

Any tires that are over six years old,based on the manufacturing date,(including the spare tire) should bereplaced by new ones. You can findthe manufacturing date on the tiresidewall (possibly on the inside of thewheel), displaying the DOT Code.The DOT Code is a series of num-bers on a tire consisting of numbersand English letters. The manufactur-ing date is designated by the last fourdigits (characters) of the DOT code.

DOT : XXXX XXXX OOOO

The front part of the DOT shows aplant code number, tire size andtread pattern and the last four num-bers indicate week and year manu-factured.For example:DOT XXXX XXXX 1518 representsthat the tire was produced in the 15thweek of 2018.

4. Tire ply composition andmaterial

The number of layers or plies of rub-ber-coated fabric in the tire. Tiremanufacturers also must indicate thematerials in the tire, which includesteel, nylon, polyester, and others.The letter "R" means radial ply con-struction; the letter "D“ means diago-nal or bias ply construction; and theletter "B" means belted-bias ply con-struction.

5. Maximum permissible infla-tion pressure

This number is the greatest amountof air pressure that should be put inthe tire. Do not exceed the maximumpermissible inflation pressure. Referto the Tire and Loading Informationlabel for recommended inflationpressure.

SpeedRatingSymbol

Maximum Speed

S 180 km/h (112 mph)

T 190 km/h (118 mph)

H 210 km/h (130 mph)

V 240 km/h (149 mph)

W 270km/h (168mph)

Y 300km/h (186mph)

7-58

Maintenance

6. Maximum load ratingThis number indicates the maximumload in kilograms and pounds thatcan be carried by the tire. Whenreplacing the tires on the vehicle,always use a tire that has the sameload rating as the factory installedtire.

7. Uniform tire quality gradingQuality grades can be found whereapplicable on the tire sidewallbetween tread shoulder and maxi-mum section width.For example:TREAD WEAR 200TRACTION AATEMPERATURE A

Tread wear

The tread wear grade is a compara-tive rating based on the wear rate ofthe tire when tested under controlledconditions on a specified govern-ment test course. For example, a tiregraded 150 would wear one-and-a-half times (1½) as well on the gov-ernment course as a tire graded 100.The relative performance of tiresdepends upon the actual conditionsof their use, however, and maydepart significantly from the normdue to variations in driving habits,service practices and differences inroad characteristics and climate.These grades are molded on thesidewalls of passenger vehicle tires.The tires available as standard oroptional equipment on your vehiclemay vary with respect to grade.

Traction - AA, A, B & C

The traction grades, from highest tolowest, are AA, A, B and C. Thosegrades represent the tire’s ability tostop on wet pavement as measuredunder controlled conditions on spec-ified government test surfaces ofasphalt and concrete. A tire markedC may have poor traction perform-ance.

The traction grade assigned tothis tire is based on straight-ahead braking traction tests,and does not include accelera-tion, cornering, hydroplaning,or peak traction characteristics.

WARNING

7-59

7

Maintenance

Temperature - A, B & C

The temperature grades are A (thehighest), B and C representing thetire’s resistance to the generation ofheat and its ability to dissipate heatwhen tested under controlled condi-tions on a specified indoor laboratorytest wheel.Sustained high temperature cancause the material of the tire todegenerate and reduce tire life, andexcessive temperature can lead tosudden tire failure. Grades B and Arepresent higher levels of perform-ance on the laboratory test wheelthan the minimum required by law.

Low aspect ratio tiresA low aspect ratio tire, of which theaspect ratio is lower than 50, isdesigned for a sporty-look vehicle.The low aspect ratio is to optimizehandling and braking. Thus, it maybe uncomfortable to ride and it maygenerate noises, in comparison witha normal tire.

• When there is an impact on atire, inspect the tire condition.Or, contact an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.

• Inspect the tire condition andpressure every 3,000 km(1,800 miles) to prevent a tiredamage.

• It is difficult to recognize a tiredamage only with your eyes.When there is a slight hint of atire damage, check and replacethe tire to prevent the damagecaused by air leakage.

• When a tire is damaged whiledriving on a rough road, off aroad, or over obstacles, suchas a pothole, manhole, or curbstone, your warranty does notcover the damage.

• The tire information is speci-fied on the tire side wall.

The temperature grade for thistire is established for a tire thatis properly inflated and notoverloaded. Excessive speed,under-inflation, over-inflation,or excessive loading, eitherseparately or in combination,can cause heat build-up andpossible sudden tire failure.This may cause loss of vehiclecontrol resulting in an accident.

WARNING

The side wall of a low aspectratio tire is shorter than the nor-mal one. Thus, the low-aspectwheel and tire are easily dam-aged. Follow the below instruc-tions.• When driving on a rough road

or driving off a road, be care-ful not to damage the tiresand wheels. After driving,inspect the tires and wheels.

• When passing over a pothole,speed bump, manhole, orcurb stone, slowly drive thevehicle not to damage thetires and wheels.

CAUTION

7-60

Maintenance

FFUUSSEESSA vehicle’s electrical system is pro-tected from electrical overload dam-age by fuses.This vehicle has 2 (or 3) fuse panels,one located in the driver’s side panelbolster, the other in the engine com-partment.If any of your vehicle’s lights, acces-sories, or controls do not work, checkthe appropriate circuit fuse. If a fusehas blown, the element inside thefuse will be melted or broken.If the electrical system does notwork, first check the driver’s sidefuse panel. Before replacing a blownfuse, turn the engine and all switchesoff, and then disconnect the negativebattery cable. Always replace ablown fuse with one of the same rat-ing.If the replacement fuse blows, this indi-cates an electrical problem. Avoidusing the system involved and immedi-ately consult an authorized HYUNDAIdealer.

InformationThree kinds of fuses are used: bladetype for lower amperage rating, car-tridge type, and multi fuse for higheramperage ratings.

Do not use a screwdriver or anyother metal object to removefuses because it may cause ashort circuit and damage the sys-tem.

NOTICE

i

Normal

■ Blade type

■ Cartridge type

Blown

Normal Blown

Normal Blown

OLF074075

NEVER replace a fuse with any-thing but another fuse of thesame rating.• A higher capacity fuse could

cause damage and possiblycause a fire.

• Do not install a wire or alu-minum foil instead of theproper fuse - even as a tem-porary repair. It may causeextensive wiring damage andpossibly a fire.

WARNING

Normal Blown■ Multi fuse

7-61

7

Maintenance

Instrument panel fuse replace-ment

1. Turn the vehicle off.2. Turn all other switches OFF.3. Open the fuse panel cover.4. Refer to the label on the inside of

the fuse panel cover to locate thesuspected fuse location.

5. Pull the suspected fuse straightout. Use the removal tool providedin the engine compartment fusespanel.

6. Check the removed fuse; replace itif it is blown. Spare fuses are pro-vided in the instrument panel fusepanels (or in the engine compart-ment fuse panel).

7. Push in a new fuse of the samerating, and make sure it fits tightlyin the clips. If it fits loosely, consultan authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

In an emergency, if you do not havea spare fuse, use a fuse of the samerating from a circuit you may notneed for operating the vehicle, suchas the cigarette lighter fuse.If the headlamps or other electricalcomponents do not work and thefuses are undamaged, check thefuse panel in the engine compart-ment. If a fuse is blown, it must bereplaced with the same rating.

OOS077028

OOS077026

7-62

Maintenance

Fuse switch

Always, place the fuse switch to theON position.If you move the switch to the OFFposition, some items such as theaudio system and digital clock mustbe reset and the smart key may notwork properly.

Information

If the fuse switch is OFF, “Turn onFUSE SWITCH” message will appear.(if equipped)

• Always place the fuse switch inthe ON position while driving thevehicle.

• Do not move the transportationfuse switch repeatedly. The fuseswitch may be damaged.

Engine compartment panelfuse replacement

1. Turn the vehicle off.2. Turn all other switches OFF.3. Remove the fuse panel cover by

pressing the tab and pulling up.

NOTICE

i

OOS077027 OPDE046119

OOS077024

■ Blade type fuse

OOS077025

■ Cartridge type fuse

7-63

7

Maintenance

4. Check the removed fuse; replace itif it is blown. To remove or insertthe fuse, use the fuse puller in theengine compartment fuse panel.

5. Push in a new fuse of the samerating, and make sure it fits tightlyin the clips. If it fits loosely, consultan authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

After checking the fuse panel inthe engine compartment, securelyinstall the fuse panel cover. Youmay hear a clicking sound if thecover is securely latched. If it isnot securely latched, electricalfailure may occur from water con-tact.

Main fuse

1. Turn the engine off.2. Turn all other switches off.3. Remove the fuse panel cover by

pressing the tab and pulling it up.4. Remove the nuts shown in the pic-

ture above.5. Replace the fuse with a new one

of the same rating.6. Reinstall in the reverse order of

removal.

Information If the main fuse is blown, we recom-mend that you consult an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.

Multi fuse

If the multi fuse is blown, it must beremoved as follows:1. Turn the vehicle off.2. Disconnect the negative battery

cable.3. Remove the fuse panel cover by

pressing the tab and pulling it up.4. Remove the nuts shown in the pic-

ture above.5. Replace the fuse with a new one

of the same rating.6. Reinstall in the reverse order of

removal.

If the multi fuse is blown, we recom-mend that you consult an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.

i

NOTICE

OOS077022 OOS077023

7-64

Maintenance

Fuse/Relay panel descriptionDriver’s side fuse panel

Inside the fuse/relay box covers, youcan find the fuse/relay label describ-ing fuse/relay names and ratings.

InformationNot all fuse panel descriptions in thismanual may be applicable to yourvehicle. It is accurate at the time ofprinting. When you inspect the fusebox on your vehicle, refer to the fusebox label.

i

OOS077028

OOS078106

7-65

7

Maintenance

Driver's side fuse Panel

Fuse Name Symbol Fuse Rating Circuit Protected

MODULE5 MODULE5 7.5A

ATM Shift Lever IND., Electro Chromic Mirror, Audio, AMP, Head Lamp RH, A/V & Navigation Head Unit, A/C Control Module, Crash Pad Switch, Head Lamp LH, ISG DC-DC Convertor, Auto Head Lamp Leveling Device Module, Front Air Ventilation Seat Module, Front Seat Warmer Module

MODULE3 MODULE3 7.5A Stop Switch, BCM, ATM Shift Lever

S/ROOF 20A Sunroof Unit

T/Gate 10A Tail Gate Relay

P/WDW LH LH 25A Power Window LH Relay, Driver Safety Power Window Module (LHD)

Multi Media MULTIMEDIA 15A ISG DC-DC Convertor, Audio, A/V & Navigation Head Unit

P/WDW RH RH 25A Power Window RH Relay, Driver Safety Power Window Module (RHD)

DR/P/Seat DRV 25A Driver Seat Manual Switch

PS/P/Seat PASS 25A Passenger Seat Manual Switch


Blind-Spot Collision Warning Unit LH/RH, Active Air Flap, BCM, Parking Distance Warning Buzzer,Lane Keeping Assist Unit (Line), 4WD ECM

PDM3 3 7.5A Smart Key Control Module, Immobilizer Module

P/OUTLET2 POWEROUTLET

2

20A ICM Relay Box (Power Outlet Relay)

7-66

Maintenance



ROOM LP 7.5AGlove Box Lamp, Vanity Lamp LH/RH, Room Lamp, Overhead Console Lamp, Wireless Charger Unit, Driver Console Switch (With Wiresess charger), Luggage Lamp

Spare Spare 7.5A Spare

B/Alarm 10A ICM Relay Box (Burglar Alarm Horn Relay)

MEMORY MEMORY 10AA/C Control Module, Head Up Display, Instrument Cluster, BCM, ICM Relay Box (Outside Folding/Unfoling Relay), Rain Sensor

Spare Spare 20A Spare

AMP AMP 30A ISG DC-DC Convertor, AMP

MODULE6 MODULE6 7.5A Smart Key Control Module, BCM

MDPS 1 7.5A MDPS Unit


Active Air Flap, Driver Console Switch (W/O Wiresess Charger), Hazard Switch, Data Link Connector

MODULE7 MODULE7 7.5A Front Air Ventilation Seat Module, Front Seat Warmer Module, BLDC Cooling Fan

A/BAG IND IND 7.5A Instrument Cluster, A/C Control Modulee

BRAKESWITCH

BRAKESWITCH 7.5A Stop Lamp Switch, Smart Key Control Module

7-67

7

Maintenance



START 7.5ATransmission Range Switch (A/T), Smart Key Control (With Smart Key), ICM Relay Box (Burglar Alarm Relay), ECM

CLUSTER CLUSTER 7.5A Head Up Display, Instrument Cluster

DR/LOCK 20A Door Lock Relay, Door Unlock Relay, ICM Relay Box (Dead Lock Relay)

PDM2 2 7.5A Start/Stop Button Switch, Immobilizer Module

FCA 10A Forward Collision Avoidance Assist Unit

S/HTR 20A Front Seat Warmer Module, Front Air Ventilation Seat Module

A/CON2 20A A/C Control Module

A/CON1 7.5A A/C Control Module, E/R Junction Block (RLY.10)

PDM1 1 15A Smart Key Control Module

SPARE Spare 10A Spare

A/BAG 15A SRS Control Module

IG1 IG1 25A PCB Block (FUSE : F9, F10, F11, F12)

7-68

Maintenance



MODULE2 MODULE2 10A

Wireless Charger Unit, Smart Key Control Module, BCM, Audio, A/V & Navigation Head Unit, ICM Relay Box (Power Outlet Relay), Power Outside Mirror Switch, ISG DC-DC Convertor

Washe 15A Muntifunction Switch

WiperLO/HI

10A BCM

R/Wiper 15A Rear Wiper Relay, Rear Wiper Motor

F/WiperFRT

25A Front Wiper Motor, PCM Block (Front Wiper (Low) Relay)

RR HTD 10A Driver Power Outside Mirror, A/C Control Module, ECM

P/OUTLET1 POWEROUTLET

1

20A Power Outlet

SPARE Spare 15A Spare

HTD STRG 15A BCM

7-69

7

Maintenance

Engine compartment fuse panel

Inside the fuse/relay box covers, youcan find the fuse/relay label describ-ing fuse/relay names and ratings.

InformationNot all fuse panel descriptions in thismanual may be applicable to yourvehicle. It is accurate at the time ofprinting. When you inspect the fusebox on your vehicle, refer to the fusebox label.

i

OOS077029

OOS078108

7-70

Maintenance


Relay No. Symbol Relay Name

RLY.2 E622

Cooling Fan #2 Relay

RLY.3 E633(IG1) PDM #3 (IG1) Relay

RLY.4 E641

Srart #1 Relay

RLY.6 E664(IG2) PDM #4 (IG2) Relay

RLY.7 E67 FUELPUMP Fuel Pump Relay

RLY.8 E682(ACC) PDM #2 (ACC) Relay

RLY.9 E691

Cooling Fan #1 Relay

RLY.10 E70 Blower Relay

RLY.12 E72 Rear Defogger Relay

7-71

7

Maintenance


Type Fuse Name Symbol Fuse Rating Circuit Protected

MULTIFUSE-1

MAIN MAIN 150A E/R Junction Block (Fuse - F20, F21, F22)

MDPS 1 80A MDPS Unit

MULTIFUSE-2

BATT55

60A PCB Block ((Fuse - F7, F8, F14, F15, F16), Engine Control Relay)

BATT22

60A IGPM ((Fuse - F30), IPS0, IPS1, IPS2)

BATT33

60A IGPM (IPS3, IPS4, IPS5, IPS6, IPS7, IPS8)

BATT44

50A IGPM (Fuse - F3, F4, F5, F7, F8, F9, F12, F15, F18)

C/FAN 60A/50A E/R Junction Block (RLY.2, RLY.9)

RR DEFOG 40A E/R Junction Block (RLY.12)

BLOWER 40A E/R Junction Block (RLY.10)

IG1 IG1 40AW/O Smark Key : Ignition SwitchWith Smark Key : E/R Junction Block (RLY.3, RLY.8)

IG2 IG2 40AW/O Smark Key : Ignition SwitchWith Smark Key : E/R Junction Block (RLY.6)

7-72

Maintenance


Type Fuse Name Symbol Fuse Rating Circuit Protected

FUSE

TCMT1

15A TCM

V/PUMP VACUUMPUMP 20A Vacuum Pump

F/PUMP FUELPUMP 20A E/R Junction Block (RLY.7)

BATT11

40A IGPM ((Fuse - F21, F24, F28, F33), Leak Current Autocut Device)

DCT1 DCT1 40A TCM

DCT2 DCT2 40A TCM

4WD 20A 4WD ECM

ABS11

40A ESC Control Module, Multifunction Switch

ABS22

30A ESC Control Module

DCU DCU 40A -

7-73

7

Maintenance


SENSOR2S2

10APCB Block (A/CON Relay), E/R Junction Block (RLY.9), Purge Control Solenoid Valve, RCV Control Solenoid Valve, Oil Control Valve #1~#2

ECU2E2

10A ECM

ECU1E1

20A ECM

INJECTOR INJECTOR 15A -

SENSOR1S1

15A Oxygen Sensor (Up), Oxygen Sensor (Down)

IGN COIL IGN COIL 20A Ignition Coil #1~#4

ECU3E3

15A ECM

A/CON 10A PCB Block (A/CON Relay)

ECU5E5

10A ECM

SENSOR4S4

15A Vacuum Pump

ABS33

10A ESC Control Module, Multipurpose Check Connector

TCM2T2

15A TCM, Transmission Range Switch


■ Gamma 1.6 T-GDI

7-74

Maintenance


SENSOR3S3

10A E/R Junction Block (RLY.7)

ECU4E4

15A ECM

H/LAMP 10A PCB Block (Head Lamp(High) Relay)

HORN 15A PCB Block (Horn Relay)


■ Kappa 1.0 T-GDI


SENSOR2S2

10APCB Block (A/CON Relay), E/R Junction Block (RLY.9), RCV Control Solenoid Valve, Purge Control Solenoid Valve, Oil Control Valve #1~#3

ECU2E2

10A ECM

ECU1E1

20A ECM

INJECTOR INJECTOR 15A -

SENSOR1S1


7-75

7

Maintenance



ECU3E3

15A ECM


ECU5E5

10A ECM

SENSOR4S4

15A -

ABS33

10A Multipurpose Check Connector, ESC Control Module

TCM2T2

15A -

SENSOR3S3


ECU4E4

15A ECM

H/LAMP 10A PCB Block (Head Lamp (High) Relay)


7-76

Maintenance


■ Nu 2.0 MPI


SENSOR2S2

10APCB Block (A/CON Relay), E/R Junction Block (RLY.2, RLY.9), Purge Control Solenoid Valve,Electronic Thermostat, Variable Intake Solenoid Valve, Oil Control Valve #1~#3

ECU2E2

10A -

ECU1E1

20A PCM

INJECTOR INJECTOR 15A Injector #1~#4

SENSOR1S1



ECU3E3

15A PCM


ECU5E5

10A PCM

SENSOR4S4

15A -

7-77

7

Maintenance


ABS33

10A Multipurpose Check Connector, ESC Control Module

TCM2T2

15A Transmission Range Switch

SENSOR3S3


ECU4E4

15A PCM

H/LAMP 10A PCB Block (Head Lamp(High) Relay)


7-78

Maintenance

Engine compartment fuse panel(Battery terminal cover)

Inside the fuse/relay box cover, youcan find the fuse/relay label describ-ing fuse/relay names and ratings.

InformationNot all fuse panel descriptions in thismanual may be applicable to yourvehicle; the information is accurate atthe time of printing. When you inspectthe fuse panel in your vehicle, refer tothe fuse panel label.

i

OOS077035

OOS078107

After checking the fuse panel in the engine compartment, securelyinstall the cover. If it is not securely latched, electrical failure may occurfrom water contact.

NOTICE

7-79

7

Maintenance

LLIIGGHHTT BBUULLBBSSConsult an authorized HYUNDAIdealer to replace most vehicle lightbulbs. It is difficult to replace vehiclelight bulbs because other parts of thevehicle must be removed before youcan get to the bulb. This is especiallytrue for removing the headlampassembly to get to the bulb(s).Removing/installing the headlampassembly can result in damage tothe vehicle.

Be sure to replace the burned-outbulb with one of the same wattagerating. Otherwise, it may causedamage to the fuse or electricalwiring system.

Information After heavy driving rain or washing,headlamp and tail lamp lenses couldappear frosty. This condition is causedby the temperature difference betweenthe lamp inside and outside. This issimilar to the condensation on yourwindows inside your vehicle whenraining and doesn’t indicate a problemwith your vehicle. If the water leaksinto the lamp bulb circuitry, we rec-ommend that the system be checkedby an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.

Information The headlamp aiming should be adjust-ed after an accident or after the head-lamp assembly is reinstalled at anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer.

Information - Traffic Change(for Europe)

The low beam light distribution isasymmetric. If you go abroad to a coun-try with opposite traffic direction, thisasymmetric part will dazzle oncomingcar driver. To prevent dazzle, ECE reg-ulation demand several technical solu-tions (ex. automatic change system,adhesive sheet, down aiming). Theseheadlamps are designed not to dazzleopposite drivers. So, you need notchange your headlamps in a countrywith opposite traffic direction.

i

i

i

NOTICE

Prior to working on a light, firmlyapply the parking brake, ensurethat the ignition switch is in theLOCK/OFF position and turn offthe lights to avoid sudden move-ment of the vehicle and burningyour fingers or receiving an elec-tric shock.

WARNING

7-80

Maintenance

Headlamp, Low beam assist –Static, position lamp, turn sig-nal lamp and daytime runninglight bulb replacementType A

(1) Headlamp (High)(2) Headlamp (Low)(3) Daytime running light

(if equipped) / Position lamp(4) Turn signal lamp(5) Front fog lamp (if equipped)

• Always handle them carefully, andavoid scratches and abrasions. Ifthe bulbs are lit, avoid contact withliquids.

• Never touch the glass with barehands. Residual oil may cause thebulb to overheat and burst when lit.

• A bulb should be operated onlywhen installed in a headlamp.

• If a bulb becomes damaged orcracked, replace it immediatelyand carefully dispose of it.

OOS077033

• Handle halogen bulbs withcare. Halogen bulbs containpressurized gas that will pro-duce flying pieces of glass thatcould cause injuries if broken.

• Wear eye protection whenchanging a bulb. Allow the bulbto cool down before handling it.

WARNING

OLMB073042L

7-81

7

Maintenance

[1] : High beam, [2] : Low beam

Headlamp and position lamp

1. Open the hood.2. Disconnect the negative battery

cable.3. Remove the bulb cover by turning

it counterclockwise.4. Disconnect the bulb socket-con-

nector. (for low beam and highbeam)

5. Remove the bulb from the head-lamp assembly.

6. Install a new bulb.7. Connect the bulb socket-connec-

tor. (for low beam and high beam)8. Install the bulb cover by turning it

clockwise.

Turn signal lamp


cable.3.Remove the socket (1) from the

assembly by turning the socketcounterclockwise until the tabs onthe socket align with the slots onthe assembly.

4.Remove the bulb from the socketby pressing it in and rotating itcounterclockwise until the tabs onthe bulb align with the slots in thesocket. Pull the bulb out of thesocket.

5.Insert a new bulb by inserting it intothe socket and rotating it until itlocks into place.

6.Install the socket in the assemblyby aligning the tabs on the socketwith the slots in the assembly.

7.Push the socket into the assemblyand turn the socket clockwise.

Daytime running light

If the LED lamp does not operate, werecommend that you have the vehi-cle checked by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.

OOS077038OOS077034

7-82

Maintenance

Type B

(1) Headlamp (Low/High)(2) Low Beam Assist - static lamp(3) Daytime running light /

Position lamp (if equipped)(4) Turn signal lamp(5) Front fog lamp (if equipped)

• Always handle them carefully, andavoid scratches and abrasions. Ifthe bulbs are lit, avoid contact withliquids.

• Never touch the glass with barehands. Residual oil may cause thebulb to overheat and burst when lit.

• A bulb should be operated onlywhen installed in a headlamp.

• If a bulb becomes damaged orcracked, replace it immediatelyand carefully dispose of it.

Headlamp


OOS077052• Handle halogen bulbs with

care. Halogen bulbs containpressurized gas that will pro-duce flying pieces of glass thatcould cause injuries if broken.

• Wear eye protection whenchanging a bulb. Allow the bulbto cool down before handling it.

WARNING

OLMB073042L

7-83

7

Maintenance

Low Beam Assist-static lamp


cable.3.Remove the socket from the


4.Remove the bulb from the socket bypressing it in and rotating it counter-clockwise until the tabs on the bulbalign with the slots in the socket.Pull the bulb out of the socket.




Turn signal lamp


cable.3.Remove the socket from the


4.Remove the bulb from the socket bypressing it in and rotating it counter-clockwise until the tabs on the bulbalign with the slots in the socket.Pull the bulb out of the socket.

OOS077037 OOS077038

7-84

Maintenance




Position lamp and daytime runninglight

If the LED lamp does not operate, werecommend that you have the vehiclechecked by an authorized HYUNDAIdealer.

Front fog lamp (if equipped)

1. Loosen the pin-type retainers of theunder cover and then remove theundercover.

2. Reach your hand into the back of thefront bumper.

3. Disconnect the power connectorfrom the socket.

4. Remove the bulb-socket from thehousing by turning the socket coun-terclockwise until the tabs on thesocket align with the slots of thehousing.

5. Install a new bulb-socket into thehousing by aligning the tabs on thesocket with the slots in the housing.Push the socket into the housingand turn the socket clockwise.

Headlamp and front fog lampaiming (for Europe)Headlamp aiming

1. Inflate the tires to the specifiedpressure and remove any loadsfrom the vehicle except the driver,spare tire, and tools.

2. The vehicle should be placed on aflat floor.

3. Draw vertical lines (Vertical linespassing through respective headlamp centers) and a horizontal line(Horizontal line passing throughcenter of head lamps) on thescreen.

OOS077059L

■ Halogen type ■ LED type

OOS077060L/OOS077061L

7-85

7

Maintenance

4. With the headlamp and battery innormal condition, aim the head-lamps so the brightest portion fallson the horizontal and verticallines.

5. To aim the low beam left or right,turn the driver clockwise or coun-terclockwise. To aim the low beamup or down, turn the driver clock-wise or counterclockwise.To aim the high beam up or down,turn the driver clockwise or coun-terclockwise.

Front fog lamp aiming

The front fog lamp can be aimed asthe same manner of the headlampsaiming. With the front fog lamps andbattery in normal condition, aim thefront fog lamps. To aim the front foglamp up or down, turn the driverclockwise or counterclockwise.

OOS077062L

7-86

Maintenance

Aiming point

Vehicle condition Lamp type H1 H2 H3 W1 W2 W3

Without drivermm (in)

Halogen 625 (24.6) 617 (24.28)332 (13.06)

1506 (59.27) 1320 (51.95)

880 (34.63)LED 628 (24.71) 1503 (59.15)

With drivermm (in)

Halogen 617 (24.28) 608 (23.93)323 (12.71)

1504 (59.15) 1320 (51.95)LED 620 (24.4) 1503 (59.15)

■ Halogen lamp

■ LED lamp

OOS077063L/OOS077063L

H1 : Height between the head lamp bulb center and ground (Low beam)H2 : Height between the head lamp bulb center and ground (High beam)H3 : Height between the fog lamp bulb center and groundW1 : Distance between the two head lamp bulbs centers (Low beam)W2 : Distance between the two head lamp bulbs centers (High beam)W3 : Distance between the two fog lamp bulbs centers

7-87

7

Maintenance

Headlamp low beam (LHD side)

1. Turn the low beam on without driver aboard.2. The cut-off line should be projected in the cut-off line shown in the picture.3. When aiming the low beam, vertical aiming should be adjusted after adjusting the horizontal aiming.4. If headlamp leveling device is equipped, adjust the head lamp leveling device switch with 0 positions.

OOS077065L

■ Based on 10m screen

1 : Vertical line of the left fog lamp bulb center2 : Horizontal line of fog lamp bulb center3 : Cut-off line4 : Car axis5 : W3 (Front fog)6 : Vertical line of the right fog lamp bulb center7 : H3 (Front fog)8 : GROUND

7-88

Maintenance

Headlamp low beam (RHD side)

1. Turn the low beam on without driver aboard.2. The cut-off line should be projected in the cut-off line shown in the picture.3. When aiming the low beam, vertical aiming should be adjusted after adjusting the horizontal aiming.4. If headlamp leveling device is equipped, adjust the head lamp leveling device switch with 0 positions.

OPDE076083


7-89

7

Maintenance

Front fog lamp

1. Turn the front fog lamp on without the driver aboard.2. The cut-off line should be projected in the allowable range (shaded region).

OOS077065L


1 : Vertical line of the left fog lamp bulb center2 : Horizontal line of fog lamp bulb center3 : Cut-off line4 : Car axis5 : W3 (Front fog)6 : Vertical line of the right fog lamp bulb center7 : H3 (Front fog)8 : GROUND

7-90

Maintenance

Side repeater lamp replace-ment

If the light bulb does not operate, werecommend that you have the vehiclechecked by an authorized HYUNDAIdealer.

Rear combination lamp bulbreplacement

(1) Stop/Tail lamp(2) Tail lamp(Type A),

Stop/Tail lamp (Type B)(3) Turn signal lamp(4) Rear fog lamp

(LHD : Left side, RHD : Right side) (5) Backup lamp

(LHD : Right side, RHD : Left side)

OOS077039 OOS077040

■ Type A (Standard)

OOS077041

■ Type B (LED)

OOS077067L

7-91

7

Maintenance

Stop/Tail lamp

1. Turn off the engine.2. Open the tailgate.3. Loosen the lamp assembly retaining

screws with a cross-tip screwdriver.

4. Remove the rear combinationlamp assembly from the body ofthe vehicle.

5. Remove the socket from theassembly by turning the socketcounterclockwise until the tabs onthe socket align with the slots onthe assembly.

6. Remove the bulb from the socketby pressing it in and rotating itcounterclockwise until the tabs onthe bulb align with the slots in thesocket. Pull the bulb out of thesocket.

7. Insert a new bulb by inserting itinto the socket and rotating it untilit locks into place.

8. Install the socket into the assem-bly by aligning the tabs on thesocket with the slots in the assem-bly. Push the socket into theassembly and turn the socketclockwise.

9. Reinstall the lamp assembly to thebody of the vehicle.

Tail lamp (Type A)

1. Turn off the engine.2. Open the tailgate.3. Remove the service cover using a

flat-blade screwdriver.4. Remove the socket from the


5. Remove the bulb from the socketby pressing it in and rotating itcounterclockwise until the tabs onthe bulb align with the slots in thesocket. Pull the bulb out of thesocket.

OOS077068L

OOS077069LOOS077066L

7-92

Maintenance

6. Insert a new bulb by inserting itinto the socket and rotating it untilit locks into place.

7. Install the socket into the assem-bly by aligning the tabs on thesocket with the slots in the assem-bly. Push the socket into theassembly and turn the socketclockwise.

8. Reinstall the lamp assembly to thebody of the vehicle.

Tail / Stop lamp (Type B)


Turn signal lamp / Back up lamp /Rear fog lamp

If these lamps do not operate, werecommend that you have the vehi-cle checked by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.

High mounted stop lampreplacement

If the high mounted stop lamp doesnot operate, we recommend that youcontact an authorized HYUNDAIdealer.

License plate light bulbreplacement

1. Using a flat-blade screwdriver,gently pry the lens cover from thelamp housing.

2. Remove the bulb by pulling itstraight out.

3. Install a new bulb.4. Reinstall in the reverse order.

OOS077042 OOS077043

7-93

7

Maintenance

Interior light bulb replacement

■ Map lamp (Type A)

OOS077053

OOS077044

■ Room lamp (Type A)

■ Room lamp (Type B)OOS077054

OOS077045

■ Map lamp (Type B)

Map lamp, room lamp, vanity mirror lamp and luggage compartment lamp■ Vanity mirror lamp

■ Luggage compartment lampOOS077046

OOS077048

7-94

Maintenance

1. Using a flat-head screwdriver,gently pry the lens from the interi-or light housing.

2. Remove the bulb by pulling itstraight out.

3. Install a new bulb into the socket.4. Align the lens tabs with the interior

light housing notches and snapthe lens into place.

Be careful not to damage thecover, tab, and plastic housing.

Exterior careExterior general caution It is very important to follow the labeldirections when using any chemicalcleaner or polish. Read all warningand caution statements that appearon the label.

Finish maintenanceWashing

To help protect your vehicle’s finishfrom rust and deterioration, wash itthoroughly and frequently at leastonce a month with lukewarm or coldwater.If you use your vehicle for off-roaddriving, you should wash it after eachoff-road trip. Pay special attention tothe removal of any accumulation ofsalt, dirt, mud, and other foreignmaterials. Make sure the drain holesin the lower edges of the doors androcker panels are kept clear andclean.

Insects, tar, tree sap, bird droppings,industrial pollution and similar depositscan damage your vehicle’s finish if notremoved immediately.Even prompt washing with plain watermay not completely remove all thesedeposits.A mild soap, safe for use on paintedsurfaces, may be used.After washing, rinse the vehicle thor-oughly with lukewarm or cold water.Do not allow soap to dry on the finish.

• Do not use strong soap, chemi-cal detergents or hot water, anddo not wash the vehicle in directsunlight or when the body of thevehicle is warm.

• Be careful when washing theside windows of your vehicle.Especially, with high-pressurewater, water may leak throughthe windows and wet the interior.

• To prevent damage to the plasticparts and lamps, do not cleanwith chemical solvents or strongdetergents.

NOTICE

NOTICE

■ Glove box lamp

OOS077047

AAPPPPEEAARRAANNCCEE CCAARREE

7-95

7

Maintenance

High-pressure washing

• When using high-pressure washers,make sure to maintain sufficient dis-tance from the vehicle.Insufficient clearance or excessivepressure can lead to componentdamage or water penetration.

• Do not spray the camera, sensors orits surrounding area directly with ahigh pressure washer. Shockapplied from high pressure watermay cause the device to not operatenormally.

• Do not bring the nozzle tip close toboots (rubber or plastic covers) orconnectors as they may be dam-aged if they come into contact withhigh pressure water.

• Water washing in the engine com-partment including high pressurewater washing may cause the fail-ure of electrical circuits located inthe engine compartment.

• Never allow water or other liquidsto come in contact with electri-cal/electronic components insidethe vehicle as this may damagethem.

WaxingA good coat of wax is a barrierbetween your paint and contaminate.Keeping a good coat of wax on yourvehicle will help protect it.

Wax the vehicle when water will nolonger bead on the paint.Always wash and dry the vehiclebefore waxing. Use a good qualityliquid or paste wax, and follow themanufacturer’s instructions. Wax allmetal trim to protect it and to main-tain its luster.Removing oil, tar, and similar materi-als with a spot remover will usuallystrip the wax from the finish. Be sureto re-wax these areas even if the restof the vehicle does not yet need wax-ing.

• Wiping dust or dirt off the bodywith a dry cloth will scratch thefinish.

• Do not use steel wool, abrasivecleaners, or strong detergentscontaining highly alkaline orcaustic agents on chrome-platedor anodized aluminum parts.Thismay result in damage to the pro-tective coating and cause discol-oration or paint deterioration.

NOTICE

NOTICE

Wet brakes

After washing the vehicle, testthe brakes while driving slowlyto see if they have been affectedby water. If braking performanceis impaired, dry the brakes byapplying them lightly while main-taining a slow forward speed.

WARNING

OOS077051

7-96

Maintenance

Finish damage repair Deep scratches or stone chips in thepainted surface must be repairedpromptly. Exposed metal will quicklyrust and may develop into a majorrepair expense.

If your vehicle is damaged andrequires any metal repair orreplacement, be sure the bodyshop applies anti-corrosion materi-als to the parts repaired or replaced.

Bright-metal maintenance• To remove road tar and insects,

use a tar remover, not a scraper orother sharp object.

• To protect the surfaces of bright-metal parts from corrosion, apply acoating of wax or chrome preser-vative and rub to a high luster.

• During winter weather or in coastalareas, cover the bright metal partswith a heavier coating of wax orpreservative. If necessary, coat theparts with non-corrosive petroleumjelly or other protective compound.

Underbody maintenanceCorrosive materials used for ice andsnow removal and dust control maycollect on the underbody. If thesematerials are not removed, acceler-ated rusting can occur on underbodyparts such as the fuel lines, frame,floor pan and exhaust system, eventhough they have been treated withrust protection.Thoroughly flush the vehicle under-body and wheel openings with luke-warm or cold water once a month,after off-road driving and at the end ofeach winter. Pay special attention tothese areas because it is difficult tosee all the mud and dirt. It will domore harm than good to wet down theroad grime without removing it. Thelower edges of doors, rocker panels,and frame members have drain holesthat should not be allowed to clog withdirt; trapped water in these areas cancause rusting.

Aluminum wheel maintenance The aluminum wheels are coated witha clear protective finish.

• Do not use any abrasive cleaner,polishing compound, solvent,or wire brushes on aluminumwheels.

• Clean the wheel when it hascooled.

• Use only a mild soap or neutraldetergent, and rinse thoroughlywith water. Also, be sure to cleanthe wheels after driving on saltedroads.

• Do not wash the wheels with high-speed car wash brushes.

NOTICE

NOTICE

After washing the vehicle, testthe brakes while driving slowlyto see if they have been affectedby water. If braking performanceis impaired, dry the brakes byapplying them lightly while main-taining a slow forward speed.

WARNING

7-97

7

Maintenance

• Do not use any cleanser contain-ing acid or alkaline detergents.

Corrosion protectionProtecting your vehicle from corro-sion

By using the most advanced designand construction practices to combatcorrosion, we produces vehicles ofthe highest quality. However, this isonly part of the job. To achieve thelong-term corrosion resistance yourvehicle can deliver, the owner'scooperation and assistance is alsorequired.

Common causes of corrosion

The most common causes of corro-sion on your vehicle are:• Road salt, dirt and moisture that is

allowed to accumulate underneaththe vehicle.

• Removal of paint or protective coat-ings; by stones, gravel, abrasion orminor scrapes and dents whichleave unprotected metal exposed tocorrosion.

High-corrosion areas

If you live in an area where your vehi-cle is regularly exposed to corrosivematerials, corrosion protection isparticularly important. Some of thecommon causes of accelerated cor-rosion are road salts, dust controlchemicals, ocean air and industrialpollution.

Moisture breeds corrosion

Moisture creates the conditions inwhich corrosion is most likely to occur.For example, corrosion is acceleratedby high humidity, particularly whentemperatures are just above freezing.In such conditions, the corrosivematerial is kept in contact with thevehicle surfaces by moisture that isslow to evaporate.Mud is particularly corrosive because itis slow to dry and holds moisture incontact with the vehicle. Although themud appears to be dry, it can still retainmoisture and promote corrosion.High temperatures can also acceler-ate corrosion of parts that are notproperly ventilated so the moisturecan be dispersed.

For all these reasons, it is particularlyimportant to keep your vehicle cleanand free of mud or accumulations ofother materials. This applies not onlyto the visible surfaces but particularlyto the underside of the vehicle.

To help prevent corrosion

You can help prevent corrosion fromgetting started by observing the fol-lowing:

Keep your vehicle cleanThe best way to prevent corrosion isto keep your vehicle clean and freeof corrosive materials. Attention tothe underside of the vehicle is partic-ularly important.

• If you live in a high-corrosion area— where road salts are used, nearthe ocean, areas with industrialpollution, acid rain, etc.—, youshould take extra care to preventcorrosion. In winter, hose off theunderside of your car at least oncea month and be sure to clean theunderside thoroughly when winteris over.

7-98

Maintenance

• When cleaning underneath thevehicle, give particular attention tothe components under the fendersand other areas that are hiddenfrom view. Do a thorough job; justdampening the accumulated mudrather than washing it away willaccelerate corrosion rather thanprevent it. Water under high pres-sure and steam are particularlyeffective in removing accumulatedmud and corrosive materials.

• When cleaning lower door panels,rocker panels and frame members,be sure that drain holes are keptopen so that moisture can escapeand not be trapped inside to accel-erate corrosion.

Keep your garage dryDon't park your vehicle in a damp,poorly ventilated garage. This cre-ates a favorable environment for cor-rosion. This is particularly true if youwash your vehicle in the garage ordrive it into the garage when it is stillwet or covered with snow, ice ormud. Even a heated garage can con-tribute to corrosion unless it is wellventilated so moisture is dispersed.

Keep paint and trim in good conditionScratches or chips in the finishshould be covered with "touch-up"paint as soon as possible to reducethe possibility of corrosion. If baremetal is showing through, the atten-tion of a qualified body and paintshop is recommended.

Bird droppings : Bird droppings arehighly corrosive and may damagepainted surfaces in just a few hours.Always remove bird droppings assoon as possible.

Don't neglect the interiorMoisture can collect under the floormats and vehicle peting to causecorrosion. Check under the matsperiodically to be sure the carpetingis dry. Use particular care if you carryfertilizers, cleaning materials orchemicals in the vehicle.These should be carried only inproper containers and any spills orleaks should be cleaned up, flushedwith clean water and thoroughlydried.

Interior careInterior general precautions Prevent chemicals such as perfume,cosmetic oil, sun cream, hand cleanerand air freshener from contacting theinterior parts because they maycause damage or discoloration. If theydo contact the interior parts, wipe themoff immediately.See the instructions that follow forthe proper way to clean vinyl.

Never allow water or other liquids tocome in contact with electrical/elec-tronic components inside the vehi-cle as this may damage them.

When cleaning leather products(steering wheel, seats etc.), useneutral detergents or low alcoholcontent solutions. If you use highalcohol content solutions or acid/alkaline detergents, the color ofthe leather may fade or the sur-face may get stripped off.

NOTICE

NOTICE

7-99

7

Maintenance

Cleaning the upholstery andinterior trim Vinyl (if equipped)

Remove dust and loose dirt fromvinyl with a whisk broom or vacuumcleaner. Clean vinyl surfaces with avinyl cleaner.

Fabric (if equipped)

Remove dust and loose dirt from fabricwith a whisk broom or vacuum cleaner.Clean with a mild soap solution recom-mended for upholstery or carpets.Remove fresh spots immediately witha fabric spot cleaner. If fresh spots donot receive immediate attention, thefabric can be stained and its color canbe affected. Also, its fire-resistant prop-erties can be reduced if the material isnot properly maintained.

Using anything but recommendedcleaners and procedures may affectthe fabric’s appearance and fire-resistant properties.

Leather (if equipped)

• Features of seat leather- Leather is made from the outer

skin of an animal, which goesthrough a special process to beavailable for use. Since it is a nat-ural product, each part differs inthickness or density.Wrinkles may appear as a naturalresult of stretching and shrinkingdepending on the temperatureand humidity.

- The seat is made of stretchablefabric to improve comfort.

- The parts contacting the body arecurved and the side supportingarea is high which provides driv-ing comfort and stability.

- Wrinkles may appear naturallyfrom usage. It is not a fault of theproduct.

NOTICE

• Wrinkles or abrasions whichappear naturally from usageare not covered by warranty.

• Belts with metallic acces-sories, zippers or keys insidethe back pocket may damagethe seat fabric.

• Make sure not to wet the seat.It may change the nature ofnatural leather.

• Jeans or clothes which couldbleach may contaminate thesurface of the seat coveringfabric.

CAUTION

7-100

Maintenance

• Caring for the leather seats- Vacuum the seat periodically to

remove dust and sand on the seat.It will prevent abrasion or damageof the leather and maintain its qual-ity.

- Wipe the natural leather seat coveroften with dry or soft cloth.

- Use of proper leather protectormay prevent abrasion of the coverand helps maintain the color. Besure to read the instructions andconsult a specialist when usingleather coating or protective agent.

- Light colored (beige, cream beige)leather is easily contaminated andthe stain is noticeable. Clean theseats frequently.

- Avoid wiping with wet cloth. It maycause the surface to crack.

• Cleaning the leather seats- Remove all contaminations instant-

ly. Refer to instructions below forremoval of each contaminant.

- Cosmetic products (sunscreen,foundation, etc.)Apply cleansing cream on a clothand wipe the contaminated spot.Wipe off the cream with a wet clothand remove water with a dry cloth.

- Beverages (coffee, soft drink, etc.)Apply a small amount of neutraldetergent and wipe until contami-nations do not smear.

- OilRemove oil instantly withabsorbable cloth and wipe withstain remover used only for natu-ral leather.

- Chewing gumHarden the gum with ice andremove gradually.

Cleaning the lap/shoulder beltwebbing Clean the belt webbing with any mildsoap solution recommended for clean-ing upholstery or carpet. Follow theinstructions provided with the soap. Donot bleach or re-dye the webbingbecause this may weaken it.

Cleaning the interior windowglass If the interior glass surfaces of thevehicle become fogged (that is, cov-ered with an oily, greasy or waxy film),they should be cleaned with glasscleaner. Follow the directions on theglass cleaner container.

Do not scrape or scratch the insideof the rear window.This may resultin damage to the rear windowdefroster grid.

NOTICE

7-101

7

Maintenance

EEMMIISSSSIIOONN CCOONNTTRROOLL SSYYSSTTEEMMThe emission control system of yourvehicle is covered by a written limitedwarranty. Please see the warrantyinformation contained in the ServicePassport in your vehicle.Your vehicle is equipped with anemission control system to meet allemission regulations.There are three emission controlsystems which are as follows.

(1) Crankcase emission control sys-tem

(2) Evaporative emission control sys-tem

(3) Exhaust emission control system

In order to ensure the proper functionof the emission control systems, it isrecommended that you have your carinspected and maintained by anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer in accor-dance with the maintenance schedulein this manual.

1. Crankcase emission controlsystem

The positive crankcase ventilationsystem is employed to prevent airpollution caused by blow-by gasesbeing emitted from the crankcase.This system supplies fresh filtered airto the crankcase through the airintake hose. Inside the crankcase,the fresh air mixes with blow-bygases, which then pass through thePCV valve into the induction system.

2. Evaporative emission con-trol system

The Evaporative Emission ControlSystem is designed to prevent fuelvapors from escaping into the atmos-phere.

CanisterFuel vapors generated inside the fueltank are absorbed and stored in theonboard canister. When the engine isrunning, the fuel vapors absorbed inthe canister are drawn into the surgetank through the purge control sole-noid valve.

Purge Control Solenoid Valve(PCSV)The purge control solenoid valve iscontrolled by the Engine ControlModule (ECM); when the enginecoolant temperature is low duringidling, the PCSV closes so that evap-orated fuel is not taken into theengine. After the engine warms-upduring ordinary driving, the PCSVopens to introduce evaporated fuel tothe engine.

For the Inspection and MaintenanceTest (with Electronic Stability Control(ESC) system)• To prevent the vehicle from

misfiring during dynamome-ter testing, turn the ElectronicStability Control (ESC) sys-tem off by pressing the ESCswitch.

• After dynamometer testing iscompleted, turn the ESC sys-tem back on by pressing theESC switch again.

CAUTION

7-102

Maintenance

• A hot exhaust system canignite flammable items underyour vehicle. Do not park, idle,or drive the vehicle over ornear flammable objects, suchas dry grass, paper, leaves, etc.

• The exhaust system and cat-alytic system are very hotwhile the engine is running orimmediately after the engineis turned off. Keep away fromthe exhaust system and cat-alytic converter as you mayget burned.Also, do not remove the heatsink around the exhaust sys-tem, do not seal the bottom ofthe vehicle and do not coat thevehicle for corrosion control. Itmay present a fire risk undercertain conditions.

WARNING

3. Exhaust emission control system

The Exhaust Emission Control Systemis a highly effective system which con-trols exhaust emissions while main-taining good vehicle performance.

Engine exhaust gas precautions (carbon monoxide) • Carbon monoxide can be present

with other exhaust fumes.Therefore,if you smell exhaust fumes of anykind inside your vehicle, have itinspected and repaired immediately.If you ever suspect exhaust fumesare coming into your vehicle, drive itonly with all the windows fully open.Have your vehicle checked andrepaired immediately.

• Do not operate the engine in con-fined or closed areas (such asgarages) any more than what isnecessary to move the vehicle in orout of the area.

• When the vehicle is stopped in anopen area for more than a shorttime with the engine running,adjust the ventilation system (asneeded) to draw outside air into thevehicle.

• Never sit in a parked or stoppedvehicle for any extended time withthe engine running.

• When the engine stalls or fails tostart, excessive attempts to restartthe engine may cause damage tothe emission control system.

Operating precautions for cat-alytic converters (if equipped)

Engine exhaust gases containcarbon monoxide (CO). Thoughcolorless and odorless, it is dan-gerous and could be lethal ifinhaled. Follow the instructionsfollowing to avoid CO poisoning.

WARNING

7-103

7

Maintenance

Your vehicle is equipped with a cat-alytic converter emission controldevice.Therefore, the following precautionsmust be observed:• Use only UNLEADED FUEL for

gasoline engines.• Do not operate the vehicle when

there are signs of engine malfunc-tion, such as misfire or a noticeableloss of performance.

• Do not misuse or abuse theengine. Examples of misuse arecoasting with the engine off anddescending steep grades in gearwith the engine off.

• Do not operate the engine at highidle speed for extended periods (5minutes or more).

• Do not modify or tamper with anypart of the engine or emission con-trol system. All inspections andadjustments must be made by anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer.

• Avoid driving with a very low fuellevel. If you run out of gasoline, itcould cause the engine to misfireand result in excessive loading ofthe catalytic converter.

Failure to observe these precautionscould result in damage to the catalyticconverter and to your vehicle.Additionally, such actions could voidyour warranties.

Gasoline particulate filter (GPF)(if equipped)The Gasoline Particulate Filter(GPF) system removes the soot inthe exhaust gas.The GPF system automatically burns(or oxidizes) the accumulated soot inaccordance with driving situations,unlike a disposable air filter.In other words, the accumulated sootis automatically purged out by theengine control system and by thehigh exhaust-gas temperature at nor-mal/ high driving speeds.However, when the vehicle is contin-ually driven at repeated short dis-tances or driven at low speed for along time, the accumulated soot maynot be automatically removedbecause of low exhaust gas tempera-ture. In this case, the accumulatedsoot is out of the detection range, thesoot oxidization process does notoccur, and the Gasoline ParticulateFilter (GPF) Lamp ( ) Illuminates.

7-104

Maintenance

The Gasoline Particulate Filter (GPF)Lamp stops illuminating, when thedriving speed exceeds 80 km/h (50mph) with engine rpm 1,500 ~ 4,000and the gear in the 3rd position orabove for approximately 30 minutes.When the GPF Lamp continuouslyblinks or the warning message"Check exhaust system" illuminatesin the above cases, we recommendthat you have the GPF systemchecked by an authorized HYUNDAIdealer.When the vehicle is continuouslydriven with the GPF Lamp flashingfor an extended period of time, it maydamage the GPF system and lowerthe fuel economy.

Diesel particulate filter (DPF) (if equipped) The Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF)system removes the soot in theexhaust gas.The DPF system automatically burns(or oxidizes) the accumulated soot inaccordance with driving situations,unlike a disposable air filter.In other words, the accumulated sootis automatically purged out by theengine control system and by the highexhaust-gas temperature at normal/high driving speeds.However, when the vehicle is continu-ally driven at repeated short distancesor driven at low speed for a long time,the accumulated soot may not beautomatically removed because of lowexhaust gas temperature. In this case,the accumulated soot is out of thedetection range, the soot oxidizationprocess does not occur, and theDiesel Particulate Filter (DPF) Lamp( ) Illuminates.

Gasoline Fuel (if equipped withGPF)

We recommend you to use onlythe regulated gasoline fuels,when your vehicle is equippedwith the GPF system.When you use other gasolinefuels, which are high in sulfurs(above 50 ppm) or that containunspecified additives, they maydamage the GPF system andcause white smoke emissions.

CAUTION

7-105

7

Maintenance

The Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF)Lamp stops illuminating, when thedriving speed exceeds 60 km/h(37mph), or when the engine rpm isbetween 1,500 and 2,500 with thegear in the 2nd position or above forapproximately 25 minutes.When the DPF Lamp continuouslyblinks or the warning message “Checkexhaust system” illuminates in theabove cases, we recommend that youhave the DPF system checked by anauthorized HYUNDAI dealer.When the vehicle is continuously driv-en with the DPF Lamp flashing for anextended period of time, it may dam-age the DPF system and lower thefuel economy.

Lean NOx Trap (if equipped)The Lean NOx Trap (LNT) systemremoves the nitrogen oxide from theexhaust gas. A smell can occur in theexhaust gas depending on the quali-ty of the fuel, and it can degrade NOxreduction performance. Please usethe regulated automotive diesel fuel.

Diesel Fuel (if equipped with DPF)

We recommend you to use onlythe regulated diesel fuels, whenyour vehicle is equipped withthe DPF system.When you use other diesel fuels,which are high in sulfurs (above50 ppm) or that contain unspeci-fied additives, they may damagethe DPF system and cause whitesmoke emissions.

CAUTION

7-106

Maintenance

Selective Catalytic Reduction (if equipped)The Selective Catalytic Reduction(SCR) system is to catalytically con-vert NOx to Nitrogen and Water byusing the reduction agent, the ureasolution.

Urea gauge (if equipped)

The urea solution gauge indicatesthe approximate amount of remain-ing urea solution inside the ureasolution tank.❈ The urea gauge image pops up,

whenever the ignition switch ispressed to the ON position.

Low urea warning message (if equipped)

OOS078080L/OOS078081L/OOS078082L/OOS078083L

��

�

OTM048163L

7-107

7

Maintenance

The lack warning messages of Ureaappear below Urea 5.4 liter. Whenthe warning message "Low Urea" isdisplayed with SCR warning lamp( ), the urea tank needs to berefilled. If not refilled for a consider-able mileage, visual warning systemwill escalate the intensity by display-ing the message "Refill Urea" withSCR warning lamp ( ).In this case, the tank soon needs to berefilled.The remaining urea in the tankapproaches to too low level the warn-ing message "Refill Urea tank or vehi-cle will not start" with SCR warninglamp ( ). "xxx km(mile)" representsthe remaining travel distance allowed,so do not continue driving to the limitof the remaining travel distance with-out refilling.Otherwise, the vehicle can't berestarted once the engine is turnedoff by ignition key. Based on the driv-ing pattern, environmental conditionand road profile, the deductedremaining mileage may differ fromthe actual travel distance.

When "Low Urea" or "Refill Urea"message is displayed, add enoughurea. When "Refill Urea tank or vehi-cle will not start" message is dis-played, fill up enough urea. When"Refill Urea tank or vehicle will notstart" message is displayed withSCR warning lamp ( ), the vehiclecan't be restarted once the engine isturned off by ignition key. For theabove cases, full replenishment isalways recommended.

7-108

Maintenance

Upon detecting a malfunctionDriving 50 km after detecting

a malfunction

Urea system failure(= no urea injection)

Incorrect urea detected(= abnormal urea)

Abnormal urea-solution consumption

(= post treatment failure)

Malfunction with the SCR system (if equipped)

SCR system has malfunction due to disconnected electrical components, incorrect urea and so on."xxx km(mile)" represents the remaining travel distance allowed, so do not continue driving to the limit of the remain-ing travel distance without fixing the source of the malfunction. Otherwise, the vehicle can't be restarted once theengine is turned off by ignition key. In this case, we recommend that the system be inspected by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.

OOS078084L

OOS078087L

OTM078078L

OOS078088L

OTM078077L

OTM078078L

7-109

7

Maintenance

Once the inducement systemreached to final status and disabledthe vehicle restart, it will only bedeactivated in case the urea tank isreplenished or the malfunctions havebeen rectified. If the vehicle can't berestarted with "Refill Urea tank orvehicle will not start" message, refillenough urea, wait for minutes and tryvehicle starting again. If vehicle start-ing is not possible regardless of urealevel, we recommend that the systembe inspected by an authorizedHYUNDAI dealer.

No restart

Low urea solution level

Urea system failure(= no urea injection)

Incorrect urea detected(= abnormal urea)

Abnormal urea-solution consumption (= post treatment failure)

OOS078083L

OOS078089L

OOS078090L

OOS078089L

Clearing the vehicle-restarting restriction (if equipped)

7-110

Maintenance

Adding the urea solution

To refill the urea solution from therefill hose

1. Press the ignition switch to theOFF position.

2. Turn the urea solution tank cap ina counterclockwise direction toopen it.

3. Fully insert the refill hose to fullyadd the ISO 22241-specified ureasolution or above the mark on theurea solution tank.

❈ Pay the great caution not to addthe urea solution into the fueltank. If not, it surely appliesadverse impact on the vehicleperformance, causing variousmalfunctions.

❈ Never use the urea solution mix-ture with additives or water. Itmay allow foreign substances toenter the urea solution tank. Ifso, it surely applies adverseimpact on the vehicle perform-ance, causing various malfunc-tions.

❈ Use only the ISO 22241-speci-fied urea solution. Any unautho-rized urea solution surelyapplies adverse impacts on thevehicle performance, causingvarious malfunctions.

4. Turn the urea solution tank cap in aclockwise direction to securelyclose it.

To refill the urea solution from therefill bottle

1. Press the ignition switch to theOFF position

2. Turn the urea solution tank cap ina counterclockwise direction toopen it.

3. Fully add the ISO 22241-specifiedurea solution or above the mark onthe urea solution tank.❈ Pay the great caution not to add

the urea solution into the fueltank. If not, it surely appliesadverse impact on the vehicleperformance, causing variousmalfunctions.

❈ Pay the great caution not toover-fill the (completely) fulfilledurea solution tank by force whilerefilling the urea solution fromthe refill bottle. The over-filledurea solution tank will beexpanded when it becomesfrozen and this can cause a seri-ous malfunction of the urea solu-tion tank or urea solution sys-tem.

OOS048415

7-111

7

Maintenance

❈ Never use the urea solution mix-ture with additives or water. Itmay allow foreign substances toenter the urea solution tank. Ifso, it surely applies adverseimpact on the vehicle perform-ance, causing various malfunc-tions.

❈ Use only the ISO 22241-speci-fied urea solution. Any unautho-rized urea solution surelyapplies adverse impacts on thevehicle performance, causingvarious malfunctions.

4. Turn the urea solution tank cap in aclockwise direction to securelyclose it.

Adding the urea solution: Everyapproximately 5,600 km (The ureasolution consumption is dependenton the road profile, driving patternand environmental condition)❈ It takes some time to update the

cluster gauges after the UREAinjection.

• Do not apply any externalimpact on the DPF system. Itmay damage the catalyst,which is equipped inside theDPF system.

• Do not arbitrarily modify ormanipulate the DPF system byredirecting or lengthen theexhaust pipe. It may adverselyimpact the DPF system.

• Avoid contact with the drainedwater from the exhaust pipe.The water is slightly acid andharmful to skin. If contacted,thoroughly wash it.

• Any arbitrary manipulation ormodification of the DPF sys-tem may cause a system mal-function. The DPF system iscontrolled by the complexdevice.

• Wait for the DPF system to cooldown before the maintenanceservice, as it is hot due to theheat generation. Otherwise, itmay case a skin burn.

• Add only the specified ureasolution, when your vehicle isequipped with the urea solu-tion system.

• The urea solution system (i.e.urea solution nozzle, ureasolution pump, and DCU)operates for approximately 2minutes more to eliminate theremaining urea solutioninside, even after the ignitionswitch is pressed to the OFFposition. Before the mainte-nance service, make sure thatthe urea solution system iscompletely turned OFF.

• The poor urea solution or theunauthorized liquids maydamage the vehicle compo-nents, including the DPF sys-tem. Any unverified additivesin the urea solution may clogthe SCR catalyst and causeother malfunctions, whichrequire the expensive DPFsystem to be replaced.

WARNING

7-112

Maintenance

Storing the urea solution• It is improper to store the urea

solution in the containers madewith the certain materials (i.e. alu-minum, copper, copper alloy, non-alloyed still, and galvanized steel).The urea solution dissolves themetal materials, severely damag-ing the exhaust purification systemto be non-repairable.

• Store the urea solution only in thecontainers made with the followingmaterials.(DIN EN 10 088-1-/-2-/-3-specifiedCR-Ni steel, Mo-Cr-Ni steel,polypropylene, and polyethylene)

• When the urea solution con-tacts with the eyes or the skin,you should thoroughly washthe contaminated skin area. .

• When you swallow the ureasolution, thoroughly rinseyour mouth and drink a lot offresh water.Then, immediatelyconsult a doctor.

• When your cloth is contami-nated with the urea solution,immediately change yourcloth.

• When you have an allergicreaction to the urea solution,immediately consult a doctor.

• Do not allow a child to contactthe urea solution.

• Wipe off any urea solutionspillage with water or cloth.When the urea solution iscrystalized, wipe it off with thesponge or the cloth, which isdampened in the cold water.When the urea solutionspillage is exposed in the airfor an extended period oftime, it is crystalized in white,damaging the vehicle surface.

• The urea solution is not thefuel additives. Thus, it shouldnot be injected to the fueltank. Otherwise, it may dam-age the engine.

• The urea solution is the aque-ous solution, which is inflam-mable, non-toxic, colorlessand odorless.

• Store the urea solution tankonly in the well-ventilatedlocations.When the urea solu-tion is exposed to the hot tem-perature at approximately50°C for an extended period oftime (i.e. under the direct sun-light), the chemical decompo-sition may occur, emitting theammonia vapor.

7-113

7

Maintenance

Urea solution purity• The following situations may dam-

age the DPF system.- Fuels or any unauthorized liquids

are added into the urea solutiontank.

- Additives are mixed in the ureasolution.

- Water is added to dilute the ureasolution.

• Use only the ISO 22241- orDIN7007O-specified urea solution.When any unauthorized urea solu-tion is added to the tank, we rec-ommend you to contact an author-ized HYUNDAI dealer.

• When any unauthorized impuritiesenter the urea solution tank, it mayoccur the following problems.- Increased emission- Malfunction with the DPF system - Engine failure

Never add the used urea solution,which is drained from the tank (i.e.while maintaining the vehicle). Itspurity cannot be guaranteed. Alwaysadd the new urea solution.

Specificationof the

tandard ureasolution

Liquid such as diesel, gasoline and alcohol

shall never be used forSCR system. Any fluid

other than recom-mended urea solution(conform to ISO22241

or DIN70070) candamage SCR system

hardware and deteriorate vehicle

emission.

• When opening the urea solu-tion tank cap at high outsidetemperatures, ammoniavapors may escape. Ammoniavapors have a pungent smelland primarily cause irritationof the:- Skin- Mucous membranes- EyesYou may experience a burningsensation in your eyes, noseand throat, as well as cough-ing and watering of the eyes.Do not inhale ammoniavapors. Do not allow ureasolution to come in directcontact with your skin. It ishazardous to your health.Wash any affected areas offwith plenty of clean water. Ifnecessary, consult a doctor.

WARNING

7-114

Maintenance

• When handling with ureasolution in closed space,ensure good ventilation.When the bottle of urea solu-tion container is opened, pun-gent smelling fumes mayescape.

• Keep urea solution out ofreach of children.

• When urea solution overflowsinto vehicle surface, wash outvehicle surface with cleanwater to prohibit corrosionfrom occurring.

• When replenishing, be carefullest the urea solution shouldoverflow.

• In case the vehicle wasparked at very low ambienttemperature (below 11 dgreeCelcius) for a long time, theurea solution will be frozen inthe urea solution tank. Withfrozen urea, the tank level maynot be detected correctly untilthe urea solution will bedefrosted by activated heater.

Incorrect urea or diluted ureacan increase the freezingpoint, and thus defrostingmay not be properly done bythe heater which is activatedbelow certain temperatures.This phenomenon may causemalfunction of the SCR sys-tem which can lead to the pro-hibition of engine restarting.

• The time to defrost the ureasolution varies in accordancewith driving conditions andoutside temperatures.

• If defective urea solution orliquid that is not recommend-ed is supplied, there may bedamage on the parts of thevehicle such as processingdevice. If defective fuel isused, foreign objects will beaccumulated to SCR catalystand cause catalyst pushedaway or breaking.

After adding the incorrecturea solution, please visit theclosest service center as earlyas possible.

• Liquid that are not recom-mended such as diesel, gaso-line, and alcohol shall neverbe used other than the recom-mended urea solution thatsatisfy ISO22241 or DIN70070.

• If defective urea solution orliquid that is not recommend-ed is supplied, there may bedamage on the parts of thevehicle such as processingdevice. If defective fuel isused, foreign objects will beaccumulated to SCR catalystand cause catalyst pushedaway or breaking.

CAUTION

8

Specifications & Consum

er information

8


8

Dimensions ..............................................................8-2Engine......................................................................8-2Bulb wattage...........................................................8-3Tires and wheels ....................................................8-4Load and speed capacity tires (for Europe) .....8-5Air conditioning system ........................................8-5Vehicle weight and luggage volume....................8-6Recommended lubricants and capacities ...........8-7

Recommended engine oil (For Europe) .......................8-8Recommended SAE viscosity number ..........................8-9

Vehicle identification number (VIN)..................8-11Vehicle certification label ...................................8-11Tire specification and pressure label ...............8-12Engine number .....................................................8-12Air conditioner compressor label ......................8-13Refrigerant label ..................................................8-13Declaration of conformity ..................................8-13Fuel label...............................................................8-14

Gasoline engine ...............................................................8-14Diesel engine....................................................................8-14

8-2


DDIIMMEENNSSIIOONNSS

EENNGGIINNEE

ItemGasoline Engine Diesel Engine

1.0 T-GDI 1.6 T-GDI 2.0 MPI Smartstream D1.6

Displacementcc (cu. in)

997(60.84)

1591(97.08)

1999 (121.9)

1598(97.52)

Bore x Stroke

mm (in.)71.0 x 84.0

(2.79 x 3.30)77.0 x 85.44(3.03x3.06)

81.0 x 97.0 (3.18 x 3.81)

77.0 x 85.8(3.03x3.38)

Firing order 1-2-3 1-3-4-2 1-3-4-2 1-3-4-2

No. of cylinders In-line 3 cylinder In-line 4 cylinder In-line 4 cylinder In-line 4 cylinder

*1 : with roof rack

mm (in)

Items mm (in)

Overall length 4165 (163.97)

Overall width 1800 (70.86)

Overall height 1550 (61.02) / 1565 (61.61)*1

Front tread

205/60 R16 1575 (62.0)

215/55 R17 1563 (61.53)

235/45 R18 1559 (61.37)

Rear tread

205/60 R16 1584 (62.36)

215/55 R17 1572 (61.88)

235/45 R18 1568 (61.73)

Wheelbase 2600 (102.36)

8


er information

BBUULLBB WWAATTTTAAGGEELight Bulb Bulb Type Wattage

Front

Headlamp

Low (Type A) H7 55

High (Type A) H7 55

Low (Type B) LED LED

High (Type B) LED LED

Low Beam Assist-static lamp H7 55

Turn signal lamp PY21W 21

Turn signal lamp (Outside mirror) LED LED

Daytime running lamp (DRL) / position lamp LED LED

Fog lamp H8 35

Rear

Rear combination lamp

Stop/Tail (Type A) P21/5W 21/5

Tail (Type A) W5W 5

Stop/Tail (Type B) LED LED

Turn signal P21W 21

Back up P21W 21

Fog lamp PR21W 21

High mounted stop lamp LED LED

License plate lamp W5W 5

Interior

Map lamp W10W 10

Room lamp (with sunroof) FESTOON 8

Room lamp (without sunroof) FESTOON 10

Sunvisor lamp FESTOON 5

Tailgate room lamp FESTOON 10

Glove box lamp FESTOON 5

8-3

8-4


Item Tire Size Wheel SizeInflation Pressure Bar (kPa, psi) Wheel Lug Nut

Torque kgf·m (lbf·ft, N·m)

Normal Load Maximum LoadFront Rear Front Rear

Full size tire

205/60 R16 6.5J x 16

2.3 (230,33) 2.5 (250,36) 11~13(79~94,107~127)

215/55 R17 7.0J x 17

235/45 R18 7.5J x 18

Compact spare tire T125/80 D16 4.0T x 16 4.2 (420,60)

TTIIRREESS AANNDD WWHHEEEELLSS

When replacing tires, use the same size originally supplied with the vehicle.Using tires of a different size can damage the related parts or make it work irregularly.

CAUTION

• It is permissible to add 20 kPa (3 psi) to the standard tire pressure specification if colder temperatures areexpected soon. Tires typically lose 7 kPa (1 psi) for every 7°C (12°F) temperature drop. If extreme tempera-ture variations are expected, recheck your tire pressure as necessary to keep them properly inflated.

• An air pressure generally decreases, as you drive up to a high-altitude area above sea level.Thus, if you planto drive a high-altitude area, check the tire pressures in advance. If necessary, inflate them to a proper level(Air inflation per altitude: +10 kPa/1 km (+2.4 psi/1 mile)).

• Must do not exceed maximum inflation pressure shown on equipped tire sidewall.

NOTICE

8-5

8


er information

*1 LI : LOAD INDEX*2 SS : SPEED SYMBOL

Item Tire Size Wheel SizeLoad Capacity Speed Capacity

LI *1 kg SS *2 km/h

Full size tire

205/60 R16 6.5J x 16 92 630 H 210

215/55 R17 7.0J x 17 94 670 V 240

235/45 R18 7.5J x 18 94 670 V 240

Compact spare tire T125/80 D16 4.0T x 16 97 730 M 130

LLOOAADD AANNDD SSPPEEEEDD CCAAPPAACCIITTYY TTIIRREESS ((FFOORR EEUURROOPPEE))

AAIIRR CCOONNDDIITTIIOONNIINNGG SSYYSSTTEEMMItems Weight of Volume Classification

Refrigerant g (oz.)R-1234yf : 450 (15.87) ± 25 (0.88)R-134a : 500 (17.63) ± 25 (0.88)

R-1234yf (For Europe)R-134a (Except Europe)

Compressor lubricant g (oz.) 120 (4.23) ± 10 (0.35) PAG

Contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer for more details.

8-6


Item

Gasoline Engine Diesel Engine

1.0 T-GDI 1.6 T-GDI 2.0 MPI Smartstream D1.6

2WD 2WD 4WD 2WD 2WD 4WD

M/T DCT DCT A/T M/T DCT DCT

Gross vehicle weightkg (lbs.)

1775 (3913) 1835 (4045) 1910 (4210) 1830 (4034) 1850 (4079) 1880 (4145) 1950 (4299)

Luggage volume (VDA)

l (cu ft.)

MIN : 361 (12.74)MAX : 1,143 (40.36)

VVEEHHIICCLLEE WWEEIIGGHHTT AANNDD LLUUGGGGAAGGEE VVOOLLUUMMEE

M/T : Manual transmission

DCT : Dual clutch transmission

Min : Behind rear seat to upper edge of the seat back.Max : Behind front seat to roof.

8


er information

RREECCOOMMMMEENNDDEEDD LLUUBBRRIICCAANNTTSS AANNDD CCAAPPAACCIITTIIEESSTo help achieve proper engine and powertrain performance and durability, use only lubricants of the proper quality.The correct lubricants also help promote engine efficiency that results in improved fuel economy.These lubricants and fluids are recommended for use in your vehicle.

Lubricant Volume Classification

Engine oil *1 *2

(drain and refill)

RecommendsGasoline

1.0 T-GDI 3.6 l (3.8 US qt.)ACEA C2

1.6 T-GDI 4.5 l (4.75 US qt.)

2.0 MPI 4.0 l (4.23 US qt.) API SM & ILSAC GF-4 (or above), ACEA A5/B5

Diesel Smartstream D1.6 4.4 l (4.6 US qt.) ACEA C5 or C2 or C3

Manual transmissionfluid

Gasoline 1.0 T-GDI1.6 ~ 1.7 l

(1.7 ~ 1.8 US qt.)HK SYN MTF 70W (SK)SPIRAX S6 GHME 70W MTF (H.K.SHELL)GS MTF HD 70W (GS CALTEX)API GL-4, SAE 70W, TGO-9Diesel Smartstream D1.6

1.7 ~ 1.8 l (1.8 ~ 1.9 US qt.)

Automatic transmissionfluid

Gasoline 2.0 MPI 6.7 l (7.08 US qt.)MICHANG ATF SP-IV, SK ATF SP-IV, NOCA ATF SP-IV, HYUNDAI genuine ATF SP-IV

Dual clutch transmissionfluid

Gasoline 1.6 T-GDI1.9 ~ 2.0 l

(2.0 ~ 2.1 US qt.)

HK SYN DCTF 70W (SK)SPIRAX S6 GHME 70W DCTF (H.K.SHELL)GS DCTF HD 70W (GS CALTEX)API GL-4, SAE 70W

*1 : Refer to the recommended SAE viscosity numbers on page 9.*2 : Engine oils labeled Energy Conserving Oil are now available. Along with other additional benefits, they contribute to fuel economy by reducing

the amount of fuel necessary to overcome engine friction. Often, these improvements are difficult to measure in everyday driving, but in a year’stime, they can offer significant cost and energy savings.

8-7

8-8


Lubricant Volume Classification

CoolantGasoline

1.0 T-GDI 6.8 l (7.1 US qt.)

Mixture of antifreeze and distilled water(Ethylene-glycol with phosphate based coolant for alu-minum radiator)

1.6 T-GDI 7.1 l (7.5 US qt.)

2.0 MPI 6.5 l (6.87 US qt.)

Diesel Smartstream D1.6 7.8 l (8.2 US qt.)

Rear differential oil (4WD)0.47~0.52 l

(0.49~0.55 US qt.)HYPOID GEAR OIL API GL-5, SAE75W/90(SHELL HD AXLE OIL 75W90 or equivalent)

Transfer case oil (4WD)0.47~0.52 l

(0.49~0.55 US qt.)HYPOID GEAR OIL API GL-5, SAE75W/90(SHELL HD AXLE OIL 75W90 or equivalent)

Brake/clutch fluid0.7 ~ 0.8 l

(0.7 ~ 0.8 US qt.)FMVSS116 DOT-3 or DOT-4

Fuel 50 l (13.21 US gal.) Refer to “Fuel Requirements” in the Introduction chapter.

Recommended engine oil (For Europe)Supplier Product

Shell

Gasoline Engine Helix Ultra ECT C2/C3 0W30

Diesel EngineHelix Ultra ECT AH 5W30

Helix Ultra ECT C2/C3 0W30

8-9

8


er information

Always be sure to clean the area around any filler plug, drain plug, or dipstick before checking or drainingany lubricant.This is especially important in dusty or sandy areas and when the vehicle is used on unpavedroads. Cleaning the plug and dipstick areas will prevent dirt and grit from entering the engine and othermechanisms that could be damaged.

CAUTION

Recommended SAE viscosity number

Engine oil viscosity (thickness) has an effect on fuel economy and cold weather operating (engine start and engineoil flowability). Lower viscosity engine oils can provide better fuel economy and cold weather performance, however,higher viscosity engine oils are required for satisfactory lubrication in hot weather. Using oils of any viscosity otherthan those recommended could result in engine damage.

When choosing an oil, consider the range of temperature your vehicle will be operated in before the next oil change.Proceed to select the recommended oil viscosity from the chart.

Temperature Range for SAE Viscosity Numbers

Temperature°C(°F)

-30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 50-10 0 20 40 60 80 100 120

For all countries

■ Kappa 1.0 T-GDI

20W-50

10W-30

15W-40

0W-30, 5W-30, 5W-40

• For better fuel economy, it is recommendedto use the engine oil of a viscosity grade.

- For Europe : SAE 0W-30

- Except Europe : SAE 5W-30

* However, if the engine oil is not available inyour country, select the proper engine oilusing the engine oil viscosity chart.

8-10



Temperature°C(°F)

-30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 50-10 0 20 40 60 80 100 120

For all countries

■ Gamma 1.6 T-GDI

20W-50

10W-30

15W-40

0W-30, 5W-30, 5W-40

• For better fuel economy, it is recommendedto use the engine oil of a viscosity grade.

- For Europe : SAE 0W-30

- Except Europe : SAE 5W-30

* However, if the engine oil is not available inyour country, select the proper engine oilusing the engine oil viscosity chart.


Temperature°C(°F)

-30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 50-10 0 20 40 60 80 100 120

5W-30

15W-40

10W-30

0W-30

0W-20

Diesel Engine Oil


■ Nu 2.0 MPI


Temperature

For all countries

°C(°F)

-30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 50-10 0 20 40 60 80 100 120

20W-50

10W-30

15W-40

5W-30, 5W-40

• For better fuel economy, it is recommendedto use the engine oil of a viscosity gradeSAE 5W-30. However, if the engine oil isnot available in your country, select theproper engine oil using the engine oil vis-cosity chart.

8-11

8


er information

The vehicle identification number(VIN) is the number used in register-ing your vehicle and in all legal mat-ters pertaining to its ownership, etc.The number is punched on the floorunder the right front seat. To checkthe number, open the cover.

The VIN is also on a plate attachedto the top of the left side dashboard.The number on the plate can easilybe seen through the windshield fromoutside.

The vehicle certification label attachedon the driver’s (or front passenger’s)side center pillar gives the vehicleidentification number (VIN).

VVEEHHIICCLLEE IIDDEENNTTIIFFIICCAATTIIOONN NNUUMMBBEERR ((VVIINN)) VVEEHHIICCLLEE CCEERRTTIIFFIICCAATTIIOONNLLAABBEELL

OOS087006L

■ VIN label (if equipped)

OOS087002

OOS087001

■ Frame number

8-12


The tires supplied on your new vehi-cle are chosen to provide the bestperformance for normal driving.The tire label located on the driver'sside center pillar gives the tire pres-sures recommended for your vehicle.

TTIIRREE SSPPEECCIIFFIICCAATTIIOONN AANNDDPPRREESSSSUURREE LLAABBEELL

EENNGGIINNEE NNUUMMBBEERR

OOS087003

OOS087007L OAD085009L

■ 1.0 T-GDI

OOS087004

■ 1.6 T-GDI

OOS088009


The engine number is stamped on the engine block as shown in the drawing.

■ 2.0 MPI

8-13

8


er information

A compressor label informs you thetype of compressor your vehicle isequipped with such as model, supplierpart number, production number,refrigerant (1) and refrigerant oil (2).

The refrigerant label provides infor-mation such as refrigerant type andamount.The label is located on the undersideof the hood.

The radio frequency components ofthe vehicle comply with requirementsand other relevant provisions ofDirective 1995/5/EC.Further information including themanufacturer's declaration of con-formity is available on HYUNDAIweb site as follows;http://service.hyundai-motor.com

RREEFFRRIIGGEERRAANNTT LLAABBEELL ((IIFF EEQQUUIIPPPPEEDD))

OOS087008L CE0678

■ Example

DDEECCLLAARRAATTIIOONN OOFF CCOONNFFOORRMMIITTYY ((IIFF EEQQUUIIPPPPEEDD))

AAIIRR CCOONNDDIITTIIOONNEERR CCOOMMPPRREESSSSOORR LLAABBEELL

OHC081001

Gasoline engineUse unleaded gasoline according tothe fuel label attached on the fuelfiller door.

A. Octane rating of unleaded gaso-line1) RON/ROZ : Research Octane

Number2) (R+M)/2, AKI : Anti Knock Index

B. Identifiers for Petrol-type fuels❈ This symbol means usable fuel.

Do not use any other fuel.C. For further details, refer to the

owner’s manual.

Diesel engineUse diesel according to the fuel labelattached on the fuel filler door.

A. Fuel : DieselB. Identifiers for FAME containing

Diesel-type Fuels❈ This symbol means usable fuel.

Do not use any other fuel.C. For further details, refer to the

owner’s manual.

FFUUEELL LLAABBEELL ((IIFF EEQQUUIIPPPPEEDD))

8-14


OTM048455LOTM048456L

OWNER'S MANUAL - Hyundai

Documents

Transcript of OWNER'S MANUAL - Hyundai